LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. GIFT OF GEORGE MOREY RICHARDSON. Received, August, Accession No.7Ahh..O Class No. f 1 .'-- < =?\ r.- > \ i ,VK. U J i vS- ^ | .^ 3fyif ; , - *Srt^ -^^ -- yziat-s^L - - ^r tTBRA*?* OF THF UNIVERSITY LATIN LESSONS DESIGNED TO PREPARE FOR THE INTELLIGENT READING OF CLASSICAL LATIN PROSE BY HENRY PREBLE FORMERLY ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OF LATIN AND GREEK IN HARVARD UNIVERSITY AND LAWRENCE C. HULL LATIN MASTER IN THE LAWRENCEVILLE SCHOOL BOSTON, NEW YORK AND CHICAGO HOUGHTON, MIFFLIN AND COMPANY 1893 Copyright, 1893, BY HENRY PREBLE AND LAWRENCE C. HULL. Afl rights reserved. 73 4 60 The Riverside Press, Cambridge, Jlfass., U.S.A. Electrotyped and Printed by H. O. Houghton & Company. OF THE ' X UNIVERSITY PREFACE. IN preparing these Lessons, we have had in mind pri- marily the new edition of Andrews and Stoddard's Latin Grammar ; but full references have also been made to the grammars of Allen and Greenough, of Gildersleeve, and of Harkness. Instead, however, of basing the lessons upon references to a grammar, as is often done, we have preferred to incorporate in the lessons themselves all that has seemed absolutely essential to the pupil's progress. We have then attached to the individual lessons such grammatical references as will be useful to those who de- sire fuller information, or who feel moved to branch out now and then and study a subject a little for themselves, as even young boys and girls of intelligence often do, when directed to a source of information without being ordered to make use of it. The subjects of the various lessons are treated in such a way as to encourage the learner to observe the facts of the language for himself and to gather principles from them. But there are two especial dangers in applying the inductive method to a language like Latin ; and these we have tried to avoid. One is the tendency to foster a habit of drawing inferences from insufficient data; the other is the temptation to put things inductively in form but not in substance, thus leading the pupil to suppose IV PREFACE. that he is himself making an observation or an inference which is really made for him. When it has seemed wise to tell the pupil not only to observe but what to observe, we have endeavored to intersperse such directions with questions which shall enable him to see how far he is really observing for himself, and how far he is only ac- cepting something told him. The inductive treatment of the early rules of syntax is frequently unprofitable, because the examples needed to illustrate them are unmeaning to the learner until trans- lated into connected English. The use of English sen- tences thus as the starting-point for the observation of the facts of Latin tends to retard the acquisition of the power to think in the foreign tongue, that is, to let its words and phrases convey their meaning directly to the mind without the intervention of the words of the ver- nacular, a power essential to any real mastery of the for- eign language. We have therefore given many of the early rules of syntax in the old dogmatic way. Word-formation receives in these lessons more atten- tion than is usual, because we believe that a pupil's pro- gress becomes more interesting and therefore easier and quicker if he learns to gather the meanings of new words from their growth and their affinities to words already known to him, instead of loading his memory with mean- ings individually exhumed from a vocabulary. The treat- ment of word-formation has, however, been so arranged that most of it can be omitted, if desired, without inter- rupting the general course of the lessons. We have tried to state everything simply and plainly, but we have not used baby-talk. The habit of addressing boys and girls of twelve or fourteen in language with PKEFACE. V regard to Latin which nobody would think of using with regard to subjects of interest to them seems to us well calculated to prevent the study of Latin from taking its proper place among those subjects of interest. A method of treatment different from the traditional one may cause some of the lessons to appear too long. We have tried to arrange such lessons so that the teacher can divide them or omit parts of them temporarily without serious detriment, but we do not fear that any lesson will prove too hard for a fairly intelligent pupil who is willing to work in a straightforward, manly fashion. If the material supplied for practice in reading and writing Latin seems a trifle meagre at times, it is because the weariness that comes from overmuch dwelling upon themes where variety is necessarily limited seems to us a stumbling-block to progress, and we have more faith in a smaller amount of work thoroughly done. The pupil is, therefore, promoted as soon as possible from the dull manipulation of detached sentences to the more attractive study of short connected passages. Among the later lessons of Part I., two or three have been introduced con- sisting wholly of extracts from Livy, to break the routine of the regular work, and also to enable the pupil who has really assimilated what he has learned to see how readily he can manage a bit of classical Latin prose. Part II. consists of a series of short selections from various Latin authors, accompanied by exercises for further practice in writing Latin. We desire to express our sincere thanks to Professor Albert H. Pattengill, of the University of Michigan, for his generous permission to use his Rules for the Pronun- ciation of Greek and Latin Proper Names brought into VI PREFACE. English, as also to Professor James G. Croswell and Miss Kate B. Runkle, of the Brearley School, New York, to Mr. W. P. Preble, of Staten Island, and to Mr. W. P. Henderson, of the Leal School, Plainfield, N. J., for valuable suggestions and other kind assistance in the preparation of the book. HENRY PREBLE. LAWRENCE C. HULL. April 23, 1S93. CONTENTS. PART I. Lesson Page I. The Alphabet. Sounds of the Letters 1 II. Syllables and Accents 4 III. Quantity. Stems and Endings 6 IV. General Rules for Gender. The First Declension . . 9 V. The Second Declension 12 VI. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions. Two Nouns or an Adjective and Noun used together . . 15 VII. Present, Future, and Perfect Indicative of Verbs of the First Conjugation. Accusative as Object .... 19 VIII. Third Declension 23 IX. Third Declension (concluded). Use of three or more words together 26 X. Present, Future, and Perfect Indicative in the Four Con- jugations. Some simple Datives and Ablatives . . 30 XI. Adjectives of the T^iird Declension. Prepositions . . 34 XII. Fourth and Fifth Declensions. Various Meanings of the Prepositions 38 XIII. Verbs in -10 of the Third Conjugation. Imperfect,* Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative. Personal and Possessive Pronouns. 41 XIV. Demonstrative Pronouns. / Esse. Appositives and Predicate Nouns 45 XV. Relative and Interrogative Pronouns. Agreement of the Relative. Two Accusatives. Questions and Answers 49 XVI. Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Passive. Ablative of Agent. Study of a more Complicated Sentence 54 XVII. Subjunctive Active. Indirect Questions. Synonyms 58 Vlll CONTENTS. XVIII. Intensive Pronouns. Imperatives. Present and Imperfect Subjunctive Passive. Hortatory Subjunctive 62 XIX. Perfect Passive Participle. Compound Tenses of the Indicative and Subjunctive Passive. Sub- junctive of Purpose 66 XX. Ablatives of Specification and of Source. Sub- stantive Clauses of Purpose 70 XXI. The Present Participle. The Ablative Absolute . 73 XXII. Future Participle, Gerund, Gerundive, and Supine 76 XXIII. The Infinitives 79 XXIV. Irregular Verbs. Use of Two Datives .... 83 XXV. Deponent Verbs. Impersonal Verbs. The Da- tive with certain Verbs with which one might expect an Accusative 87 XXVI. The Verb reviewed. Accusative and Ablative of Time. The Locative. The Relations of Place 90 XXVII. Formation of Adverbs from Adjectives. Com- parison. The Ablative with Comparatives . . 96 XXVIII. Numerals. Alter, alius, etc. Partitive Geni- tive 101 XXIX. Numerals (continued). Dative and Genitive of Possessor. Genitive and Ablative of Charac- teristic. Indefinite Pronouns 106 XXX. Numerals (concluded). Ways of Expressing Measure . / 109 XXXI. Reading Sel/ctions and Exercise 112 XXXII. Compound Verbs. Ablative of Separation. Da- tive with Compounds of ab, de, ex, etc. . . . 114 XXXIII. Denominative Verbs. Subjunctive of Result . . 118 XXXTV. Substantive Clauses of Result. Clauses with Verbs of Fearing. Price or Value .... 121 XXXV. Adjectives formed from certain Prepositions. Genitive and Dative with Adjectives .... 125 XXXVI. Genitive with Verbs. Compounds of DIS- and IN-. Subjunctive of Wish 128 XXXVII. The Ablative with Special Verbs and Expressions. Exceptions to certain Common Rules . . . 132 XXXVm. Ways of saying "May," "Can," "Must," " Ought," in Latin. Dative of Agent . . . 135 XXXIX. Conditional Sentences 139 CONTENTS. ix XL. Review of the Genitive Case 141 XLI. Review of the Dative Case 143 XLII. Review of the Ablative Case 144 XLIII. Concessive Sentences 146 XLIV. Indirect Discourse 148 XLV. Causal Clauses introduced by quod, quia, or quo- niam. Correlatives 153 XL VI. Relative Clauses of Purpose. Clauses with quo, quominus, or quin 157 XL VII. Clauses with the Particles of Time, antequam, priusquam, postquam, ubi, dum, etc. Clauses of Proviso with dum, modo, dummodo 160 *XLVIII. Roots and Common Suffixes. Words in -NUS, -NA, -NUM 164 XLIX. Relative Clauses other than those of Purpose . . 168 *L. Words in -cus, -CA, -CUM, -AX, -ITJS, -IA, -IUM . . 171 LI. Cum introducing Temporal Clauses 174 *LII. Diminutives 177 LIII. Causal and Concessive Clauses with cum . . . 181 *LIV. Words in -LIS and -RIS ; -BULUM, -CULUM, -BRUM, -CRUM, -TRUM ; -MEN, -MENTUM, -MONIUM, -MONIA 185 LV. The Period 189 *LVI. Abstract Nouns. Nouns in -TOR 192 *LVII. English words borrowed from Latin, and English words kindred with Latin words 196 Recapitulation of Rules for Review 200 PART II. READING SELECTIONS. LVIIL The Heavens declare the Glory of God. Cic., N. D., ii., 37, 95. Some Anecdotes in Natural History. Cic., N. D., ii., 49, 125. Alexander's Noble Horse. Aldus Gellius, v., 2 211 LIX. Description of Britain and the Britons. Caes., B. G., v., 12-14 213 * Lessons marked with an * relate to the growth of words. They can be omitted without destroying the continuity of the rest of the book. X CONTENTS. LX. Customs of the Suevi. Caes., B. G., iv., 1 .... 215 LXI. King Tarquin and the Sibylline Books. Aulus Gellius, i., 19. Avoid Antiquated Language. Aulus Gellius , i., 10 217 LXII. Horatius at the Bridge. Livy, ii., 10 219 LXIII. The Deed of Mucius Scaevola. Livy, ii., 1 2, 2 . . . 222 LXIV. The Founding of Rome. Livy, i., 6, 3. Outline for Essay on Rome under the Kings 225 LXV. Some Anecdotes of Hannibal. Livy, xxxv., 19 ; xxxv., 14, 5 ; Aldus Gellius, v., 5. Outline for Essay on Hannibal 228 LXVI. The Haunted House at Athens. Plin. Ep., vii., 27, 6-n 231 LXVII. Pliny's Letter to Tacitus. Plin. Ep., iv., 13 .... 233 Rules for the English Pronunciation of Greek and Latin Proper Names 236 Latin-English Vocabulary 241 English-Latin Vocabulary . 381 LATIN LESSONS. PART I. LESSON I. THE ALPHABET. 1. The Latin alphabet is the same as the English alphabet without the characters J (j) and W (w). NOTE. The letters Y (y) and Z (z) are used only in foreign (chiefly Greek) words. K (k) is found only at the beginning of a very few words, and there only before the letter A (a). Division of the Alphabet. 2. The Latin alphabet is divided into : a. Vowels (that is, letters which have a full and dis- tinct sound, so that they can be clearly uttered by them- selves). 6. Consonants* (that is, letters which can be clearly sounded only in connection with a vowel). 3. The Latin vowels are a, e, i, o, u, y. The conso- nants are b, c, d, f, g, i, k, 1, m, n, p, q, r, s, t, v, x, z. You will see that one letter is used both as vowel and as consonant ; which letter is it ? NOTE. H (h) is often called a consonant ; properly speaking, however, it is not a letter, but only a sign that the vowel after it is pronounced with a certain roughness, such as distinguishes the pronunciation of " hand " and " overheat " from that of " and " and " overeat." * The word " consonant " is derived from Latin con, " with," and sonare, "to sound." 2 LATIN LESSONS. 4. The consonants are divided into : a. Semivowels. f, i, s, v, 1, m, n, r. b. Mutes. c, k, q, g, p, b, t, d. c. Double consonants. x, z. NOTE. The semivowels 1, m, n, r, are also called LIQUIDS, and of these m and n have the further name NASALS. Sounds of the Letters. 5. The vowels have each two grades of sounds, a long and a short ; but the short vowel differs from the corre- sponding long one only in quantity, not in quality. They are pronounced as follows : a, long, as 'm father; short, the same sound less prolonged, e, " Kkeeyinthey; " " " " " " i, " asm machine ; " " " " " " o, " " " note; " " " " " " u, " like oo in food; " " " " " y, like French u or German ii, long or short as the case may be. NOTE. It should be impressed upon the pupil that the vowel sounds in the English words can, hot, tub, sir, and raw are never met with in Latin. 6. When two vowels come together in one syllable, the combination is called a diphthong. The following combi- nations are regularly used as diphthongs in Latin : * COMMON. ae, pronounced like y wfly. au, " " ow in how. oe, " " oi in coin. BABE. ei, " as in eight. eu, " nearly as in. feud. ui, " like wee in sweet. * But u between q or g and a vowel unites with the consonants, jis in English, and does not form a diphthong. Thus qui, sanguis, but cui. THE ALPHABET. 8 7. The consonants have each only one grade of sound, which is as a rule the same as that of the corresponding English letter. But c and g are always hard, as in can and get. ch has the sound of c, but rougher. i has the sound of y in year. s is always hard, as in sin. b before s in the same syllable, as in urbs, plebs, is pro- nounced like p, that s may have its proper sound and not slip into that of z. t has always the sound of t in tent. th has the sound of t, but slightly rougher. V has the sound of w in want. Exercise. NOTE. In this book long vowels are marked thus ("), short vowels are unmarked. 8. Pronounce the following words : me 81 que non sed ut quin hoc cur nam NOTE. The pupil should be required to pronounce the words in the first column repeatedly, so that the quantity of their vowels may unconsciously become fixed in his mind. He will appreciate the value of this acquisition when he sees how often these words are met with in the Latin writers. Grammatical References (To supplement the foregoing) A. & S. 3-18 ; A. & G. 1-6, 16 ; G. 1-7 ; H. 2-5, 15-17. rosa bom tempore magnus donant amplius causae piscis dederat ipsis iUe obsidem facto reges proelio omnes reges venerit domum quoque impetum poenas quoque eadem aula istic humiles aeger donee fuerant LATIN LESSONS. LESSON II. SYLLABLES AND ACCENTS. 9. Every Latin word has as many syllables as it has separate vowels or diphthongs. One syllable in each word is pronounced with somewhat more force (Accent) than the others, as in English. 10. Observe how each of the following words is ac- cented : I. qua/-rum ce'-na <5m-nes su-os a'-cer II. re-ge'bat dis-sua/des co-hae-rent per-gaii-det a-ma-ve'-runt pro-fec-ti-o'-nem ho-no-ra/stis con-su-e'-sco o-nu-stae fru-mn-tum a-man-tes com-pl^-xus in-ter-riim-punt a-du-les-c^n-tes ad-fi-ci-e-ban-tur in-tro-mit-tunt flu'-men sa^-pe p<5n-tus i ; -gnes a^-grum ma'-tris do'-nis aii-ro a-pud m^-niis md-nent HE. pr<5-xi-mus pa-tri-bus fi'-ni-um cdra-modus a^-qui-tas in-no-cens im-p<5-Ti-um con-fu'-ge-rint a-mi-ci-ti-a con-iii-ra-ti-o '-ni-bus ho-no-ri-fi-cen-tis-si-me in-te-grum me-di-o-cris im-pe-trant il-l^-ce-brae miil-ti-plex 11. All Latin words of two syllables are accented like SYLLABLES AND ACCENTS. 5 those in Group I. above. What rule, then, can be laid down about the accent of such words ? In Group II. you will see that all the words are accented on the last sylla- ble but one (called the penultimate or penult) , and that this syllable either contains a long vowel or a diphthong, as in the words above the dotted line, or has its short vowel followed by a double consonant or by two consonants, as in the words below the dotted line. Such syllables are called long syllables ; long by nature, if they contain a long vowel or a diphthong, long by position otherwise. In Group III. you will see that all the words are accented on the syllable before the penult (called the antepenult- imate or antepenult), and that the penult always has a short vowel followed either by another vowel or a single consonant, as in the words above the dotted line (short syllables), or by two consonants, of which the first is a mute, while the second is 1 or r, as in the words below the dotted line (common syllables). What simple rule can be framed for the accentuation of the words in Groups II. and III. ? You will find that this rule applies to all or nearly all Latin words of more than two sylla- bles. Division into Syllables. 12. By examining the above groups of words with ref- erence to division into syllables, you will see that this division is made upon the principle that every syllable in a word (except, of course, the last) should end in a vowel, when that can be accomplished without bringing together at the beginning of the next syllable a combination of consonants too hard to pronounce. The following simple rules may be given for dividing Latin words into sylla- bles : i. Single consonants, double consonants, or combinations 6 LATIN LESSONS. of consonants which can begin a word are to be joined to the second of the two vowels between which they stand. This includes the combinations gn, ps, pt, thus : re-ge- bat ; pro-xi-mus ; o-nu-stae ; ca-stris ; i-gnern ; de-scrip-si.* ii. Other combinations of consonants are to be separa- ted, the first letter being joined to the preceding vowel, and the other letter or letters to the following vowel. Thus : in-ter-rum-punt ; con-frin-gant ; per-strin-xit. iii. Compound words must show their component parts. Thus : ab-est ; sic-ut. 13. Divide the following words into syllables and mark their accents : pedum militi consternata posse perfects patiantur dies populus largitione noctu legatum matrimonmm signum monebant reminisceretur malae bonorum possessionibus grandis caritas maledicentiores Grammatical References. A. & S. 19-36 ; A. & G. 14, 18, 19 ; G. 8, 11, 14 ; H. 8, 16, 18. LESSON III. QUANTITY; STEMS AND ENDINGS. Quantity. XOTE. The quantity of Latin vowels is best learned by observing and remembering how they are marked in lesson books and dictionaries, but a few simple rules will be found useful. 14. A vowel before another vowel or before a diph- thong or before h is short, as, eadem, varius, aureae, nihil. QUANTITY; STEMS AND ENDINGS. 7 15. A vowel before nt or nd is short, as, amantem, docentes, intendant. 16. A vowel before nf, ns, gm, gn, or the consonant i, is long, as, confert, instat, f ragmentum, ignis, eitis, huius. 17. Final a, e, y are short, final i, o, u are long, as, stella, omne, Capy, bom, amo, cornu. 18. Final is, us, ys are short, final as, es, os, are long, as, omnis, manus, Capys ; causas, mones, bonos. 19. Final syllables ending in any consonant other than s or c have their vowels short, as, nihil, regain, nomen, volup, amor, noscit. NOTE. The above rules are merely statements of what is true in most instances, made for the learner's convenience. He must not be disturbed at finding exceptions to them as he progresses, nor conclude, therefore, that the rules are of no use, but rather allow the rules and the exceptions to help fix each other in his mind by their differences. Exercise. 20. Mark the unmarked vowels in the following words, using a macron (") for long, a breve ( w ) for short, vow- els: ripa meae consul pSrentes cum laudes cuius signa leo quoad docebam audienti constans constantis bSnus vias profundi segmentum infimus aerario Stems and Endings. 21. Examine the following groups of forms : sol, the sun. reg-is, of a king, sol-is, of the sun. reg-um, of kings, sol-i, for the sun. reg-I, to a king, sol-e, in the sun. reg-e, from a king, sol-es, suns, reg-ibus, for kings. LATIN LESSONS. aqua, water, aqua, by water, aqua-rum, of waters, aqua-s, waters. servo-s, a slave, servo, to a slave servo-rum, of slaves. serv5-s, slaves. lauda-re, to praise. lauda-t, he praises. lauda-bant, they were prais- ing. lauda-bimini, you will be praised. audi-re, to hear, audi-etis, you shall hear, audi-tur, it is heard, audi-mus, we hear. die-s, a day. die, by day. die-rum, of days, die-bus, by days. fructu-s, product, fructu-i, for product, fructu-um, of products, fructu, from product. doce-re, to teach, doce-bam, I was teaching, doce-am, let me teach. doce-tur, he is taught. dio-6, I say. die-ant, let them say. dlc-atur, let it be said, die-emus, we shall say. 22. You will see that these word-forms almost always have two parts, though a few of them lack the second part ; you will also see that the first part in all the forms of each word is the same, except as to the quantity of its vowel. This part of the word is called the STEM, the other part is called the ENDING. The stem expresses the mean- ing of a word in a general way only, the endings express some particular turn or application of the meaning, as can be seen by the above examples. Exercise. 23. Separate the following forms into stems and end- ings : Militi, milites, mllitum ; amare, amabam, amatis ; leonis, leone, leonibus ; corpori, corpora, corporum ; pugna, pugnas, GENDER; FIRST DECLENSION. 9 pugnarum ; moneris, monetur, monebamus ; parvos, parvo, parvorum ; regam, rego, regemur ; cornus, cornua, cornuum ; finire, finiebas, fimtur, flniamini ; pacem, pacis, paci ; aciem, acies, acie ; duel, ducat, ducemus, ducuntur. LESSON IV. GENERAL RULES FOR GENDER. THE FIRST DECLENSION. NOTE. Pupils who do not know the parts of speech and the meanings of the terms gender, number, and case should learn them before going further. (A. & S. 73-79, 85-88 ; A. & G. 20, 25-28, 31 ; G. 15-18, 21-23 ; H. 38-41, 44, 45.) Genders. 24. In English we call nouns denoting male beings MASCULINE, nouns denoting female beings FEMININE, and all other nouns, NEUTER. In Latin, gender is less simple, partly because the Romans personified many things with- out sex and partly because certain genders came to be associated with various endings. The genders associated with particular endings are best studied in connection with the different declensions. For the gender of person- ified things the following rule is convenient : i. Masculine are nations, rivers, winds, and months. ii. Feminine are countries, towns, islands, plants, and trees. 25. Latin nouns are divided into five declensions, ac- cording to the letters in which their stems end. The First Declension. 26. The First Declension comprises all nouns whose stems end in a. Learn the following paradigms of declension : 10 LATIN LESSONS. ripa, f., river-bank, stella, f., a star, via, f., way, path. Stem ripa- stella- via- Nom. ripa, bank. Gen. ripae, bank's, of a bank. Dat. ripae, to or for a bank. Ace. ripam, bank. Voc. ripa, thou bank. Abl. ripa, on a bank. Singular. stella, a star, stellae, star's, of a star, stellae, to or for a star. stellam, a star, stella, thou star, stella, with or from. a star. Plural. via, way. viae, of the way. viae, to or for a way. viam, way. via, thou way. via, by the way. N. &V. ripae, banks, or stellae, stars, etc. viae, ways, etc. ye banks. Gen. riparum, of the stellarum viarum banks. D. & A. ripis, to or for the stellis viis banks, or on the banks. Ace. ripas, banks. Stellas vias 27. You will see that in some of the cases of the above words, the stem vowel is no longer visible. It has become absorbed in the ending. Which cases are these ? In cer- tain other cases the vowel has not disappeared, but has become fused with the ending into the diphthong ae. Which cases are these ? In three cases there is no end- ing, and in two of these the stem vowel has become short. Which are these ? Note carefully what cases have similar forms. What exceptions to your rules for the quantity of final syllables do you observe in these nouns of the first declension ? FIRST DECLENSION. 11 28. You will further see that in the above nouns the same case is not always translated in the same way. This does not, of course, indicate that a case of one noun means one thing and the same case of another noun a different thing, but that we often express by different prepositions, in English, ideas for which the same case-form was used in Latin. When a case-form thus stands by itself, it may therefore be translated by various expressions ; but when words are used together in sentences, the surroundings show which idea the case represents on the particular occa- sion, just as in English you can tell by the surrounding words whether " hand " is a noun or a verb, as in " give me your hand " and " please hand me that book." So, too, the context shows whether a Latin noun like pugna means " the battle," " a battle," or simply "battle," the Romans not needing special words to correspond to the English articles. 29. Vocabulary. causa, -ae, f., cause, reason, hora, -ae, f., hour. copia, -ae, f., plenty (pi. lingua, -ae, f., tongue. forces). cura, -ae, f., care. praeda, -ae, f., booty. fuga, -ae, f., flight. pugna, -ae, f., battle. gloria, -ae, f., glory. scrlba, -ae, m., scribe, clerk. What appears to be the regular gender of nouns of the first declension ? All nouns of this declension are of this gender except a few, like scrlba, which denote male beings. Exercise. 30. Give an English equivalent for each of the follow- ing Latin forms : 1. Causas. 2. Pugnis. 3. Horam. 4. Fuga. 5. Scriba- rum. 6. Praedae. 7. Cura. 8. Copiis. 9. Copiam. 10. Lin- guae. 11. Gloria. 12. Linguarum. 13. Scribls. 14. Fugae. OF THK UNIVERSITY 12 LATIN LESSONS. 15. Curae. 16. Copias. 17. Causls. 18. Praedaram. 19. Horis. 20. Gloriam. 31. Give a Latin equivalent for each of the following English expressions : 1. For a battle. 2. By glory. 3. Thou scribe. 4. In flight. 5. With booty. 6. To a star. 7. By the forces. 8. In plenty. 9. With the tongue. 10. On the way. 11. Of cares. 12. With reasons. 13. To the clerks. 14. Ye battles. 15. Of hours. 16. For a way. 17. To the banks. 18. A tongue. 19. The hours. 20. For booty. 21. By the path. Grammatical References. A. & S. 54, 55, 73-79, 85-88, 91 ; A. & G. 20, 21, 25-28, 31, 35 ; G. 15-18, 21-24, 27, 28 ; H. 38-41, 44-46, 48. LESSON V. SECOND DECLENSION. 32. The Second Declension includes all nouns whose stems end in o. Learn the following paradigms : servos, m., a avos, m., ovom, n., slave. grandfather. egg. Stem servo- avo- ovo- Singular. Norn. servos avos ovom Gen. servi avi ovi Dat. & Abl. serv5 av5 ovo Ace. servom avom ovom Voc. serve ave ovom Plural. Norn. & Voc. servi avi ova Gen. servorum avorum 5vorum Dat. & Abl. servis avis ovis Ace. servos avos ova SECOND DECLENSION. 13 equus, m ., a dominus, m., bellum, n., horse. master. war. Stem equo- domino- bello- Singular. Nom. equus dominus bellum Gen. equi domini beUl Dat. & Abl. equ5 domino beUo Ace. equum dominum bellum Voc. eque domine bellum Plural. Nom. & Voc. equi domini bella Gen. equorum domin5rum bellorum Dat. & Abl. equis dominis beUis Ace. equos dominos bella films, m., son. ager, m., field. puer, m., boy. Stem filio- agro- puero- Singular. Nom. filius ager puer Gen. fill agri pueri Dat. & Abl. filio agro puer5 Ace. filium agrum puerum Voc. fill ager puer Plural. Nom. & Voc. filii agri pueri Gen. filiorum agrorum puerorum Dat. & Abl. filiis agris puerls Ace. fili5s agros puer5s 33. What is the only difference in declension between the first three nouns above and the second three nouns ? All nouns of the second declension were originally de- clined like the first three above, but in classical times the o of the stem was retained before s and m in those nouns 14 LATIN LESSONS. only, which, like the three given, had the letter v before the stem vowel o. What are the only differences in de- clension between films and the nouns given before it ? What is the only difference between puer and ager ? Nearly all second declension nouns in er are declined like ager. What are the only differences in declension be- tween the nouns in er and the others ? What cases have similar forms in the second declension ? What cases have the same endings in both the first and the second declen- sions ? What exceptions to your rules for the quantity of final syllables do you find in some of these second declen- sion nouns ? NOTE 1. The voc. sing, of nouns in OS and us is the only instance in any of the five declensions of a vocative unlike its nominative. NOTE 2. Nouns in ius and ium do not change their accent in the geni- tive and vocative when they contract ii and ie to i. Thus from Mercu- rius we have Mercuri, not Mercuri ; from initium, imti,. not initi. What rule for accent is thus violated ? Exercise. 34. Decline the following nouns : annus, -I, m., year. oppidum, -I, n., town, frumentum, -I, n., grain. otium. -I, n., rest, leisure, gladius, -i, m., sword. negotium, -I, n., business, affair. lacrima, -ae, f., tear. populus, -i, m., a people, liber, -brl, m., book. praemium, -I, n., reward, murus, -I, m., wall. socer, -eri, m., father-in-law. 35. W T hat seems to be the regular gender of nouns of the second declension ending in m ? What that of the other nouns ? The only exceptions are a few feminines in os or us (chiefly names of towns or trees), and three neuters in us. Grammatical References. A. & S. 95, 96, 97, (1) & (2) ; A. & G. 38, 39, 41, 42 ; G. 29-32 ; H. 51, 53. UNIVERSITY ADJECTIVES OF FIRST AND SECOND DECL1 LESSON VI. ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLEN- SIONS. TWO NOUNS OR AN ADJECTIVE AND NOUN USED TOGETHER. 36. Learn the declension of the following words : Stem Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. Abl. novos, in. novo- nova, f. nova- Singular. novom, n., new. novo- novos nova novom novi novae novi novo novBin novae novam novo novom nove nova novom novo nova novo Plural. Nom. & Voc. novi Gen. nov5rum Dat. & Abl. novis Ace. novos Stei Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. Abl. bonus, m. bono- bonus bom bono bonum bone bon5 novae nova novarum nov5rum novis novis novas nova bona, f. bonum, n., good bona- bono- Singular. bona bonum bonae bom bonae bon5 bonam bonum bona bonum bona bond 16 LATIN LESSONS. Plural. Norn. & Voc. bom bonae bona Gen. bon5rum bonarum bonorum Dat. & Abl. boms bonls boms Ace. bonds bonas bona regius, m. regia, f . regium, n., royal. Stem regio- regia- regio- Singidar. Nom. regius regia regium Gen. regii regiae regii Dat. regi5 regiae regi5 Ace. regium regiam regium Voc. regie regia regium Abl. regia regia regio Plural. Nom. & Voc. regii regiae regia Gen. regiorum regiarum regiorum Dat. & Abl. regils regus regiis Ace. regies regias regia creber, m. crebra, f . crebrum, n., frequent. Stem crebro- crebra- crebro- Singular. Nom. & Voc. creber crebra crebrum Gen. crebri crebrae crebri Dat. crebra crebrae crebro Ace. crebrum crebram crebrum Abl. crebro crebra crebra TWO NOUNS OR NOUN AND ADJECTIVE. 17 Nom. & Voc. crebri Gen. crebrorum Dat. & Abl. crebris Ace. crebros Stem liber, m. libero- Phiral. crebrae crebra crebrarum crebrorum crebris crebrls crebras crebra libera, f. liberum, n., free, libera- Hbero- Nom. & Voc. liber Gen. liberi Dat. libero Ace. liberum Abl. libero Nom. & Voc. liberi Gen. liberorum Dat. & Abl. liberis Ace. liberos Singular. libera llberae liberae liberum liberi libero llberam liberum libera libero Plural. liberae libera liberarum liberorum liberis liberis liberas libera 37. Which is the only one of these adjectives of which the declension differs at all from that of nouns of the same endings ? Point out the differences. NOTE. Many more adjectives in er are declined like creber than like liber. Use of Two Nouns or a Noun and Adjective together. 38. We mean different things in English, according as we say " the boy's book," or " the boy's book," that is, according as we make the word BOY'S or the word BOOK more emphatic (utter it more forcibly). So if we say " a long road," we mean one thing ; if we say " a long road" we mean another. In Latin, these differences are 18 LATIN LESSONS. expressed by the order in which the words are placed. Thus:- pueri liber = the boy's book (not the girl's or the marts). liber puerl = the boy's book (not his hat or his head). longa via n= a long road (not a short one), via longa = a long road (not a long river or bridge). gladius novos = a new sword (not ).* bono servo = for a good slave (not ). lacrimls creliris = with frequent tears (not ). oppidi mtirus = the wall of the town (not of ). pugnae hora = at the hour of battle (not of ). fuga copiarum = the flight of the forces (not then- ). anm frumentum = a year's grain (not ). liber populus = a, free people (not ). 39. After studying the above expressions, which word should you put fgst when you were going to use two Latin nouns or a Latin noun and adjective together? Which case should you use to indicate what is meant in English by the possessive case or the word " of " ? What gender, number, and case should you choose for an adjec- tive which you were going to use with a noun in any given gender, number, and case ? 40. Vocabulary. aeger. -gra, -grum, sick. malus, -a, -um, bad. altus, -a, -urn, high or deep, multus. -a, -um, much, many. gratus, -a, -um, pleasant or parvos, -a, -om, small. grateful, gratia, -ae, f., favor (pi. porta, -ae, f., gate. thanks). iaculum, -I, n., javelin. saucius, -a, -urn, wounded, latus, -a, -urn, broad. socius, -I, in., ally, longus, -a, -um, long. tectum, -I. n., roof, house, magnus. -a, -um, great, large, verbum, -I, n., word. * Let the pupil fill out the parentheses. FIRST CONJUGATION; DIRECT OBJECT. 19 Exercise. 41. Translate into Latin : 1. To a good master. 2. With a new sword. 3. From the walls of the town. 4. For the wounded allies. 5. The boy's javelin. 6. In a broad path. 7. Of the sick slave. 8. By the glory of battle. 9. With frequent battles. 10. To a kingly master. 11. For a free people. 12. With a new roof. Grammatical References. A. & S. 143, 144 ; A. & G. 81, 82 ; G. 32-34 ; H. 148-150. LESSON VII. PRESENT, FUTURE, AND PERFECT INDICATIVE OF VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. ACCUSA- TIVE AS OBJECT. NOTE. Pupils who do not know the meanings of the terms voice, mood, tense, number, and person, should learn them before going further : A. & S. 192, 193, 197, 199-201 ; A. & G. 108, 111, 112, 115 ; G. 109 ; H. 194-199. 42. Learn the following paradigms : amare, to love, laudare, to praise, piignare, to fight. Stem ama- lauda- pugna- Present Indicative. Singular. 1st Per. amo, I love, or am laudo pugno loving. 2d " amas, you love, or laudas pugnas are loving. 3d " amat, he, she, it, laudat pugnat loves, or is loving. 20 LATIN LESSONS. Plural. 1st Per. amamus, we love, laudamus pugnamus or are loving. 2d " amatis, you love, or laudatis pugnatis are loving. 3d " amant, they love, or laudant pugnant are loving. Future Indicative. Singular. 1st Per. amabo, I shall love, laudabo pugnab5 2d * amabis, you will laudabis pugnabis love. 3d " amabit, he, she, it laudabit pugnabit will love. Plural. 1st Per. amabimus, we shall laudabimus pugnabimus love. 2d " amabitis, you will laudabitis pugnabitis love. 3d " amabunt, they will laudabunt pugnabunt love. Perfect Indicative. Singular. 1st Per. amavi, I loved, or laudavi pugnavi have loved. 2d " amavistl. you loved, laudavisti pugnavistl or have loved. 3d " amavit, he, she, it laudavit pugnavit loved, or has loved. FIRST CONJUGATION; DIRECT OBJECT. 21 Plural. 1st Per. amavimus, we loved, laudavimus pugnavimus or have loved. 2d " amavistis, you laudavistis pugnavistis loved, or have loved. 3d " amaverunt, they laudaverunt pugnaverunt loved, or have loved. 43. These verbs and all verbs conjugated like them are called verbs of the First Conjugation. You see that their stems end in a-, like those of nouns of the first de- clension. By what letter can you recognize the third person in a verb-form like the above? How can you tell at once whether it is singular or plural ? By what letters can you recognize such a first person plural as the above ? By what letter can jfou distinguish any of these forms that belong to the future ? To the perfect ? 44. Study the following sentences carefully : servi pugnant, the slaves are fighting (not the soldiers, for instance). pugnant servi, the slaves are fighting (not running, for in- stance). murus stabit, the wall will stand (even though the roof may fall). stabit murus, the wall will stand (whatever else we may say of it). clamavit puer, the boy cried out. puella clamavit, the girl cried out. amamus gloriam, we love glory. patriam amamus, we love our country. i fugabunt servos, they will rout the slaves. oppidum vastabitis, you will lay waste the town. portavimus libros, we carried books. gladios portabimus, we shall carry swords. vocab5 pueros, I will call the boys. laudas puellas, you praise the girls. 22 LATIN LESSONS. 45. After studying the above, what case should you choose for the subject of a sentence ? What case for the direct object of a verb? Does the rule you made for the arrangement of two nouns used together, or of a noun and adjective, appear to apply where a verb and a noun are used together ? XOTE. The teacher should explain to his pupils the twofold nature of emphasis, how when we emphasize a word we may be positively con- trasting the idea which it expresses with some other idea expressed by the same part of speech, or only negatively contrasting the idea with all other ideas expressed by the same part of speech. For instance, when we say " a brave man," we may mean to contrast the quality "brave " with the quality ' ; cowardly," or we may mean simply to call off the attention from all other qualities and concentrate it upon the idea " brave." In spoken language the inflection of the voice shows which kind of contrast is meant ; in writing we have to depend upon the context. Exercise. 46. Translate into English, marking the emphatic words : 1. Causa bona. 2. Bonae causae. 3. Mtilti annl.* 4. Lin- gua-rum multarum. 5. Avi gladius.f 6. Laudo scribas. 7. Portabunt frumentum. 8. Belli initio. 9. Vocat dominus. 10. Pugnabunt copiae. 11. Libros amat. 12. Sauciorum $ cura. 47. Translate into Latin j 1. Of many books. 2. For the master of the slaves. 3. He loves the people. 4. They love rewards. 5. We have routed the forces. 6. The country calls. 7. With many tears. 8. The house will stand. 9. We shall carry the booty. 10. The glory oifree men. * No. 2 may be translated either as singular or as plural ; why may not also No. 3 ? t Let the teacher explain to his pupils that it is not necessary or right to translate a phrase like avi gladius by the vapid expression, " the sword of a grandfather ; r ' the picturesque "grandfather's sword" renders the Latin much more truly. J What is naturally understood when an adjective is used alone like this ? Is this adjective masculiue or neuter, and why ? THIKD DECLENSION. 23 LESSON VIII. THIRD DECLENSION. 48. The Third Declension includes all the nouns whose stems end in i-, or in any consonant (and also two nouns with stems in u- treated like consonant stems). 49. Learn the following paradigms : sitis, f., turris. f., hostis, c.,* thirst. tower. enemy. Stem siti- turn- hosti- Nom. & Voc. sitis Gen. sitis Dat. siti Ace. sitim Abl. siti Nona. & Voc. Gen. Dat. & Abl. Ace. Singular. turris turris turri turrim (-em) turri (-e) Plural. turres turrium turribus turris (-es) hostis hostis hosti hostem hoste hostes hostium hostibus hostes (-is) mare, n., sea. mibes, f., cloud, aetas, f.,f age. Stem mari- nub(i)- aetat(i)- Nom. & Voc. mare Gen. maris Dat. mari Ace. mare Abl. mari Singular. nubes nubis nubi nubem nube aetas aetatis aetati aetatem aetate * Common gender, i. e., sometimes masculine, sometimes feminine. t See A. & S. 69 (2) ; A. & G. 44; G. 51 ; H. 36, 2. 24 LATIN LESSONS. Nom. & Voc. maria Gen. marium Dat. & Abl. maribus Ace. maria Plural nubes aetates nubium aetatium (-urn) nubibus aetatibus nubes (-is) aetates (-is) Stem rex, m., king, lapis, m., stone, sus. c., swine, reg- lapid- su- Singular. Nom. & Voc. rex (reg + s)* lapis (la- sus Gen. regis lapidis suis Dat. regi lapidi su! Ace. regem lapidem suem Abl. rege lapide sue Plural. N.A. & V. reges lapides sues Gen. regum lapidum suum Dat. corpus opus Gen. honoris corporis operis Dat. honor! corpor! oper! Ace. honorem corpus opus Abl. honSre corpore opere N. Ac. & V. honoris Gen. honorum D. & Ab. honoribus Plural. corpora corporum corporibus opera operum operibus NOTE. The third declension looks more complicated than it is because of the variety of forms produced in the nominative singular by adding s to different stems or by modifying the stem vowel, and because of the dif- 28 LATIN LESSONS. fereiit aspects given to the nouns by the final letters of their stems. The best way to master the declension for practical purposes is to study atten- tively a series of nouns like those given, without trying to load the mind with rules for forming nominatives from stems or the reverse. Those, however, who desire rules will find them in A. & S. 100-108 ; A. & G. 44- 45, 48, 51, 53, 55 ; G. 36-02 ; H. 56-05. Use of Three or More Words together. 54. All Latin sentences are arranged on the principle you have studied in the use of two words grammatically related to each other, namely, that the more emphatic comes before the less emphatic. Study the following ap- plications of the principle : 55. Verberat crudeliter servos, he is BEATING the slaves cruelly. Crudeliter servos verberat, he is CRUELLY beating the slaves. Caesar Gallos vicit, CESAB conquered the Gauls. Gallos vicit Caesar, Caesar conquered the GAULS. Pulchrum librum habeo, I have a HAXDSOME book. Librum habeo pulchrum, I have a handsome BOOK. Agros hostium vastant, they lay waste the FIELDS of the enemy. Hostium agros vastant, they lay waste the fields of the EXEMY. Vastant hostium agros, they LAY WASTE the fields of the enemy. NOTE 1. It seems a little forced to mark two emphases in such short English sentences as the above, partly because we are not in the habit of talking with so varied an emphasis, and partly because our means of expressing emphasis are more crude and clumsy than the Latin. This is an excellent reason for learning to grasp a Latin sentence so thoroughly that without being translated it will convey its whole meaning to us as it did to the Roman. NOTE 2. In writing or speaking Latin sentences, we have to consider the words separately (until we learn to think in Latin), and we often find it a help to group together in phrases the words most closely related to each other grammatically. Thus w r e should put agros and hostium THIRD DECLENSION. 29 together and say agros hostium or hostiuin agros according as we meant " the enemy 's fields "or " the enemy's fields," and then put vastant before these words or after them according as we wished to emphasize the act of laying waste or the things laid waste.* The Romans, of course, did not have to go through this process, but uttered their words naturally in the order that expressed what they wanted to say, just as when we speak we put the proper stress of voice upon the emphatic words without thinking about it. 56. Vocabulary. cams, st. can(i)-, c., dog. mater, st. matr-, f., mother, dux, st. due-, m., leader, gen- pars, st. part(i)-, f ., part. eral. sedes, sed(i)-, f., seat, abode, eques, st. equit-,m., horseman, urbs, st. urb(i)-, f., city. v fortiter, bravely. vir, virl, m., a man.| homo, st. homin-, m., a man-t virtus, st. virtut-,f ., manliness, laete, gladly. bravery, virtue. Exercise. 57. Translate into English : 1. Canes et equos puer amat. 2. Regis milites hostem fuga- verunt. 3. Laudabit dux virtutem equitum. 4. Parvom filium portat mater. 5. Novas sedes homines parant. 6. Mulieres pacem rogant sed viri pugnabunt. 7. Fortiter pugnant copiae sed hostes non f ugant. 8. Magnum opus dux paravit. 9. Laete puella patrem et matrem vocat.J 10. Nomen militis rex roga- vit. 58. Translate into Latin : . 1. The king praises the bravery of the SOLDIERS. 2. The GOOD boy is gladly helping his mother. 3. The enemy have * Those are the simple conversational ways of arranging the words ; if vastant be placed between the other words, there is a slight change of emphasis and a marked effect of more elevated style like that of a poem or an oration. t Homo means a man as distinguished from a beast or an angel ; vir, as distinguished from a woman or child. t Whose father and mother are naturally meant ? OF THB UNIVERSITY Or ~ - ... 30 LATIN LESSONS. laid waste a PART of the city. 4. They have not put to flight the general and the horsemen. 5. You love the sea but not the clouds. 6. The COMMON PEOPLE ask for rest, but the LEADERS are preparing war. Grammatical References. A. & S. 58-72, 99-123 ; A. & G. 8-11, 44-67 ; G. 36-67 ; H. 19-36, 55-115. LESSON X. PRESENT, FUTURE AND PERFECT INDICATIVE IN THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. SOME SIMPLE DA- TIVES AND ABLATIVES. 59. Compare the following paradigms : Present Infinitive. Singular. flere, to weep. am are, to love, stem ama- IstPers. amo 2d " amas 3d " amat IstPers. amamus 2d " amatis 3d " amant IstPers. amabo 2d " amabis 3d " amabit fl5- habere. regere, to have. to rule, habe- reg- Present Indicative. Singular. fleo fles flet flemus fletis flent habeo habes habet PlUrdl. habemus habetis habent rego regis regit Future Indicative. Singular. flebo habebo regam flebls habebis reges flebit habebit reget audire, to hear. au^L- audio audis audit regimus audimus regitis auditis regunt audiunt audiam audies audiet THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 31 1st Pers. amabimus flebimus 2d " amabitis flebitis 3d " amabunt. flebunt Plural. habebimus regemus audiimus Jiabebitis regetis audietis habebunt regent audient 1st Pers. amavi 2d " amavisti 3d " amavit Perfect Indicative. Singular. flevi flevistl flevit habui rexl habuisti rexisti habuit rexit audivi audivistl audivit 1st Pers. amavimus flevimus 2d " amavistis flevistis 3d " amaverunt fleverunt Plural. habuimus reximus audlvimus habuistis rexistis audivistis habuerunt rexerunt audiverunt 60. Consider first the present infinitive and the present indicative in the above verbs. By dropping the endings you get ama-, fle-, habe-, audi-, as the stems of amare, flere, habere, and audire, respectively. In regere, there is an apparent peculiarity. The vowel before the endings varies, and cannot therefore be considered part of the stem. Reg- is the stem, and the variable vowel is called the thematic vowel. Latin verbs .are divided into four conjugations, thus : 1st Conjugation all verbs with stems in a. 2d " " " " e. 3d " " " " consonant stems (also a few with stems in u, like tri- buere). 4th " stems in I. NOTE. The third conjugation is the oldest, and the others are later derivations. They, too, once had the thematic vowel, but it has become absorbed in the long stem vowel, except sometimes in the third person plural of the present indicative ; cf . audiunt. 32 LATIN LESSONS. 61. Upon turning to the future indicative you see that the verbs of the first and second conjugations have one set of endings and those of the third and fourth another set. In the perfect you see that the first letter of the ending differs somewhat in the different verbs, being v in amare, flere, and audire, s in regere (rex = reg-{- s), and u in habere. You see also that habere is without the stem vowel e in* the perfect. For convenience, therefore, the letters v, s, and u, are united with the verb stems, and the combinations amav-, flev-, habu-, rex-, audiv-, are called the perfect stems of their respective verbs. NOTE. Most of the verbs of the second conjugation have perfects after the pattern of habui, very few after that of flevi. Habui is really made by adding VI to the stem, hab-, of a third conjugation form from which habere was derived, the v after the consonant becoming u, i. e. hab -{- vi = habui. Some Simple Datives and Ablatives. 62. Examine the following sentences : Sorori longam epistulam scrips!, I have written a long letter to my sister. Legit fratri puella, the girl is reading to her brother. Servos homin! librum tradet, the slave will hand the man * the book. Novam regionem urbi addidit,. he added a new quarter to the city. CertaminI horam statues, you will appoint an hour for the contest. Filio equum emi, I bought the horse for my son. Regi navem paravimus, we have made ready a boat for the king. Lapide mllitem cecldit, he slew the soldier with a stone. v] Metu urbem relinquunt, they abandon their city through fear. Frumenti inopia pacem petunt, they beg for peace on account of lack of grain. THE FOUE CONJUGATIONS. 33 Dolore oppressa est, she was overwhelmed with grief. Lacrimis id impetrant, they get it by their tears. 63. After studying the above sentences, what case should you choose for a noun denoting the person or thing you wished to speak of doing something to or for ? What case for a noun denoting the means of doing some- thing or the reason for doing it ? 64. Vocabulary. amicus, I-, m., friend. pedes, st. pedit-, m., foot- amor, st. amor-, m., love. soldier, carus, -a, -urn, dear. regio, st. region-, f ., quarter, cedere, cessi, to yield. region, certamen, st. certamin-, n., scribere, scrips!, to write, contest. soror, st. soror-, f., sister, claudere, clausi, to shut. tenere, tenui, to hold, ducere, duxi, to lead, draw, terrere, terrui, to frighten, mittere, misl, to send. timere, timul, to fear, be munire munlvl, to fortify. afraid. Exercise. 65. Translate into English : 1. Regi oppidum niummus. 2. Amico caro multas epis- tulas scribam. 3. Civem pedes gladio cecidit. 4. Magna pugna hostium copias fugavimus. 5. Non terrebitis consulis milites. 6. Libero populo equites et pedites paravistis. 7. Magnas naves et equos bonos habemus. 8. Fortiter pugnant elves sed militibus cedent. 9. Equitum virtute consul hostes vicit. 10. Gloriae amore helium rogaverunt. 66. Translate into Latin : * 1. They are shutting the gates from fear of a BATTLE. * It is good practice for the pupil to exercise his own ingenuity in regard to those relations of emphasis which cannot be marked here without awk- wardness. 34 LATIN LESSONS. 2. We have prepared a new quarter of the city for the FOOT- SOLDIERS. 3. The boy is holding the horse by his HEAD. 4. I shall send mother's letter to my SISTER. 5. The general has MAXY friends and will not yield to the KING. 6. The SOLDIER killed the slave with his javelin. 7. With MANY WORDS I praised the bravery of the citizens. Grammatical References. A. & S. 374, 381, 404, 407 ; A. & G. 224-226, 235, 245, 248 c. ; G. 343-345, 403, 406, 407 ; H. 384, 416, 420. LESSON XI. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. PREPOSITIONS. 67. Learn the following paradigms : acer, sharp. Stem acri- Singular. M. F. N. N. & V. acer acris acre Gen. acris acris acris D. & Abl. acri acri acri Ace. acrem acrem acre Plural. N. & V. acres acres acria Gen. acrium acrium acrium D. & Abl. acribus acribus acribus Ace. acris (-es) acris (es) acria ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 35 mitis, mild. Stem miti- Singular. Plural. M. & F. N. M. & F. N. N. & V. mitis mite mites mitia Gen. mitis mitis mitium mitium D. & A. miti miti mitibus mitibus Ace. mitem mite mitis (-es) mitia Stem felix, happy, felic- vetus, old. veter- (earlier vetos-) Singular. M. & F. N. M. & F. N. N. &V. felix felix vetus vetus Gen. felicis felicis veteris veteris Dat. felici felici veteri veteri Ace. felicem felix veterem vetus Abl. felici (-e) felici (-e) vetere (-i) vetere (-i) Plural. N. & V. f elices f elicia Gen. felicium felicium D. & A. felicibus felicibus Ace. f elices (-is) f elicia veteres vetera veterum veterum veteribus veteribus veteres (-is) vetera 68. You will see that the declension of these adjectives differs chiefly in that some have three forms in the nom- inative singular, some two forms, and some only one form. By comparing these adjectives with the nouns of the third declension which you have studied, you will see that the adjectives have a preference for i-stem forms, while the nouns tend to consonant-stem forms. NOTE. Only a very few adjectives are declined like acer ; these are given in A. & S. 151 ; A. & G. 84 a ; H. 153, note 1. Even fewer are declined like vetus. 36 LATIN LESSONS. Prepositions. 69. Prepositions originally expressed relations of place, and came later to express other relations. Compare " in a boat " with " in danger ; " " on a mountain " with " on fire ; " " at Washington " with " at dinner ; " " toward the sea" with "toward evening." 70. The accusative is used with in, into, towards, against, for. sub, to the foot of, (up to and) under, just before or after. subter (rare), beneath (implying motion). super, over, above. 71. The ablative is used with in, in, on, in the case of. sub, under, during. subter (rare), beneath (implying rest). super, about, in regard to. 72. The following prepositions are used only with the ablative : a or ab, from. prae, before, ahead of. cum, with. pr5, before, in front of. de, from, down from. sine, without, e or ex, out of, from. Also the three rare prepositions absque. without, coram. before, in the presence of, tenus, as far as. 73. Other prepositions are used only with the accusa- tive. The common ones are the following : ad, to, towards. citra, this side of. adversus, against. contra, opposite to. ante, before. extra, outside of. apud, in presence of, near. infra, below. circum, around. inter, among. PREPOSITIONS. intra, within. propter, near, on account of. ob, against, on account of. secundum, after. per, through. supra, above. post, behind, after. trans, across. praeter, along by. ultra, beyond. prope, near. 74. Vocabulary. aestas, st. aestat(i)-, f., sum- dolor, st. dolor-, m., pain, mer. grief, x alacer, -cris, -ere, lively. finis, st. fini-, m., end. audax, st. audac-, bold. fortis, -e, brave, brevis, -e, short. hiemps,* st. hiem-, f., winter, cadere, cecidi, to fall. ^instruere, instruxi, to draw caedere, cecidi, to strike, kill. up. ycaedes, st. caed(i)-, f., blood- iubere, iussi, to order. shed. labor, st. labor-, m., toil. \J clades, st. clad(i)-, f., disaster, oninis, -e, all. Exercise. 75. Translate into English : 1. Equites et pedites in urbem mittet. 2. Brevem epistulam ab amlco habes. 3. Super avo multa rogavit rex. 4. Ante aestatem non pugnabunt elves. 5. Ad magnam pugnam co- pias mstruximus. 6. Consulis milites cum magna virtute pug- naverunt. 7. Adversus oppidum pedites ducet. 8. In flumine magnam navem habemus et in nave fortes viros. 76. Translate into Latin : 1. The king will prepare his forces for BATTLE. 2. I have prepared the book WITH MUCH LABOR. 3. The people fear the END of the year. 4. We led ALL the forces out of the town. 5. The little boy is falling from his HORSE. 6. They beat the * For the p in the nominative, see A. & S. 70; A. & G. 11 c. & Note; H. 34, 1 Note. 38 LATIN LESSONS. slave with their JAVELINS. 7. We shall lay waste the TOWN by fire, but shall not kill the citizens. Grammatical References. A. & S. 148-155 ; A. & G. 84-87 ; G. 81-85 ; H. 152-158. LESSON XII. FOURTH AND FIFTH DECLENSIONS. VARIOUS MEANINGS OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 77. The Fourth Declension includes all nouns whose stems end in u, except sus, swine, and grus, crane, which belong to the third declension. 78. Learn the following paradigms : artus, m., joint, currus, m., cornu, n., horn. limb. chariot. Stem artu- curru- cornu- Singular. N. & V. artus currus cornu Gen. artus currus cornus Dat. artui currul cornu Ace. artum currum cornu Abl. artu curru cornu Plural. N. A. & V. artus currus cornua Gen. artuum curruum cornuum D. & A. artubus (arti- curribus cornibus bus*) * Very few nouns retain the old form in -ubus, and all but one of these have also the form in -ibus. FOURTH AND FIFTH DECLENSIONS. 39 domus, f., house. Stem domu- and domo- N. & V. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Singular. domus domus (domi) domui, domo domum domo (domu) Plural. domus domuum, domorum domibus domos, domus domibus 79. The Fifth Declension includes all nouns whose stems end in e. Learn the following paradigms : Stem res, f., thing, re- dies, m., day. die- Singular. N. & V. res Gen. rel Dat. rei Ace. rem Abl. re Plural. Singular. Plural. res dies dies rerum die! dierum rebus die! diebus res diem dies rebus die diebus NOTE. Res and dies are the only nouns of the fifth declension that are declined in full. Most nouns of this declension have no plural, but a few are used in the nominative, accusative, and vocative plural. 80. Study the following expressions till you see how the meanings assigned to the prepositions grew out of their meanings as given in the last lesson : Ad senectutem, till old age ; ad noctem, towards night ; ad vltam beatam, for a happy life ; ad magnum bellum, for a great war; ad regis voluntatem, according to the king's wish ; adversus leges, contrary to the laws ; ante omnia, above all things ; contra opmi5nem, contrary to ex- pectation ; extra numerum, beyond the number ; per hie- mem, throughout the winter ; per mare, over the sea ; per hostes, by means of the enemy ; per honorem ducis, by the 40 LATIN LESSONS. honor of a leader ; praeter aetatem, beyond one's years ; se- cundum naturam, according to nature ; ultra modum, be- yond bounds ; a rege, by the king ; de morte mllitis, about the soldier's deatli ; e sententia, in accordance with one's opin- ion or wishes ; e re publica, in the interest of the state ; prae metu, out of fear ; prae magnitudine, in comparison with the size ; pro patria, in behalf of the country ; pro dignitate, in accordance with one's dignity. 81. Vocabulary. aeies, -el, f., battle line. lex, st. leg-, f., a law. agmen, st. agmin-, n., an manus, -us, f., hand, army in line of march. metus, -us, m., fear, fides, -el, f., faithfulness. portus, -us, m., a harbor, fllia,* -ae, f., daughter. senectus, st. senectut-, f., fluctus, -us, m., a wave. old age. foedus, st. foeder-, n., treaty, spes, -el, f ., hope, genii, -us, n., knee. veru, -us, n., a spit (hence lacus, -us, m., a lake. spear). 82. What seems to be the prevailing gender of fourth declension nouns in -us ? What of those in -u ? What of the nouns of the fifth declension ? Observe that nouns of the fifth declension with a consonant before the stein vowel e shorten this vowel in the genitive and dative sin- gular. What exceptions to the rules of quantity do you find in the fourth and fifth declensions ? What letter do the nominative, accusative, and vocative plural of neu- ter nouns end in for all the declensions ? Exercise. 83. Translate into English : 1. Pro patria fortiter pugnaverunt. 2. Audaci hosti sine pugna non cedent. 3. In aciem omnes milites duxit. 4. Parat * This noun and a few others in the first declension have the dative and ablative plural in -abus (fHiabus) to distinguish them from corre- sponding masculines of the second declension. VERBS. 41 ad bellum currus. 5. E maim regis habeo gladium. 6. Non ad mortem sed in gloriae spem duco mllites. 7. Filiis verua, libros novos filiabus emimus. 8. Per fluctus maris homines et equos et currus duxerunt. 9. Sociorum dux agmen praeter fluminis ripam ducit. 84. Translate into Latin : 1. They ARE STRIKING the boy with their hands. 2. We shall carry all the SWORDS out of the ship. 3. The KING praises the horsemen for their bravery. 4. NOT from fear of the laws, but in consequence of the treaty. 5. All love a LONG LIFE, but not old age. 6. He will lead his forces ACROSS THE RIVER AND ALONG THE MOUNTAIN. 7. We are preparing stones for a NEW wall ; the OLD ONE will not stand through the winter. NOTE. It is suggested that the pupil be given oral practice upon short sentences made after the pattern of those in the exercises, both translating from the Latin and forming sentences in Latin. This practice should gradually increase in extent and variety. Grammatical References. A. & S. 126-133, 428-431, 558-561 ; A. & G. 68-74, 152, 153, 260, 261 ; G. 67-70, 413-419 ; H. 116-124, 432-437. LESSON XIII. VERBS IN -IO OP THE THIRD CONJUGATION. IM- PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT IN- DICATIVE. PERSONAL AND POSSESSIVE PRO- NOUNS. 85. Learn the following paradigms : capere, to take. Perfect. cepi cepisti cepit Indicative. Present. Future. 1st Per. 2d " 3d " capio capis capit capiam capies capiet 42 LATIN LESSONS. Plural. 1st Per. 2d " 3d " capimus capitis capiunt capiemus capietis capient cepimus cepistis ceperunt 86. You see that capere differs from regere in two ways. In the present and future it has an i between the stem and the endings when these endings begin with a vowel, so that its forms look like those of audire, and the perfect stem is not formed by adding s, but by changing the stem vowel a to e. Several common verbs of the third conjugation have one or both of these peculiarities. NOTE. The perfect stem in the third conjugation is formed in several different ways, which are best learned by observation of the particular verbs met with. The commonest ways are : by adding s, as carpere, carpsi, pluck ; by lengthening the stem vowel (a becoming e), as, le- gere, legi, read, Capere, cepi, take ; by both adding s and lengthen- ing the vowel, as, regere, rexi, rule ; by doubling the first syllable, gen- erally with slight change of the vowels (reduplication), as, cadere, cecidi, fall ; poscere, poposci, demand ; by adding u (that is, v, as in habui), as, colere, colui, till ; by leaving the stem unchanged, as, metuere, metui, fear, solvere, solvl, loose. Imperfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative. 87. Learn the following paradigms : Imperfect Indicative. Singular. I was loving, having, etc. 1 P. amabam habebam regebam capiebam audiebaru 2 " amabas habebas regebas capiebas audiebas 3 ** amabat habebat regebat capiebat audiebat Plural. 1 P. amabamus habebamus regebamus capiebamus audiebamus 2 " amabatis habebatis regebatis capiebatis audiebatis 3 " amabant habebant regebant capiebant audiebant VERBS. 43 1 P. amaveram 2 " amaveras 3 " amaverat Pluperfect Indicative. Singular. I had loved, had, etc. habueram habueras habuerat rexeram rexeras rexerat Plural. ceperam ceperas ceperat audiveram audiveras audiverat 1 P. amaveramus habueramus rexeramus ceperamus audiveramus 2 " amaveratis habueratis rexeratis ceperatis audiveratis 3 " amaverant habuerant rexerant ceperant audiverant Future Perfect Indicative. Singular. I shall have loved, had, etc. 1 P. amavero habuero rexero cepero 2 " amaveris habueris rexeris ceperis 3 " amaverit habuerit rexerit ceperit Plural. audivero audiveris audiverit 1 P. amaverimus habuerimus rexerimus ceperimus audiverimus 2 u amaveritis habueritis rexeritis ceperitis audiveritis 3 " amaverint habuerint rexerint ceperint audiverint 88. Judging by the above examples, what combination of letters will enable you to recognize a verb form as be- longing to the Imperfect Indicative ? What do you notice as to the quantity of the vowel before this combination ? By what combination can you recognize a Pluperfect In- dicative ? By what a Future Perfect in any person but the first singular ? What do you notice as to the quantity of the vowel before these two combinations ? What form iii the Perfect is very similar to these Pluperfect and Fu- ture Perfect forms, and what are its two differences? What stem is used in forming the Pluperfect and Future Perfect? 44 LATIN LESSONS. 89. The tenses are used in Latin as the corresponding tenses are used in English, with two exceptions : (1) The Romans used their tenses very exactly, not substituting a simple future for a future perfect, nor a present for a future, as we often do. (2) The division between the imperfect and perfect is somewhat different in the two languages ; the Latin per- fect corresponding to both " I wrote " and " I have writ- ten," in English, and the Latin imperfect being confined to " I was writing," " I used to write," or " I wrote," meaning " I occupied some time with the writing." Personal and Possessive Pronouns. 90. Learn the following paradigms : ego, I. tu,thou,you. sul, of himself , herself , itself, themselves. Sing. Plu. Sing. Plu. Sing, and Plur. Nom. ego nos tu vos Gen. mei nostrum tui sul nostri vestri Dat. mini nobis tibi vobis sibi Ace. me nos te v5s se Voc. tu vos Abl. me nobis te v5bis se NOTE. Sui is called the Reflexive Pronoun because it points back to some person or thing, regularly to the subject of its sentence. Hence it has no occasion for a nominative case. 91. From the personal pronouns are formed the pos- sessives, meus, -a, -um, my ; tuus, -a, -urn, thy or your ; suus, -a, -um, his, hers, its, or theirs ; noster, nostra, nostrum, our ; vester, vestra, vestrum, your. They are declined like adjectives of the first and second declen- sions, except that the vocative singular masculine of meus is generally mi, occasionally meus, like the nominative. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 45 Exercise. 92. Translate into English : 1. Frater meus epistulam a patre tuo habet. 2. In Iong5 hello nostri milites fortiter pugnaverant. 3. Miserit amicus navem suam ad portum. 4. Civium culpa hostes urbem cepe- runt. 5. Novos libros tibi et sorori tuae emimus. 6. Non ad me sed ad vos dux equitem misit. 7. Scribebam ego epistulam, sed fratres legebant. 93. Translate into Latin : 1. I will send the foot-soldiers to your general. 2. My father was drawing up his forces in line of battle. 3. The enemy will not put our cavalry to flight. 4. I had heard much * about the bravery of your soldiers. 5. The citizens had fortified their town, and were fighting bravely. 6. The allies will have sent us all the grain of the year. Grammatical References. A. & S. 178, 179, 186 ; A. & G. 98 ; G. 98-100 , H. 184, 185. M- LESSON XIV. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. ESSE, TO BE. AF- POSITIVES AND PREDICATE NOUNS. 94. Learn the following paradigms : is, ea, id, he, she, it, that. hie, haec, hoc, this. Singular. m. f t n. m. f. n. Norn. is ea id hie haec hoc Gen. eius eius eius huius huius huius Dat. ei ei ei huic huic huic Ace. eum earn id hu,nc hanc hoc Abl. 65 ea eo hoc hac hoc * A Roman would have used the accusative plural here. What would the gender have heen ? 46 LATIN LESSONS. Nom. ii (el) Gen. edrum Dat. & Abl. iis (els) Ace. eos earum iis (eis) Plural. edrum iis (eis) ea hi horum his hos hae haec harum horum his his has haec iste, iata, istud, this, that. Singular. ille, iUa, illud, that. m. f. n- m. /. n. Nom. iste ista istud ille ma iUud Gen. istius istius istius illius illius illius Dat. ista isti isti illi illi illi Ace. istum istam istud ilium illam illud Abl. ista ista isto illo ilia ma Plural. Nom. isti istae ista illi illae ilia Gen. istorum istarum istorum illorum illarum illorum Dat. & Abl. istis istis istis illis illis illis Ace. istas istas ista ilias illas ilia 95. Is, ea, id, is the least forcible of these pronouns, and therefore regularly supplies the place of a personal pronoun in the third person when the reflexive se cannot be used. Hie, like the English " this," refers regularly to that which is thought of as nearest to the speaker or present ; ille, like " that," commonly refers to what is thought of as furthest away ; iste refers to what is too far for hie and too near for ille, especially to that which is nearest the person spoken to. These three pronouns are often used in Latin, like is (but with more emphasis), where in English we prefer the simple personal pronouns "he," "she," "it," "they." 96. As illustrations of the use of the demonstratives study the following sentences : Haec urbs Roma est, illud autem oppidum Tiburtem vocant, this city is Rome, but that town they call Tibur. Ubi est ista villa? where is- that villa (you speak of)? INDICATIVE OF ESSE. 47 Non antiquS 1115 more sed hoc nostro eruditus est, he has been trained, not in that old-fashioned style, but in this of ours. Servos meus aufugit ; is est in provincia tua, a slave of mine has run away ; he is in your domain. Hostis pacem a consule petivit, hie autern pugnare voluit, the enemy asked the consul for peace, but he wanted to fight. A Iegat5 cohortes in castra ducti sunt ; ilium praetor ad Caesarem misit sed milites secum * eduxit, the co- horts were brought into the camp by their lieutenant ; the prae- tor sent him to Caesar, but took the soldiers out with him. Melior est certa pax quam sperata victoria, haec in tua, ilia in de5rum manu est, certain peace is better than victory hoped for ; the peace (or the former) is in your own hands, the victory (or the latter) in the hands of the gods. Indicative of Esse, to be. 97. Nearly all Latin verbs are conjugated like those which you have learned as models of the four conjuga- tions, but about a dozen verbs (with their compounds) present certain peculiarities, and are therefore called irregular verbs. One of the most important of these is esse, to be. 98. Learn the following paradigms : Indicative. PRESENT. IMPERF. FUTURE. PERF. PLUPERF. FUTURE PERF. Singular. I am, was, shall be, have been, had been, shall have 1st Per. sum eram ero ful fueram fuero 2d " es eras eris fuisti fueras fueris 3d " est erat erit fuit fuerat fuerit * Cum, when used with a personal, reflexive, relative, or interrogative pronoun, is regularly thus appended to it, as, mecum, with me ; quo- cuni, with whom. 48 LATIN LESSONS. Plural 1st Per. sumus eramus erimus fuimus fueramus fuerinms 2d " estis eratis eritis fuistis fueratis fueritis 3d " sunt erant erunt fuerunt fuerant fueriut Appositives and Predicate Nouns. 99. Study the following expressions : Fortis nnles, a brave soldier. Mons altus, a high mountain. Bonorum librorum, of good books. Fortis est miles, the soldier is brave. M5ns altus est, the mountain is high. Bonos hos libros puto, I think these books good. When the adjective is applied directly to its noun, as in the first three examples above, it is called an attribu- tive adjective; when it is connected with its noun by esse or another verb, as in the last three examples, it is called & predicate adjective. 100. Study also the following expressions : Cicero consul hoc fecit, Cicero the consul did this. Cicer5 consul factus est, Cicero was made consul. Ciceronem consulem esse dlxit, he said Cicero was con- sul. Ciceronem consulem fecerunt, they made Cicero [to be] consul. You will see that in these sentences the words Cicero and c5nsul mean the same person and are in the same case. When, as in the first example, two such words are used directly together, the construction is called apposi- tion ; when, as in the second and third examples, the nouns are connected by esse or a similar verb, the con- nected noun is called a predicate noun ; when, us in the fourth example, the connection by esse is only implied, the construction is called predicate apposition. RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 49 Exercise. 101. Translate into English : 1. Altus erat mons, sed bonam et latam viam habebamus. 2. Ciceronem patrem patriae appellabant. 3. Hoc nomine ilium magnum virum laudabant elves. 4. Acer fuit pugua, sed magna est eius gloria. 5. In his oppidis sunt multi milites et duces bom. 6. Hunc virum consulem creavimus. 7. Omnes elves ex eo oppido fugaverant regis copiae. 102. Translate into Latin : 1. This book is yours, but that one is mine. 2. We had taken this town by force. 3. This house is not new, but we think it good. 4. Our general will send the horsemen against those forces. 5. We were fighting for our country, but these slaves were fighting for plunder. 6. Those soldiers were carrying their wounded friends with their own hands. Grammatical References. A. & S. 180, 181, 324, 325, 327-330, 332-339 ; A. & G. 100-102, 176, 183-187 ; G. 102, 202, 285-288, 318-324 ; H. 186, 362-364, 438, 439. LESSON XV. RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. - AGREEMENT OP THE RELATIVE. TWO ACCUSA- TIVES. QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 103. Learn the following paradigms : Singular. RELATIVE. INTERROGATIVE. m. f. n. m. f. n. Nom. qui quae quod quis (qui) quae quid (quod) Gen. cuius cuius cuius cuius cuius cuius Dat. cui cui cui cui cui cui Ace. quern quam quod quern quam quid (quod) Abl. quo qua quo quo qua quo 50 LATIN LESSONS. Plural, m. f. n. Nom. qul quae quae Gen. quorum quarum quorum Dat. & Abl. quibus quibus quibus Ace. quos quas quae What are the only differences in declension between the relative and the interrogative pronouns ? NOTE. The forms qui and quod in the nominative singular and the accusative neuter singular of the interrogative describe a person or thing more definitely than quis and quid, like the English " What sort of a," and are chiefly used as adjectives (that is, agreeing with a noun) ; the forms quis and quid are more commonly used as substantives (that is, instead of a noun). Thus : Quis vocat, who is calling ? Qul vocat, what sort of a person is calling ? Qui homo est, what sort of man is it ? Quis homo est, what man is it ? Agreement of the Relative. 104. A relative pronoun agrees in gender and number with the word to which it refers (called the antecedent) ; its case depends upon the construction of the clause in which it stands. Thus : Puer qul in ripa fluminis legit frater est meus, the boy who is reading on the river's bank is my brother. Pueri quern legentem vides frater sum, I am the brother of the boy whom you see reading. Filio, quern maxime amabat, omnia sua tradidit, he left all his goods to his son, whom he loved most deeply. Omnes quSrum nomina cognoverat ad se venire iussit, he bade all whose names he had found out to come to him. TWO ACCUSATIVES. 51 Paucas invenio regmas quae magnum nomen tra- diderunt, I find but few queens who have left behind a famous name. Num hoc est oppidum de qu5 tarn multa scripsisti, is this the town of which you have written so much ? Two Accusatives. 105. Some verbs take two objects in the accusative. They are chiefly : a. Rogare, to ask, docere, to teach, celare, to hide, and sometimes other verbs of similar meanings. b. Certain verbs compounded with trans or circum, as traducere, circumducere, traicere. Thus : Rogavl ilium sententiam, I have asked him his opinion. Dionysius pueros Graecam linguam docebat, Diony- sius was teaching boys Greek. Neque hoc patrem celabit, nor will he hide this from his father. Omnes copias pontem traducit, he is leading all his forces across the bridge. What is the only one of these verbs whose construction differs essentially from that of the corresponding English verb? How do the above examples of two accusatives differ from those in the last lesson, page 48 ? Questions and Answers. 106. Simple direct questions are introduced in Latin by n5nne if the answer " yes " is expected, by num if the answer " no " is expected. If nothing is to be implied as to the answer, the questioD is asked with the particle ne, 52 LATIN LESSONS. which is usually appended to the first word of the ques- tion.* Thus : Nonne veniet frater hodie, your brother will come to-day, will he not ? (or) will not your brother come to-day ? Num veniet frater hodie. your brother will not come to-day, will he ? Venietne frater hodie, is your brother coming to-day ? 107. The common way of answering a question in Latin is to repeat the word or words which contain the gist of the question, preceding them by non if the answer is negative. Thus : Venietne frater hodie ? Veniet. Num veniet frater hodie ? Non veniet. 108. Double questions are commonly asked by utrum . . . an. Thus: Utrum pugnabunt an cedent, will they fight or surrender ? 109. Vocabulary. Belgae, -arum, m., Belgians. hodie, to-day. Caesar, st. Caesar-, m., Caesar. iam,f now, already. Cimbri, -drum, m., Cimbrians. mox, soon. eras, to-morrow. nunc,t now, at present. f acere, f acio, f eel, to do, make, rapere, rapio, rapui, to seize. facilis, -e, easy. Rhenus, -I, m., the Rhine. difficilis, -e, hard. Rhodanus, -1, m., the Rhone. fugere, fugio, fugi, to flee. satis, enough. Gallia, -ae, f., Gaul. utilis, -e, useful. gerere, gessi, to do, cany on. inutilis, -e, useless, harmful. * Words thus attached to other words are called ENCLITICS. The word to which an enclitic is attached transfers its accent to the syllable before the enclitic, whether that syllable is long or short We say, therefore, multa'ne as well as pleru'mque or aqua'ne. t lam means " now," as a point in the series, past, present, future ; it may often be translated by " already " or "by this time." Nunc means "now," as the present moment in itself considered or distinguished from some other definite time ; " now," not " then " or " yesterday " or " next week." QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 53 110. Translate into English : 1 . Habetne urbs portum bonum et altum ? Habet. 2. Nonne Belgae magnum bellum in Gallia gerebant ? Non ma- gnum sed longum bellum. 3. Num equites Cimbrorum fortes Caesaris milites terrebunt ? Non terrebunt. 4. Fugiuntne nostrae copiae ? Non fugiunt ; hostes fugaverunt. 5. Nonne difficilis et inutilis est hie labor ? Difficilis est sed non inutilis. 6. Navemne novam faciemus ? Faciemus. 7. Num eras istos libros mittes ? Cras non ero in urbe, sed mox mittam illos. 8. Utrum libeii elves an servi erimus ? * 111. Translate into Latin : 1. Has Caesar sent many soldiers into Gaul ? Yes. 2. Was not the king praising the courage of the Belgians ? No, of the Cimbrians. 3. Shall we not send the slaves across the Rhone ? 4. Shall you be in the city to-day or to-morrow ? 5. Whom did the citizens call the father of his country ? 6. I will send you all the books that I have now. 7. Has the man made a boat for us ? Grammatical References. A. & S. 183, 184, 574-576, 580, 582 ; A. & G. 103, 104, 210-212 ; G. 103, 104, 456-458, 460, 473 ; H. 187, 188, 351-353. * Short questions and answers like the above, especially when used orally, furnish a particularly good opportunity for trying- to grasp the meaning- of the Latin without the conscious intervention of English words. The teacher should guide his pupils as early as possible into this ability to think in Latin. We are strongly convinced that with intelligent pupils that is practicable much earlier than is generally believed. LATIN LESSONS. LESSON XVI. PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE. -ABLATIVE OF AGENT. STUDY OF A MORE COMPLICATED SENTENCE. 112. Learn the following paradigms : amari INFINITIVE. doceri * regi cap! audiri Present Indicative Passive. Singular. I am being loved, taught, etc. 1st Per. amor doceor regor capior audior 2d " amaris doceris regeris caperis audiris 3d " aniatur docetur regitur capitur auditur 1st Per. amain ur 2d " tyma.miTn 3d " amantur docemur docemini docentur Plural. regimur regiinini reguntur capimur audimur capimini audimini capiuntur audiuntur Imperfect Indicative Passive. Singular. I was being loved, taught, etc. 1st Per. amabar docebar regebar capiebar audiebar 2d " amabaris docebaris regebaris capiebaris audiebaris 3d " amabatur docebatur regebatur capiebatur audiebatur Plural. 1st Per. amabamur docebamur regebamur capiebamur audiebamur 2d " amabaminl docebamini regebamini capiebamini audiebamini 3d " amabantur docebantur regebantur capiebantur audiebantur * Passive of docere, to teach. PASSIVE VOICE. '55 Future Indicative Passive. Singular. I shall be loved, taught, etc. 1st Per. 2d " 3d " amabor amaberis amabitur docebor doceberis docebitur regar regeris regetur Plural. capiar capieris capietur audiar audieris audietur 1st Per. amabimur docebimur regemur capiemur audiemur 2d " amabimini docebimini regemini capiemini audieminl 3d " amabuntur docebuntur regentur capientur audientur 113. Compare the above passive forms with the active forms already learned, and you will find various points of resemblance or of difference which will help towards fix- ing both sets of forms in the memory. For instance, what letter seems to distinguish nearly all of these passive forms from the active ones, and in what part of the word do you find it ? In what person and number is this letter in a slightly different position ? What is the only person and number in which this letter is not found at all ? What letter makes the only difference between the third person singular and the third person plural in all the tenses of both voices of all the conjugations, with the exception of the present tense in the third and fourth conjugations? What slight further difference is seen in those conjuga- tions ? 114. You have learned (62, 63) that the Ablative is used to denote the MEANS by which anything is done ; the same case is used to denote the AGENT or person by whom anything is done. Kemember the following differ- ences between these uses. (1.) The Ablative of Means denotes a thing, while the Ablative of Agent denotes a person. (2.) The Ablative of Means is used without a preposi- 56 ' LATIN LESSONS. tion, while the Ablative of Agent requires the preposition a or ab. Thus, lapide occlsus est, he was killed with a stone ; ab servo occlsus est, he was killed by a slave. Study of a more complicated Sentence. 115. You have studied thus far sentences so short and simple that you could include in one glance either the whole of them or the first of their two parts connected by et or sed. You are now ready to study more complicated sentences intelligently. Examine the following : Sociorum rex fratrem qui cum multis militibus in oppidum advenerat igne agrSs hostium vastare iussit. Look first at the first word and note that it is genitive plural. You know at once, or should know without hav- ing to stop to think, that it means " of the allies." The next word, rex, is the nominative or vocative singular of the Latin word for " king." We cannot be absolutely sure which case it is, but it seems more natural to take it as nominative with sociorum depending upon it. We have thus the idea " the king of the allies" Such a combina- tion of words having a distinct grammatical relation to each other is called a PHRASE, and in getting at the mean- ing of a Latin sentence it is very important to notice, as you proceed, how the words are grouped in phrases. The next word in our sentence is fratrem, the accusative sin- gular of the word for " brother." Then comes qui, the relative pronoun. It has the same gender and number as fratrem and rex, and probably refers to the nearer of the two words, fratrem. The next word is the preposition cum, " with." Then we have the dative or ablative of the word for "many" followed by the same case of the word for "soldiers." We feel sure that these words are ablatives used with cum, and may gather up our idea into " the king of the STUDY OF A LONG SENTENCE. 57 allies, his brother who with many soldiers." The next word is the preposition in, followed by oppidum, the nominative, accusative, or vocative singular of the word for " town." We decide at once that oppidum is accu- sative with in, so that the phrase means " into the town." Then we have a new word. We recognize it as the third person singular pluperfect indicative active of some verb, and go on to the next word, the ablative of the word for " fire." Then comes the accusative plural of the word for " field," followed by the genitive plural of the word for " enemy." We gather up our idea again into English words thus, " the king of the allies, his brother who with many soldiers into the town ( ) by fire the fields of the enemy." The next word is the infinitive vastare, " to lay waste," and the last word is the third person singular perfect indicative active of the verb meaning " to order." This furnishes us with the verb we have been waiting for to go with rex, while fratrem fits in so well with vastare iussit that we give up any notion that it might belong with advenerat, and go back to consider what this un- known word must mean. The word looks as if it might have some connection with two words we know already, venire, " to come," and ad, " to." Besides this, the only kind of verb idea that will make sense here is the idea of coming or arriving. Trying this, we have the meaning of our sentence : " The king of the allies, his brother, who, with many soldiers, into the town had arrived, with FIRE the fields of the enemy to lay waste ordered." Yet the sentence is not English, partly because the order of the words is hopeless and partly because the intonation required by the empha- sis marked is awkward and unnatural. Both of these difficulties can easily be overcome by slight changes in the choice and arrangement of our English words, now 58 LATIN LESSONS. that we have discovered what the Latin means : thus, " The king of the allies ordered his brother, who had ar- rived in the town with a large number of soldiers, to lay waste the enemy's fields with fire." NOTE. By thus analyzing a number of sentences, always taking the Latin words in the order in which they stand and observing their construc- tions and their grouping in phrases, the pupil will find himself acquiring a mastery of the Latin which will surprise him. The process is a little slow and tedious at first, but becomes rapidly easier and more and more unconscious. It is, indeed, as nearly as may be, an application to a for- eign tongue of the process through which our minds unconsciously go in grasping a thought expressed to us in our native language. 116. Translate the following sentences : 1. Puerum qui in fluminis ripa librum legebat frumentum ad milites portare iusseramus. 2. Mulier quae ex porta oppidi venit praemium filio rogabit. 3. Consul oinnes copias quas in urbe habebat cum fratre ad regem misit. 4. Dux militum, quod equites non habuit, in aciem omnes pedites duxit ; sed non f uga- bunt hostium copias. 5. Ab omnibus civibus quorum vitae hac pugna servantur ducum et militum virtus multum * lauda- bitur. LESSON XVII. SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE. INDIRECT QUESTIONS. SYNONYMS. 117. Learn the following paradigms : Present Subjunctive. Singular. 1st Per. amern doceam regain capiam audiam aim 2d " ames doceas regas capias audias sis 3d " amet doceat regat capiat audiat sit * For such a use of a neuter accusative, see A. & S. 397 ; A. & G. 240 a; G. 331,3; H. 378, 2. SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE. 59 Plural. amemus doceamus regamus capiamus audiamus simus ametis doeeatis regatis capiatis audiatis sitis ament doceant regant capiant audiant sint Imperfect Subjunctive. Singular. amarem docerem amares doceres amaret doceret regerem regeres regeret caperem caperes caperet essem audirem audires audiret esset Plural. amaremus doceremus regeremus caperemus audiremus essemus amaretis doceretis regeretis caperetis audlretis essetis amarent docerent regerent caperent audirent essent Perfect Subjunctive. Singular. amaverim docuerim amaveris docueris amaverit docuerit rexerim rexeris rexerit Plural. amaverimus docuerimus rexerimus amaveritis docueritis rexeritis amaverint docuerint rexerint audlverim fuerim audiveris fueris audiverit fuerit audiverimus ftierimus audiveritis fueritis audlverint fuerint Pluperfect Subjunctive. amavissem docuissem rexissem amavisses docuisses rexisses amavisset docuisset rexisset Plural. audivisscm fuissem audivisses fuisses audivisset fuisset amavissemus docuissemus rexissemus audivissemus fuissemus amavissetis docuissetis rexissetis audlvissetis fuissetis amavissent docuissent rexlssent audivissent fuissent 118. Judging by the above examples, how can you gen- erally recognize a present subjunctive ? If you take away 60 LATIN LESSONS. the last letter in the singular or last letters in the plural of any imperfect subjunctive form, what verb form do you have left ? What tense of the indicative does the perfect subjunctive very closely resemble ? What is the only differ- ence ? By what letters can you recognize a pluperfect subjunctive ? Indirect Questions. 119. When a question, instead of being put directly, is made to depend upon some verb or expression of asking, the question is called INDIRECT. The mood for all indi- rect questions in Latin is the Subjunctive. Thus : Direct : Legistine librum, have you read the book ? Indirect : Rogo utrum legeris librum, I ask whether you have read the book ? NOTE. In indirect questions num does not imply a negative answer. Whether ne or num is to be used depends upon whether an enclitic is, in the given case, more graceful than the unattached particle. Other inter- rogative particles are used just as in direct questions. 120. Try to understand and fix in your mind the different points of view from which the following words come each to mean " ask." Orare, oravl. to speak, plead, beg, ask. Petere, petivi, to aim at, strive for, ask. Poscere, poposci, to demand, ask., Quaerere, quaesrvi, to look for, search, inquire, ask. Rogare, rogavi, to question, request, ask. Words which like these, or like homo and vir, express the same kind of idea from different points of view are Called SYNONYMOUS WORDS Or SYNONYMS. OF UNIVERSITY INDIRECT QUESTIONS. ^^C/UJFfc! 121. Vocabulary, adventus, -us, m., arrival. manere, mansi, to stay. arma, -orum,* n., arms. movere, movi, to move, castra, -orum, n., a camp. numerus, -I, m., number, clupeus, -i,f m., shield. periculum, -1, n., danger, equitatus, -us,$ m., cavalry, ponere, posui, to put. exercitus, -us, m., army. salus, st. salut-, f., safety, legatus, -1, m., lieutenant, scutum,! -I, n., shield. ambassador. telum, -I,* n., weapon, llbertas, st. Hbertat(i-), f., venire, vem, to come. freedom. victoria, -ae, f., victory. Exercise. 122. Translate into English : - 1. Dux rogavit utrum omnes milites arma telaque || haberent. 2. Rogo de adventu regis et de bello quod in Gallia geritur. 3. Quaerebat quis in illam pugnam exercitum duxisset. 4. PetTverunt quas leges pacis Caesar posceret. 5. Num fru- mentum a Belgis in castra mittebatur ? 6. Rogat consul num hostis magnum equitum numerum habeat et castra moverit. 7. Ab homine qui in ripa stabat rogavi cui hanc navem facerent. * Arma are arms for protection or for short-range fighting 1 , like shields and swords ; tela, arms for long-range fighting, like spears. t Clupeus is a large circular shield made of bronze, or of leather covered with metal plates ; scutum, an oblong shield made of wood covered with cloth and hide, and curved into the shape of a piece of bark from a large tree. J Equitatus is the cavalry collectively, a body of cavalry ; equites, cavalry as composed of individual horsemen. In military matters legatus means " lieutenant; " in political affairs, " ambassador." II The enclitic particle que means "and." It implies a closer connec- tion than et, and is always appended to the second of two words (or the first word of the second of two phrases or clauses) connected by it. 62 LATIN LESSONS. 123. Translate into Latin : 1. I asked the boy what book he was reading. 2. The little girl asked whether her brother had come. 3. The consul asked whether the army was routing the enemy or being put to flight by them. 4. Have we not taken all of the enemy's towns ? Not all, but a large part of them. 5. Your mother asks whether you already have the books for your father. 6. Shall we ask the slave who sent him with the letter ? LESSON XVIII. INTENSIVE PRONOUNS. IMPERATIVES. PRESENT AND IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE. HOR- TATORY SUBJUNCTIVE. 124. Learn the following paradigms : ipse, ipsa, ipsum, self. idem, eadem, idem, the same. Singular. m. f. n. m. f. n. Norn, ipse ipsa ipsum Idem eadem idem Gen. ipsius ipsius ipsius eiusdem eiusdem eiusdem Dat. ipsi ipsi ipsi eidem eidem eidem Ace. ipsum ipsam ipsum eundem eandem idem Abl. ipso ipsa ipso eodem eadem eodem Plural. Norn. ipsi ipsae ipsa Idem* eaedem eadem Gen. ipsorum ipsarum ipsorum corundum earundem eorundem D. &A. ipsis ipsis ipsis Isdem* isdem* isdem* Ace. ipsos ipsas ipsa eosdem easdem eadem What is the only difference in declension between ipse and iste or ille ? What slight differences are there be- tween idem and is ? * Ildem and eidem in the nominative, and iisdem and eisdem in the dative and ablative, are also found. IMPERATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE. 63 Present Imperative. 125. Learn the following paradigms : 2d P. S. ama 2d P. PI. amate doce docete ACTIVE. rege regite cape capite audi audite este PASSIVE. 2d P. S. amare 2d P. PI. amaminl docere doceminl regere regimim capere capimini audire audimini Future Imperative. am>t6 QJ PC 3d PS* 2d P. PI. amatate 3d " " amanta doce "ta ACTIVE. regitd capita audito esto docetdte regitote capitote auditote estate docenta regunta capiunta audiunto sunta 2P.S. amator 3 P. P. amantor PASSIVE. docetor regitor docentor reguntor capitor auditor capiuntor audiuntor Present Subjunctive Passive. IP. S. amer docear regar capiar audiar 2 " ameris docearis regaris capiaris audiaris 3 " ametur doceatur regatur capiatur audiatur IP. P. amemur doceamur regamur capiamur audiamur 2 " amemini doceamini regaminl capiamini audiamim 3 4t amentur doceantur regantur capiantur audiantur IP. S. 2 ' 4 3 " IP. P. 2 4t 3 " Imperfect Subjunctive Passive. amarer docerer regerer amareris docereris regereris amaretur doceretur regeretur amaremur doceremur regeremur amaremini doceremini amarentur docerentur regeremini regerentur caperer capereris capere tur caperemur caperemini caperentur audirer audireris au dire tur audiremur audireminl audirentur 64 LATIN LESSONS. 126. The present imperative is used, like the English imperative, to express a command, exhortation, entreaty, concession, or challenge. The second person of the future imperative is used to express the same things more mildly ; the third person of the future is confined to laws and wills, and is given here for completeness only. 127. The subjunctive is often used to supply the place of a first and a third person imperative, that is, to express a command, exhortation, entreaty, concession, or chal- lenge (Hortatory Subjunctive). So in English we can use " let " for any of these ideas, and the inflection of the voice or (in writing) the context shows which is intended. Compare " let the horsemen charge," " let us hasten," " let me go," " let him take it," " let them come." 128. Vocabulary. aequus, -a, -urn, even, equal, laus, st. laud-, f., praise. fair. locus, -1,* m., place, diligenter, carefully. monere. -ul, to warn, advise, agere, egl, to drive, do. properare, -avi, to hasten, fodere, f odio, fodi, to dig. pulcher, -chra, -chrum, beau- fossa, -ae, f., ditch. tiful. genus, st. gener-, n., birth, relinquere, rellqui, to leave. race. silva, -ae, f., wood, forest, iter, st. itiner-, n., road, jour- vallum, -I, n., rampart. ney. videre, vidi, to see. hue, hither. vmum, -1, n., wine. 129. Study the ways in which each of the following words came to mean " think." Putare, to count, reckon, suppose, think. Reri, to calculate, judge, think. Censere, to weigh, balance, think. * The plural is loca, locorum, not loci, unless it means passages in books, or topics of discussion. IMPERATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE. 65 Existimare, to judge the value of, think. Sentire, to observe, perceive, think. Arbitrari, to see or hear, judge, think. Cogitare, to drive about the mind, think. Credere, to loan, trust to, believe, think. Oplnari, to guess, conjecture, think. Meditari, to practise, meditate on, think. Exercise. 130. Translate into English : 1. Fratrem roga utrum epistulam viderit. 2. Omnes equites ob virtutem magnam laudentur. 3. Numerus militum quos in castris habebamus non magnus erat. 4. Vallo fossaque castra a civibus muniantur. 5. Relinque libros et vem cum pueris in silvam. 6. Omnia parentur quae ad pugnam utilia sunt. 7. Ro- gavit dux num iam fossam fodissent aciemque Instruxissent. 8. Non credit Her longum esse sed difficile putat. 131. Translate into Latin : 1. Let the enemy come ; we have brave soldiers, and do not fear him. 2. Ask your mother whether your sister has come from the city. 3. The citizens love peace, but they will fight bravely for their country. 4. Caesar asked whether the Gauls had sent ambassadors. 5. The leader of the enemy demanded the swords and shields of all the soldiers. 6. Who is the man that made this boat ? 7. We do not think the boys are in the wood ; what do you think ? Grammatical References. A. & S. 182, 472, 527-529 ; A. & G. 101, 266, 269 ; G. 101, 259-269 ; H. 186, v. & vi. 483, 484, 487. 66 LATIN LESSONS. LESSON XIX. PERFECT PASSIVE PARTICIPLE. -- COMPOUND TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE. 132. Learn the following paradigms : Perfect Passive Participle. amatus, -a, -urn, loved. habitus, -a, -um, had. Singular. m. Nora. amatus Gen. amati Dat. amato amata amatae amatae n. m. amatum habitus amati habiti amato habito /. n. habita habitum habitae habiti habitae habito Ace. Voc. Abl. amatum amatam amatum habitum habitam habitum amate amata amatum habite habita habitum amato amata amato habito habita habito N. &V. amati Gen. amato- rum D. & A. amatis Plural. amatae amata habiti amata- amato- habito- rum rum rum amatis amatis habitis habitae habita habita- habito- rum habitis rum habitis Ace. amatos amatas amata habitos habitas habita 133. Decline in the same way : doctus, -a, -um, taught ; deletus, -a, -um, destroyed ; rectus, -a, -um, ruled ; ca- ptus, -a, -um, taken ; auditus, -a, -um, heard. 134. Learn the following paradigms : Indicative Passive. PERFECT. PLUPERFECT. Singular. Singular. FUTURE PERFECT. Singular. 1 P. amatus, -a, -um, sum doctus, -a, -um, eram captus, -a, -um, erd 2 " " " " es " " " eras " " " eris 3 " 4t " " est " " " erat " " " erit SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE. 67 Plural. Plural. Plural. 1 P. aniatl, -ae, -a, sumus docti, -ae, -a, eramus capti, -ae, -a, erimus 2 " " " " estis " " " eratis " " " eritis 3 " " " " aunt " " " erant " " " erunt Subjunctive Passive. PERFECT. PLUPERFECT. Singular. Singular. 1 P. habitus, -a, -um, sim auditus, -a, -um, essem 2 " sis 3 " " " " sit " " esset Plural. Plural. 1 P. habit!, -ae, -a, simus audit!, -ae, -a, essemus 2 " " " " sltis " " " essetis 3 " " * " sint " " NOTE. The neuter form of the participle is hardly used except in the third person, because things without life are very rarely regarded as speaking or as spoken to. Subjunctive of Purpose. 135. The Subjunctive is often used to indicate the purpose of an action. Study the following sentences : lam missi sunt milites ut oppidum capiant, soldiers have already been sent to take the town. Nox venit ut quietem habeamus, night comes that we may have rest. Omnes c5piae ut regem suum salutent ante portam Instruentur, all the soldiers will be drawn up before the gate to salute their king. Currebamus ut ignem videremus, we were running in order to see the fire. Portam claude ne equus intret, shut the gate lest the horse come in. Tergum verto ne saucios videam, I turn my back in order not to see the wounded. Naves mittit ne timeant elves, he sends the ships that the citizens may not fear. 68 LATIN LESSONS. Venerant legati ut pacem poscer^nt, the ambassadors had come to demand peace. Servom misi ut equum emat, I have sent the slave to buy a horse (that he may buy). Servom misi ut equum erneret, I sent the slave to buy a horse (that he might buy). 136. By studying the above sentences, you will see that you use the present subjunctive to denote the pur- pose of a present action or a future action, the imperfect subjunctive to denote the purpose of a past action.* You will also see that ut is used for a positive, ne for a nega- tive purpose. What seenis to be the natural way to ex- press most of these purposes in English ? List of Verbs. 137. The following list shows the neuter singular nom- inative of the perfect passive participle of all the verbs thus far studied. agere, -o, egl, actum esse, sum, fui, amare. -o, -avl, -atum facere, -15, feel, factum audire, -io, -ivi, -Itum flere, -eo, -evi, -etum cadere, -6, cecidi, casum fodere, -io, fodl, fossum caedere, -o, cecidi, caesum fugare, -6, -avl, -atum capere, -io, cepi, captum fugere, -io, fugi, cedere, -o, cessi, cessum gerere. -o. gessi, gestum clamare, -o, -avi, -atum habere. -eo, habui, habitum claudere, -o, clausl, clau- Instruere, -5, instruxi, in- sum structum docere, -eo. docui, doctum iubere, -eo, iussi, iussum ducere, -6, duxi. ductum iuvare, -o, iuvi, iutum * Hence, to indicate the purpose of an action expressed by the perfect, the present subjunctive is used if one wishes to direct attention to the com- pletion of the action as a thing of the present, the imperfect is used if one is thinking rather of the action itself as a thing of the past. Cf . the last two examples. PRINCIPAL PARTS. 69 laudare, -5, -avi, -atum quaerere, -o, quaesivi, legere, -o, legi, lectum quaesitum manere, -eo, mansi, man- rapere, -io, rapui, raptum sum regere, -6, rexi, rectum mittere, -6, misi, missum relinquere, -6, reliqui, relic- movere, -eo, movi, motum turn munire, -io, -ivi, -itum rogare, -o, -avi, -atum orare, -o, -avi, -atum scribere, -5, scripsi, scri- parare, -6, -avi, -atum ptum parere, -eo, parui, paritum tenere, -eo, tenui, tentum petere, -o, petivi, petitum terrere, -eo, terrui, territum ponere, -o, posui, positum timere, -eo, timui, portare, -6, -avi, -atum vastare, -o, -avi, -atum poscere, -o, -poposci, - venire, -io, veni, ventum properare, -6, -avi, -atum verberare, -o, -avi, -atum pugnare, -6, -avi, -atum videre, -eo, vidi, visum putare, -6, -avi, -atum vocare, -6, -avi, -atum NOTE. The four parts given in this list Present Infinitive Active, First Person Singular Present Indicative Active, First Person Singular Perfect Indicative Active, Perfect Participle are called the Principal Parts of the verb, because from them the entire conjugation can be formed. Exercise. 138. Translate into English : 1. Venimus ut pacem vos non bellum habeatis. 2. Trans flumen missi sunt mllites ut castra fossa valloque muniant. 3. Rogabat meus amicus utrum libri ill! ad te missi essent. 4. luva sororera ne ab equo cadat. 5. lam vocaveram servom, ut epistulas caperet. 6. Quae erat puella ista quae ante portam flebat? 7. Quaesivit rex quid hodie de exercitu auditum esset. 139. Translate into English : 1. All the boys are hastening to the harbor to see the new ship. 2. The consul moved his camp across the stream in order not to fight against the enemy's large forces. 3. Let us ask 70 LATIN LESSONS. whether this road leads to the river or to the town. 4. Many swords and shields have been taken out of the city, but these have been left. 5. He called the soldiers to him to praise them for their bravery. 6. Let all the women and the girls be sent within the walls, and let the gate be closed. 7. Let us hasten, lest the town be taken before our arrival. LESSON XX. ABLATIVES OP SPECIFICATION AND OP SOURCE. SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE. Ablative of Specification. 140. Study the following expressions : Legibus peritus, skilled in the laws. Ingenio et iustitia praestans, eminent for ability and justice. Virtute miles, sapiens prudentia, a soldier in bravery, in wisdom a sage. Hi omnes lingua, Institutis, legibus inter se diffe- runt, these all differ from one another in language, customs, and laws. Latere et pede volneratus, wounded in the side and foot. The ablative thus used to show in what respect a thing is true is called the Ablative of Specification. Ablative of Source. 141. The ablatives loco, genere, and familia are used to denote the rank or station of one's birth ; the ablative is also used, chiefly with a participle, to denote parentage on the father's. side. To designate the mother ex is used, and to designate ancestors, ab. Thus : Sumnio loco genitus, born in the highest station. Eodem patre natus, a son of the same father. SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE. 71 Tantalo prognatus, son of Tantalus. Ex regis filia natus, born of the king's daughter. Belgae orti sunt a Germanls, the Belgians were de- scended from the Germans. Substantive Clauses of Purpose. 142. Besides expressing a distinct purpose, the subjunc- tive may be used depending upon many verbs whose ac- tion involves a more or less latent notion of purpose. Such are especially verbs meaning to WISH, DETERMINE, STRIVE, ASK, ALLOW, ADVISE, PERSUADE, WARN, COM- MAND, COMPEL, and the like. Thus : Rogat mater ut secum eas, mother asks you to go with her. Suadeo te ne librum ilium legas, I advise you not to read that book. Caesar legato imperavit ut oppidum caperet, Caesar ordered his lieutenant to take the town. Omnes ut sub iugum irent coegit, he compelled them all to go under the yoke. NOTE 1. When, however, the subject of the subordinate verb is the same as that of the main verb, some of the above verbs govern the simple complementary infinitive (see 164). E. g. Ire volo, I wish to go. NOTE 2. The two common verbs to command, iubere and imperare, have different uses : iubere is regularly used with an infinitive with its subject in the accusative ; but imperare regularly governs the dative, while the command is expressed in the form of a substantive clause of pur- pose. E. g. "He orders the soldiers to take the town" may be translated either : mflites oppidum occupare iubet or militibus impei at ut oppidum occupent. 143. Vocabulary. captives, -1, m., prisoner. custpdire, -io, -Ivi, -itum, to crudelis, -e, cruel. guard, watch, cupere, -io, -Ivi, -Itum, to discere, -5, didici, to learn, wish, desire. dolus, -i, m., trick, deceit. 72 LATIN LESSONS. emere, -6, emi, emptum, to luna, -ae, f., moon. buy. mora, -ae, f., delay, facinus, st. facinor-, n., nauta, -ae, m., sailor. deed.* quies, st. quiet-, f., rest, imperare, -o, -avi, -atum, to tergum, -1, n., back. command. vertere (vortere), -5, verti, inops, st. inop-, poor, needy. versum, to turn, intrare, -o, -avi, -a/bum, to volnus, st. volner-. n., wound. enter. Exercise. 144. Translate into English : 1. Mater multum fleverat ; et iam orabat ne secum ad mor- tem Mil ducerentur. 2. Forti patre natus et virtute et pruden- tia ipse praestans erat. 3. Sine volnere pax et quies vobis paratae sunt ; itaque imperemus ut dels gratiae agantur. 4. Captivi cupiunt solem videre ; sed dux imperabit ut diligenter custodiantur. 5. Te non suademus ut in hoc loco maneas. 6. Sine mora discamus num amlci suSdeant ut in illo loco puer relinquatur. 7. Hie locus inops est aqua bona et bono vino ; moneamus amicos ne Ifuc veniant. 8. Te non suadebimus ut hos omnes libros legas. 9. Vos omnes ut mecum veniatis co- gam, ne in aquam cadatis. 145. Translate into Latin : 1. Let us thank the gods ; for they have compelled our ene- mies to yield to us. 2. The citizens closed the gates and de- manded that the general should send an envoy to them. 3. The boy's father was writing a letter to him, and was asking him not to be alarmed by the arrival of the cavalry. 4. We do not demand that you give your weapons up to us ; but we do ask you to come to us. 5. They advised us not to draw up our line of battle on this hill. 6. Let us ask the gods to aid us in this battle. 7. Have you heard whether your brother was ordered to come or not ? 8. O Caesar, we beg you not to order this man * Especially an evil deed, misdeed. THE PEESENT PARTICIPLE, 73 to be slain. He is the son of our ally, and is skilled in the arts of both war and peace. 9. Father has advised us not to stay with these boys. 10. We shall not compel you to be good. Grammatical References. A. & S. 405, 412, 484-491 ; A. & S. 244, 253, 331 ; G. 395, 398, 546; H. 413, 415, 424, 499. LESSON XXI. THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. THE ABLATIVE AB- SOLUTE. 146. Learn the following paradigms : Present Participle. amans, loving. Stem amant- dooens, teaching. Stem docent- Singular. m.Srf. n. m.Sff. n. N. &V. amans amans docens docens Gen. amantis amantis docentis docentis Dat. amanti amanti decent! decent! Ace. amantem amans docentem docens Abl. amante (-1) amante (-1) docente (-1) docente (-1) regens, ruling. Stem regent- capiens, taking. Stem capient- Plural. m. Sff. n. m. fyf. n. N. & V. regentes regentia capientes oapientia Gen. regentium regentium capientium oapientium D. & A. regentibus regentibus capientibus capientibus Ace. regentes (-Is) regentia capientes (-Is) capientia audiens, hearing. Stem audient- praesens, present. Stem praesent- Singular. m. Sff. n. m. Sff. n. N. & V. audiens audiens praesens praesens Gen. audientis audientis praesentis praesentis Dat. audientl audienti praesenti praesent! Ace. audientem audiens praesentem praesens Abl. audiente (-1) audiente (-1) praesente (-1) praesente (-1) 74 LATIN LESSONS. You will see that the present participle is declined like an adjective of the third declension with a stem ending in ant- or ent-, while the perfect participle is declined like an adjective of the first and second declension with a stem ending in to- or sometimes so-. Ablative Absolute. 147. Study the following sentences : Romulo regnante hoc bellum gestum est, this war was waged while Romulus was reigning, or, in the reign of Romulus. Hoc audito tremebat, when he heard this, or, having heard this (literally, this having been heard), he began to tremble. Creatis consulibus in Galliam reversus est, (when) the consuls (had been) elected, he returned to Gaul. Me praesente hoc dlxisti, you said this in my presence. C5nsili5 eius-cognito, legati castra reliquerant, hav- ing found out his purpose, the ambassadors had left the camp. Hannibale absente, when Hannibal was absent, or, during the absence of Hannibal. Mario console, while Marius was consul, or, in the consul- ship of Marius. 1116 aegr5 milites timebant, the soldiers were afraid be- cause he was sick. 148. The ablative of a noun or pronoun thus used with a participle or an adjective, or with another noun or pro- noun, independently of the rest of the sentence, is called the ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. You will see that such an ab- lative indicates the reason of an action, or some special circumstance connected with the action and serving to fix its time. By studying the examples given you will see that the natural way to translate an ablative absolute into English is by an active participle with a direct object, or by a subordinate clause of time, cause, condition, or con- cession. THE PKESENT PARTICIPLE. 75 149. Exercise. Translate into English : 1. Caesare absente milites oppidum intraverunt et dolo elves occiderunt. 2. Nautis aegris hostes poposcerunt ut navis sibi traderetur. 3. Haec facinora nos cogent ut eos relinquamus acieque mstructa agros vastemus. 4. Consiliis eorum cognitis Caesar castra movit, et magno itinere facto eos fugavit. 5. Agro empto in hoc loco manebit. 6. Proelio facto hostes terga verte- runt. 7. Didicistme utrum frater tuus te iuvare cupiat ? 8. His locis vastatis milites in castra ducuntur. 9. Multis hostibus caesis, vastatisque agris in ripa fluminis lati castra posuerunt. 10. Luna iam orta quietem capiamus. 11. Gravi volnere re- cepto miles fortis cecidit. 12. Castrls vallo fossaque mumtis Caesar militibus quietem capere iussit. 13. Patre aegro te oramus ne nos relinquas. 14. Clausis portis omnes mulieres et pueros caedent. 15. Non audivimus num imperator castiis motis ad hostes properet. 16. Mario consule Galli magno proelio victi sunt. 150. Translate into English : 1. Having heard these things he ordered the envoy to remain with him. 2. The soldiers will not fear if Caesar is present. 3. Though he slay me yet will I do this. 4. We do not wish that you should do this in our presence. 5. After these things had been done he ordered the prisoners to be carefully guarded. 6. Now that you have bought the horse, what are you going to do ? 7. By this trick he entered the gate, and having captured the town released the prisoners. 8. A cruel war was waged against the Gauls in the consulship of Caesar. 9. I order you to do this and return to me. 10. Having learned the design of the enemy, let us inquire whether this road will lead us to their camp. Grammatical References. A. & S. 422 ; A. & G. 255 ; G. 408, 409 ; H. 431. 76 LATIN LESSONS. LESSON XXII. FUTURE PARTICIPLE, GERUND, GERUNDIVE, AND SUPINE. 151. Decline the following words like adjectives of the first and second declensions : amaturus, -a, -urn, about to love, docturus, -a, -urn, about to teach, deleturus, -a, -urn, about to destroy, moniturus. -a, -urn, about to warn, recturus, -a, -um, about to rule, capturus, -a, -um, about to take, cessurus, -a, -um, about to yield, auditurus, -a, -um, about to hear, mansurus, -a, -um, about to stay, futurus, -a, -um, about to be. 152. The above are examples of Future Participles. By comparing them with the Perfect Participles already studied, you will see that either set of participles can be formed from the other by a very simple change. What is it? 153. The Gerundive is also an adjective of the first and second declensions. Decline the following : amandus, -a, -um, to be loved, docendus, -a. -um, to be taught, regendus, -a, -um, to be ruled, capiendus. -a. -um, to be taken, audiendus, -a, -um, to be heard. 154. The Gerund is the neuter singular of the Gerun- dive used as a noun, but only in the oblique cases (geni- tive, dative, accusative, ablative). It is active rather than passive in meaning. Thus : GERUND, GERUNDIVE, AND SUPINE. 77 Gen. amandl, of loving. Dat. docendo, for teaching. Ace. regendum, ruling. Abl. audiendo, by hearing. 155. The Supine is a noun of the fourth declension, used only in the accusative and ablative singular. Thus : Ace. amatum doctum monitum rectum auditum Abl. amatu doctu moaitu rectu auditu 156. You will see that the Gerundive can be made from the Present Participle by changing the final s to dus, while the Supine can be formed from the Perfect Partici- ple by simply changing the stem vowel from o to u. Uses of the Supine, the Gerund and the Gerundive. 157. The Supine is found in but few verbs. Its Ac- cusative is chiefly used to express Purpose with a verb of motion, its Ablative as an Ablative of Specification with a few adjectives (facilis, difficilis, turpis, utilis, inutilis, and one or two others). Thus : Veni5 rogatum, I come to ask (for the purpose of asking). Facile visu, easy to see ; turpe factu, base to do. 158. The commonest use of the Gerund and Gerundive is with prepositions ; but the Ablative is also often found as an Ablative of Means, and the Genitive is not rare. Thus : Gerund. Ad urbem capiendum, for the purpose of taking the city. De librum scrlbendo, about writing a book. Currendo exercere, to exercise by running. Amor pugnandl, love of fighting. Gerundive. Ad urbem capiendam, for the purpose of taking the city. De libro scribendS, about writing a book. Consilium belli gerendl, the design of waging war. OF THR UNIVERSITY 78 LATIN LESSONS. NOTE. The gerund and gerundive of transitive verbs are used inter- changeably, as in the first two examples in each of the above groups. The only difference is that grammatically in one construction the gerund is governed by some word (ad or de above) and also has an object accusative of its own ; in the other this object is governed by the ad or de and the gerundive agrees with it as an adjective. Thus the literal meaning of ad urbem capiendum is i; for taking the city/' of ad urbem capiendam, "for the city to be taken." Only the gerund construction is possible if the verb is intransitive. 159. Vocabulary. ancora, -ae, f., anchor. exponere, -5, -posui, -posi- celeriter, quickly. turn, to put forth, disem- cognoscere, -o, cognovi, bark. cognitum, to find out. Haedui, -orum, m., the Hae- collis, st. colli-, m., hill. duans. committere, -6, -misi, -mis- mentio, st. mention-, f., sum, to send together, begin mention. (battle). nuntiare, -6, -avi, -atum, to coniunx, st. coniug-, c., hus- tell. band or wife. obsidere, -e5, -sedi, -ses- consistere, -o, constiti, to sum, to besiege, blockade. stand or be somewhere. occupare, -o. -avi. -atum, to custodia, -ae, f.. watch, guard. seize. disp5nere, -o. -posui. -posi- stultus, -a, -urn, foolish, turn, to station, arrange. 160. Translate into English : 1. Oppidum capturus ad te epistulam scrips!. 2. Petamus ne imperator milites ad urbem delendam mittat. 3. Ad ho- stium consilia cognoscenda frater meus legatum mittet. 4. Acie in colle instructa equites agros vastatum venerunt. 5. Moni- tum venimus te, non verberatum. 6. Hoc est facile dictii, sed factu diflficile. 7. A te quaerebant quid esset utile factu. 8. Ad multam noctem naves in ancoris constiterunt, sed ante lu- cem copiis expositis imperator proelium coinmisit. 9. Me prae- sente hums rei mentio non est facta. 10. Legati de oppido obsidendo nuntiatum celeriter venerunt. 11. Animos regendo nos regemus. THE INFINITIVES. 79 161. Translate into Latin : 1. The troops were roused with a great desire to capture the town. 2. Having stationed the guards, the general quickly disembarked the sailors. 3. About to yield, we give up all our weapons. 4. Has your brother made mention of 'writing a book about praising virtue ? 5. Wise boys train their bodies by running. 6. He was moved by a great desire to learn the names of all the flowers that he had seen. 7. The love of tak- ing and keeping often * makes men miserable. 8. Is not the hill easy to see ? 9. We have .come to ask you not to lay siege to our city. Grammatical References. A. & S. 542-555 ; A. & G. 113, 114, 289-303 ; G. 278, 279, 426-439, 527 E.'l, 536, 537, 667-673 ; H. 200, 535 i. 4, 541- 550. LESSON XXIII. THE INFINITIVES. 162. Learn the following paradigms : Present Infinitive. ACTIVE. amare docere regere capere PASSIVE. amari doceri regi capi Perfect Infinitive. amavisse docuisse amatus, -a, -urn, esse rectus, -a, -um, esse audltus, -a, -um, esse ACTIVE, rexisse cepisse audlre audiri audivisse fuisse PASSIVE. doctus, -a, -um, esse captus, -a, -um, esse = saepe. 80 LATIN LESSONS. Future Infinitive. ACTIVE. amaturus, -a, -um, esse docturus, -a, -um, ease recturus, -a, -um, esse capturus, -a, -um, esse auditurus, -a, -um, esse fore or futurus, -a, -um, esse PASSIVE. amatum iri doctum iri rectum Iri cap turn iri audit urn in NOTE. The Future Infinitive Passive is made up of the Supine with the Present Infinitive Passive of ire, to g-o, used impersonally. Some Simple Uses of the Infinitive. 163. The Infinitive may, as in English, be used as the subject of a verb, especially of esse and impersonal verbs. Thus : Humanum est errare, to err is human. N5bls pacem facere non licet, we are not allowed to make peace (literally, to make peace is not allowed us). 164. The Infinitive may also be used, as in English, to complete the meaning of many verbs, such as those mean- ing to seem, to wish, to be able (Complementary Infinitive). Thus: In vadis esse videtur navis, the ship seems to be aground (on the shoals). Non possumus hodie venire, we cannot come to-day. Rex pacem facere voluit, the king wanted to make peace. 165. The Infinitive with a subject in the accusative case is used as the object of verbs of saying, thinking, feeling, hoping, and the like (verba sentiendi et de- clarandi). Thus : - DIcit hostes adesse, he says the enemy are at hand. THE INFINITIVES. 81 Prater tuus dixit te hie non esse, your brother said you were not here. Caesar milites lam venisse audlverat, Caesar had heard that the soldiers had already come. Putasne ventures esse,* do you think they will come ? Num dixi me id facturum esse, did I say I would do so? Gaudeo te salvom venisse, I am glad you have come safe and sound. Sperabamus nullum bellum fore, we hoped there would be no war. 166. With verbs of determining, trying, or wishing, instead of the Subjunctive (see 142) the Infinitive is often used. It has a subject expressed (as in 165) if this is different from the subject of the verb on which the infini- tive depends ; otherwise it is generally used without a subject (as in 164). Thus : Statuit senatus hoc ne Caesarl quidem licere, the Senate determined that this was not allowable even for Caesar. (165.) Hoc velim intellegl, I should like to have this under- stood. Conabor libros illos ad te mittere, I will try to send you those books. Statuit igitur bellum facere, he determined therefore to make war. (164.) Volebamus oppidum intrare, we wanted to enter the town. NOTE. It will be seen that in the uses under 163, 164, and 166, the tense of the Infinitive is apt to be present ; while in the uses under 165, the tense varies as that of a finite verb does when used to express the same sort of idea. * The subject of the infinitive may, of course, be thus implied in the form of the verb as with the tenses of the finite verb. 82 LATIN LESSONS. 167. Vocabulary. aes, st. aer-, n., copper, money, occasus, -us, m., setting, antiquus. -a, -um, old.* recens, st. recent-, recent, argentum, -1, n., silver. fresh, new.* aurum, -I, n., gold. senex, st. sen-, old,* an old cernere, -o, crevl, cretus, to man. see. tegere, -o, texl, tectus, to discernere, -o, -crevl, -ere- cover. tus, to distinguish. tenebrae, -arum, f., dark- It alia, -ae, f., Italy. ness, iuvenis, st. iuveni-, young,* tener, -era, -erum, soft, ten- a youth. der. latere. -eo. -ui, to lie hid. turn, then, nuntius, -I, m., messenger, ubi, where. message. Exercise. 168. Translate into English : - 1. Cupimus tibi gratias agere. 2. Stultum est in illo loco castra ponere. 3. Tibi ista facere non licet. 4. Vestri patres cupiunt ut Latine celeriter legere discatis. 5. Num cernit iuvenis solis occasu haec omnia in tenebris latere ? 6. Gaudea- mus urbem veterem ab hostibus non esse deletam. 7. Caesar nobis dixit exercitum trans flumen se traduxisse. 8. Argentum vetus ab recent! in tenebris discernere non poterimus. 9. Statuimus igitur pacem a te petere. 10. Putasne hodie venturas esse ? Non puto ; eras autem esse venturas spero. 11. Putasne latere tua consilia ? * Antiquus means " old " as opposed tonovos, ;t new," in the sense of " not having existed before " (cf. " novelty ") ; vetus is " old " as opposed to recens, "new," in the sense of "not having existed long," "fresh," " recent," while senex is " old in years " as opposed to iuvenis, " young." Thus : novam turrim pro antiqua ilia e ligno recent! sed veteribus lapidibus senex et iuvenis faciebant, the old man and the young one were making a new tower instead of that old one, using new wood bnt the old stones. IRREGULAR VERBS. 83 169. Translate into Latin : 1. What did the old men say that they wished me to do ? 2. We were not able to capture the city and to plunder the gold and the silver ; but we did compel part of the citizens to flee. 3. Do you see where the young men are ? No, they are lying hid, protected by the darkness. 4. There were many beautiful temples in ancient Italy, built of stone and adorned with silver and gold. 5. We are all glad that we can see the land. 6. Do you not wish that you had come with us then ? 7. I have decided not to ask that I may be sent to-day. 8. The sailors could not distinguish day and night in the darkness. 9. The messengers announced that the captive maidens had been com- pelled to carry heavy stones in their tender hands. 10. Let us all hope that we may be able to be with our friends at that time. Grammatical References. A. & S. 530-532 ; A. & G. 270-272 ; G. 423, 424, 527, 532, 533 ; H. 532-538. LESSON XXIV. IRREGULAR VERBS. USE OF TWO DATIVES. 170. Learn the following paradigms : posse (L e. potis-(- esse), nSlle (L e. ne-f-velle), be can, be able. unwilling, ferre, bring, carry, endure. malle (i. e. magist + velle), Ire, go. prefer. fieri, 1 * become, be made. dare, give, velle, be willing, wish. * Thus serving as the passive of facere. t More. 84 LATIN LESSONS. Sing. Plur. possum possumus potes potestis potest possunt Present Indicative. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. fero ferimus eo Imus fio fimus fers fertis is itis fis fltis fert ferunt it eunt fit fiunt Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. volo volumus nolo nolumus malo malumus do damus vis voltis non vis non voltis mavis ma voltis das datis volt volunt non volt nolunt mavolt malunt dat dant Present Subjunctive. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. possim possiinus feram feramus earn eamus fiam fiamus possis possitis feras feratis eas eatis fias fiatis possit possint ferat ferant eat eant fiat fiant Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. velim velimus nolim nolimus veils velitis noils nolitis velit velint nolit nolint Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. malim mallmus dem demus malls malitis des detis malit malint det dent Present Passive. INDICATIVE. Sing. Plur. feror ferimur ferris ferimini fertur feruntur Sing. daris datur Sing. Plur. SUBJUNCTIVE. Sing. Plur. ferar feramur feraris feramini feratur ferantur Plur. damur damini dantur Sing. deris detur Present Imperative. fer* ferte i ite fi fite noli nollte Plur. demur deminl dentur date * Ducere, lead ; dicere, say ; and facere, do, make, have similar abbreviated forms in the singular of their imperatives, thus, due, die, fac. USE OF TWO DATIVES. 85 Present Participle. potens* dans ferens iens (gen. euntis) volens nolens 171. Fill out the tenses whose first person singular is here given : Imperfect Indicative. Poteram, volebam, nolebam, malebam, dabam, ferebam, fiebam, Ibam. Perfect Indicative. Potui, volui, nolui, malui, dedl, tuli, ivi, factus sum. Future Indicative. Potero, volam, nolam, malam, dabo, feram, Ibo, flam. 172. You have learned (118) that the Present Infinitive can be turned into the Imperfect Subjunctive by adding m ; form and conjugate the Imperfect Subjunctive of the above verbs. NOTE. The other forms from the above verbs, when used at all, are perfectly regular. For detailed information about them see the gramma- tical references at the end of this lesson. Use of Two Datives. 173. Study the following sentences : 1. Non solum nobis dlvites esse volumus sed etiam Hberls nostrls, not for ourselves only do we wish to be rich, but for our children also. 2. N5n scholae sed vitae discitis, you are learning not for school but for life. 3. Virtus neque datur dono neque accipitur, virtue is neither given nor received as a gift. 4. Istud tibi hon5ri habetur, that is accounted an honor to you. * Used only as an adjective meaning " powerful." 86 LATIN LESSONS. 5. Bono nunti5 n5n modo exercitui sed duel erat, it was good news not only for the army but for the general. 6. Et mini et fratri voluptati erit, it will be a pleasure both to my brother and to me. 7. Ilia pugna cum Romams turn socils magnae erat cladi, that battle was a great disaster for both the Romans and their allies. 8. Hoc erit mini curae, I shall take care of this matter. 174. You will see that the datives denoting persons in these examples, and also the datives in the second exam- ple, are just like the datives studied in 62 ; the other da- tives express an idea somewhat similar to that expressed by the datives of the second example, but which we indi- cate by a different form of words in English, as shown by the translation. You can further learn from the above examples the commonest ways of expressing " both . . . and," " not only . . . but also," in Latin. Exercise. 175. Translate into English : 1. Facile est visu nobis vitam esse donum del. 2. Quid tibi vis ? Num tuum tecum aurum es in castra laturus ? 3. Dlxi non solum mihi sed etiam omnibus eius amlcis haec esse dolori. 4. Puero aes dedi dono, sed id ferre non potuit. 5. Legati dixerunt secum pacem et bellum ferre. 6. Esse quam videri bona mavolt. 7. Puto me iam satis dixisse ut quae velim facile cernas. 8. Arma nostra et tela nobis sunt salutl. 9. Quis dl- cere potest in quam partem flumen fluat ? * 10. Celeriter eant pueri librosque secum ferant. 176. Translate into Latin : 1. Not only the general but also the soldiers know that these things will be good news for the Roman people. 2. It will be a great pleasure to both the king and his son to hear that you * What nmst this word mean ? DEPONENT VERBS. 87 are safe. 3. Caesar said that he would take care of these things. 4. When this had been done they all exclaimed that they pre- ferred to go with us. 5. Let there be light. 6. Not only the old men but also the women and the children had been led within the city. 7. Tell your brothers and sisters that we can- not go to see them to-day. 8. We have not wished to do this ; but the senate has already decreed that we shall all go from the city tomorrow. 9. It is not easy to see where the old city stood. 10. Who said that we are learping not for school but for life ? Grammatical References. A. & S. 239-248, 381, 385, 386 ; A. & G. 137-142, 233, 235 ; G. 184-189, 343, 344, 350 ; H. 289-295, 384, 390. LESSON XXV. DEPONENT VERBS. IMPERSONAL VERBS. THE DATIVE WITH CERTAIN VERBS WITH WHICH ONE MIGHT EXPECT AN ACCUSATIVE. 177. Some Latin verbs have the forms of the Passive Voice, but the meaning of the Active Voice. Thus, mi- rari, to wonder at, sequi, to follow. Such verbs are called DEPONENTS.* 178. The following four verbs are called SEMI-DE- PONENTS, for an obvious reason : audeS audere ausus sum to dare. fldo fidere fisus sum to trust. gaudeo gaudere gavisus sum to be glad. sole5 solere solitus sum to be wont. NOTE. Deponent verbs have all the forms of the Passive Voice, except- ing the Future Infinitive ; though only transitive deponents have the Ge- rundive. They also have in the Active Voice both Participles, the Gerund, * From deponere, to lay aside, because they have laid aside the ac- tive forms and the passive meanings. 88 LATIN LESSONS. the Supine, and the Future Infinitive. Deponents are the only verbs that have a Perfect Participle with an active meaning. This Perfect Participle is often hardly distinguishable in meaning from the Present Participle ; as, veritus, fearing, moratus, delaying. Impersonal Verbs. 179. A verb used in the third person singular without a personal subject is called an impersonal verb. Some impersonal verbs contain their subject in themselves ; as, pluit, " it rains " ; advesperascit, " evening approaches " ; others have a clause as subject, as, bellum indici placebat, it was voted that war be declared (that war be declared was pleasing) ; restat ut multa dlscamus, we have yet much to learn (that we learn many things remains). The Dative with certain Verbs. 180. Various verbs are used with a Dative of Indirect Object in Latin when the corresponding English verb might lead one to expect an accusative. Such are espe- cially words meaning to favor, benefit, injure, please, dis- please, spare, pardon, persuade, command, obey, threaten. 181. Latin verbs which govern the Dative can be used in the passive only impersonally. Thus : Mini persuasum est, I am persuaded. 1111 Ignotum est, he was pardoned. Invidetur semper divitibus, the rich are always envied. 182. Vocabulary. comes, st. comit-, c., compan- ignoscere, -5. ignovi, Igno- ion. turn, to pardon. conari, -or, -atus, to try, at- latus, st. later-, n., side, flank, tempt. minarl. -or. -atus, to threat- experiri, -ior, -pertus, to try, en. find out. moenia, -ium, n., walls (of a fateri, -eor. fassus, to confess, city). DEPONENT VERBS. 89 mori, -ior, mortuus, to die. proficisci, -or, profectus, mundus, -I, m., the universe. to start, set out. nasci, -or, natus, to be born, prora, -ae, f., prow, ortus, -us, m., a rising. queri, -or, questus, to com. parere, -eo, -ui, -itum, to plain. obey. tueri, -eor, tuitus, to watch, pati, -ior, passus, to suffer. guard, placere, -e5, -ui, -itum, to vereri, -eor, veritus, to fear, please. revere. Exercise. 183. Translate into English : 1. Hostes nobis mortem minantur, sed non timemus. 2. Ex- periamur quas in partes pueri fugerint ut nuntiemus iis esse ignotum. 3. Mihi persuadetur hoc certamen futurum esse acre. 4. Mllites queruntur sibi non esse ignotum. 5. Solis ortu ex urbe profectus, occasu solis ad amicos pervenit. 6. Die mini si tibi placet, quae passus sis. 7. Vir sapiens deum veretur sed homines non timet. 8. Coegit ut facinora fateretur. 9. Mo- rituri petimus ut nobis Tgnoscas. 10. Restat ut proelium com- mittamus. 184. Translate into Latin : 1. The senate voted that the consuls should lead a large army out of the gates and defend the hill. 2. Tell me, if you please, where you have been and whom you have seen. 3. We have all been born in a beautiful country ; let us therefore obey the laws. 4. When this had been announced, he set out at sunrise with his companions. 5. It is good to suffer and die for one's friends. 6. Try to find out what the boys are complaining of. 7. The general compelled the troops to confess that they had not obeyed him. 8. They could not be persuaded to remain and not bear aid to their friends. 9. We shall try to set out at sun- rise. Grammatical References, A. & S. 195, 196, 250, 376, 387 ; A. & G. Ill b, 135, 145, 146, 227, 230 ; G. 141-148, 199, 208, 345 ; H. 231, 232, 298, 301, 385. 90 LATIN LESSONS. LESSON XXVI. THE VERB REVIEWED. ACCUSATIVE AND ABLA- TIVE OF TIME. THE LOCATIVE. THE RELATIONS OF FLACE. The Latin Verb. Principal Parts. 185. Every regular Latin verb has four Principal Parts : 1. The Present Infinitive Active. 1. The First Singular Present Indicative Active. 3. The First Singular Perfect Indicative Active. 4. The Perfect Passive Participle. Verb Stems. 186. Every regular Latin verb has three stems : 1. The Present Stem (found in the Present Infinitive Active by dropping re in the First, Second, and Fourth Conjugations, ere in the Third) is used to form the tenses of incomplete action (present, imperfect, future), active and passive, together with the present participle and the gerund and gerundive. 2. The Perfect Stem (found in the First Singular Per- fect Indicative Active by dropping the personal ending I) is used to form the tenses of completed action (perfect, pluperfect, future perfect) in the active voice. 3. The Participial Stem (found in the Perfect Passive Participle by changing us to o) is used to form the perfect and future participles and the supine, and the tenses of completed action in the passive voice. THE VERB REVIEWED. 91 Personal Endings. 187. The subject of a Latin verb is often contained in its personal ending, which is only a remnant of a pronoun stem. The personal endings used in the conjugation of a verb are as follows : 188. ACTIVE VOICE. INDICATIVE AND IMPERATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Present. Future. Sing. Plu. Sing. Phi. Sing. Plu. 1 Per. -m * -mus 2 " -s -tis -te -to -tote 3 " -t -nt -to -nto 189. The Perfect Indicative Active has the following set of endings : Singular. Plural. 1st Person. -I -imus 2d " -isti -istis 3d " -it -erunt PASSIVE VOICE. INDICATIVE AND IMPERATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Present. Future. Sing. Plu. Sing. Plu. Sing. Plu. 1st Per. -r f -mur 2d " -ris -mini -re -mini -tor 3d " -tur -ntur -tor -ntor 190. The tenses of completed action in the passive voice are all compound forms, composed of the perfect * But -6 in the present and future perfect indicative, and in the future indicative of the 1st and 2d conjugations ; -I in the perfect indicative. t -or in the present indicative, and in the future indicative of the 1st and 2d conjugations. It will be seen that the stem vowel disappears in the first singular present indicative of both voices in the first conjugation, and that the thematic vowel appears between the stem and the endings in the present indicative and imperative of the third conjugation in both voices. 92 LATIN LESSONS. passive participle of the verb in question and the proper forms of the verb sum. Tense Signs. 191. It is possible to recognize nearly every tense of a Latin verb in the indicative and the subjunctive by the letters that intervene between the stem and the personal endings. These letters may be called tense-signs, and are shown in the following scheme : 192. ACTIVE VOICE. INDICATIVE. Present. Imperfect, ba. Future. 1st and 2d Conjugations bi (but b in 1st Sing., bu in 3d Plu.) 3d and 4th Conjugations e (but a in 1st Sing.) Perfect. Pluperfect, era. Future Perfect, eri (but er in 1st Sing.). SUBJUNCTIVE . Present. 1st Conjugation e *. Other Conjugations a. Imperfect, re. Perfect, eri. Pluperfect, isse. 193. PASSIVE VOICE. The tenses of incomplete action have the same tense signs in the passive as in the active, save that in the second singular future indicative passive the tense sign of the first and second conjugations is be. The composition of the tenses of completed action has been explained. 194. The Infinitive. ACTIVE VOICE. Present. Present stem -|- re in 1st, 2d, and 4th conjugations, -f- ere in 3d^ * Substituted for the stem vowel. THE VERB REVIEWED. Perfect. Perfect stem -|- isse. Future. Future active participle and esse. PASSIVE VOICE. Present. Present stem -|- ri in 1st, 2d, and 4th conjugations. -j- I in the 3d. Perfect. Perfect passive participle, and esse. Future. Supine in um and irl, or perfect passive participle and fore. 195. Participles. ACTIVE. Present. Pres. stem -|- ns in 1st and 2d Conjugations. -|- ens in 3d and 4th. Future. Participial stem, substituting -urus, -a, -um, for o. PASSIVE. Perfect. Participial stem, substituting -us, -a, -um, for o. GERUND. Present stem -|- ndl, -o, -um, in 1st and 2d Conjugations. -j- endi, -5, -um, in 3d and 4th. GERUNDIVE. Present stem + ndus, -a, -um, in 1st and 2d Conjugations. -f- endus, -a, -um, in 3d and 4th. SUPINE. Participial stem, substituting -um, -u, for o. Accusative and Ablative of Time. 196. Time how long (duration of time) is expressed by the accusative, time at which or within which (a point of time) by the ablative. Thus : Multos annos bellum gerebant, they carried on war many years. 94 LATIN LESSONS. 1116 anno Cicero consul erat, Cicero was consul that year. Bodem tempore venimus, we came at the same time. The Locative. 197. In very old Latin there was a special case-form to indicate the place where. This was called the LOCATIVE case. It coalesced in most of its forms with the ablative, but was retained in the names of towns and small islands and in a few other nouns through all periods of the lan- guage. Study the following expressions : Roma, Rome Romae, at Rome. Corinthus, Corinth Corinthi, at Corinth. Karthago, Carthage } ^arthagi ni ' I at Carthage. ( Karthagme, ) Athenae, Athens Athenis, at Athens. Vei, Veii Veis, at Veii. Sardes, Sardis Sardibus, at Sardis. humus, ground huml, on the ground, domus, house domi, at home, rus, country rtire, in the country, domi bellique, domi militiaeque, at home and in the field. 198. What other case does the locative resemble in the singular of the first and second declensions ? What in the singular of the third declension ? What case in the plural of all three declensions ? 199. With names of towns (and small islands) the place at which is expressed by the LOCATIVE, the place to which by the ACCUSATIVE, the place from which by the ABLATIVE, without any preposition. Thus : Lacedaemone her! prefect!, hodie Corinthi manemus, eras ibimus Athenas, having started from Sparta yesterday, we stay at Corinth to-day, and shall go to Athens to-morrow. THE LOCATIVE. 95 200. Vocabulary. arx, st. arc-, f., citadel. par cere, -6, peperci, parci- auf ugere, -io, -fugi, to escape. turn, to spare, clarus, -a, -um, bright, famous, recipere, -io, -cepi, -ceptus, condere, -didl, -ditus, to to receive. found. sanus, -a, -um, sound, healthy, evertere, -6, -verti, -versus, sequi, -or, secutus, to follow. to overthrow. socer, -erl, m., father-in-law, fulmen, st. fulmin-, n., light- sonus, -I, m., a sound. ning. tempus, st. temper-, n., time, gener, -erl, m., son-in-law. transf erre, -f ero, -tull, -latus, hasta, -ae, f., spear. to move, transfer, matrimonium, -I, n., marriage, valde, very much, greatly. Exercise. 201. Translate into English : 1. Quo anno post urbem conditam Marius creatus est consul ? 2. Illo tempore multi fulmen viderunt sonumque audiverunt. 3. Rure in urbem eamus et quae gerantur discamus. 4. Sua non solum recipere sed etiam secum domum ferre volt. 5. Amicis ad se receptis domi multos dies mansit. 6. In matri- monium earn duxit et nunc cum socero manet Athenis. 7. Caesar, non Cicero, natus est Romae. 8. Ex urbe aufugiemus nostraque omnia rus transferemus. 9. Valde cupimus te videre Corinth! ut Athenas nobiscum eas. 10. Peto ut mihi parcas et domi me relinquas. 202. Translate into Latin : 1. I cannot understand why, having been born in the city, you prefer to remain in the country. 2. We shall set out from home to-morrow. 3. You do not think that he will stay here many years, do you? 5. Let the envoy ask the Cimbrians not to destroy the city this year. 6. After Rome had been founded Romulus waged war for many years. 7. He was very anxious 96 LATIN LESSONS. to marry the king's daughter, to become king himself, and to die famous. 8. Did you stay many months at Rome ? Grammatical References. See 178 and also A. & S. 208, 225, 423-427 ; A. & G. 256- 259 ; G. 11, 112, 116, 148, 337, 338, 392, 393, 410-412 ; H. 201-220, 241-248, 379, 380, 425-430. LESSON XXVII. FORMATION OF ADVERBS FROM ADJECTIVES. COMPARISON. THE ABLATIVE 'WITH COMPARA- TIVES. 203. Study the following pairs of adjectives and ad- verbs : darns, bright audax, bold laetus, glad felix, happy pulcher, beautiful f ortis, brave liber, free velox, swift saevos, savage acer, sharp aequus, equal crudelis, cruel tardus, slow turpis, base pravos, wicked gravis, heavy acerbus, bitter levis, light aptus, fit lenis, gentle clare, brightly. audacter, audaciter, boldly. laete, gladly. f ellciter, happily. pulchre, beautifully. fortiter, bravely. libere, freely. velociter, swiftly. saeve, savagely. acriter, sharply. aeque, equally. crudeliter, cruelly. tarde, slowly. turpiter, basely. prave, wickedly. graviter, heavily. acerbe, bitterly. leviter, lightly. apte, fitly. leniter, gently. COMPAKISON OF ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS. 97 How are adverbs formed from adjectives of the first and second declensions, so far as can be judged from the above list? How from adjectives of the third declen- sion? Comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs. 204. Examine the following words : POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. clarus, bright clarior, brighter clarissimus, brightest, antlquus, old antiquior, older antiquissimus, oldest. carus, dear carior, dearer carissimus, highest, altus, high altior, higher altissimus, dearest, mitis, mild mitior, milder mitissimus, mildest, f ortis, brave fortior, braver fortissimus, bravest, lenis, gentle lenior, gentler lenissimus, gentlest, audax, bold audacior, bolder audacissimus, boldest, clare, brightly clarius, more clarissime, most brightly brightly, fortiter, bravely fortius, more fortissimo, most bravely bravely. audacter, boldly audacius, more audacissime, most boldly boldly. How, then, may the comparative of an adjective be formed from the stem of the positive when that stem ends in a vowel ? How may the superlative be formed ? What very slight difference is involved when the stem ends in a consonant? How are the comparative and superlative of adverbs formed ? 98 LATIN LESSONS. 205. Learn the following paradigms : clarior, brighter. Stem clariSr- Singular. M. & F. N. N.&V. clarior clarius Gen. clarioris clarioris Dat. clarion clarion" Plural. M. & F. N. clariores clariora clariorum clariorum clarioribus clarioribus Ace. clariorem clarius clariores (-Is) clariora Abl. clariore (-1) clariore (-1) clarioribus clarioribus You will see that this comparative shows less tendency to i-stem forms than other adjectives of the third declen- sion. 206. Study the following words : POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. miser, wretched miserior miserrimus pulcher, beautiful pulchrior pulcherrimus acer, sharp acrior acerrimus celer, quick celerior celerrimus misere, wretchedly miserius miserrime pulchre, beautifully pulchrius pulcherrime acriter, sharply acrius acerrime celeriter, quickly celerius celerrime How, then, does the superlative seem to be formed from adjectives in -er ? 207. Learn the following : POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. f acilis, easy facilior facillimus humilis, low humilior humillimus similis, like similior simillimus bonus, good melior optinaus malus, bad peior pessimus COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS. 99 magnus, great maior maximus parvos, small minor minimus multus, much plus * plurimus bene, well melius optime male, ill peius pessime parve, slightly minus minime 208. Examine the following expressions : .j Altior es quam frater, ) you are taller than your Altior es fratre, j brother. 9 Dicis te altiorem esse quam f ratrem, > y ou sa - Y y are A Dicis te altiorem esse fratre, f taller than your f brother. 3. Luna terrae propior est sole, the moon is nearer the earth than the sun is. 4. Luna terrae propior est quam s5li, the moon is nearer to the earth than to the sun. 5. Tuus liber pulchrior est quam fratris, your book is prettier than your brother's. 6. Haec via brevis sed periculosior est, this way is short but rather dangerous. 7. Altissimus ex tribus es, you are the tallest of the three. 8. Altissimus ille est mons, that mountain is a very high one. 9. Fortissime pugnabant, they were fighting most bravely. You may infer from these examples that when two things are compared, if the first is nominative or accusa- tive, the second may be put in the same case with quam, " than," or in the ablative without quam ; otherwise quam must be used, and both words are in the same case. You will see that no word is needed in Latin to correspond to the English " that of " with a genitive as the second term of a comparison, as in the fifth example. Notice also the translation of the comparative and superla- * The neuter is the only gender used in the singular of this compara- tive. 100 LATIN LESSONS. tive in the sixth example and in the last two examples ; the comparative and superlative are often so used. Exercise. 209. Translate into English : 1. Proelio acrius commisso clariores fiunt son! annorum. 2. Nunc quidem felicior sum fratre, tecum autem felicissimus ero. 3. Potesne mihi dicere quis "matre pulchra Mia pul- chrior" scripserit? Non. Legendo disces. 4. Pedites qui- dem * fortissime pugnant, equites autem f tardius e castris educuntur. 5. Scltisne omnem collem humillimum esse montem ? 6. Rem bene gerendo divitior Crasso factus es. 7. Tui liberi leniores sunt quam regis. 8. Quis mihi nomen veterrimae in terra urbis dicere potest ? 9. Non solum maximos et optimos sed etiam minimos et pessimos eras mecum rus ituros spero. 10. Nonne hie liber difficilior ? Est quidem, sed non difficilli- mus. 210. Translate into Latin : 1. Who in Rome was more illustrious than Caesar ? 2. The king's son-in-law has conducted this affair most wretchedly. 3. The slaves were beaten cruelly, and most of them were killed. 4. The sun is brighter by day than the moon by night. 5. Having gained this very high mountain, the soldiers will easily be persuaded to fight more bravely. 6. We think that this is the best thing to do, and we shall try to do it well. 7. He seems to be more like his father than his mother. 8. The wounded soldiers fell fighting very bravely. 9. We cannot say that this city is older than the hills. * Quidem is often used thus to emphasize a word in Latin where it is best translated by putting special stress of voice upon the equivalent of the word before it. The translation "indeed" is objectionable, partly because quidem is used much of tener in Latin than anybody but the over- enthusiastic employs " indeed " in English, and partly because this latter word is so frequently used in translation to cover ignorance of what the Latin thought really is. t Autem is a mild word for " but," often indicating a transition such as we express by " however." Sometimes the transition is so slight that " and " best renders the autem. It never stands first in its clause. NUMERALS. 101 Grammatical References. A. & S. 163-176, 292, 293, 416 ; A. & G. 89-93, 148, 247 ; G. 86-91, 399 ; H. 160-170, 304, 306, 417. LESSON XXVIII. NUMERALS. ALTER, ALIUS, ETC. PARTITIVE GENITIVE. 211. Numbers which answer the question " how many?" are called cardinal numbers, as five, sixty. The first ten cardinal numbers in Latin are : unus, one. sex, six. duo, two. septem, seven, tres, three. oct5, eight, quattuor, four. novem, nine, qumque, five. decem, ten. 212. Unus, duo, and tres are declined as follows ; tne others are indeclinable : unus, one. Stem uno- una- uno- Singular. Plural. m. f. n. m. f. n. Nom. unus una unum uni unae una Gen. unius unius unius unorum unarum unorum Dat. uni uni uni unis unis unis Ace. unum unam unum unos unas una Voc. une una unum uni unae una Abl. uno una uno unis unis unis duo, two. tres, three. tri- m. fyf. n. tres tria trium trium tribus tribus tres trja Stem duo- dua- duo- m. /. n. N.&V. duo duae duo Gen. duorum duarum duorum D. & Ab. duobus duabus duobus Ace. duos (duo) duas duo OFTHR UNIVERSITY 102 LATIN LESSONS. NOTE. The plural of unus is used with nouns which have no singular or have a different sense in the singular, as, unae nuptiae, one wedding j una castra, one camp ; or with the meaning " alone," as, uni Galli venerunt, the Gauls alone came. 213. Numbers which answer the question, " Of what rank or place in a series ? " are called ordinal numbers, as second, twenty-first. The first ten ordinal numbers in Latin are : primus, -a, -urn, first, secundus, -a, -tun, second, tertius, -a, -um, third. quartus. -a, -um, fourth, quintus, -a, -um, fifth. sextus, -a, -um, sixth. Septimus, -a, -um, seventh, octavos, -a, -om, eighth, norms, -a, -um, ninth, decimus, -a, -um, tenth. 214. Learn the following paradigms : alius, another. totus, whole. m. f. n. m. f. n. Stem alio- alia- alio- toto- tota- toto- Singular. Norn. alius alia aliud totus tota totum Gen. alius alius alius totius totius totius Dat. alii alii ali! tots toti toti Ace. alium ali am aliud totum totam totum Abl. alio alia alio toto tota toto alter, the other. neuter, neither. m. f. n. m. f. n. Stem altero- altera- altero- neutro- neutra- neutro- Singular. Nom. alter altera alterum neuter neutra neutrum Gen. alterius alterius alterius neutrius neutrius neutrius Dat. alteri alteri alter! neutri neutri Ace. alterum alteram alterum neutrum neutram Abl. altero altera altero neutro neutri neutrum neutra neutro 215. You will see that these words, like the numeral unus, are declined like regular adjectives of the first and second declensions, except that in the genitive and dative singular (alius also in the nominative and accusative sin- OF THB IVERSITY PARTITIVE GENITIVE. gular neuter) they have forms like the pronouns iste and ille. The plural is perfectly regular. Like neuter is declined uter, utra, utrum, which ? (of two), and like totus are declined ullus, any ; nullus, none ; solus, alone. Arrange the words alphabetically, and learn the list. NOTE. The genitive alms is rare, alterius taking its place, or (in a possessive sense) the adjective alienus, " belonging to another." 216. Learn and remember the following distinc- tions : Alter, the other (of two) ; alius, another (of several). Uter, which ? (of two) ; quis, which? (of several). Neuter, neither (of two) ; nullus, none (of several). Alter . . . alter, the one ... the other ; alius . . . alius, one . . . another. Alteri . . . alterl, the one party ... the other party ; alii . . . alii, some . . . others. Partitive Genitive. 217. Study the following expressions : Magnus militum numerus, a great nnmber of soldiers. Duo mllia equitum caesa sunt, two thousand horsemen were slain. Satis habet eloquentiae, he has enough eloquence. Ubi terrarum sumus, where in the world are we ? Fortissimus Romanorum, the bravest of the Romans. Tantum gl5riae habebitis, so much glory will ye have. Plus honSris habet haec res quam Iab5ris, this thing has more honor than toil in it. The genitive thus used to denote that of which a part only is taken is called the PARTITIVE GENITIVE. It is often used where in English an adjective is made to agree directly with a noun, as in the second, third, and last ex- amples above. 104 LATIN LESSONS. Reading Selection.* 218. Translate into English, studying each sentence in the order of its words, as directed in 115 : Antiquissimis temporibus Saturnus * in I taliam venisse 2 dici- tur. Ibi haud procul a laniculo 8 arcem condidit eamque Satur- niam appellavit. Hie Italos primus 4 agri culturam docuit. Postea 5 Latmus in illis regionibus imperavit. Sub hoc rege Troia 6 in Asia e versa est. 7 Hinc Aeneas, 8 Anchisae 8 filius, cum multis Troianis, quibus * From this point on, the special vocabularies will be omitted, and the pupil will find the meanings of new words in the general vocabulary at the end of the book. The intelligent use of a general vocabulary, as an introduction to learning how to manage a large lexicon, cannot be acquired too early. 1 Saturnus, according to Roman tradition, came to Italy when its orig- inal inhabitants were still in an uncivilized condition, and became their king. He civilized them, and had so prosperous a reign that the period was ever after known as the " Golden Age." Saturnus himself was deified, and, when the Romans adopted the Greek gods, was identified (or more properly confused) with Kpovos. The name Saturnus is derived from serere, to sow, plant (participle satus). 2 See A. & S. 534 ; A. & G. 330 a, 1 ; G. 528 ; H. 534, 1. 3 See map, p. 105, 3 D. 4 See A. & S. 557, 1 ; A. & G. 191 ; G. 324, R. 7; H. 442. 5 Before looking up in the vocabulary a word which you have never seen before, always try to infer its meaning from some knowledge which you already possess. Thus, knowing post and ea, you should be able to translate this adverb postea. 6 According to the legend, the Trojan prince Paris was made referee in a contest among the goddesses Juno, Minerva, and Venus as to which was the most beautiful. He decided in favor of Venus, who, to reward him, promised him the most beautiful woman in the world as his wife. This was Helen, the wife of Menelaus, of Sparta in Greece. Paris carried off Helen to Troy, and the Greeks rallied round Menelaus, sailed to Asia, and laid siege to Troy, which they captured and destroyed after a ten years' war. tineas, the son of Anchises and Venus, was the most prominent of the Trojans who escaped death at the hands of the Greeks. For the sit- uation of Troy, see map, p. 181, 7 C. 7 When thus unemphatic, est loses its e in pronunciation after a word ending in a vowel or in m. Hence we say eversa'st. 8 For the declension of these Greek names taken into Latin, see A. & IN THE TIME OF THE REPUBLIC OF THB UNIVERSITY PARTITIVE GENITIVE. 105 ferrum Graecorum pepercerat, aufugit et in Italiam pervenit. Ibi Latmus rex ei bemgne recepto filiam Laviniam in matri- monium dedit. Aeneas urbem condidit, quam in honorem coniugis Lavmium appellavit. Post Aeneae mortem Ascanius, Aeneae filius, 1 regnum acce- pit. Hie sedem regni in alium locum transtulit urbemque con- didit in monte Albano 2 eamque Albam Longam nuncupavit. Eum secutus est Silvius, qui post Aeneae mortem a Lavinia genitus est. Eius poster! omnes usque ad Romam conditam Albae regnaverunt. Unus horum regum, Romulus Silvius, se love 3 maiorem esse dicebat et cum tonaret 4 militibus impera- vit ut clupeos hastis percuterent, dicebatque hunc sonum multo 6 clariorem esse quam tonitrum. 6 Fulmine ictus et in Albanum lacum 7 praecipitatus 8 est. NOTE. Let the pupil observe how distinctly the emphasis of the words in the above extract is marked by their arrangement. It is suggested that he change the order of the words in some of the sentences, and notice how the ideas are thus presented from slightly different points of view. Let him also study and imitate the clearness with which the connection of the thought is brought out by often putting as the emphatic first word of a sentence some word which refers directly to one in the latter part of the sentence before. Grammatical References. A. & S. 144-147, 184, 185 ; A. & G. 83, 105 ; G. 35, 105 ; H. 151, 189-191. S. 94 ; A. & G. 37 ; G. 72 ; H. 50. For the quantity of e in Aeneae, see A. & S. 38 c ; A. & G. 347, a 4; G. 703, 7 ; H. 577, 5. 1 It may seem as if it would be more natural to make filius rather than Aeneae emphatic here, but the writer wishes to hint that Ascanius was the son of Aeneas only, not of Aeneas and Lavinia, that is, the son of Aeneas and his first wife (Creusa), who had died at Troy. 2 A rocky mountain not far from Rome and towards the southeast. 3 From luppiter. 4 Cum is a particle of time here, meaning " when," cum tonaret, when it was thundering, i. e., during a thunder storm. 5 See A. & S. 415, 557, c ; A. & G. 250 ; G. 400 ; H. 423. What must this word mean ? 7 This was a little southeast of Rome, and west of Mount Albanus. 8 This word is derived indirectly from caput, head ; what does it mean ? 106 LATIN LESSONS. LESSON XXIX. NUMERALS (continued). DATIVE AND GENITIVE OP POSSESSOR. GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 219. Learn the following numbers : undecim. eleven; duodecim. twelve ; tredecim. thirteen ; quattuordecim, fourteen quindecim. fifteen ; sedecim, sixteen ; septendecim, seventeen ; duodeviginti, eighteen ; undeviginti, nineteen ; viginti. twenty ; undecimus, -a, -um, eleventh, duodecimus, -a, -um, twelfth, tertius (-a, -um) decimus, -a, -um, thirteenth, quartus (-a, -um) decimus. -a, -um, fourteenth, quintus (-a, -um) decimus, -a. -um, fifteenth, sextus (-a, -um) decimus, -a, -um, sixteenth, septimus (-a, -um) decimus. -a, -um, seventeenth, duodevicesimus, eighteenth, undevicesimus, -a. -um. nineteenth. vicesimus, -a, -um, twen- tieth. vicesimus primus. ) twenty- unus et vicesimus, j first. viginti unus, ) twenty- unus et viginti, j" one ; 220. Either the dative or the genitive may be used with esse to denote the POSSESSOR of a thing, the thing possessed being the subject of the verb. This dative is called the DATIVE OF POSSESSOR ; the genitive is a variety of the PREDICATE GENITIVE. Thus : Est liber puero, the boy has a book. Fratris est equus, the horse is brother's. 221. The ablative is used to denote a PHYSICAL quality ; INDEFINITE PEONOUNS. 107 as, mulier statura humili, a woman of short stature. For other qualities either the genitive or the ablative may be used ; as, magna virtute miles, or, magnae virtutis miles, a soldier of great bravery. NOTE. In this use both the genitive and the ablative always have an adjective agreeing with them, as in the examples. 222. The genitive is often used with esse to denote the person or thing whose DUTY, CHAEACTERISTIC or BUSI- NESS anything is ; as, virtus boni est militis, courage is the mark of a good soldier ; temeritas est florentis aetatis, recklessness belongs to the bloom of life. Indefinite Pronouns. 223. Learn the following paradigms : Aliquis, some one, anyone. Singular. M. F. N. Norn. aliquis (aliqui) aliqua aliquid (aliquod) Gen. alicuius alicuius alicuius Dat. alicui alicui alicui Ace. aliquem aliquam aliquid (aliquod) Abl. aliquo aliqua aliquo Plural. Norn. aliqui aliquae aliqua Gen. aliquorum. aliquarum aliquorum D. & A. aliquibus aliquibus aliquibus Ace. aliqu5s aliquas aliqua 224. The other indefinite pronouns are quflibet, quivis, quidam, declined like qui ; quis, quispiam and quisquam, declined like the interrogative quis, but quis- piam has in the plural only the feminine nominative quaepiam, and quisquam has no feminine and no plural. 108 LATIN LESSONS. 225. The order of the indefinite pronouns from greatest to least indefiniteness is as follows : Quisquam, any one whatever. Qullibet, Quis, any. Aliquis, some one or other. Quispiam, some one. Quldam, some particular one. Exercise. 226. Translate into English : Silvius Procas, rex Albanorum, 1 duos filios reliquit, Numitorem et Amulium. Horum minor natu, Amulius, fratri optionem dedit, utrum regnum habere vellet an bona quae pater reliquisset. Numitor paterna 2 bona praetulit ; Amulius regnum obtinuit. Amulius, ut regnum firmissime possideret, Numitoris 8 filium per insidias interemit et filiam fratris, Rheam Silviam, Vestalem virginem fecit. Nam his Vestae 4 sacerdotibus non licet viro 5 nubere. Sed haec a Marte geminos filios Romulum et Remum peperit. 6 Hoc cum Amulius comperisset matrem in vincula coniecit, pueros autem in Tiberim 7 abici iussit. 1 Do not yield to the temptation to make Albanorum rather than rex emphatic here. The tendency to say " the king of the Albans " comes from regarding the passage as the beginning of a story, when it is in reality a continuation of what has already been said about the Albans, and the writer wishes to mark Silvius Procas distinctly as their king. 2 Notice how delicately Numitor' s feeling for his father is brought out by making paterna emphatic. 3 Why is Numitoris fHium written rather than fflium Numitoris ? 4 Vesta was the goddess of the hearth, the centre of the family life. Her ever-burning fire was supposed to have been brought from Troy by Aeneas, and was tended by her priestesses in her temple in the Forum. See map, p. 105, 6 C. 5 The idea of marrying is of course emphatic here, but the important part of that idea is contained in viro, not in nubere ; hence the order of the words. 6 From parere. 7 For this accusative form see A. & S. 113, a ; A. & G. 56, a, I ; G. 60, 2 a ; H. 62, ii. 2 (1). NUMERALS. 109 227. Translate into Latin : 1. A certain king had two sons, the one of whom was good, the other very bad. Tell me which of the two sons preferred his father's goods. Can you ? 2. The younger of these two sons was worse than the elder, was he not ? 3. Aeneas, tjie son of Anchises, founded a city which he called Lavinium. 4. I will give you your choice : whether you prefer to remain in the country or to go home. 5. I have an aged father at home. 6. The soldiers crossed a river of very great depth. 7. The messenger reported that the lovely girl had died in her eighteenth year. 8. It is a mark of a brave man to die willingly for his country. 9. When the king had learned where the boys were, he ordered them to be killed. Grammatical References. A. & S. 156-162, 356, 357, 384, 411 ; A. & G. 94, 214 c, 215, 231, 251 ; G. 92-94, 349, 364, 365, 402 ; H. 111-179, 387, 396 v., 401-402, 419, ii. LESSON XXX. NUMERALS (concluded). WAYS OF EXPRESSING MEASURE. 228. Learn the following numbers : triginta, thirty ; tricesimus, -a, -urn, ) ^.^^ trlgesmms, -a, -um, ) quadraginta, forty ; quadragesimus, fortieth, qumquaginta, fifty ; qumquagesimus, fiftieth, sexaginta, sixty ; sexagesimus, sixtieth, septuaginta, seventy ; septuagesimus, seventieth, octoginta, eighty ; oct5gesimus, eightieth, nonaginta, ninety ; nonagesimus, ninetieth, centum, a hundred ; centesimus, hundredth, ducenti, -ae, -a, two hundred; ducentesimus, two hundredth, trecenti, -ae, -a, three hun- trecentesimus, three hun- dred ; dredth. 110 LATIN LESSONS. quadringenti, four hundred ; quingenti, five hundred ; sescenti. six hundred ; septingenti, seven hundred ; octingenti, eight hundred ; nongenti, nine hundred ; mille, a thousand ; duo milia, two thousand ; centum mflia, a hundred thousand ; decies centena(or centum) milia, a million ; quadringentesimus, four hundredth. quingentesimus, five hun- dredth. sescentesimus, six hun- dredth. septingentesimus, seven hun- dredth. octingentesimus, eight hun- dredth. nongentesimus, nine hun- dredth. millesimus, thousandth. bis millesimus, two thous- andth. centies millesimus, hundred thousandth. decies centies millesimus. millionth. 229. How do the ordinal numbers for twentieth, thir- tieth, one hundredth, two hundredth, etc., seem to be formed from the corresponding cardinals ? How can you distinguish three hundred, four hundred, etc., from thirty, forty, etc. ? Measure. 230. Measure may be regarded : (1) simply as so much extent. (2) as the difference between two amounts, or (3) as a quality of something. It may accordingly be ex- pressed in Latin by (1) the ACCUSATIVE (compare 196), (2) the ABLATIVE, and (3) the GENITIVE. Thus : (1.) Tria passuum milia ab ipsa urbe castra posuit, he pitched his camp three miles from the city itself. Fossa quindecim pedes lata, a ditch fifteen feet broad. (2.) Hibernia dimidio minor quam Britannia est, Ireland is smaller by half than Britain. MEASUEE. Ill Multo ante lucis adventum, long before the coming of day. Quo difficilius, h5c praeclarius, the more difficult, the more glorious. Milibus passuum sex a Caesaris castris consedit, he encamped six miles from Caesar's camp. (3.) Vallum pedum duodecim, a rampart twelve feet (high). Iter unius diei, a one day's journey. Exercise. 231. Translate into English : Forte Tiberis aqua ultra ripam se effuderat, et cum pueri in vado essent positl, aqua refluens eos in sicco reliquit. Ad eorum vagitum lupa adcurrit eosque uberibus suis aluit. Quod videns Faustulus quidam, pastor illius regionis, pueros sustulit * et uxori Accae Larentiae nutriendos 2 dedit. Sic Romulus et Remus pueri tiam inter pastores transegerunt. Cum adolevissent et forte comperissent quis ipsorum avos, quae mater fuisset, Amulium interfecerunt et Numitori avo regnum restituerunt. Turn urbem condiderunt in monte Aventmo, 8 quam Romulus a suo nomine Romam vocavit. Haec cum moenibus 4 circum- daretur, Remus occisus est, dum fratrem inrldens moenia transiliebat. 232. Translate into Latin : - 1. The river had already overflowed its banks and * had left the twins on dry ground. Seeing this,t a certain shepherd, 1 From tollere. 2 Nutriendos is gerundive, agreeing with pueros and expressing pur- pose, = to be brought up. See A. & S. 552 (2); A. & G. 294 d; G. 431; H. 544, note 2. 3 For the situation of this hill see map, p. 105, 6 E. 4 For the two constructions possible with circumdare, see A. & S. 379 ; A. & G. 225 d ; G. 348 ; H. 384, ii. 2. * Do not use a compound sentence. t Translate by a word that shall link this sentence closely to what pre- cedes. 112 LATIN LESSONS. Faustulus by name, carried them two miles and delivered them to his wife to be taken care of. This happened not long be- fore sunset. 2. We spend our boyhood amid many pleasures. None of us is compelled to surround himself with a wall ten feet high ; for long ago men learned that good citizens are the best and most useful bulwark of a state. 3. When he had ^grown up he learned by chance which of the two men had tried to kill his mother. 4. Having founded a city on a mountain of great height and beauty, he called it Rome. 5. They came to us a little before daybreak and gave us two lovely books to read ; one was written by a Greek, the other by a Roman. 6. We live in the year of our Lord eighteen hundred and ninety-two ; in what year since the discovery of America by Columbus ? Grammatical References. A. & S. 156-162, 356, 358 (5) a, 415, 423 ; A. & G. 94, 215 b, 255, 257 ; G. 92-94, 335, 2, 364, 400 ; H. 171-179, 379, 396 v., 423. LESSON XXXI. READING SELECTIONS AND EXERCISE. 233. Translate into English : - Romulus ut civium numerum augeret, asylum patefecit, ad quod multi ex civitatibus suis pulsi l adcurrerunt. Sed novae urbis civibus coniuges deerant. Festum itaque Neptum et ludos Tnstituit. Ad hos cum multi ex finitimis populis cum mulieri- bus et liberis venissent, Roman! inter ipsos ludos spectantes vir- gines rapuerunt. Populi ill! quorum virgines raptae erant bellum adversus raptores susceperunt. Cum Romae 2 adpropinquarent forte in 1 From pellere. 2 We should perhaps expect an accusative of motion here instead of this dative, but the author in using adpropinquarent (ad -}- propinquus) was thinking more of the nearness implied in propinquus than of the motion implied in ad. READING SELECTIONS AND EXERCISE. 113 Tarpeiam virginem inciderunt, quae in arce sacra procurabat. Hanc rogabant ut viam in arcem monstraret eique permiserunt ut munus sibi posceret. Ilia petiit ut sibi darent quod in sinis- tris manibus gererent, anulos aureos et armillas significans. At hostes in arcem ab ea perducti scutis Tarpeiain obruerunt ; nam et 1 ea in sinistrls manibus gerebant. 234. Translate also the following account of the be- trayal of the citadel : Spurius Tarpeius Romanae praeerat arc!. 2 Huius filiam vir- ginem auro conrumpit Tatius, 3 ut armatos in arcem accipiat aquam forte ea turn saciis extra moenia petitum ierat ; accept! obrutam armis necavere, seu ut vi capta potius arx videretur, seu prodendi exempli causa, ne quid usquam fidum proditori esset. 4 Additur 6 f abula, quod volgo Sabini 6 aureas armillas magni ponderis bracchio laevo gernmatosque magna specie anu- los habuerint, pepigisse 7 earn quod in sinistns manibus haberent ; eo scuta ill! pro aureis donis congesta. Sunt qui earn, ex pacto tradendi quod in sinistrls manibus esset, derecto arma petisse dicant; et, fraude visam agere, sua ipsam peremptam 8 mer- cede. Livy, I., xi., 6. 1 For et, meaning " also," see A. & S. 573 a. 2 Arci, which properly applies to only one of the two hillocks which form the top of the Capitoline Hill, is here applied to the whole hill. The tradition followed in these extracts is at fault as to the position of the citadel ; for this hill was not yet a part of Rome. 3 Titus Tatius was the king of the Sabines, who were marching upon Rome to avenge the loss of their daughters and wives. 4 Ne quid . . . esset = that in other cases a traitor should find no- thing secure (i. e., that no pledges to a traitor were to be kept). 5 Note the emphasis. Additur f abula, etc., does not mean " the ficti- tious statement that she . . . is added," but "the story that she ... is an addition." 6 Bound the country of the Sabines. See Frontispiece, 7 E. 7 From pangere, to stipulate. 8 What verb form is to be supplied with this participle ? TJNIVERSIT 114 LATIN LESSONS. LESSON XXXII. COMPOUND VERBS. ABLATIVE OF SEPARATION DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS OF ab, de, ex, etc. 235. Learn the following words : ducere, to lead, draw. mittere, to send, let go. abducere, to lead or carry amittere, to send away, lose, away, adducere, to lead to, induce.* admittere, to send to, let in, commit (a wrong), circumducere, to lead around, circummittere, to send around, conducere, to bring together, committere, to send together, hire. entrust to, enter upon, com- mit, deducere, to bring away, es- demittere, to send or let cort from home,t launch. down, lower, diducere, to lead apart, dis- dlmittere, to send apart, dis- tribute, band, educere, to lead out. emittere, to send out, put forth, inducere, to bring into or in, inmittere, to send into, let mislead. loose, introducere, to bring in, in- intromittere, to send or let troduce. in. obducere, to lead before, cov- omittere, to send off, give up, er, obscure. cease, perducere, to lead through, permittere, to let go through, prolong, persuade. allow, praeducere, to draw or make praemittere, to send before. in front. * Generally in a good sense, while inducere is often used in the sense of "mislead." t A mark of respect shown to prominent or elderly Romans by their retainers or friends. COMPOUND VERBS. 115 praeterducere, to lead past, praetermittere, to let go by, (A very rare word.) pass over, producere, to lead forth, pro- promittere, to send forth, duce, prolong. promise, reducere, to lead back, escort remittere, to send back, give home. up. subducere, to draw from un- submittere, to send or let der, haul up, calculate. down, to send from below, to despatch. transducere, ) to lead across, transmittere, to send across, traducere, ) bring over. hand over, go abroad. 236. You will see that all of the above verbs, except two from ducere and two from mittere, are compounded of the simple verb and one of the prepositions with which you are acquainted. Diducere and dlmittere are com- pounded with the inseparable preposition dis, dl, so called because it is not used as a word by itself. IntrSducere and intromittere are compounded with the adverb intro, a case-form from the same worcl as intra. NOTE. Almost all the compound verbs are formed like these two sets of verbs ; therefore it is evident that the learning of compound verbs be- comes much easier when one has a clear understanding of the meanings of the prepositions. Let the pupil observe how the meaning of some of the above verbs is very closely connected with the meanings of the simple verb and the preposition of which they are compounded, while that of others has wandered away towards kindred ideas or become confined to special applications of the original idea ; and let him try to trace each of 'the meanings given above from the original meanings of the simple verbs and prepositions. 237. The ablative is used to express SEPARATION and PRIVATION, WANT OF A THING Or FREEDOM FROM IT. Thus : 1. Hie vir pecunia eget, this man needs money. 2. Ille orator non inops est verbis, that speaker is not poor in words. 116 LATIN LESSONS. 3. Hoc me libera metu, free me from this fear. 4. Possessionibus suls pellebant, they were trying to drive him from his possessions. 5. Tails philosophia iudicio nos spoliat, sensibus orbat, such a philosophy robs us of our judgment, deprives us of our senses. 6. Ne a sociis nos secernamus, let us not separate our- selves from our allies. 7. Moenia urbis defensoribus vacua erant, the walls of the city were quite without defenders. 8. At> incendio arcem liberavit, he freed the citadel from fire. 9. Illuin e periculo eripuit, he snatched him from the danger. NOTE. A preposition is used with this ablative, if motion is implied, and sometimes to give a vivid effect, as if motion were involved in the action. Compare the sixth and the last two examples. 238. Many compounds of ab, de, or ex, and the verb adimere, take the dative, ^rather than the ablative when the action applies to a person, occasionally also when it applies to a thing. Thus : Bona mihi extorsistl. you have wrung my goods from me. Mulieri anulurn detraxit, he took the ring from the woman. Hoe ill! abstulistl, this you have taken from him. Alter! vitam, Hbertatem alter! ademerunt, they de- prived one of life, the other of liberty. Turn oppugnatione destitit Caesar, then Caesar left off the siege. Pugna igitur abstinebimus, we shall therefore refrain % from battle. Exercise. 239. Translate into English : Turn Romulus cum hoste, qui montem Tarpeium l tenebat, 1 This name was given to the Capitoline hill, according to some authori- COMPOUND VERBS. 117 pugnam conseruit in eo loco ubi nunc forum Romanum l est. In media 2 caede raptae processerunt et hinc patres hinc coniuges et soceros complectebantur et rogabant ut caedis fmem face- rent. Utrique his precibus commoti sunt. Romulus foedus Icit et Sabmos in urbem recepit. Post Romuli mortem unius anm interregnum fuit. Quo elapso, Numa Pompilius, Curibus 8 urbe in agro Sabinorum na- tus, rex creatus est. Hie vir bellum quidem nullum gessit nee minus tamen civitati profuit. Nam et leges dedit et sacra plu- rima mstituit, ut populi barbari et bellic5si mores molliret. Omnia autem quae faciebat se nymphae Egeriae, coniugis suae, iussu facere dicebat. Morbo decessit quadragesimo tertio im- peri anno. 240. Exercise. Write ten sentences involving the use of compounds of ducere, and ten with compounds of mitt ere. Illus- trate also, in a few of these sentences, the Ablative and the Dative of Separation. Avoid ringing changes upon one set of words, and let the sentences be long enough to reveal careful study and a command of vocabularies and of the rules of syntax. Grammatical References. A. & S. 380, 413, 414 ; A. & G. 229, 243 ; G. 346, 388, 389 ; H. 386, 2, 413, 414. ties, after the treacherous deed of Tarpeia. Others say the hill was so called before, and the name given by the historians to the maiden was bor- rowed from it. 1 See map, p. 105, 6 C. 2 Medius is often thus used for " the midst " or " middle " of a thing. So summus may mean "the top," primus "the first part," and so on. See A. & S. 442 ; A. & G. 193 ; G. 287 R ; H. 440, 2, notes 1 and 2, 3 See Frontispiece, 7 E. 118 LATIN LESSONS. LESSON XXXIII. DENOMINATIVE VERBS. SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT. 241. We have seen (p. 31) that the third is the old- est of the Latin conjugations. Most of its simple verbs were inherited from the parent language when Latin be- came a separate tongue. A few verbs of the other con- jugations were also inherited. Then the Romans made other verbs like these, forming them especially from the stems of nouns and adjectives. Such verbs are called denominative verbs, from de and nomen, name, noun ; the word including adjectives as well as what are now called nouns. 242. Denominative verbs in the First Conjugation were at first formed from a-stems, and in the Fourth Conjuga- tion from i-stems. Then, through the adjective stems the formation of Denominatives of the First Conjugation spread to the o-stems among nouns. Thus : From culpa, fault, comes culpare, to blame. " cura, care, " curare, to care for. fuga, flight, " fugare, to put to flight, firmus, strong, " firmare, to strengthen, probus, good, " probare, to mark as good, laetus, glad, " laetari, to be glad, liber, free, " llberare, to free, donum, gift, " donare, to present, numerus, number, " numerare, to count, regnnm, kingdom, " regnare, to reign, finis, end, " fmlre, to end. sitis, thirst, " sitlre, to be thirsty, lenis, gentle, " lenire, to soothe, vestis, garment, " vestire, to clothe, pars, part, " partiri, to divide. DENOMINATIVE VERBS. 119 243. Having verbs like the above, the Komans made others like them from stems to which the a or the I did not belong, just as in English, after the pattern of portable and habitable, in which the -a before -ble is a part of the stem, we make bearable, serviceable, and the like from words without this a. This process is called formation by ANALOGY. Thus I laudare, to praise, from laus (laudis), praise, necare, to kill, " nex (necis), death, orare, to beg, " os (oris), mouth, sperjxe, to hope, " spes (spel), hope, fluctuari, to vacillate, " fluctus (fluctus), wave, servire, to be a slave, " servos (servi), slave, custodire, to guard, " custos (custodis), guard, largiri, to bribe, " largus, -a, -um, bountiful. 244. By far the greater number of denominatives be- long to the first conjugation. Most of the verbs of the second and fourth conjugations are also denominatives, but these conjugations contain much fewer verbs than the others. The formation of the denominatives of the second conjugation is not easy to trace, but we may compare albere, to be white, with albus, -a, -um, white, clarere, to be bright, " clarus, -a, -um, bright, dolere, to feel pain, " dolor (doloris), pain, lucere, to shine, " lux (lucis), light. 245. In the third conjugation the only denominatives are minuere, to lessen, from minor, minus, less, and a few formed from nouns of the fourth declension, as: metuere, to fear, from metus, fear. statuere, to fix, " status, position. tribuere, to divide, to assign to, " tribus, tribe. NOTE 1. Denominatives of the third conjugation, and most of those of the first conjugation, have transitive meanings ; those of the second con- jugation generally have intransitive meanings, as above. 120 LATIN LESSONS. NOTE 2. The denominatives of the third conjugation are conjugated like metuere, metuo, metui, metutus. 246. From what nouns or adjectives do the following verbs come, and what, therefore, are their meanings ? aequare honorare saevire armare levare salutare bellare morarl sanare coinitari nuntiare tardare gloriarl praedari volnerare Subjunctive of Result. 247. The Subjunctive is often used with ut, that, ut non, that not, to indicate a result. The clause on which such a subjunctive depends commonly contains some word like ita, sic, tarn, so, tantus, so great, tails, such. Thus: Volneribus tarn confectus est ut stare non posset, he was so used up with wounds that he could not stand. Ita milites disposuit ut facile vicerint, he arranged the soldiers so that they easily conquered. Tanta est navis ut nullum metum habeamus, the boat is so large that we have no fear. Exercise. 248. Translate into English : Numae successit Tullus Hostilius cuiua avos se in bello ad- versus Sabinos fortem et strenuum virum praestiterat. Rex creatus bellum Albanis indixit idque trigeminorum Horatiorum et Curiatiorum certanaine finlvit. Albam propter perfidiam Metti Fuffeti l diruit. Cum tiiginta duobus annis 2 regnasset, fulmine ictus cum domo sua arsit. 8 1 For a brief account of these legends, see Smith's Smaller History of Rome, pages 13 and 14. 2 This ablative of time where we expect the accusative (see A. & S. 424 a; A. & G.256 b; G. 392 R. 2 ; H. 379, 1) is not to be recommended for imitation. 3 From ardere. SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF RESULT. 121 Post hunc Ancus Marcius, Numae ex filia nepos, suscepit im- perium. Hie vir, aequitate et religione avo similis, Latinos bello domuit, urbem ampliavit et nova el moenia circumdedit. Carcerem primus aedificavit. Ad Tiberis ostia urbem condidit Ostiamque vocavit. Vicesimo quarto anno imperi morbo obiit. 249. Translate into Latin : 1. This consul showed himself so brave in many battles that all his countrymen praised him. 2. The Albans treated our ambassadors so unworthily that our king declared war against them. Let us, however, keep in mind that their fathers were our allies. We shall, therefore, fight for our honor and for the safety of ambassadors, but not in order to destroy the enemy utterly. 3. That king has reigned so long and so wisely that the citizens regard him as a father. 4. I have been sent to you by the great leader Caesar. He wishes to have peace with your nation, and says that he will not be the first to engage in war. Grammatical References. A. & S. 287, 483 ; A. & G. 166, 319 ; G. 553-556, 788 B ; H. 335, 500 II. LESSON XXXIV. SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF RESULT. CLAUSES WITH VERBS OF FEARING. PRICE OR VALUE. 250. You met on p. 71 certain subjunctive clauses developed from clauses of purpose; from clauses of re- sult were developed subjunctive clauses used with imper- sonal verbs meaning "to be," "to happen," and the like. Thus: Quando fuit ut quod licet non liceret, when was it true that the lawful was not lawful ? Accidit ut null! milites in urbe sint, it happens that there are no soldiers in the city. 122 LATIN LESSONS. 251. A subjunctive clause depending upon certain verbs has the nature of a result or of a purpose according as the speaker has in mind something already accom- plished or in process of accomplishment, or something merely intended. Such are chiefly verbs meaning "to cause," "accomplish," "obtain," and impersonal expres- sions like restat, it remains, proximum est, the next thing is. Thus : Perfice ut ne minus res publica tibi quam tu rel publicae debeas, bring it about that the state shall not owe you less than you owe the state. Perf eci ut non minus mini debeant, I have brought it about that they owe me no less. Eff ecit ut in Hispaniam mitteretur, he brought it about that he should be sent into Spain. Restat ut de genere belli dicendum videatur, it seems necessary to speak, in conclusion, about the character of the war. NOTE. It is sometimes difficult or impossible to tell whether a purpose or a result is meant if the subjunctive clause is positive. In a negative subjunctive clause, ne, or ut ne, shows that a purpose, ut non, that a result, is intended. Clauses of Fearing. 252. A substantive clause with its verb in the subjunc- tive is often used as the object of a word or expression denoting fear. If the subjunctive clause is introduced by ne it indicates a fear that something may or will happen or has happened, if by ne non (more rarely ut) it indi- cates a fear that something may not or will not happen or has not happened. Thus : Timebant ne socii tardiores venirent, they were afraid the allies would come too late. Metuo ne ilium non viderit, I fear he has not seen him. PKICE OR VALUE. 123 Timebant ut frumentum commode portari posset, they were afraid grain could not conveniently be brought. Vereor ne laborem tuum augeam, I am afraid that I shall increase your trouble. Perlculum erat ne non in portum navis venire pos- set, there was danger that the ship could not come into port. NOTE. To express a fear to do something 1 , the infinitive is used as in English (see 163). Thus : Verebantur illo tempore iter facere, they were afraid to make the journey at that time. Price or Value. 253. The PRICE or VALUE of a thing is commonly re- garded as the means by which it can be acquired, and so is expressed by the ablative. An INDEFINITE VALUE is, however, sometimes expressed by the genitive as a QUALITY of the thing. Thus : Ti*ecentis talentis se hostibus vendidit, he sold him- self to the enemy for three hundred talents. Hunc librum septem fere denariis emere possis, you can buy this book for about seven denarii. Lev! moments rem aestumo, I regard the matter as of but slight importance. Emimus domum illam tanti quanti volebamus, we have bought that house for the price we wished. Exercise. 254. Translate into English : Deinde regnum Lucius Tarquinius Priscus accepit, Demarati filias, qui tyrannos patriae Corinth! fugiens in Etruriam venerat. Ipse Tarquinius, qui nomen ab urbe Tarquiniis 1 accepit, ali- quando Romam profectus erat. Advenienti aquila pileum abstulit 2 et postquam alte evolaverat reposuit. Hinc Tanaquil 1 See Frontispiece, 6 E. 2 From auferre. 124 LATIN LESSONS. couiunx, mulier auguriorum perita, regnum el portend! intel- lexit Post hunc Servius Tullius suscepit imperium, genitus ex nobili femina, captiva tamen et famula. Cum in dom6 Tar- quini PrlscI educaretur, flamma in eius capite visa est. Hoc prodigio Tanaquil el summam dignitatem portend! iiitellexit et coniugi persuasit ut eum sicuti liberos suos * educaret. Cum adolevisset, rex e! ftliam in matrimonium dedit. Cum Priscus Tarquinius occisus 2 esset, Tanaquil de superiore parte domus populum adlocuta est, 3 dicens regem grave quidem sed non letale volnus accepisse ; eum petere ut populus, dum convaluis- set, Servio Tullio oboediret. Sic Servius regnare coepit, sed bene imperium administravit. Montes tres * urbi adiunxit. Primus omnium 6 censum ordinavit. Sub eo Roma habuit capi- tum octoginta tria milia civium 6 Romanorum cum his, qui in agris 7 erant. 255. Translate into Latin : 1. It remains for us to write about L. Tarquinius Priscus, the Roman king who came to Rome from Tarquinii. 2. Has an eagle ever taken off your cap as you were running ? 3. We shall not buy this horse at a large price, for we already own two bet- ter ones. 4. Bring it about that you shall be a man of the 1 If it seems to you that suos ought to be emphatic here so as to dis- tinguish Tarquin's children from Servius, you have only to reflect that liberos means more than " children," and that the real point is between Servius as a slave and Tarquin's children, as/reborn children. 2 Non a Servio occisus est Tarquinius, sed ab Ancl f iliis quibus ipse Tar- quinius regnum eripuerat. 8 From adloqui. 4 That is, the Quirinal, Viminal, and Esquiline, so that with the four earlier ones, Capitoline, Palatine, Caelian, and Aventine, Rome was now the City of Seven Hills. 5 Omnium is a modifier of censum, not of primus. 6 Unlike the modern census, which includes men, women, and children, the census taken by Servius counted only the men who could vote. Capi- tum modifies milia and civium modifies capitum. 7 That is, the people who, though Roman citizens, had their houses out- side the city walls. ADJECTIVES FROM CERTAIN PREPOSITIONS. 125 highest courage and dignity. 5. I fear that our friends will not come to-day ; that our enemies will come ; that your brothers have not come ; that their books have been lost ; that you will not persuade your mother to come. 6. We are the first to ask you whether you wish to go. 7. I fear that you did not buy that book for twenty-five denarii. 8. He was afraid to speak to her lest he should cause her to weep. 9. The next thing is for us to go home. Grammatical References. A. & S. 371, 372, 408, 492, 493 (1), 494-498 ; A. & G. 252, 331 f ., 332 ; G. 378-380, 404, 552, 557-559 ; H. 404, 405, 422, 498 III., 501. LESSON XXXV. ADJECTIVES FORMED FROM CERTAIN PREPOSI- TIONS. GENITIVE AND DATIVE WITH ADJEC- TIVES. 256. Six adjectives, used only in the comparative and superlative degrees, are formed from prepositions. Thus : From citra, on this side of, citerior, hither, citimus. " de, down from, deterior, worse, deterrimus. " intra, within, interior, inner, intimus. " prae, pro, before, prior, former, primus. " prope, near, propior, nearer, proximus. " ultra, beyond, ulterior, farther, ultimus. 257. Four other adjectives, also formed from preposi- tions, are used in the positive, but are not classical in the nominative singular masculine. Thus : From extra, outside of r exterus ~| exterior, outer { ex * rgmus Lexter J ( extimus infra, below 1 J.AJ. A VJL LAO I inferior, lower \ imus " post, behind [posterus] posterior, hinder ( postremus " supra, above [superus] superior, upper ( supremus ( summus 126 LATIN LESSONS. Proximus, ultimus, extremus, postremus and supre- mus, all sometimes mean " last," each from its special point of view. Genitive with Adjectives. 258. Adjectives denoting DESIRE, KNOWLEDGE, MEM- ORY, PARTICIPATION, POWER, FULLNESS, LIKENESS, and their opposites, are often used with the genitive. Thus : - laudis avidus, eager for praise, iuris peritus, skilled in law. virtutis memor, mindful of valor, navium inops, poor in ships, timoris plenus, full of fear, avi similis, like his grandfather, gloriae expers, without glory, rectl conscius, conscious of right. Dative with Adjectives. 259. Adjectives meaning USEFUL, PLEASANT, FRIEND- LY, FIT, LIKE, INCLINED, EASY, CLEAR, EQUAL, and their opposites, also those meaning NEAR, and derivatives in -bills, are often used with a dative. Thus : agrls utilis, beneficial to the fields. amicis gratus, pleasing to his friends. navibus aptus, fit for vessels. flumini similis, like a river. promptus sedition!, ready for insurrection. omnibus facile, easy for all. ignavls terribilis, dreadful to the cowardly. hostibus par, a match for the enemy. ver5 fmitimum, very near the truth. NOTE 1. Similis and dissimilis always take the dative of things in Cicero, but generally the genitive of persons. NOTE 2. Many of these adjectives frequently take a preposition with its case instead of the genitive or dative, thus expressing the relation more emphatically or more delicately. Forum Komanum, A. D. 1889 (&H : >^^f^ff^s? r , ~*4s,rwv-**>' Colosseum (Amphitheatrum Flavium), A. D. 1889 [Built by the emperors Vespasian and Titus, and opened A. D. 80] ADJECTIVES FROM CERTAIN PREPOSITIONS. 127 Exercise. 260. Translate into English : Hie rex interfectus est scelere flliae Tulliae et Tarquini Su- perbi, fill eius regis cui Servius successerat. Nam ab ipso Tar- quinio de gradibus curiae l deiectus, cum domum f ugeret, inter- fectus est. Tullia in forum properavit et prima coniugem regem salutavit. Cum domum rediret, aurigam super patris corpus in via iacens carpentum agere iussit. Tarquinius Superbus cognomen moribus meruit. Bello tamen strenuus, plures fmitimorum populorum vicit. Templum lovis in Capitolio aedificavit. Postea, dum Ardeam 2 oppugnabat, urbem Lati, imperium perdidit. Nam cum filius eius Lucretiae, nobilissimae feminae, coniugi Tarquim Collatim, vim fecisset, haec se ipsam occidit in conspectu mariti, patris et aimcorum, postquam eos obtestata fuerat, ut hanc iniuriam ulciscerentur. 261. Translate into Latin : 1. Tullia was not like her father in character ; for when he had been killed she ordered her charioteer to drive the chariot over the body as it lay in the street, and she was first to salute her wicked husband as king. 2. Caesar waged successful wars in farther Gaul, and conquered many fierce tribes. 3. The moon is nearer to the earth than the sun. 4. You have a leader mindful of you, forgetful of himself. 5. We set out at daybreak the next day, and at sunset arrived at Geneva, the farthest town of the nearer province, and the nearest in the territory of the Allobroges. 6. We are all eager for praise. 7. The mind that is conscious to itself of right does not fear death ; for this, which has been prepared for all, is dreadful only to the cowardly. 8. This is doubtless easy for you ; but it will be very difficult for a man who is not skilled in war. 9. The daughter is more like her mother than her father. 1 The Curia Hostilia in the Forum was the place of assembly of the Senate. See map, p. 105, 6 C. 2 See Frontispiece, 7 F. 128 LATIN LESSONS. Grammatical References. A. & S. 170, 359-362, 388-390 ; A. & G. 91, 218, 234 ; G. 89, R. 1 and 2, 356, 373, 374; H. 163 3, 166, 391, 399, 400. LESSON XXXVI. GENITIVE WITH VERBS. COMPOUNDS OF DIS- AND IN-. SUBJUNCTIVE OF WISH. 262. Certain verbs take the genitive, namely : I. The impersonals miseret, pity; paenitet, repent; piget, be disgusted ; pudet, be ashamed ; taedet, be weary. II. Verbs of PITYING, REMEMBERING or FORGETTING, REMINDING Or WARNING, ACCUSING, CONVICTING or AC- QUITTING. III. Interest and refert, be of interest, concern. Thus : Mea mater, tui me miseret, mei piget. mother, I pity you, and am disgusted with myself. Hodiernorum morum nos taedet, we are weary of the customs of to-day. Vos autem ineptiarum paeniteat, but do ye repent of your follies. Miseremim sociorum, take pity on your allies. Pristinae virtutis reminisci iubet, he bids them remem- ber their old-time valor. Harum iniuriarum lubenter obliviscor, these wrongs I gladly forget. Admonebat alium egestatis, alium cupiditatis suae, he would remind one of his want of money, another of his pet passion. Miltiades accusatus est pr5ditionis, Miltiades was accused of treachery. Indices eum iniuriae absolverunt, the jury acquitted him of wrong. COMPOUNDS OF DIS- AND IN-. Omnium civium interest, it concerns all the citizens. Regis multum refert, it is of much interest to the king. 263. With interest and refert, when the person con- cerned is denoted by a personal pronoun, not the genitive is used but the ablative feminine singular of the corre- sponding POSSESSIVE. Thus : Tua et mea maxime interest te valere, it very greatly concerns both you and me that you should be well. Sua magni referre dlcit, he says it is of great concern to himself. NOTE. The degree of interest is expressed by an adverb, or, when no am- biguity can be caused, by a genitive, as in the last example. 4Vith the other impersonals above, the person who experiences the feeling is expressed by the accusative, as in the examples, not as in English by the subject of the verb. Compounds of dis- and in-. 264. Examine the following words : suadere, to advise ; simulare, to feign ; f acilis, easy ; similis, like ; memor, mindful ; gratus, pleasing ; iustus, just ; aequus, equal, fair ; dignus, worthy ; utilis, useful ; visus, seen ; f actus, done ; peritus, experienced ; sons, guilty ; f ateri, to confess ; dissuadere, to advise against, dissimulate, to pretend that a thing is not so, to hide, difficilis.* hard, dissimilis, unlike, inmemor, unmindful, ingratus, unpleasing. iniustus, unjust, imquus,* unequal, unfair, indignus, unworthy, inutilis, useless, harmful, invisus, unseen, infectus,* undone^ inperltus, inexperienced. Ins5ns, innocent. Infitiari,* to deny. * For the change of vowel, see A. & S. 59, 60 ; A. & G. 10 a ; H. 22, 23. 130 LATIN LESSOXS. You see from these words that the prefixes dis- and in- have a negativing effect in Latin as in English. Indeed these English prefixes are inherited from the Latin. The more common English prefix un- is not of Latin origin. NOTE 1. Dis- is the inseparable preposition already met (235), meaning " apart," " away." Hence dissuadere means " to advise away from/' t. e., " against." In- must not be confounded with the preposition in ; and words like Infectus, undone (in- negative -f- factus), must be dis- tinguished from words like Inf ectus, stained (p. p. of inficere, to put into, stain). Cf. invisus, unseen, with invisus, hated, from invidere. Such pairs of words are rare, however. NOTE 2. The accent of a compound or derivative word of more than two syllables, like inmemor or ingratus, will often fix in the mind the quantity of the first vowel of the primitive (memor, gratus), because accent is easier to remember than vowel quantity. Subjunctive of Desire. 265. The subjunctive is used to express a wish, the imperfect and pluperfect indicating the non-fulfillment of the wish in present or past time respectively. Thus : Noster exercitus vincat, oh, that our army may conquer ! Palsus utinam vates sim, oh, that I may prove a false prophet ! Serus in caelum redeas, mayst thou return late to heaven (i. e., have a long life). Utinam f ortis ille dux viveret, would that that brave general were living ! Ut frater meus hie fuisset, would that my brother had been here ! Utinam tranquillum esset mare, oh, that the sea were calm ! Utinam ne hue venissemus, oh, that we had not come here! Ne ego vivam usque ad talem aetatem, may I not live to such an age ! NOTE. The negative for wishes is ne. as in the examples. The addi- tion of ut or utinam gives especial earnestness to the wish, and is par- ticularly common with unfulfilled wishes. GENITIVE WITH VERBS. 131 Exercise. 266. Translate into English : Hanc ob causam L. Brutus, Collatinus alilque nonnulli in exitium regis coniurarunt 1 populoque persuaserunt ut ei portas urbis clauderet. Exercitus quoque, qui civitatem Ardeam cum rege oppugnabat, eum reliquit. Fugit itaque cum uxore et liberis suis. Ita Romae regnatum est per septem reges annos ducentos quadraginta tres. Hinc consules coepere 2 pro uno rege duo creari, ut si unus malus esset alter eum coerceret. Anuuum 3 iis imperium tribu- tum est ne per diuturnitatem potestatis insolentiores redderen- tur. Fuerunt igitur anno primo expulsis regibus consules L. 4 lunius Brutus, acerrimus libertatis vindex, et Tarquinius Colla- tinus, maritus Lucretiae. Sed Collatmo paulo post dignitas sub- lata 5 est. Placuerat enim ne quis 6 ex Tarquiniorum f amilia Romae maneret. Ergo cum omni patrimonio suo ex urbe mi- gravit et in eius locum Valerius Publicola consul factus est. 267. Translate into Latin : 1 . Are you not disgusted with the doings of the allies ? Yes, 1 Contracted from what longer form ? 2 Third person plural = coeperunt. See A. & S. 213 (2) ; A. & G. 116, a ; G. 151, 2 ; H. 247, 2. 3 Notice the emphasis. 4 Only the first name (praenomen) can be thus abbreviated, not the middle name as with us. The regular Roman praenomina with their abbreviations are as fol- lows : , A. = Aulus. L. = Lucius. Q. = Quintus. App. = Appius. M. = Marcus. Ser. = Servius. C. = Gaius. M'. = Manius. Sex. = Sextus. Cn. = Gnaeus. Mam. = Mamercus. Sp. = Spurius. D. = Decimus. N. = Numerius. T. = Titus. K. = Kaeso. P. = Publius. Ti. or Tib. = Tiberius. See A. & S. 666 ; A. & G. 80; H. 649. 5 From tollere. 6 If this were a clause of result, ut nemo would be used instead of nS quis. UNIVERSITY , r /^i. , 182 LATIN LESSONS. it was indeed for their interest to do what the leader advised, and they afterwards repented of their folly. 2. The Romans never forgot this disaster, and avenged it by many great vic- tories. Still they were themselves so foolish that we cannot pity them much. 3. The consul was disgusted with both the sol- diers and their leaders. He accused the one of cowardice, the other of rashness and ignorance. 4. May you never repent of this decision ! 5. Do you remember the horse that I had at Rome ? I wish I had not afterwards sold him ! Grammatical References. A. & S. 363-370, 473 ; A. & G. 219-222, 267 ; G. 253-255, 375-377, 381, 382; H. 406-410, 483, 484. LESSON XXXVII. THE ABLATIVE WITH SPECIAL VERBS AND EX- PRESSIONS. EXCEPTIONS TO CERTAIN COMMON RULES. 268. Certain verbs and expressions take the ablative, namely : I. Uti, to use, frui, to enjoy, fungi, to perform, potiri, to gain possession of, vesci, to eat, and their compounds. II. Niti, and inmti, to lean upon, fidere and confidere, to trust. III. Dignus, worthy, indignus, unworthy, contentus, satisfied, fretus, relying upon. IV. Opus and usus, need. Thus : Multi deorum beneficio perverse utuntur, many people use the blessings of the gods wrongly. Faucis fruitur voluptatibus, he enjoys but few plea- sures. Conamur officio nostr5 fungi, we try to do our duty. EXCEPTIONS TO CERTAIN COMMON RULES. 133 lam oppido potiti sunt hostes, the enemy have already got possession of the town. Aura vescuntur, they feed on air. Bacul5 senex mtebatur, the old gentleman was leaning on a staff. Natura tantum loci ne fldamus, let us not trust to our natural position only. Laude dignus, worthy of praise. Suis contentus, satisfied with his own. Ingenio fretus, relying upon ingenuity. Auctoritate tua mihi opus * est, I need your influence. Illis navibus consul! usus * non erat, the consul had no need of those ships. Exceptions to Certain Common Rules. 269. Point out the common rule of syntax to which each of the following examples furnishes an exception : Socii nos armis virlsque IUVANT, the allies help us with arms and men. Hie pulvis oculos meos LAEDIT, this dust hurts my eyes. Num initium RECORDARIS belli, you don't remember the beginning of the war, do you ? Condicionem vestram MISERAMUR, we pity your situa- tion. Legiones in castris manere IUSSIT, he bade the legions stay in camp. Hoc facere nos VETUTT pater, father forbade us to do this. Exercise. 270. Translate into English : Commovit bellum urbi rex Tarquinius. In prima pugna Brutus * With these words the person who feels the need is expressed by a dative, as in the examples. 134 LATIN LESSONS. consul et Arruns, Tarquim filius, sese 1 invicem occiderunt. Roman! tamen ex ea pugna victores recesserunt. Brutum Romanae matronae quasi communem patrem per annum luxe- runt. Valerius Publicola Sp. Lucretium, Lucre tiae patrem, conlegam sibi fecit; qui 2 cum morbo exstinctus esset, Hora- tium Pulvilluin sibi conlegam sumpsit. Ita primus annus 8 quinque consules habuit. Secundo quoque anno iterum Tarquinius bellum Romanis intulit, Porsena, rege Etruscorum, 4 auxilium el ferente. In illo bello Horatius Codes 5 solus pontem ligneum defendit et hostes cohibuit donee pons a tergo ruptus esset. Turn se cum armis in Tiberim coniecit et ad suos transnavit. Dum Porsena urbem obsidebat Q. 6 Mucius Scaevola, iu- venis f ortis 7 animi, in castra hostis se contulit eo consilio, ut regem occideret. At ibi scribam regis pro ipso rege interfecit. Turn a regiis satellitibus comprehensus et ad regem deductus, cum Porsena eum ignibus adlatis terreret, dextram arae accensae inposuit donee flammis consumpta esset. Hoc facinus rex miratus iuvenem dimisit incolumem. Turn hie quasi beneficium referens ait trecentos alios iuvenes in eum coniurasse. 8 Hac re territus Porsena pacem cum Romanis fecit ; Tarquinius autem Tusculum 9 se contulit ibique privatus cum uxore consenuit. 10 271. Translate into Latin : 1. Not only Pyrrlius but also the Carthaginians used elephants in their wars. 2. We enjoy so many pleasures here that we do 1 Sese thus used with invicem has the force of " each other." See also A. & S. 449 ; A. & G. 99 rf, 196/; G. 212, 306 ; H. 448 note, 459, I. 2 Observe that qui is subject of the clause introduced by cum, while the main clause has a different subject. Such constructions forcibly show the hideousness of translating by " who, when he," etc. 8 That is, 509 B. c. 4 Bound Etruria. See Frontispiece, 5 D. 5 Read Macaulay's poem in las- Lays of Ancient Rome. 6 This praenomen is a mistake ; it should be C. = Gains. 7 How can you tell the case of this adjective ? See 221, note. 8 Contracted for what ? 9 See Frontispiece, 7 F. 10 From consenescere. "MAY," "CAN," "MUST," "OUGHT." 135 not need books nor even friends. 3. The king's soldiers fought most bravely for many hours, but were not able to get possession of our camp. 4. These men are worthy of great praise, for they have defended themselves against much larger forces, relying only on their own skill and bravery. 5. On that little island we found three sailors and two women. We pitied them very greatly, for they were living upon roots. 6. Hannibal performed all the duties of a good commander, but he could not subdue fortune. 7. Oh that the consul had ordered his lieutenants to help the allies sooner ! Grammatical References. A. & S. 365 a, 376 a, 417-420, 489 (4) ; A. & G. 219 2 J, 221 a, 227 a, 243 e, 245 a 1, 249, 254, 331 a ; G. 345, R. 1, 373, R. 1, 375, 2, 390, 398, R. 2, 403, R. 3, 405, 532, 546, R. 1 ; H. 385 n. 1, 407 n. 1, 414 IV., 421 I. & II., 425 II., (1) note, 535 IV. LESSON XXXVIII. WAYS OF SAYING "MAY," "CAN," "MUST," "OUGHT," IN LATIN. DATIVE OF AGENT. 272. The English words "may," "can," "might/' "could," denote sometimes a physical possibility, some- times a moral possibility or permission. In Latin the physical possibility is expressed by posse, the moral possi- bility or permission by the impersonal licet. Thus : Facile potes hunc laborem ferre, you can easily bear this hardship. Nautarum clam5res audire poteramus, we could hear the shouts of the sailors. H5c falsum esse potest, this may be untrue. Licet tibi in oppidum Ire, you may go to town. Epistulas scrlbere licebat, you might or could write letters, 136 LATIN LESSONS. 273. Sometimes to express a possibility mildly the sub- junctive is used (POTENTIAL SUBJUNCTIVE). Thus : Dicat quispiam hoc non verum esse, some one may say that this is not true. Ardere naves credas, you might or would think the ships were on fire. 274. So "must" and "ought" denote sometimes a matter of duty (moral obligation), sometimes a thing un- avoidable (physical necessity). In Latin the moral obli- gation is expressed by debere, or by the impersonal oportet, or mildly (as a matter of propriety) by decet ; the physical necessity is expressed by necesse est, or by non posse quin. Thus : Dare aliquid huic misero seni debemus, it is our duty (we ought) to give something to this poor old man. Dare aliquid huic misero seni decet, we ought (i. e. it is proper) to give something to this poor old man. Capere oppidum oportet, we must take the town (i. e. it is our duty to take it). Capere oppidum necesse est, we must take the town (I. e. we shall suffer or be killed if we do not take it). Servom te esse oportet malum, you must he a bad slave. Non possum quin hoc tibi dicam, I must tell you this (i. e. I cannot help telling). H5c non potest quin verum sit, this must be true (i. e. cannot but be true). 275. Another way of expressing " must " or " ought " is by the gerundive with esse (SECOND or PASSIVE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION *). Thus : Ulud faciendum est, that must be done. Pugnandum est pro patria, we must fight for our country. * For the First or Active Periphrastic Conjugation (future participle with esse) see A. & S. 229 (1) ; A. & G. 129 ; G. 149 ; H. 233. DATIVE OF AGENT. 137 Praeppnenda est divitils gl5ria, glory is to be preferred to riches. 276. With the passive periphrastic conjugation the agent is expressed regularly by the dative (DATIVE OF AGENT). Thus: Hie liber tibi legendus est, you must read this book. Contra maiores hostium copias Caesari pugnandum erat, Caesar had to fight against larger numbers of the enemy. Tres epistulae mihi scrlbendae erunt, I shall have to write three letters. How is the agent otherwise usually expressed in Latin ? 277. Instead of saying "may have been," "could have said," "ought to have done," the Romans put the verb for " may," " can," " ought," in the appropriate past tense, and used the PRESENT infinitive depending upon it. Thus : Potuerunt turn Romae esse, they may have been at Rome then. Licuit abire, you might have gone away. Hoc facere non debueras, you ought not to have done this. Exercise. 278. Translate into English : Anno trecentesimo nonagesimo quarto l post urbem conditam Galli iterum ad urbem accesserant et quarto miliario trans Ani- enem 2 fluvium consederant. Contra eos missus est T. Quinc- tius. Ibi Gallus quidam eximia corporis magnitudine fortissi- mum Romanorum ad certamen singulare provocavit. T. Man- 1 Rome was founded, according 1 to tradition, in 753 B. c., and the 21st of April is still celebrated as the birthday of the city. This year would then be 754 (1 being added because the two systems of reckoning start at different points and move towards each other) 394 = 360 B. C. ; but there is an error of one year as given in the selection, so that the real date is 361 B. c. 2 Nom. Anio. For situation, see Frontispiece, 7 F. 138 LATIN LESSONS. lius, nobilissimus iuvenis, provocationem accepit, Gallum occldit eumque torque aureo spoliavit quo ornatus erat. Hinc et ipse et poster! ems Torquati appellatl sunt. Galli fugam capessive- runt. Novo bello cum Gallls exorto, anno urbis quadringentesimo sexto, 1 iterum Gallus processit, robore atque armis Insignis, et provocavit unum ex Romanis ut secum armis decerneret. Turn se M. Valerius, tribunus militum, obtulit et, cum processisset armatus, corvos el supra dextrum bracchium sedit. Mox, com- missa pugna, hie corvos alls et unguibus Galli oculos verbera- vit. Ita factum est ut Gallus nullo negotio a Valerio interfice- retur, 2 qui hinc Corvini 8 nomen accepit. 279. Translate into Latin : - Having summoned the ambassadors to him, Caesar bade their leader speak. "No one will deny," said the ambassador,* " that it is proper to take vengeance for injuries which savage enemies have inflicted upon one's country. We cannot disre- gard the safety of our allies. The Haeduans might have lived in peace in their own land, but they had decided that they must have larger territory. To obtain this it was necessary to take away the fields of the small and unwarlike nation who lived next to them. These people are our allies and have begged us to aid them. We can march by a long road over the moun- tains, to be sure, but we ought to arrive in their country as quickly as possible. f We must, therefore, cross your province, and we ask you to allow us to do so in peace and quiet. Otherwise we shall have to show you that our soldiers are as strong and brave as the Romans. But surely so great a people ought to be glad to help those who suffer wrong without any fault of their own." 1 That is, 349 B. c. 2 What would be thought of the honor of such a victory nowadays ? 3 This is not quite accurate. See Corvos in the Vocabulary. * Use inquit ille. Inquam, inquit, are used for " Said I," " Said he," thus introducing a direct quotation, and placed, like the correspond- ing words in English, after one or two words of the quotation itself. t As quickly as possible = quam celerrime. Cf . A. & S. 164 c ; A. &G. 936; G.317; H. 444, 3. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 139 Grammatical References. A. & S. 216, 229 (2), 250 a, 383, 474 ; A. & G. 129, 137 b, 145, 146 o, 232, 311 ; G. 115, 150, 250, 252, 352, 353 ; H. 234, 290 II., 298, 299, 388, 485, 486. LESSON XXXIX. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 280. Examine the following sentences : 1. If your brother says this, it is true. 2. If it rains, we shall not come. 3. If he was in town, he got your letter. 4. If I should explain this, those people would not under- stand. 5. If he were here, he would prevent that, 6. If I had received your letter, I should have come. 281. You will see that in each of the first three sen- tences some statement is made, the truth of which depends upon something else being true, in present, future, or past time, as the case may be.* In such conditional sen- tences the indicative is used in Latin as in English, and the tenses are present for sentences like the first, future for sentences like the second, and past for sentences like the third. Thus : 1. SI frater tuus hoc dicit, verum est. 2. SI pluet, non veniemus. 3. SI in urbe erat, Htteras tuas recepit. 282. You will also see that the fourth sentence differs from the first three only in being a milder form of state- ment. Such conditions are recognizable in English by the words " would " and " should," instead of " will " and * The time referred to in the first clause of the second sentence is future, though we use the present tense in English. 140 LATIN LESSONS. " shall." In Latin the present (or perfect *) subjunctive is used. Thus : 4. SI exponam h5c, isti n5n intellegant. 283. These four sentences are further alike in that no- thing is implied in any of them as to whether the " if " clause is true or not ; only if it is true, the other clause is also true. In the fifth and sixth sentences, on the other hand, there is an implication in regard to the " if " clause, namely, that it is not true. Such conditional sentences are called UNFULFILLED CONDITIONS or CONDITIONS CON- TRAKY TO FACT, and the imperfect and pluperfect sub- junctive are used for them in Latin, just as for unfulfilled wishes, the imperfect referring to present time and the pluperfect to past time. Thus : 5. SI hie esset, illud prohiberet. 6. SI recepissem Utteras tuas, venissem.* Exercise. 284. Translate into English : 1. Si dominus tuus domi est, die ill! me venisse. 2. Si valde clams sol erit, oculls meis nocebit ; tarn aeger f ui. 3. Si plue- bat her! non poterant Brundisio proficisci. 4. Si urbs capiatur aequam pacem elves impetrare non possint. 5. Si consul in castris esset, milites celeriter in aciem ducerentur. 6. Si alba fuisset navis, non tarn facile visa esset. 7. Si de hostium ad- ventu audivisseuius, auxilium sane socils quam celerrime tulisse- mus. 8. Si, domine, adfuisses, frater meus non mortuus esset. 9. Servi mei si me isto pacto metuerent, ut te metuunt omnes elves tui, domum meam relinquendam putarem. 10. Si te parentes tiraerent atque odissent tui neque eos ulla ratione placare possis, tu (opinor) ab eorum oculls aliquo concederes. 11. Si hoc opti- mum factu iudicarem, iimus horae gladiator! isti ad vivendum * The perfect as a tense of completed action is a trifle more substantial than the present, but the difference is hardly appreciable. REVIEW OF THE GENITIVE CASE. 141 non dedissem. 12. Si salvi esse velint, Sulla sit ab mferis ex- citandus. 285. Translate into Latin : 1. If they see the fire of the enemy's camp from that hill, they will send us a messenger at once. 2. If we had made an alliance with Caesar, we should not have lost these brave men. 3. If that book is long, this one is much longer. 4. If you should start for Rome within a few days, you would find my brother and his friend there. 5. If the sea were calm, we should start without delay. 6. Why did you send the boy to town, if you can buy books here for a smaller price ? Most books can be bought here, but this one is very hard to find. 7. If I had not seen them yesterday, I should have feared some disaster. 8. If you really wish to see us, you must come quickly. 9. If we had soldiers of greater bravery, we should not fear that any enemy could capture our city. 10. If this which you have told us is true, our friends may have arrived to-day. 11. If you cannot read this book alone, you ought to go home. 12. I can not help believing that you would have gone with us if your father had urged you. Grammatical References. A. & S. 476, 477 ; A. & G. 304-311 ; G. 590-603 ; H. 506-512. LESSON XL. REVIEW OP THE GENITIVE CASE. 286. Study the Genitive Case, A. & S. 350-372 ; A. & G. 213-223 ; G. 357-382 ; H. 393-410 ; and review in this book the following paragraphs: 39, 216, 219-221, 252, 257, 261, 262. Exercise. 287. Translate into English : Postea Roman! bellum gesserunt cum Samnitibus, 1 ad quod 1 See Frontispiece, 9 F. 142 LATIN LESSONS. L. Paplrius Cursor cum honore dictatoris profectus est. Qui cum negoti cuiusdam causa Romam isset, 1 praecepit Q. Fabio Rulliano, magistro equitum, quern apud exercitum reliquit, ne pugnam cum hoste committeret. Sed ille occasionem nactus 2 felicissime dimicavit et Samnites delevit. Ob hanc rem a dictatore 8 capitis 4 damnatus est. At ille in urbem conf ugit et ingenti f avore inllitum et populi liberatus est ; in Papirium autem tanta exorta est seditio ut paene ipse interficeretur. Duobus annis post 6 T. Veturius et Spurius Postumius consules bellum adversum Samnites gerebant. Hi a Pontio Thelesmo, duce hostium, in msidias induct! sunt. Nam ad Furculas Cau- dinas 6 Romanos pellexit in angustias unde sese expedire non poterant Ibi Pontius patrem suum Herennium rogavit quid faciendum putaret. Hie respondit aut omnes occidendos esse ut Romanorum vires frangerentur aut omnes dimlttendos ut beneficio obligarentur. Pontius utrumque consilium inprobavit omnesque sub iugum mlsit. Samnites denique post bellum undequinquaginta annorum superati sunt. 288. Translate into Latin : 1. It is of the greatest importance to all good citizens that you should know what the consul's plan is. 2. He is a man of such sagacity that he will not advise his children to do this. 3. Caesar says that Gaul is divided into three parts, of which the Belgians inhabit one. 4. We cannot condemn you for this crime, but we do accuse you of treason. 5. The soldiers were placing rocks of great weight on the wall. 6. Let us remember the old-time valor of our ancestors and fight bravely against the enemies of our country. 7. Have not the faces and the ex- pressions of these men moved you at all ? 8. Which of us do 1 Contracted for Ivisset. 2 From nancisci. 3 Observe the emphasis upon dictatore, preparing the reader ac- quainted with Roman customs for something like what is told in the next sentence. * See A.&& 367a; A.&G.220a; G. 377, R. I ; H. 410, HI. n. 2. 5 That is, 321 B. c. 6 See Frontispiece, 9 F. REVIEW OF THE DATIVE CASE. you think does not know where you were last night ? 9. It greatly concerns us all to know that the city has sufficient pro- tection. LESSON XLI. REVIEW OF THE DATIVE CASE. 289. Study the Dative Case, A. & S. 373-391 ; A. & G. 224-236 ; G. 343-356 ; H. 382-392 ; and review the following paragraphs of this book: 62, 63, 172, 173, 179, 180, 219, 234, 258, 275. Exercise. 290. Translate into English : Devictis Sammtibus, Tarentinis 1 helium indictum est quia legatis Romanorum iniuriam f ecissent. Hi Pyrrhum, Epirl 2 re- gem, contra Romanes auxilium poposcerunt. Is mox in Italiam venit, tumque primum Roman! cum transmarine hoste pugnave- runt. Missus est contra eum consul P. Valerius Laevinus. Hie, cum exploratores Pyrrhi cepisset, iussit eos per castra duel tumque dimitti, ut renuntiarent Pyrrho quaecunque a Romanls agerentur. Pugna commissa, Pyrrhus anxilio elephantorum vicit. Nox proelio finem dedit. Laevinus tamen per noctern fugit. Pyr- rhus Romanos mille octingentos cepit eosque summo honore tractavit. Cum eos qui in proelio interfecti fuerant omnes adversis volneribus et true! voltu etiam mortuos iacere videret, tulisse ad caelum manus dicitur cum hac voce : Ego cum talibus viris brevi tempore orbem terrarum 8 subigerem. 4 1 For the situation of Tarentum see Frontispiece, 11 G. 2 Epirus was a country on the western coast of Greece. See map, p. 180, 2 C. 3 Can you see why the Romans used the expression orbis terrae or orbis terrarum to mean " the earth " ? 4 Subigerem is equivalent to "I would" or "could subdue." See A. & S. 474 ; A. & G. 311 a; G. 250-252 ; H. 485, 486. 144 LATIN LESSONS. 291. Translate into Latin : 1. The soldiers were not persuaded to advance upon the enemy until Caesar had urged them to remember that they were fighting for their lives. 2. As I was entering the city an eagle carried off my cap. 3. I have not made war upon you, but you upon me. 4. For whom is that slave carrying that very heavy load ? 5. We must fight for our homes and our friends. 6. Caesar told the envoys that he would look out for these things. 7. Nothing could be more acceptable to a good man. 8. Caesar employed the Gauls to find out what was going on and to report to him. 9. He has placed his lieutenant in charge of the town. 10. All things were wanting to us which were of use for repair- ing the ships. LESSON XLII. REVIEW OP THE ABLATIVE CASE. 292. Study the Ablative Case, A. & S. 403-431 ; A. & G. 242-263 ; G. 383-419 ; H. 411-437 ; and review the following paragraphs of this book: 62, 63, 114, 139, 140, 146, 147, 156, 157, 195, .198, 207, 220, 229, 236, 252, 267. Exercise. 293. Translate into English : Anno quadringentesimo nonagesimo 1 post urbem conditam Romanorum exercitus primum in Siciliam 2 traiecerunt re- gemque Syracusarum 8 Hieronem Poenosque, qui multas civi- tates in ea Insula occupaverant, superaverunt. Qulnto anno 4 hums belli, quod contra Poenos 5 gerebatur, primum Roman!, C. Duilio et Cn. Cornelio Asina consulibus, in marl dimicaverunt. 1 There is an error in this date ; it should be quadringentesimo nonagesimo quarto, that is, 260 B. c. 2 See Frontispiece, K. 3 See Frontispiece, 9 K. 4 What year therefore B. C. ? 6 This is the so-called First Punic War, lasting from 264 to 241 B. c. REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE CASE. 145 Dullius Karthaginienses vicit,triginta naves occupavit,quattuorde- cim mersit, septem milia hostium cepit, tria milia occidit. Nulla victoria Romanis gratior fuit. Duilio concessum est ut, cum a cena rediret, pueri funalia gestantes et tlbicen eum comita- rentur. 1 Faucis annis interiectis, bellum in Africam translatum est. Hamilcar, Karthaginiensium dux, pugna navali superatur ; 2 nam perditis sexaginta quattuor navibus se recepit ; Roman! viginti duas amiserunt. Cum in Africam venissent, Poenos in pluribus proeliis vlcerunt, magnam vim hominum ceperunt, septuaginta quattuor civitates in fidem acceperunt. Tumvicti Karthaginienses pacem a Romanis petierunt. Quam cum M. Atllius Regulus, Romanorum dux, dare nollet nisi durissimls condicionibus, Karthaginienses auxilium petierunt a Lacedae- moniis. Hi Xanthippum miserunt, qui Romanum exercitum magno proelio vicit. Regulus ipse captus et in vincula coniectus est. 294.' Translate into Latin : 1. Having bought a house in Rome at a large price, he hopes that at some time during the winter you will come from the country with your friends and make use of his hospitality. 2. He is a friend in name ; but we all know that he is not well disposed toward you. 3. Be brave, and prove yourselves worthy of your fathers. 4. Rome was not built in a day ; and a great act has rarely been accomplished by a man of feeble temper. 5. Hannibal was' a general of extraordinary courage and sagacity. He conquered the Romans in several battles, but he was finally compelled by Scipio to retire from Italy. 6. I promise this to you, relying not upon my own wisdom, but upon the assistance of the gods, under whose leadership I have begun this work. 7. A little after midnight there was a great outcry in the camp, and, having summoned his lieutenants, Caesar spoke as follows. 1 This was of course a very high mark of admiration and gratitude from a people who clung so tenaciously as the Romans of that time to the most rigid republican simplicity. 2 This was in B. c. 256. The number of ships lost by the Romans is probably wrongly given here. Mommsen gives it as twenty-four. 146 LATIN LESSONS. LESSON XLIII. CONCESSIVE SENTENCES. 295. Clauses with the compounds of si, as etsi, tamet- si, and etiam si, although, even if (sometimes also with si itself), indicate a concession, and take the same moods and tenses as the conditional si. The clause that follows usually contains the adverb tamen. Thus : Etsi difficile hoc est, tamen fieri potest, although this is hard, yet it can be done. Etiam si Romae erat, illam non vidimus, even though she was at Rome, we did not see her. Tametsi Caesar venisset, superati tamen essemus, even if Caesar had come, yet we should have been conquered. Etsi pluat eras, earn tamen, although it should rain to- morrow, I should nevertheless go. 296. We have found a concession sometimes expressed by a simple (hortatory) subjunctive (p. 64, 127). A con- cessive clause of the same origin is often introduced by quamvis, although. Other concessive clauses are intro- duced by licet, ut, or cum, the verb being in the subjunc- tive, and by quamquam with the verb in the indicative. Thus : - Quamvis sis molestus, dolor, numquam te esse con- fitebor malum, though you be tormenting, pain, I will never admit that you are a real evil. Licet omnes me relinquant, non desperabo, though all abandon me, I shall not despair. Licet fortuna iis non faverit, virtutis memores fue- rint, though fortune should not have favored them, they will have been mindful of their valor. Ut neminem alium rogasses scire potuisti, though you had asked no one else, you might have known. CONCESSIVE SENTENCES. 147 Socrates, cum facile posset educi e custodia, noluit, though Socrates might easily have been rescued from prison, he would not. Roman!, quamquam itinere fessi erant, tamen forti- ter pugnarunt, although the Romans were weary from the march, they yet fought bravely. Quamquam utrlque libri utiles sunt, hie tamen iu- cundior est, although both books are valuable, this one is the pleasanter reading. Exercise. 297. Translate into English : 1. Quod crebro videinus non miramur, etiam si cur fiat nesci- mus. 2. Ista veritas, etiam si iiicunda non est, utilissima tamen est. 3. Catilinae crudelis animus perniciem civitatis molieba- tur, tametsi praesidia a consule parabantur. 4. Quamquam omnis virtus nos ad se adlicit, tamen iustitia et liberalitas id maxime efficit. 5. Non possunt tibi auxilium ferre, quamvis premaris periculis. 6. Caesar etsi nondum hostium consilium cognoverat, tamen e certis causis fore id quod accidit suspica- batur. 7. Licet totus senatus fremat, dicam tamen quod de hac re sentio. 298. Translate into Latin : 1. The delay will not be great, even if you are in a hurry. 2. Although we had a great thirst, we could not drink that water. 3. Even though they do not come tomorrow, I shall have no fear. 4. Although the enemy's forces were much larger, the Roman general, relying upon the bravery of his sol- diers, led out his men and drew them up in line of battle. 5. Having heard this message, Caesar ordered the cavalry to cross the river, although the sun had already set. 6. Even if you had been here, you could not have prevented this disaster. 7. This island is so beautiful that we should hardly be happier even if we were at Naples. 148 LATIN LESSONS. Exercise. 299. Translate into English : THE CHARACTER OF ALCIBIADES. Alcibiades, Cliniae filius, Athemensis. 1 In hoc natura quid efficere possit videtur experta. Constat enim inter omnes, qiri de eo memoriae prodiderunt, nihil illo fuisse excellentius vel in vitils vel in virtutibus. Natus in amplissima civitate summo genere, omnium aetatis suae multo f ormosissimus, dives ; ad omnes res aptus consilique plenus (namque imperator f uit summus et rnari et terra) ; disertus, ut in prlnns dicendo valeret, quod tanta erat commendatio oris atque orationis, ut nemo el posset resistere ; cum tempus posceret, laboriosus, patiens; hberalis, splendidus non minus in vita quam victu ; adfabilis, blandus, temporibus callidissime serviens : idem, siniulac se remlserat neque causa suberat quare animi laborem perferret, luxuriosus, dissolutus, libidinosus, intemperans reperiebatur, ut omnes admirarentur in uno homine tantam esse dissunilitudinem tamque diversam na- turam. Corn. Nep. Aid. 1. LESSON XLIV. INDIRECT DISCOURSE. 300. When a person's words (or thoughts) are stated not in their original form, but in dependence upon some expression of saying (or thinking) the construction is called INDIRECT DISCOURSE Or INDIRECT QUOTATION (ORA- TIO OBLIQUA). 301. In turning direct into indirect discourse in Eng- lish we have to change the persons of most of the pronouns and verbs, and, if the verb of saying is past, the tenses also. Thus : 1 Sc. fuit. Forms of the verb esse are often omitted if they can easily be understood. In the next sentence esse must be supplied with experta ; and other instances occur in this selection. INDIRECT DISCOURSE. 149 DIRECT. / will come to-morrow if it does not rain. You may expect me by the five-o'clock train, but please do not take the trouble to meet me. INDIRECT. HE SAID that he would come to-morrow if it did not rain. They might expect him by the five-o'clock train, but would please not take the trouble to meet him. 302. In turning direct into indirect discourse in Latin the same natural changes of person and tense take place as in English. The moods are regulated in the following way : 303. The main verb is put in the INFINITIVE, unless it asks a question or represents an imperative or hortatory subjunctive. Thus : DIRECT. I will come to-morrow, eras veniam. The town has been taken, oppidum captum est. Father is reading, legit pater. INDIRECT. You say you will come to-morrow, dicis te eras ventu- rum esse. We said the town had been taken, dlxinrus oppidum ca- ptum esse. He said father was reading, dlxit legere patrem. 304. A main verb asking a question * or representing an imperative, or hortatory subjunctive is put in the SUB- JUNCTIVE. Thus : DIRECT. Can you come to-morrow, potesne eras venire ? Close the gates at once, statim claude portas. Let him come on when he pleases, cum velit, congrediatur. * Cf. 119 on Indirect Questions. 150 LATIN LESSONS. INDIRECT. I ask whether you can coine to-morrow, rog5 utrum pos- sis eras venire. He said they were to close the gates at once, dixit statim clauderent portas. They said he might come on whenever he pleased, dixe- runt cum vellet congrederetur. NOTE. When a question is asked simply for effect, and needs no answer, its verb is sometimes put in the infinitive instead of the subjunctive. Thus : Legatl orant ne se deserat. Quo enini se repulses ab Romania itruros esse. the ambassadors beg him not to abandon them. For where shall they go if repulsed by the Romans ? In such cases the verb of asking is regularly omitted. See A. & S. 515, Example 2 ; A. & G. 338 ; G. 654, R. 1 ; H. 523, ii. 2. 305. All subordinate verbs are put in the subjunctive. Thus: DIRECT. They will hardly arrive before night even if they started at dawn, because the bridge which used to span the river near the old temple has recently been destroyed, while the other road is so bad that they cannot go fast there. Btiam si prlma luce prefect! sunt vix ante noctem advenient, quod pons ille qui ad antiquum templum flumen iungebat nuper est deletus, altera autem via tarn mala est ut ea celeriter procedere non possint. INDIRECT. He said they would hardly arrive before night even if they started at dawn, because the bridge which used to span the river near the old temple had recently been destroyed, while the other road was so bad that they could not go fast there. Dixit etiam si prlma luce prefect! essent vix ante noctem adventuros esse, quod pons ille qui ad anti- quum templum flumen iungeret nuper esset deletus, altera autem via tarn mala esset ut ea celeriter pro- cedere non possent. INDIRECT DISCOURSE. 151 NOTE. A subordinate clause with its verb in the indicative is sometimes inserted in an indirect quotation. Such clauses are not really a part of the indirect discourse, but are like parentheses, explaining some word in a sen- tence, and true independently of it. Thus : Quis potest esse tarn praeceps qui neget haec omnia QUAK VIDEMUS deorum potestate administrari, who can be so rash as to deny that all these things which we see (that is, the world about us) are regulated by the power of gods ? < 306. The verb of the main clause of a condition con- * trary to fact in past time, when put into the infinitive of indirect discourse suffers a further slight change in order to keep such conditions distinct from simple past condi- tions. This change is merely the substitution of the fu- ture participle with f uisse for the perfect infinitive of the verb in question. Thus : CONTRARY TO FACT. He said that if Caesar had arrived before night they would have routed the foe, dixit si Caesar ante noctem adve- nisset hostem fugaturos fuisse. SIMPLE CONDITION. He said that if Caesar arrived before night they routed the enemy, dixit si Caesar ante noctem advenisset hostem eos fugavisse. NOTE 1. If the main verb of the past condition contrary to fact is pas- sive, a resort is had to the circumlocution futurum fuisse ut with the imperfect subjunctive, as : He said that if Caesar had been there the . camp would have been saved, dixit si Caesar adfuisset, futurum fuisse ut castra servarentur. The same form is sometimes used in the active. NOTE 2. Present conditions contrary to fact tend to assume the forms which properly belong only to past conditions, because the whole situation naturally appears as past to the person quoting. Occasionally, however, the simple future infinitive is used in the main clause. Thus : Clamitabat illos si Caesar adesset non in castra nostra ventures esse, he kept crying out that if Caesar were there they would n't be coming into our camp. 152 LATIN LESSONS. 307. Study the above rules of indirect discourse as applied in the following selections : A. DIRECT. a. Magnam tu, Caesar, iniuriam f acis, qui tuo adventu vectl- galia mihi deteriora facis. Haeduis obsides non reddam, neque iis neque eorum sociis iniuria bellum inlaturus sum, si in eo manebunt quod convenerunt stipendiumque quotannls pendent; si hoc non fecerint, longe iis fraternum nomen popull Roinanl aberit. You do a great wrong, Caesar, who by your arrival dimmish my revenues. I am not going to return the hostages to the Haeduans, nor am I going to make war wrongfully upon them or their allies (as I should be doing in case I attacked them) if they abide by what they have agreed to and pay their tribute yearly ; if they do not do this, the name of brothers given them by the Roman people will be far from doing them any good. B. INDIRECT. a. [Dixit] magnam Caesarem inmriam f acere, qui suo ad- ventu vectigalia sibi deteriora faceret. Haeduis se obsides redditurum non esse, neque iis neque eorum sociis iniuria bellum inlaturum, si in eo manerent quod convenissent stipendiumque quotanms penderent ; si illud non f ecissent, longe iis fraternum nomen populi Romanl af uturum. b. Helvetiorum legatl dixerunt sibi esse hi animo sine ullo maleficio iter per provinciam facere propterea quod aliud iter haberent nullum. c. His rebus cognitis, Caesar Gallorum animos verbls con- firmavit pollicitusque est sibi earn rem curae futuram ; magnam se habere spem et beneficio suo et auctoritate adductum Ario- vistum finem iniurils facturum. d. El legation! Ariovistus respondit, si quid ipsi a Caesare opus esset, sese ad eum venturum fuisse : si quid ille a se velit, 1 1 The tense which a verb would have in the direct discourse is thus sometimes retained after a past verb of saying, and has the effect of mak- ing the situation more real by seeming to bring it into the present. See A. & S. 516 a; A. & G. 336 a; G. 657; H. 525, 1. CAUSAL CLAUSES. 153 ilium ad se venire oportere : praeterea se neque sine exercitu in eas partes Galliae venire audere quas Caesar possideret neque exercitum sine magno commeatu atque molimento in unum locum contrahere posse : sibi autem mirum videri quid in sua Gallia quam bello vicisset aut Caesari aut omnino populo Ro- mano negoti esset. Exercise. 308. Translate into Latin : 1. The messenger said that all the troops had fought most bravely, and many thousands of the enemy had been slain. 2. Did you say this was the boy whom your brother sent to you with the letter and books ? 3. They told me that there were two roads that we could take. By one of them we could avoid the hill, but it was so much longer that we should not reach the town before night ; if we wished to arrive as soon as possible we ought to take the shorter road. 4. Caesar replied that if they had surrendered before the battle was begun he would have spared their city, but now they must accept the terms of peace which it pleased the Romans to give them. Grammatical References. A. & S. 514-517 ; A. & G. 335-339 ; G. 651-664 ; H. 522- 527, 530, 531. LESSON XLV. CAUSAL CLAUSES INTRODUCED BY QUOD, QUIA, OR QUONIAM. CORRELATIVES. 309. Clauses indicating a cause or reason are frequent- ly introduced by quod, less often by quia or quoniam. When such clauses have the indicative they state some fact which the speaker gives as the ground of the thing said in the main clause ; when they have the subjunctive they indicate a motive in the mind of some one other UNIVERSITY 154 LATIN LESSONS. than the speaker* (generally the subject of the main clause) which led him to do what is stated in the main clause. Such subjunctive clauses of cause are thus a sort of indirect discourse. 310. The difference between the indicative and the sub- junctive in causal clauses with quod, quia, or quoniam, is best seen by comparing examples like the following : Hoc dlcit, quod verum est, he says this because it is true. Laudat Africanum Panae- tius, quod fuit absti- nens, Panaetius praises Africanus because he exer- cised self-control. Quod spiratis, quod vo- cem mittitis, quod for- mas hominum habetis, indignantur, they are angry because you breathe and speak and have the shapes of men. Vos, Quirites, quoniam iam nox est, in vestra .tecta discedite, do you, fellow citizens, since night is now come, depart to your houses. H5c tibi suadeS, quia ho- nestum est, I give you this advice because the thing is the right thing to do. Hoc dlcit, quod verum sit, he says this because (he thinks) it is true. Laudat Africanum Panae- tius, quod fuerit absti- nens, Panaetius praises Afri- canus for having displayed self-control. An paenitet vos quod sal- vom exercitum traduxe- rim, are ye sorry because (ye feel that) I have brought the army over in safety ? Bene maiores accubitio- nem epularem amico- rum, quia vrtae coniunc- tionem haberet, convi- vium nominaverunt, our ancestors did well to give to the reclining of friends to- gether at a banquet the name " convivium," a living to- gether, from its involving a community of life. * Except in the uncommon case of his giving some past motive of his own where the facts of the situation were not clear to him. \ 3 F< A ^7^ OF THB UNIVERSITY CORRELATIVES. 311. Study and compare the following Correlatives. Relative. Demonstrative. Interrogative. Indefinite. uter, which (of uterque, each (of uter, which (of two). two). two) ? qui, who. is (hie, ille, etc.), quis, who? aliquis, some one. he, this, that. quantus, as great tantus, so great, quantus, how aliquantus, of as. great ? some extent, qualis, of which tails, such. quails, of what sort. sort ? quot, as many as. tot, so many. quot, how aliquot, several. many? ubi, where, when, ibi, there, then. ubi, where, alicubi, some- when ? where, quo, whither. eo (hue, illuc), quo, whither ? aliquo, to some thither. place, qua, where. ea, there. qua, where ? aliqua, at some place, unde, whence. inde, thence. unde, whence ? alicunde, from some place. cum, when. turn, then. quando, when ? aliquando, at nunc, now. some time, quam, as (much), tarn, so (much). quam, how (much) ? ut, as. ita, sic, so, thus, ut, how ? You will see that interrogative words generally have, as in English, the same form as their corresponding rela- tives. Remember, however, that English " as " is used as the correlative of several different interrogatives and demonstratives, and be careful to translate it by quantus when it means " (as great) as," by qualis when it means " (such) as," etc. " The same as " is idem . . . qui in Latin. Exercise. 312. Translate into English : Tandem, C. Lutatio Catulo, A. Postumio consulibus, 1 anno 1 That is, 241 B. C. 156 LATIN LESSONS. belli Punic! vicesimo tertio magnum proelium navale commis- sum est contra Lilybaeum, 1 promunturium Siciliae. In eo |>roe- lio septuaginta tres Karthaginiensium naves captae, 2 centum vigint! qumque demersae, 2 triginta duo milia hostium capta, 2 tredecim milia occisa 2 sunt. Statim Karthaginienses pacem petierunt iisque pax tributa est. Captivi Romanorum qui tene- bantur a Karthaginiensibus redditi sunt. Poem Sicilia, Sar- dinia 3 et ceteris msulis quae inter Ttaliam Africamque iacent decesserunt omnemque Hispaniam quae citra Iberum 4 est Ro- mams permlserunt. Post 6 Punicum bellum renovatum est per Hannibalem, Kar- thaginiensium ducem, quern pater Hamilcar novem annos 6 na- tum arls admoverat ut odium perenne in Romanes iuraret. Hie annum agens vicesimum aetatis Saguntum, 7 Hispaniae civita- tem, Romanis amicam, oppugnare adgressus est. Huic Ro- man! per legates denuntiaverunt ut bello abstineret. Qui cum legates admittere nollet, Roman! Karthaginem m!serunt ut man- daretur Hannibal! ne bellum contra socios populi Roman! gere- ret. Dura responsa a Karthaginiensibus reddita ; Saguntims interea fame victis, Roman! Karthaginiensibus bellum indixe- runt. 1 Lilybaeum is the most western promontory of Sicily, and had a town of the same name upon it. See Frontispiece. 7 K. 2 In classical Latin a series of words or statements coordinately con- nected (like men, uvomen, and children) either has a conjunction between each two members of the series, or, as in the present instance, omits the conjunction altogether. Occasionally, however, the last two members are connected by que, the others having no connective. Thus : a et b et C ; a, b, c ; or, a, b, cque. 8 See Frontispiece, 3 G. 4 This is the river Ebro, which flows into the Mediterranean at about the 41st parallel of latitude, in the northeast part of Spain, that is, about a hundred and eighty miles southwest of the coast of France (Gallia). 6 Some time after, namely, 219 B. c. 6 When was Hannibal born if this account is correct ? 7 Saguntum was an important commercial town on a little river about sixty-five miles south of the mouth of the Ebro and about three miles from the coast. It was said to have been founded by Greeks from the island of Zacynthus. RELATIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE. 157 313. Translate into Latin : 1. We did not see many things in Rome last year because my brother was ill. 2. The Haeduans immediately sent am- bassadors to beg for peace, because their own land had been in- vaded by enemies. 3. He is unwilling to sell this house, be- cause the price you offer is (he thinks) very low. 4. When asked which of the two books he wanted, he said " Neither," be- cause one he could not read and the other he already owned. 5. Such a journey as we made yesterday is very burdensome, but it could be endured because there was good food and rest at the end of it. 6. We believe that the horses of the Germans were not so large as the Gallic horses, because Caesar says so. 7. He sent the letter to Athens because you were still there. Grammatical References. A. & S. 187, 519 ; A. & G. 106, 107, 321 ; G. 106, 107, 539- 542 ; H. 191, 516. LESSON XLVI. RELATIVE CLAUSES OP PURPOSE. CLAUSES WITH QUO, QUOMINUS, OR QUIN. 314. Examine the following sentences : I. Legates qui pacem peterent ad Romanes miserunt, they sent ambassadors to the Romans to ask for peace. Nullum nuntium habe5 cui hanc epistulam commit- tam, I have no messenger to whom to trust this letter. Gladium rapuit quo Gallum occideret, he seized a sword to kill the Gaul with. Post hums mortem nemo erat unde discerem, after his death there was no one for me to learn from. Locum ubi stetis reperire non poteritis, you will not be able to find a place to stand in. II. Posters die castra movit quo socios propius esset, the next day he moved his camp in order to be nearer the allies. 158 LATIN LESSONS. Inritant ad pugnandum quo fiant acriores, they goad them on to battle to make them the fiercer. III. Nemo fuit mllitum quin volneraretur, there was no one of the soldiers but was wounded. Aegre sunt retenti milites quin oppidum inrumpe- rent, the soldiers were with difficulty restrained from bursting into the town. Non videbatur esse dubium quin Caesar venturus esset, there seemed to be no doubt that Caesar would come. Non recusabo quominus omnes mea legant, I shall not object to everybody's reading what I have written. Epaminondas non recusavit quominus legis poe- nam subiret, Epaminondas did not refuse to suffer the pen- alty of the law. Multis de causis, quominus dimicare vellet, move- batur, for many reasons he was inclined not to fight. 315. You will see that the first group of sentences above contains clauses of purpose introduced by the rela- tive pronoun qui in different cases or by a relative adverb (unde, ubi). The second group contains two sentences in which the pronoun quo has become a conjunction. In such purpose clauses there is regularly a comparative, as in the examples ; and in translating into Latin quo is to be used rather than ut to express purpose when the clause contains a comparative. The third group contains substantive clauses of purpose introduced by quin (i. e. qui + ne) or quSminus (i. e. quo -|- minus). You will see that these clauses nearly all depend upon negative main verbs. The use of quominus is confined to clauses dependent upon words of opposing or hindering, as in the examples. Exercise. 316. Translate into English : RELATIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE. 159 Hannibal, fratre Hasdrubale in Hispania relicto, Pyrenaeum l et Alpes 1 transiit. 2 Traditur in Italiam octoginta milia pedi- tum et viginti milia equitum, septem et triginta elephantos abduxisse. Interea multi Ligures et Galli Hannibal! se con- iunxerunt. Primus ei occurrit P. Cornelius Scipio, qui, proelio ad Ticinum 3 commisso. superatus est et volnere accepto in castra rediit. Turn Sempronius Gracchus 4 conflixit ad Trebiam 3 amnem. Is quoque vincitur, multi populi se Hannibali dediderunt. Inde in Tusciam progressus Flaminium 5 consulem ad Trasumennum lacum 6 superat ; ipse Flaminius interemptus. Romanorum vi- ginti quinque milia caesa sunt. Quingentesimo et quadragesimo anno 7 post urbem conditam L. Aemilius Paullus et P. Terentius Varro contra Hannibalem mittuntur. Quamquam intellectum erat Hannibalem non aliter vinci posse quam mora, Varro tamen morae impatiens apud vicum qui Cannae 8 appellatur in Apulia 9 piignavit ; ambo consules victi, Paullus interemptus est. In ea pugna consulares aut praetorii viginti, senatores triginta capti aut occisi ; militum quadraginta milia, equitum tria milia et qumgenti perierunt. In his tantis malls nemo tamen pacis mentionem f acere dignatus est. Servi, quod numquam ante factum, manumissi et milites f actT sunt. 317. Translate into Latin : 1. The next day two cohorts were sent to guard the river. Thus we prevented the enemy from crossing, and also caused them to believe that our army was a large one. 2. About sun- set they arrived at a place where they could encamp and sleep 1 The Pyrenees are the mountain chain between Spain and France (Hi- spania and Gallia) ; the Alps are the chain between France and Italy. 2 B. C. 218. 3 See Frontispiece, 4 B. 4 Gracchus and Scipio were the two consuls for the year B. c. 218. 5 B. C. 217. 6 See Frontispiece, 6 D. 7 This date is six years too late ; it should be B. c. 216. 8 See Frontispiece, 10 F. 9 Bound Apulia. See Frontispiece, 10 F. OF THB TNIVERSITY 160 LATIN LESSONS. without fear. There they found wood with which to make a fire, and water to quench their thirst. 3. Two consuls were then appointed instead of one king, that the liberty of the people might be better preserved. 4. Let us promise these soldiers a large reward if they win the battle, that they may fight the more bravely. 5. The prisoner said that if they should take a two days' journey up * the river they would find a place where the horses and luggage might be taken across without difficulty. Grammatical References. A. & S. 482 (2), 484, 493 (2), 499 ; A. & G. 317, 2, & 6, 331, 2, 332 g ; G. 545, 1 & 2, 547, 549-^551, 556 ; H. 497, 499, 3, 504, 505. LESSON XLVII. CLAUSES WITH THE PARTICLES OP TIME, ANTE- QUAM, PRIUSQUAM, POSTQUAM, UBI, DUM, ETC. CLAUSES OF PROVISO WITH DUM, MODO, DUM- MODO. 318. When temporal clauses have the indicative they serve to date the occurrence mentioned in the main clause ; when they have the subjunctive they call attention to some- thing in the character of the situation which explains the main clause more fully (frequently indicating the purpose or the cause of its action). With antequam and prius- quam, "before," and with dum when it means "until," both kinds of clauses are used. Thus : Inde ante profectus es Inde ante profectus es quam te venisse c5- quam te venisse cogno- gnovi, you went away from vissem, you went away from there before I learned you there before I had a chance had come. to learn that you had come. * Up the river is adverse flumine, down the river, secundo flu- mine. What use of the ablative is this ? CERTAIN TEMPORAL CLAUSES. 161 Scribam antequam veni- Scribam antequam veniant, ent, I will write before I will write to forewarn you they come. of their coming. Neque prius fugere de- Neque prius f ugere destite- stiterunt quam ad Rhe- runt quam ad Rhenum num. pervenerunt, nor pervenissent, nor did they did they stop fleeing be- stop fleeing before the Rhine fore they reached the barred their flight. Rhine. Priusquam rogatur, re- Priusquam rogetur, respon- spondet, he answers be- det, he answers without wait- fore he is asked. ing to be asked. Mane dum librum per- Mane dum librum perle- lego, wait till I finish the gam, wait for me to finish book. the book. 319. Postquam, after, ubi, after, when, as soon as, simul atque (or ac), as soon as, dum, while or so long as, arid the less common particles ut, after, when, donee and quoad, while, until, are used in classical Latin almost exclusively to date occurrences, and so take the indicative. Thus : Postquam castra capta sunt, in urbem impetum facere coeperunt, after the camp was taken, they began to make an attack upon the city. Postquam mllites in acie instruct! sunt e praetorio venimus, after the soldiers were drawn up in line we came from the general's tent. Ubi de tuo adventu certior factus sum, hue matura- bam, as soon as (after) I was informed of your arrival, I began to hasten hither. Simul atque occasio ill! visa est, consulem deseruit, as soon as he thought the occasion favorable, he abandoned his consul. Dum scribo tibi, iam acta est res, while I write you the matter is already settled. 162 LATIN LESSONS. Dum haec Romae geruntur, Capua capta est, while this was going on at Rome Capua was taken. NOTE 1. The two parts of antequam, priusquam, and postquam are frequently separated by one or more words, as in some of the above ex- amples. When thus separated, ante or prius appears in the main clause and quam introduces the subordinate clause. NOTE 2. Postquam, ubi, and simul atque commonly take the perfect tense, and dum with the indicative almost always takes the present, even when some other tense would mark the time more exactly. Clauses of Proviso. 320. From its temporal meaning dum passes into the meanings "if only," "provided that." The words modo and dummodo are used in the same sense, and the verb is always subjunctive. Thus : Oderint. dum metuant, let them hate, provided they fear. Manent ingenia senibus, modo permaneat studium et industria, the mental faculties of the old do not become impaired, provided their interest and energy hold out. SI cui videor segnior fuisse dum ne tibi videar non laboro, if I do seem to anybody to have been rather sluggish, I do not care provided I do not seem so to you. Omnia nihili aestimavi, dummodo praeceptis patris parerem, I counted all else as naught, if only I obeyed my father's instructions. NOTE. The negative for clauses of proviso is ne, as in the third ex- ample. Exercise. 321. Translate into English : THE DYING SPEECH OF CYRUS THE ELDER. Apud Xenophontem l moriens Cyrus 2 maior haec dicit : 1 Xenophon was a celebrated Athenian writer and general, who lived from about 445 B. c. to about 355 B. c. 2 Cyrus the Elder was the founder of the Persian monarchy, over which he reigned B. c. 559-529. The more common account is that he was killed in battle. VOF THB 163 TH (CJNIVE 16 " Nolite l arbitral-!, o me! carissimi Mil, me, cum a vobis discessero, nusquam aut nullum fore ; nee enim dum eram vobiscum animum meum videbatis, sed eum esse in hoc corpore ex iis rebus quas gerebam intellegebatis. Eundem 2 igitur esse creditote, etiam si nullum videbitis. Nee vero clarorum virorum post mortem honores permanerent, si nihil eorum ipsorum animi efficerent, quo diutius memoriam sul teneremus. Mihi quidem persuader! numquam potuit animos dum in corporibus essent mortalibus vivere, cum excessissent ex iis emorl. . . . Atque etiam, cum hominis natura morte dissolvitur, ceterarum rerum perspicuum est quo quaeque discedat ; abeunt enim illuc omnia unde orta sunt ; animus autem solus nee cum adest nee cum discedit ad- paret. lam vero videtis nihil esse morti tarn simile quam somnum. Atqui dormientium animi maxime declarant divmita- tem suam ; inulta enim, cum remiss! et liber! sunt, futura pro- spiciunt ; ex quo intellegitur quales futur! sint, cum se plane corporis vincul!s relaxaverint. Qua re, si haee ita sunt, sic me colitote," inquit, " ut deum ; sin una est interiturus animus cum corpore, vos tamen, deos verentes, qu! hanc omnem pulchritudi- nem 3 tuentur et regunt, memoriam nostr! pie inviolateque ser- vabitis." Cic. Sen. xxii. 79. 322. Translate into Latin : 1. After Caesar arrived at the camp, the Gauls kept them- selves within their own fortifications and sent out no * more soldiers to lay waste the fields of our allies. 2. As soon as he was told that his wound was mortal, he called his lieutenants together and ordered them to swear that they would obey the new leader with the same faithfulness which they had shown him. 3. While the battle was going on sharply on this side of 1 This use of noli or nolite with the infinitive is the regular Latin way of expressing our "do not," etc. See A. & S. 529 (1) c; A. & G. 269 a2; G. 264 II ; H. 489, D. 2 Notice the gender of this word, and thus guard against taking it for a neuter referring to the statement just made. 3 I. e. the beautiful world about us. * And ... no = neque . . . 164 LATIN LESSONS. the town, five ships set out from the harbor to carry the news to the king. All felt that the town could be saved, if only the aid which the king had promised arrived before night. 4. In this battle the leader was slain, but did not die before the announce- ment had been made that the enemy had been conquered. 5. After I received your letter I only waited till a boat arrived to bring me here. Grammatical References. A. & S. 502-508 ; A. & G. 314, 324, 327, 328 ; G. 561-579 ; H. 513, 1. 518-520. LESSON XLVIIL* ROOTS AND COMMON SUFFIXES. WORDS IN -NUS, -NA, -NUM. 323. Stems usually consist of two parts. The first part is called the ROOT, the second part the SUFFIX. Some- times a root serves also as the stein of a word, taking no suffix. Words formed from the same root are called KINDRED words ; if they are formed directly from a root they are*called PRIMITIVE words or PRIMITIVES ; if from a stem by the addition of a further suffix they are called DERIVATIVE WORDS Or DERIVATIVES. Thus : BOOT. SUFFIX. PRIMrnVE STEM. SUFFIX. DERIVATIVE WORDS. WORDS. bell- -|- o- bellum, war bello- -f- a- bellare, to make war. bella- + tor- bellator, war- rior. bello- -f- co- bellicus,f be- longing to war. * This lesson and the others marked with an * are designed for those who have time and inclination to make a beginning in that branch of Latin study which teaches how the words of the language grew. The lessons so marked can be omitted without destroying the continuity of the rest of the book. t For the change of o to i see A. & S. 59 ; A. & G. 10 a ; H. 22. WORDS IN -NUS, -NA, -NUM. 165 ar- 5r- vo- arvom, + a- ploughed field arare, to plough 6s, mouth ( reg- (reg- regere, to rule _ rex, king -|- no- regnum, king- dom bello- -f na- Bellona, the war goddess. ara- + tro- aratrum, plough. ara- -{-to- aratus, ploughed. or- -|- a- orare, to beg, ask. ora- -|- tor- orator, speaker. orator- -f- io- oratorius, be- longing to oratory. -f- io- regius,t royal. 324. Among the most common suffixes used singly or in combinations to form nouns or adjectives, are the fol- lowing : I. a-, ca-, ia-, na-, la-, ra-, ta-, sa- ; II. o-, co-, io-, no-, Io-, ro-, to-, so- ; III. i-, li-, ri-, 5r-, or-, er-, on-, min-, ent-, tor-, s5r- ; IV. u-, tu-, su-. 325. Examine the following words : Stem. paternus, belonging to a father. Romanus, Roman, f aginus, beechen. collmus, hilly, marinus, of the sea. Bellona, goddess of war. pater, father patr- Roma, Rome Roma- fagus, beech-tree f ago- collis, hill colli- mare, sea rnari- bellum, war bello- * Many roots thus have two forms, differing generally in the quantity of the vowel. t There is, of course, nothing in the appearance of this word to make us call it a derivative rather than a primitive, but we are led to do so by noting its meaning and comparing it with other words. 166 LATIN LESSONS. tribus, tribe tribu- tribunus, tribune, lacus, lake lacu- lacuna, pool, piscis, fish pisci- piscina, fish-pond. 326. You will see that when the suffix is added to the above stems all of them except Roma- undergo a slight change. In most of them the stem vowel is lengthened, but in fago-, the o is weakened to i, and the consonant stem patr- develops an e just as is done in the noun pater, because it is almost, if not quite, impossible to pronounce such combinations of sounds as patr- and patrnus. Other stems like the above suffer the same changes when suffixes are added, the o-stems regularly changing the vowel to i, as in faginus. or to u, rather than lengthening it, as in Bellona. 327. From what stems are the following words formed ? insulanus, an islander. annSna, a year's produce. Sullanus, belonging to Sulla, fraternus, brotherly, caninus, of a dog. Portunus, god of harbors. 328. Notice also the following common primitives formed with the suffixes no-, na- : Agnus, lamb ; cena, dinner ; donum, gift ; gena, cheek ; Ian a. wool ; luna, moon ; magnus, great ; pinus, f., pine- tree ; plenus, full ; pugna, battle ; rana, frog ; sanus, sound, sane ; signum, sign ; somnus, sleep ; vlnum, wine. 329. Having words like the above the Romans formed others like them by analogy (that is, like be arable after the fashion of portable. See 243, p. 119). Thus : montanus, -a, -um, mountainous, from mons. Gracchanus, -a, -um, of Gracchus, from Gracchus, terrenus, -a, -um, earthy, from terra, vlclnus, -a, -um, neighboring, from vicus. membrana, -ae, membrane, from membrum. habena, -ae, rein, from root of habere. WORDS IN -NUS, -NA, -NUM. 167 regina, -ae, queen, from rex. sallnum, -I, salt-cellar, from sal. NOTE. Thus -anus, -enus, -Inus, -ana, -ena, -ma, -anum, -gnum, -muni, came to be regarded as ready-made endings. Exercise. 330. Translate into English : A. THE DEATH OF EPAMINONDAS. Epaminondas l extreme tempore imperator apud Mantineam 2 cum acie instructa audacius Instaret hostes, cognitus a Lacedae- moniis, quod in unius pernicie eius patriae sitam 3 putabant salutem, universi in unum impetum fecerunt neque prius absces- serunt, quam magna caede edita multisque occisis fortissime ipsum Epammondam pugnantem, sparo eminus percussum, con- cidere viderunt. Huius casu aliquantum retardati sunt Boeotii, 4 neque tamen prius pugna excesserunt, quam repugnantes pro- fligarunt. At Epammondas, cum animadverteret mortiferum se volnus accepisse simulque, si ferrum, quod ex hastlli in corpore remanserat, extraxisset, animam statim emissurum, usque eo retinuit, quoad renuntiatum est vicisse Boeotios. Id postquam audivit, " Satis," inquit, " vixi ; 5 invictus enim morior." Turn ferro extracto confestim exanimatus est. Corn. N&p. Epam. 9. B. THE INCORRUPTIBILITY OF EPAMINONDAS. Tentata Epaminondae est abstinentia a Diomedonte Cyziceno. Namque is rogatu Artaxerxis 7 regis Epammondam pecunia 1 Epaminondas was the greatest of Theban generals. He won the battle of Leuctra in B. c. 371, and the battle of Mantinea in B. C. 362, but fell in this latter battle. 2 The battle was fought in 362 B. c. ; for the situation of this town see map, p. 180, 4 E. 3 Fromsinere. 4 Bound Boeotia. See map, p. 180, 4 D. 5 From vivere, to live. 6 See map, p. 180, 9 B. 7 This was Artaxerxes Mnemon, king of Persia from 405 to 359 B. c. It was against him that his younger brother Cyrus revolted in the famous expedition which forms the subject of Xenophon's Anabasis. 168 LATIN LESSONS. corrumpendum susceperat. Hie magno cum pondere aim Thebas venit et Micythum adulescentulum, quern turn Epammondas plurimum diligebat, qulnque talentis ad suam perduxit volun- tatem. Mlcythus Epaminondam convenit et causam adventus Di- omedontis ostendit. At ille Diomedonti coram, 1 " Nihil," inquit, " opus pecunia est : nam si rex ea volt, quae Thebams sunt utilia, gratiis facere sum paratus, sin autem contraria, non habet ami atque argent! satis. Namque orbis terrarum divitias accipere nolo pro patriae caritate. Tu quod me incognitum tentasti tui- que similem existimasti, non miror tibique Ignosco ; sed egredere propere, ne alios corrumpas, cum 2 me non potueris. Et tu, Micythe, argentum huic redde, aut, nisi id confestim facis, ego te tradam magistratui." Hunc Diomedon cum rogaret, ut tuto exire suaque, quae attulerat, liceret efferre, " Istud quidem," in- quit, " faciam, neque tua causa, sed mea, ne, si tibi sit pecunia adempta, aliquis dicat id ad me ereptum pervenisse, quod dela- tum accipere noluissem." A quo cum quaeslsset, quo se deduci vellet, et ille Athenas dixisset, praesidium dedit, ut tuto per- veniret. Neque vero id satis habuit, sed etiam, ut inviolatus in navem escenderet, per Chabriam Atheniensem effecit. Cor. Nep. Epam. 4. Grammatical References. A. & S. 57, 251-255, 263-265 ; A. & G. 22, 23, 160, 161, 164 c; G. 780-784, 785, 12, 786, 11 ; H. 314-320, 330, 331. LESSON XLIX. RELATIVE CLAUSES OTHER THAN THOSE OF PUR- POSE. 331. The difference between the subjunctive in relative clauses (other than those of purpose), and the indicative in relative clauses, is best learned through the study of parallel examples like the following : 1 That is, "in the presence of Micythus." 2 Cum = "since," or, more strictly, "now that." RELATIVE CLAUSES. 169 1. Puer qui hunc librum legebat obdormivit, the (particular) boy who was reading this book fell 2. N5n is es qui hoc fecit, you are not the person who did this. 3. Felices sunt ii, qui pro patria moriuntur, happy are they, who (for they) die for their country. 4. Qui diligenter laborat, haec omnia facile in- telleget, he (the one) who really works industriously will easily understand all these things. Puer qui hunc librum le- geret obdormivit, the boy (any boy) who read this book fell asleep. Non is es qui hoc fecerit, you are not the (kind of) per- son to have done this. Felices sunt ii qui pro pa- tria moriantur, happy are those who die for their coun- try. Qui diligenter laboret, haec omnia facile intelleget, he who works industriously will easily understand all these things (that is, if any one does so work, he will, etc.) You will see that the parallel sentences in these two columns differ from each other only in the mood of the verb of their relative clauses. In the first column the mood is indicative and each relative clause states some fact about the antecedent. The antecedent is always a particular person (or persons), that is, he is always thought of as an individual, even when, as in the last example, he stands as the type of a class. Now turn to the subjunctive column. Here you observe that the rela- tive clause does not state a fact at all and does not speak of an individual person, but indicates something in the character or circumstances of a class of persons or things, the possession of which by the antecedent makes him one of that class and therefore makes the statement of the main clause true of him. Such relative clauses are called clauses of CHARACTERISTIC. You will see that they are sometimes equivalent to a clause of result, as in the second THIVERSITY 170 LATIN LESSONS. example ; a conditional clause, as in the last example ; or a causal clause, as in the third example. So the in- dicative relative clause may be equivalent to a conditional clause or a causal clause, as in the fifth and third examples, but there the fact stated by the relative clause is the thing prominently marked, and the condition or cause is a secondary matter, while in the subjunctive clause there is no fact stated, and the conditional or causal nature of the clause is therefore more prominent. Exercise. 332. Translate into English : 1. O fortunate adulescens, qui tuae virtutis Homerum praeco- nem inveneris. Haec verba olim ad Achillas tumulum edidit ille magnus Alexander. 2. Catonem vero quis nostrorum oratorum, qui quidem nunc sunt, legit ? Cuius sunt ilia verba ? Cicero quidem in libro suo qui Brutus inscribitur se ipsum hoc dicentem facit. Hoc quoque in alio loco eiusdem libri scribit : Omnium quidem oratorum, quos quidem ego cognoverim, acutissimum iudico Quintum Sertorium. 3. Quaecumque causa vos hue attulisset, laetarer. 4. Maximum ornamentum amici- tiae tollit qui ex ea tollit verecundiam. 5. Numquam igitur satis laudari digne poterit philosophia, cui qui pareat, omne tempus aetatis sine molestia possit degere. Ita scribit idem Cicero in principle libri de senectute quern ad amicum Atticum misit. 6. Curat Chrysogonus, ut Rosci bona veneant 1 statim, qui non norat 2 hominem aut rem. 333. Translate into Latin : - Of all the virtues which mankind holds dear, there were two that the Romans especially praised and honored. One was the bravery which leads the soldier unflinchingly into the very jaws of death for his country or his general, the other was the incor- 1 From venire, not venire. 2 Shorter form for noverat from noscere. WORDS IN -CUS, -IUS, OR -AX. 171 ruptible honesty which is illustrated by the deeds of Curius Dentatus whom the Samnites tried to bribe, and of many others among the citizens of the Eternal City. Epaminondas among the Greeks is an example of this same virtue, who declared that if the Persian king wanted what was of injury to his countrymen not all the gold and silver in the world was enough to persuade him to do it. Grammatical References. A. & S. 500, 501 ; A. & G. 320 ; G. 626-640 ; H. 503, 507. 2, 515 III, and note 4, 517. LESSON L.* WORDS IN -CUS, -CA, -CUM, -AX, -IUS, -IA, -IUM. 334. Examine the following words : civi-cus, -a, -urn, of a citizen, from civis. belli-cus, -a, -um, warlike, " bellum. Afri-cus, -a, -um, African, " Af er. venati-cus, -a, -um, of hunting, " venatus (-us). patri-cus, -a, -um, of a father, " pater. 335. These adjectives are formed from various kinds of stems, though they all have i before the suffix. In words like civicus this i belongs to the stem of the primitive ; in words like bellicus and Africus it is weakened from the short stem vowel o ; in words like venaticus from the short stem vowel u. In patricus the i is inserted to make the pronunciation easy. NOTE. A few adjectives in -cus are found with long vowels before the c, as meracus, unmixed, from merus, -a, -um ; pudlcus, modest, with the same root as pudor, shame, and pudere, to be ashamed ; caducus, ready to fall, with the same root as cadere, to fall. It is, however, im- possible to trace the intervening steps in these words. 336. Most adjectives in -cus from a-stems passed over * See Lesson xlviii. 172 LATIN LESSONS. into the third declension, as pugnax [pugna- + c(o)], and the ending -ax was thence used to form various adjec- tives denoting a (mostly aggressive) tendency. Thus : pugnax (gen. pugnacis), inclined to fight, from pugna. fugax, inclined to flee " f uga. audax, daring from root of audere. tenax, tenacious " " " tenere. ferax, fertile " " " ferre. verax, truthful " " " verus. 337. Examine also the following words : reg-ius, -a, -urn, royal from rex. uxor-ius, -a, -um, devoted to one's wife " uxor. patr-ius, -a, -um, of a father " pater, orator-ius, -a, -um, oratorical " orator. Ephes-ius, -a, -um, Ephesian " Ephesus. patric-ius, -a, -um, patrician " patricus. audaoia, f., boldness " audax. custod-ia, f., custody, a guard " custos. vict5r-ia, f., victory " victor, sapient-ia, f., wisdom " sapiens, milit-ia, f., military service " miles. grat-ia, f., influence " gratus. mendac-ium, n., lie " mendax. sacerdot-ium, n., priesthood " sacerdos. hospit-ium, n., guest-friendship " hospes. praet5r-ium, n., general's tent " praetor. 338. After the analogy of words like militia and hospitium were formed words like the following : amici-tia, f., friendship, from amicus. avari-tia, f., greed " avarus. tristi-tia, f., sadness " tristis. servi-tium, n., slavery " servos. WOKDS IN -CUS, -IUS, OR -AX. 173 339. Among primitive words formed with the suffixes -io, -ia, are serius, -a, -um, earnest ; genius, guardian spirit ; radius, rod ; avia, grandmother ; gloria, glory ; gaudium, joy ; folium, leaf ; odium, hate ; studium, zeal. Exercise. 340. Translate into English : - HANNIBAL'S HATRED OF THE ROMANS. Hannibal velut hereditate relictum odium paternum erga Romanes sic conservavit, ut prius animam quam id deposuerit, qui quidem, cum patria pulsus esset et alien arum opum indigeret, numquam destiterit animo bellare cum Romanis. Nam ut omit- tam Philippum, 1 quern absens hostem reddidit Romanis, omnium iis temporibus potentissimus rex Antiochus 2 fuit. Hunc tanta cupiditate incendit bellandi, ut usque a rubro marl arma conatus sit Inferre Italiae. Ad quern cuin legati venissent Roman!, qui de eius voluntate explorarent darentque operam consiliis clande- stinis ut Hannibalem 8 in suspicionem regi adducerent, tamquam ab ipsis corruptus alia atque 4 antea sentiret, neque id frustra fecissent idque Hannibal comperisset seque ab interioribus consi- liis segregari vidisset, tempore dato adiit ad regem, eique cum multa de fide sua et odio in Romanos commemorasset, hoc ad- iunxit : " Pater meus," inquit, " Hamilcar puerulo me, utpote non amplius novem annos nato, in Hispaniam imperator profici- scens Karthagine lovi optimo maximo hostias immolavit. Quae 5 1 This Philip was king of Macedonia at the time of the Second Punic War. 2 Antiochus suraamed the Great, king of Syria 223-187 B. c. 3 Hannibal had gone into exile and was stirring up Antiochus against the Romans (195 B. c.). 4 Atque is thus often used with words implying a comparison where we say "than." 5 The relative is often thus used to connect an independent sentence with the preceding. It is then equivalent to et is, nani is, or the like ; that is, to a conjunction with a demonstrative or a personal pronoun. 174 LATIN LESSONS. divina res dum conficiebatur, quaesivit a me vellemne secum in castra proficiscl. Id cum libenter accepissem atqufi ab eo petere coepissem ne dubitaret ducere, turn ille : ' Faciam,' inquit, ' si mihi fidem quam postulo dederis.' Simul me ad aram adduxit, apud quam sacrificare mstituerat, eamque ceteris remotis tenentera iurare iussit numquam me in amicitia cum Romanis fore. Id ego iusiurandum patii datum usque ad hanc aetatem ita con- servavi, ut nemini dubium esse debeat, quin reliquo tempore eadem mente sim futurus. Quare si quid amice de Romanis cogitabis, non imprudenter feceris, sj me celaris ; l cum quidem bellum parabis, te ipsum frustraberis, si non me in eo prmcipem posueris." Corn. Nep. Han. 1, 3, and 2. Grammatical References. A. & S. 266-269, 273 ; A. & G. 163 e, 164 e, g, h, i, 1-5, 9 ; G. 785, 3, 7, 13 b, 15 b, 786, 3, 7, 12 c, 13 d; H. 324, 325, 327, 329-331. LESSON LI. CUM INTRODUCING TEMPORAL CLAUSES. 341. Clauses introduced by the relative adverb cum, when, take the indicative or the subjunctive mood under the same circumstances as do the relative clauses studied in Lesson xlix, L e. the subjunctive with cum is a sub- junctive of characteristic. Examine the following sen- tences : Cum calamitas venit, ho- Cum ita lenis sit aura cae- mines stultitiam suam lumque serenum, libris- cognoscunt, when the dis- ne te dedere potes ? can aster comes, men recognize you give yourself up to your their folly. books (at a time) when the Cum trans fljimen cSnse- breeze is thus gentle and the rebatur piigna, in urbe sky clear ? 1 Contracted from what ? JNIVERSm CUM INTRODUCING TEMPORAL CLAUSES. de pace agebant, when the battle was going on across the river, they were talking about peace in town. Cum hanc epistulam re- cipies, iam Romae ero, when you receive this let- ter, I shall be already in Rome. Cum domum veni, illud mihi prima erat cura, when I came home, that was my very first care. Cum iam abierat nauta, errorem percepimus, when the sailor had gone away we perceived our mis- take. Cum fratrem videro et quid ille censeat audl- vero, ad te veniam, when I shall have seen my bro- ther and learned what he thinks I will come to you. Cum iam portum intrare- mus naufragium paene fecimus, when we were already entering the harbor, we were almost shipwrecked. Cum in Italia essemus, re- gem saepe vidimus, when we were in Italy, we often saw the king. Cum tanta calamitas tibi acciderit, te relinquere nolim, I should not wish to leave you when such a disas- ter has fallen upon you. Hoc cum frustra conati essemus, ad omnia nos parabamus, when we had tried this thing in vain, we began to prepare ourselves for the worst. Cum haec dixisset, nun- tium venientem vidit, when he had said this, he saw the messenger coming. 342. It will perhaps be easier to understand these cum- clauses if you observe that the indicative in the cum-clause serves to fix the actual time or date at which the thing said in the main clause takes place, while the subjunctive in the cum-clause calls attention to something in the character of the situation which gives the hearer a better understanding of the thought in the speaker's mind as he utters the main clause. The imperfect and pluperfect tenses of the sub- junctive for some reason do not characterize the situation so strongly as the other tenses, and by contrast these tenses in the indicative seem to date an occurrence with 176 LATIN LESSONS. especial sharpness. The Romans thus came to use the subjunctive in the imperfect and pluperfect much more commonly than the indicative, even where we foreigners can hardly appreciate the shade of thought thus indicated, as in the third and the last examples above. In writing Latin, therefore, it is best to put your imperfects and pluperfects with cum in the subjunctive unless you wish to bring out the date-fixing quality of the clause very strongly indeed. NOTE. The pupil must not expect to be able all at once to get a clear notion of the difference between the indicative and the subjunctive as used in clauses introduced by the relative pronouns or by the relative adverb cum. On the other hand, he should begin very early to attempt to under- stand the distinction, which he may fairly expect to arrive at as his mind matures. By comparing each new example with similar ones which he has already met in his studies, and by making an effort to feel the thought expressed in its Latin shape, instead of first translating it into English, a pupil may greatly simplify the difficulty of acquiring clear notions of the subtlest dis- tinctions in Latin expression. Exercise. 343. Translate into English : Flumen est Arar, 1 quod per fines Haeduorum et Sequano- rum 2 in Rhodanum influit incredibili lenitate, ita ut oculis, in utram partem fluat, iudicari non possit. Id Helvetil 3 ratibus ac lintribus iunctls transibant. Ubi per exploratores Caesar certior factus est, tres iam partes copiarum Helvetica id fluraen traduxisse, quartam fere partem citra flumen Ararira reliquam esse, de tertia vigilia cum legionibus tribus e castris profectus, 1 The modern river Saone in southeastern France, joining the Rhone at Lyons. 2 The Haeduans dwelt on the right or western side of the Arar ; the Se- quani on the eastern side. 8 The Helvetians occupied most of what is now Switzerland, and that country is still sometimes called by their name (on its postage stamps, for example). DIMINUTIVES. 177 ad earn partem peryenit, quae nondum flumen transierat. Eos impeditos et inoplnantes adgressus, magnam partem eorum con- cidit : reliqui sese fugae mandarunt atque in proximas silvas abdiderunt. Is pagus appellabatur Tigurmus : nam omriis civi- tas Helvetia in quattuor pagos divisa est. Hie pagus unus, cum domo exisset, patrum nostrorum memoria L. Cassium consulem interfecerat l et eius exercitum sub iugum 2 miserat. Ita sive casu, sive consilio deorum immortalium, quae pars civitatis Hel- vetiae msignem calamitatem populo Romano intulerat, ea prm- ceps poenas persolvit. Qua in re Caesar non solum publicas sed etiam privatas iniurias ultus est ; quod eius soceri L. Pisonis 3 avom, L. Pisonem legatum, Tiguiim eodem proelio quo Cassium interfecerant. Caes. B. G. i. 12. 344. Write a Latin account in your own words of the events described above by Caesar, making it as short as you can without leaving out anything important. Grammatical References. A. & S. 509-511 ; A. & G. 322, 323, 325 ; G. 580-586 ; H. 521. LESSON LII.* DIMINUTIVES. 345. Examine the following words : I. filius, son filiolus, a little son. gladius, sword gladiolus, a little sword. 1 This was in the year 107 B. c., when the Chnbrians and Teutons in- vaded Italy. Caesar is writing of the year 58 B. C. 2 It was the Roman custom to compel a conquered army to pass under a "yoke" (consisting 1 of a spear laid horizontally across two upright spears), as a sign of complete humiliation. 3 Caesar's second wife was Calpurnia, daughter of L. Calpurnius Piso ; his first wife was Cornelia, daughter of L. Cornelius Cinna, a famous leader of the Marian party. Cornelia had died in 68 B. c. * See Lesson xlviii. 178 LATIN LESSORS. nidus, nest oppidum, town servos, slave parvos, -a, -om, small II. cena, dinner rex, king vox, voice caput, head merces, pay III. sermo, speech arbor, tree bos, cow mater, mother navis, ship cornu, horn dies, day IV. ager, field capra, goat patera, saucer asinus, ass corona, wreath baculum, staff oculus, eye tabula, tablet nidulus, a little nest, oppidulum, a small town, servolus, a young slave, parvolus, -a, -um, very small, cenula, a small dinner, regulus, a petty king, vocula, a small voice, capitulum. a little head, mercedula, small pay. sermunculus, a little speech, arbuscula, a small tree, bucula, heifer, matercula, a little mother, navicula, a small boat, corniculum, a little horn, diecula, a short day. agellus, a little field, capella, kid. patella, a little saucer, asellus, a small ass. corolla, a little wreath, bacillum, a small staff, ocellus, a little eye. tabella, a little tablet. 346. You will see that the words above formed with the endings -lus, -la, -lum, have a diminutive meaning.* Such words regularly have the gender of the words from which they are derived. The formation seeins to have started with o-stems, as in the first group above. The o weakened to u was then transferred with the ending to * The pupil must not suppose that all words ending 1 in -lus, -la, -lum, are diminutives. Let him consider baculum, oculus, tabula (in group iv. above), and words like iaculum, javelin, and cingulum, girdle. The endings had acquired the diminutive meaning in many instances just as "ish " and " y " have done in English. Compare " bluish," " bookish," "sonny," "sunny." DIMINUTIVES. 179 a-stems, and to stems in o, g, d, or t, as in the second, group. With stems in other consonants, or in i, u, or e, an intervening form in co- seems to have disappeared as in the third group. Finally, most o-stems and a-stems, with 1, n, or r before the stem vowel, suffered a sort of assimilation, as in the fourth group. Exercise. 347. Translate into English : - THE CAPTURE OF LEMNOS BY MILTIADES. Miltiades, Cimonis films, Atheniensis, cum et antiquitate ge- neris et gloria maiorum et sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret eaque esset aetate, 1 ut non iam solum de eo bene spe- rare, sed etiam confidere elves possent suT, talem eum futurum, qualem 2 cognitum iudicarunt, accidit ut Athenienses Chersone- sum 8 colonos vellent mittere. Cuius generis cum magnus nu- merus esset et multi eius demigrationis peterent societatem, ex iis delect! Delphos 4 deliberatum 5 missi sunt. quo potissimum 6 duce uterentur. Namque turn Thraeces eas regiones tenebant, cum quibus 7 armis erat dimicandum. Consulentibus nominatim Py- thia 8 praecepit, ut Miltiadem imperatorem sibi sumerent : id si 1 Eaque aetate. When a phrase containing some form of the pro- noun is is followed by a subjunctive clause with ut, it is generally safe to assume that the clause is one of result, and to translate the pronoun by "such" or "so." Thus eaque aetate here equals tallque aetate. 2 Translate by " as," but notice that the word is predicate accusative with cognitum (eum esse being understood). 3 Chersonesus is the Greek word for the Latin paenmsula (paene, almost, + msula, island), and was used especially for the Thracian pe- ninsula at the west of the Hellespont (the modern Dardanelles). This strait connects the Propontis (Sea of Marmora) with the Aegean. 4 See map, p. 181, 4 D. 5 Deliberare is used in this sense of " consult an oracle " only by Nepos. 6 Do not mistake this word for potentissimum. 7 How are these two words regularly written ? 8 Fythia means the priestess who uttered the responses of Apollo's ora- cle at Delphi, the older name of which was Pytho. 180 LATIN LESSONS. fecissent, 1 incepta prospera futura. Hoc oraculi response Miltia- des cum delecta manu classe Cliersonesum profectus cum acces- sisset Lemnum 2 et incolas eius Insulae sub potestatem redigere vellet Atheniensium, idque ut Lemnii sua sponte facerent postu- lasset, illi irrldentes responderunt turn id se facturos, cum ille domo navibus profectus vento aquilone venisset Lemnum. Hie enim ventus ab septemtrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenls proficiscentibus. Miltiades morandi tempus non habens cursum dlrexit, quo tendebat, pervenitque Chersonesum. Ibi brevi tempore barbarorum copiis disiectis, tota regione, quam petierat, potltus, loca castellis idonea communiit, multitu- dinem, quam secum duxerat, in agris conlocavit crebrlsque ex- cursionibus locupletavit. Neque minus in ea re prudentia quam felicitate adiutus est. Nam cum virtute militum devicisset ho- stium exercitus, summa aequitate res constituit atque ipse ibidem manere decrevit. 8 Erat enim inter eos dlgnitate regia, quam- quam carebat nomine, neque id magis imperio quam iustitia con- secutus. Neque eo 4 setius Atheniensibus, a quibus erat profectus officia praestabat. Quibus rebus fiebat ut non minus eorum voluntate perpetuum imperiurn obtineret, qui miserant, quam illorum, cum quibus erat profectus. Chersoneso tali modo con- stituta Lemnum revertitur et ex pacto postulat ut sibi urbem tradant : se enim domum ChersonesI habere. Cares, 6 qui turn Lemi.um incolebant, etsi praeter opinionem res ceciderat, tamen non dicto, sed secunda f ortuna adversariorum capti resistere ausi non sunt atqUe ex insula demigrarunt. Par! felicitate ceteras 1 Tliis would be, in the direct discourse, hoc si feceritis, incepta prospera erunt. 2 Lemnus, an island in the Aegean Sea, said to be the abode of Vulcan, about seventy miles west of Troy, and some hundred and seventy north- east of Athens. See map, p. 181, 6 C. 3 From decernere. 4 We translate this pronoun with a comparative by " the," neque eo setius, "nonetheless." It is really an ablative of measure, " by that amount." See A. & S. 415 ; A. & G. 250, note ; G. 400 ; H. 423. 5 Caria was the country at the southwest extremity of Asia Minor. See map, p. 181, 9 E. T23W AND THE WEST COAST OF ASIA MINOR j/ A R c I r R 1 "3 -S. n -t= CAUSAL AND CONCESSIVE CLAUSES. 181 insulas, quae Cyclades 1 nominantur, sub Atheniensium redegit potestatem. Corn. Nep. Mil. 1 & 2. Grammatical References. A. & S. 257, 259 ; A. & G. 164 a, I; G. 785 7 d, 10, 786 7 b, 9 a & b ; H. 321, 332. LESSON LIII. CAUSAL AND CONCESSIVE CLAUSES WITH CUM. 348. Cum, like the English temporal words when, since, while, often passes from the temporal sense into a causal (now that, since), or a concessive sense (while, although*). The easiest distinction to grasp between the indicative and the subjunctive in such clauses with cum is that with the indicative the fact of the occurrence of the thing mentioned in the cum-clause is strongly marked, while with the subjunctive the causal or concessive rela- tion is the prominent thing. Thus : Dete, Catilina, cumquie- Fama et multitudinis iu- scent, probant; cumta- dicio moventur cum id cent, clamant, in your honestum putent quod a case, Catiline, when (in plerisque laudetur, they that) they keep still, they are influenced by what men approve ; in that they are say and by the judgment of silent, they applaud. the crowd when (in that) they imagine the thing to be right which is approved by the Gratulor tibi cum tantum majority. vales apud Dolabellam, Quae cum ita sint, Catilina, I congratulate you in that perge quo coepisti, since (now that) you have so (now that) this is so, Catiline, 1 Cyclades, islands in the Aegean Sea, so called because they lie in a circle about Delos, the traditional birthplace of Apollo. See map, p. 181, 6E. 182 LATIN LESSONS. much influence with Dola- bella. Utinam tarn in periculo fuisset! cum ego ils qui- bus meam salutem ca- rissimam esse arbitra- bar, inimlcissimis cru- delissimlsque usus sum, oh that it had been in such danger ! since (now that) I have found those most hos- tile and cruel to whom I thought my safety was most dear. Cum adfmitate vestra me arbitramini dlgnum, habeo vobis magnam gratiam, since (now that) your family think me wor- thy of their alliance I am very grateful. Hoc est Roma decedere ? Quos ego homines effu- gi, cum in hos incidi? Is this getting away from Rome ? Who are the men I have escaped, when (now that) I have stumbled upon these ? NH cum est, ml dent ta- men, although (while) I have nothing, still there is nothing lacking. go on to the goal for which you have started. Dionysius, cum in commu- nibus suggestis consi- stere non auderet, con- tionari ex turn alta sole- bat, Dionysius, not daring (in that he did not dare) to take his place on the general plat- form, used to speak from a high tower. S5crates, cum facile posset educi e custodia, noluit. although (when) Socrates might easily have been res- cued not. from prison, he would Dubium habebis etiam sancte cum ego iurem tibi ? Shall you still be in doubt when (even though) I give you my solemn oath ? Cum maius esse videatur quam Insania, tamen eiusmodi est ut, although (while) it seems to be greater than insanity, yet it is of such a kind that, etc. NOTE 1. Cum-clauses with the indicative where there is a concession implied, as in the last example, are very rare except in early Latin. NOTE 2. For other kinds of concessive clauses turn back to Lesson xliii., page 146 ; for other causal clauses turn back to Lesson xlv., p. 153. CAUSAL AND CONCESSIVE CLAUSES. 183 Exercise. 349. Translate into English : CHARACTER OF AGESILAUS. Agesilaus l cum iam ammo meditaretur proficisci in Persas et ipsum regem adoriri, nuntius el domo venit ephororum 2 missu, bellum Athenienses et Boeotios hidixisse Lacedaemoniis : quare venire ne dubitaret. In hoc non minus eius pietas suspicieuda est quam virtus bellica : qui cum victor! praeesset exercitui maximamque haberet fiduciam regni Persarum potiundi, 3 tanta modestia 4 dicto 5 audiens f uit iussls 6 absentium magistratuum, ut si prlvatus in comitio esset Spartae. Cuius exemplum utinam imperatores nostri sequi voluisseiit ! Sed illuc 7 redeamus. Agesilaus opulentissimo regno praeposuit bonam exlstimationem multoque gloriosius duxit, si institutls patriae paruisset, quam si bello superasset Asiam. Hac igitur mente Hellespontum 8 copias traiecit tantaque usus est celeritate, ut, quod iter Xerxes anno vertente confecerat, hie transient triginta diebus. Cum iam haud ita longe abesset a Peloponneso, obsistere el conati sunt Athenienses et Boeotii ceterique eorum socii apud Coroneam ; g quos omnes gravi proelio vicit. Hums victoriae vel maxima fuit laus, quod, cum plerique ex fuga se in templum Minervae 1 King of Sparta 398-360 B. c. 2 The ephors were a body of five magistrates at Sparta, whose power, modest at first, had grown into supremacy over the state and even over the kings themselves. 3 Gerundive of potlri j for the form see A. & S. 227 g / A. & G. 12 d ; G. 151, 5 ; H. 239. 4 Tanta modestia is abl. of manner. See A. & S. 410 (2) ; A. & G. 248 ; G. 401 ; H. 419, III. 5 Dicto is dat. with audiens. 6 Iussls is dat. with the compound expression dicto audiens, which is equivalent to the English word " obedient." See A. & S. 391 (4) ; H. 390, note 3. 7 To what does Nepos propose to return ? 8 See map, p. 181, 8 B. 9 A town in the western part of Boeotia. See map, p. 181, 4 D. 184 LATIN LESSONS. coniecissent quaerereturque ab eo, quid iis vellet fieri, etsi aliquot volnera acceperat eo proelio et iratus videbatur omnibus, qui adversus arma tulerant, tamen antetulit Irae religionem et eos vetuit violarl. Neque vero hoc solum in Graecia fecit, ut templa deorum sancta haberet, sed etiam apud barbaros summa religione omnia simulacra arasque conservavit. Itaque praedicabat mirari se, non sacrilegorum numero haberi, qui supplicibus deorum nocuissent, aut non gravioribus poems adfiel, qui religionem minuerent, quam qui fana spoliarent. Post hoc proelium conlatum omne bellum est circa Corinthum ideoque Corinthium est appellatum. Hie cum una pugna decem mflia hostium Agesilao duce cecidissent eoque facto opes adver- sariorum debilitatae viderentur, tantum af uit ab Insolentia gloriae, ut commiseratus sit fortunam Graeciae, quod tarn multl a se victl vitio adversariorum concidissent : namque ilia multitudine, si sana uiens esset, Graeciae supplicium Persas dare potuisse. Idem cum adversaries intra moenia compulisset et ut Corinthum oppugnaret multl hortarentur, negavit id suae virtutl convenire : se enim eum esse, qui ad omcium peccantes redlre cogeret, non qui urbes nobilissimas expiignaret Graeciae. " Nam, si " inquit, " eos exstinguere voluerimus, qui noblscum adversus barbaros steterunt, nosmet ipsl nos expugnaverimus iUis quiescentibus. Quo facto sine negotio, cum voluerint, nos oppriment." Corn. Nep. Ages. 4 & 5. 350. Translate into Latin : At a time when men pursue so eagerly the things which most please themselves, it is worth while to read of a man like Agesi- laus, who, though a general and a king, preferred his country's wishes to his own. Although he already had hopes of conquer- ing the king of the Persians, he returned at once to Greece when summoned by the ephors. Nor did he yield to his anger and utterly destroy his Greek adversaries, since he thought that, even though they were at the time fighting against him, they were still Greeks, and might afterwards become brave allies against the Persians, who were by inheritance their common foe, WOKDS IN -LIS, -RIS, -BULUM, -CULUM, ETC. 185 LESSON LIV.* WORDS IN -LIS AND -RIS ; -BULUM, -CULUM, -BRUM, -CRUM, -TRUM ; -MEN, -MENTUM, -MONIUM, -MONIA. 351. Many adjectives formed with the suffixes lo-, la-, passed into the third declension, the ending thus appearing -le, or slightly varied as -ris, -re. Thus : humilis, -e, low from humus, ground. naturalis, -e, natural " natura, nature. lunaris, -e, of the moon " luna, the moon. fidelis, -e, faithful " fides, faithfulness. hostllis, -e, hostile " hostis, enemy. tribulis, -e, of the same tribe " tribus, tribe. 352. The ending -ris is used to form adjectives from a-stems, and the ending -lis from various kinds of stems. By analogy thence arise the endings -aris, -alls, -elis, -ills, -ulis. Thus : miles, soldier militaris, military. populus, people popularis, of the people. navis, ship navalis, naval. caput, head capitalis, deadly, capital. crudus, bloody, crude crudelis, cruel. vir, man virllis, manly. pes, foot. pedulis, of the feet. 353. The adjectives in -ills are mostly from obsolete primitives or formed by analogy. Thus : agilis, nimble, from an obsolete agus cf. agere nobilis, famous, as if from nobus " n5scere utilis, useful, " " " utus " uti facilis, easy, " " " facus " facere * See Lesson xlviii. 186 LATIN LESSONS. 354. Such adjectives carne to be regarded as derived from verbs, and -bills and -tills were then added to verb- stems to form adjectives of (generally passive) TENDENCY. Thus : amabfilis, lovable. terribilis, terrible, flebilis, lamentable, tearful. versatilis, movable. 355. Nouns formed with the endings -bulum, -culum, -bruin, -crum, -trum, -men, -mentum, -monia, -monium, often denote the MEANS or RESULT of an act or the ACT ITSELF. Examine the following : stabulum, n., stall cf. stare (root STA), to stand. turibulum, n., censer " tus. frankincense. vocabulum. n., word " vocare. to call. poculum. n.. cup " potare, to drink. vehiculum, n., vehicle " vehere, to draw. periculum. n., trial, danger " ex-periri. to try. cribrum, n., sieve " cernere. to sift, distinguish. delubrum. n., shrine " luere, to atone for. candelabrum, n., candlestick " candela. candle, candere, to shine. sepulcrurn, n., tomb " sepelire, to bury. simulacrum, n., image " simulare, to make like, pre- tend. rastrum, n., rake " radere, to scrape. aratrum, n., plough " arare, to plough. tegmen, \ tegumen, >- n., covering from tegere, to cover. tegimen, ) certamen, R., contest " certare, to fight. fragmentum, n., fragment " frangere, to break. ornamentum, n., ornament " 5rnare, to adorn. argumentum, n., argument " arguere, to assert. monumentum, n., memorial, cf. monere, to remind. condimentum, n., seasoning, from condire, to preserve. WOKDS IN -BULUM, -MENTUM, -MONIUM, ETC. 187 ,. (testis, witness, and. testimonmm, n., testimony cf. i _ . ( testari, to call to witness. querimonia, f., complaint " queri, to complain. Observe that these words are all neuter except those in -monia. NOTE. The ending -men (suffix min-) above is added to roots and stems like the suffixes which we have studied before ; the other endings here discussed may be conveniently spoken of as combinations of suffixes, as -bulum (bo- + lo-), -crum (co- + ro-), -monium (mon- +- io-), but strictly they arise, like all other endings, from the addition of the last suffix contained in them to stems which became obsolete, as with the diminutives in -Culus, -cula, -culum (page 178), or were formed by analogy from words thus made. Thus vehiculum, for instance, implies a vehico- -f lo-, and this in turn a veho- + co-. Exercise. 356. Translate into English : - AN IRRUPTION OF GAULS INTO NORTHERN ITALY. Omnium animis in bellum Macedonicum 1 versis, repente nihil minus eo tempore timentibus 2 GallicI tumultus f ama exorta. Insubres Cenomanlque et Boil excitis Celinibus Ilvatibusque et ceteris Ligustmis populls, Hamilcare Poeno duce, qui in iis locis de Hasdrubalis exercitu substiterat, Placentiam 8 invaserant ; 4 et dlrepta urbe ac per Irani magna ex parte incensa, vix duobus milibus hominum inter incendia ruinasque relictis, traiecto Pado 8 ad Cremonam 3 diripiendam pergunt. Viclnae urbis audita cla- des spatium colonis dedit ad claudendas portas praesidiaque per 1 This was in 200 B. c., the year after the great war against Hannibal was ended. The decisive battle against the Carthaginians had been fought at Zama, in Africa, in October, 202 B. c., but the treaty of peace and official end of the war belong to 201 B. c. 2 Dative with iis understood and governed by exorta. 8 See Frontispiece, 4 B. 4 Livy's order of events here is not quite accurate. The Macedonian war was somewhat further advanced when Placentia was attacked, but the matter is a detail of slight importance. 188 LATIN LESSONS. muros disponenda, ut obsiderentur tamen prius, quam expugna- rentur, nuntiosque mitterent ad praetorem Romanum. L. Furius Purpurio turn provinciae praeerat cetero ex senatus consulto exercitu dimisso praeter quinque milia socium 1 ac Latini no- minis 2 ; cum iis copiis in proxima regione provinciae circa Ariminum 3 substiterat. Is turn senatui scripsit, quo in tumultu provincia esset. Duarum coloniarum, quae ingentem illam tem- pestatem Punici belli 4 subterf ugissent, alteram captam ac dire- ptam ab hostibus, alteram oppugnari. Nee in exercitu suo satis praesidil 5 colonis laborantibus fore, nisi quinque milia socium quadraginta milibus hostium tot enim in armis esse truci- danda obicere velit, et tanta sua clade iam inflatos excidio colo- niae Romanae augeri hostium animos. His litteris recitatis de- creverunt, ut C. Aurelius consul exercitum, cui in Etruriam ad conveniendum diem edixerat, ArTminT eadem die 6 adesse iuberet, et aut ipse, si per commodum rei publicae posset, ad opprimen- dum Gallicum tumultum proficisceretur, aut L. Furio praetori scriberet, ut, cum ad eum legiones ex Eti'uria venissent, missis in vicem earum quinque milibus sociorum, quae interim Etruriae praesidio essent, proficisceretur ipse ad coloniam liberandam obsidione. Livy, xxxi. ch. 10-11. Grammatical References. A. & S. 258, 260-262, 275 ; A. & G. 163 c, d, 164 d, m ; G. 785, 6, 7 e, 15 h, 11 a & b, 786, 6 b, 9 a, c, 13 e ; H. 326, 327, 330, 333. 1 Contracted for sociorum. See A. & S. 97 (7) a ; A. & G. 40 e ; G. 29, R. 3 ; H. 52, 3. 2 The soldiers from the cities of Latium who fought in the Roman army were distinguished from the other allies by this name. 8 See Frontispiece, 7 C. 4 What war was this ? 5 You will see that this genitive has ii instead of the single I to which you have been accustomed. The change crept into use in common nouns about 45 B. c. (Livy's life was 59 B. c. to A. D. 17.) In proper names the single 1 was retained much longer. 6 Observe that die here, denoting a particular day, is feminine. See A. & S. 132a; A. & G. 73; G. 70; H. 123. THE PERIOD. 189 LESSON LV. THE PERIOD. 357. Examine the two arrangements of the following- sentence : Cicero, cum consul esset, Cum consul esset, Cicero orationes illas in Catili- habuit, aut in senatu nam quae etiam nunc aut apud populum, ora- leguntur, ait omnes con- tiones illas in Catilmam tra patriam clvesque ne- quae etiam nunc legun- fariam hunc facere con- tur, ut omnes intellege- iurationem intellegerent, rent hunc facere nefari- aut in senatu aut apud am coniurationem con- populum habuit. tra patriam clvesque. Cicero, when consul, delivered, either in the senate or before the people, those famous orations against Catiline which are still read, and he did so in order that everybody might understand that Catiline was making a wicked conspiracy against his country and his countrymen. 358. Here we have a rather long sentence, containing a main clause and two or three subordinate clauses, ar- ranged in two different ways. The first arrangement is called a PEKIOD (from two Greek words : ircpi, around, and 6os, way), because it begins with some part of the main clause and then goes around the subordinate clauses to the main verb at' the end of the sentence. In the second or non-periodic arrangement, on the other hand, the main verb comes early in the sentence and the subordinate clauses are strung along afterwards, like the pieces of the tail of a kite. The Romans had a fancy for the periodic arrangement ; which arrangement is more like English ? 190 LATIN LESSONS. 359. A chief quality of a periodic sentence is that the sense is not complete until the last word is spoken or written. This last word is apt to be the main verb, be- cause a verb completes a sentence unless something shows that more words are to come, as when ita, tantus, tails, or some such word indicates that a result clause is com- ing, or when the verb is transitive, needing an object which has not yet appeared. Every part of the thought in a period thus leads up to the main verb, and the subor- dinate clauses are apt to be arranged with their verbs at the end in the same way. NOTE. The pupil should observe the differences of emphasis upon the parts of a sentence according as it is arranged periodically or not. The thought expressed by the sentence as a whole is, roughly speaking, the same in both arrangements, but the different points of view from which its details are presented according to the differences of emphasis influence greatly the beauty and effectiveness of the presentation. These differences frequently disappear in translating, even correctly, into a language which, like the English, cannot use word-arrangement to any great extent to mark them. Hence the importance, for the full appreciation of a Latin sentence, of the power to understand it without translating it. 360. Arrange the following sentence as a period, chan- ging the emphasis as little as possible : Sclpiom nepoti illius duels qui superaverat Hanni- balem, inditum cognomen est Africanus minor, cum, Karthagine ipsa deleta, fecisset finem tertii PunicI belli post acres pugnas redissetque Romam cum magna gloria. Exercise. 361. Translate into English : A. THE HELVETIANS SEISD AMBASSADORS TO CAESAR. Hoc proelio facto, reliquas copias Helvetiorum ut consequi posset, pontem in Arare l faciendum curat atque ita exercitum 1 For the geography, see notes 1 and 2 on the exercise in Lesson li. THE PERIOD. 191 traducit. Helvetii, repentmo eius adventu commoti, cum id quod ipsi diebus XX aegerrume x confecerant, ut flumen transi- rent, ilium uno die fecisse intellegerent, legates ad eum mittunt ; cuius legationis Divico 2 prlnceps f uit, qui bello Cassiano dux Hel- vetiorum fuerat. Is ita cum Caesare egit : Si pacem populus Romanus cum Helvetiis faceret, in earn partem ituros atque ibi futures Helvetios, ubi eos Caesar constituisset atque esse volu- isset ; sin bello persequi perseveraret, reminisceretur et veteris incommodi popull RomanI et piistinae virtutis Helvetiorum. Quod improvisa unum pagum adortus esset, cum ii qui flumen transissent suls auxilium ferre non possent, ne ob earn rem aut suae magnopere virtuti tribueret aut ipsos despiceret ; se ita a patribus maioribusque suls didicisse ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent 8 aut insidiis niterentur. Quare ne committeret, ut is locus ubi constitissent ex calamitate populi RomanI et inter- necione exercitus nomen caperet aut memoriam proderet. Caes. B. G. I. 13. B. THE VISION OF A CERTAIN CORNELIUS. Quo C. Caesar et Cn. Pompeius die 4 per civile bellum signis conlatls in Thessalia conflixerunt, res accidit Patavi 6 in transpa- dana Italia memorarl digna. Cornelius quidam sacerdos, et loco 1 Superlatives, like this word, and a number of other words, such as aestumare and lubet, which in earlier Latin were spelled with u were later spelled with i aegerrime, optime, libet, aestimare. The change took place in Caesar's time, and has been attributed by tra- dition to Caesar himself. 2 Divico must have been by this time a tolerably old man. See note 1, on page 177. 3 Observe how with verbs of learning, warning, etc., the Romans used Ut or ne with the subjunctive to mean " learn or warn to do or not to do something," while they used the infinitive to mean "learn or warn that something is so and so." 4 This was the battle of Pharsalia, June 6th, 48 B. c. (August 9th, according to the calendar before Caesar's reform of it). For the position of Pharsalia and of Thessaly see map, p. 181, 4 C. For the historical situation see Smith's Smaller History of Borne, ch. 35, especially pages 243-245. 5 See Frontispiece, 6 B. 192 LATIN LESSONS. nobilis et sacerdotil 1 religionibus venerandus et castitate vitae sanctus, repente mota mente 2 conspicere se procul dixit pugnam acerrimam pugnari ac deinde alios cedere, alios urgere, caedem, fugam, tela volantia, mstaurationem pugnae, impressionem, gemitus, vulnera, 3 proinde ut si ipse in proelio versaretur, coram videre sese vociferatus est, ac postea subito exclamavit Caesarem vicisse. Ea Cornelii l sacerdotis hariolatio levis turn quidem visa et vecors, magnae mox admiration! fuit, quoniam non modo pugnae dies, quae in Thessalia pugnata est, neque proelii l exitus, qui erat praedictus, Idem fuit, sed omnes quoque pugnandl reciprocae vices et ipsa exercituum duorum confllctatio vaticinantis motu atque verbls repraesentata est. Aulus Gellius, xv. 78. NOTE. Let the pupil observe how the periodic and non-periodic arrange- ments of sentences are combined with each other in the above extracts so as to produce an agreeable variety. Exercise. 362. Write the above speech of Divico (361, A) in the direct form, and account for each change in passing into indirect discourse. Grammatical References. A. & S. 594-596 ; A. & G. 346 ; G. 685-687 ; H. 573. LESSON LVI.* ABSTRACT NOUNS. NOUNS IN -TOR. 363. Examine the following words : legio (-onis), f., (a gathering), legion, cf. legere. regio " f., a direction, region " regere. mentio " f., mention " mens, mentis. 1 For the il in these genitives, see note 5, p. 188. Aulus Gellius, from whose works this extract is taken, lived at the end of the first century A. D. 2 That is, in a trance or vision. 3 Notice the spelling vulnera, where you would expect volnera. The change crept in during the first part of the first century A. D. ABSTRACT NOUNS. 193 lectio (-onis), f., a reading scriptio " f., a writing quaestio " mansio " monitiS " cogitatio " f., an investigation f., a staying ., a warning f., a thinking auditio f., a hearing currus (-us), m., chariot gradus m5tus sensus census actus gemitus monitus habitus comitatus " m., step m., motion m., feeling m., census m., act (of a play) m., groan m., warning m., custom m., retinue audltus (-us), m., sense of hearing figura (-ae), f., shape natura " f., nature pictura " f., painting censura " f., censorship praetura " f., praetorship cf . legere, lectus. " scribere, scriptus. " quaerere, quaesi- tus. " manere, man- sum. " monere, monitus. " cogitare, cSgita- tus. " audire, audltus. " cur r ere. " gradi, to walk. " movere, motus. " sentire, sensus. " censere, census. " agere, actus. " gemere, gemituni. " monere, monitus. " habere, habitus. 44 comitarl, comi- tatus. " audire, audltus. " fingere (V fig). " nasci, natus. " pingere, pictus. " census & censor. " praetor. You see that most of these nouns denote an action in the abstract, like scriptio, the act of writing, and then pass over into a concrete meaning. So scriptio also means " the writing," " the thing written," just as many of our English nouns in " -ing " become concrete, as writing, hearing, feeling. NOTE 1. Legio has only the concrete meaning 1 ; words in -tura, -sura, often came to denote office, like censura and praetura above. 194 LATIN LESSONS. NOTE 2. Words with the endings -tio, -tus, -tura, -Bid, -sus, -sura, may be regarded as formed by analogy, through the addition of -16, -us, -ura, to stems containing a t, as mens (mentis), mentio, or an s, or they may have been formed directly from participial stems. In the last case scrip tio would mean strictly " a having written." 364. Words with the endings -tas, -tus, -tudo, are formed from noun or adjective stems, and denote qualities (another variety of abstract nouns). Thus : civitas (-atis), f., citizenship, state from civis. bonitas " f., goodness " bonus. maiestas " f., majesty " maior, maius. honestas " f., respectability " honor (honos). paupertas " f., narrow circumstances " pauper. societas " f., alliance " socius. senectus (-utis) , f ., old age " senex. virtus " f., manliness, bravery " vir. servitus " f., slavery " servos. habitude (-inis) , f ., custom " habitus (-us). valetudo " f., health cf. valere. fortituda " f.. endurance " fortis. magnitudo " f., size " magnus. NOTE. Other abstract nouns end in -ia or -iurn. as was learned on page 172. It will be seen that almost all these abstract nouns are feminine, and have a tendency as in English to pass over into concrete meanings. 365. The endings -tor, -sor, -ter, m., and -trix, f.,form nouns of agency (that is, doers of an action). Thus : dator, m., giver from dare, rector, m., ruler " regere. cursor, m., runner " currere. tonsor, m., barber " tondere. frater, m., brother (supporter) " ferre. amator, m., lover " amare. monitor, m., warner " monere. NOUNS IN -TOK, -SOR, -TEE, AND -TRIX. 195 auditor, m., hearer from audire. . victrix, f., conqueress " root of vincere. venatrlx, f., huntress " venari. Exercise. 366. Translate into English : - THE MACHINATIONS OF HANNIBAL'S ENEMIES. Adversae Hannibal! factionis homines piincipibus Romanis, hospitibus quisque suis, identidem scribebant nuntios litterasque ab Hannibale ad Antiochum l missas, 2 et ab rege ad eum clam legates veriisse ; ut f eras quasdam nulla mitescere arte, sic im- mitem et implacabilem ems virl animum esse ; marcescere otii situ queri civitatem et inertia sopiri, nee sine armorum sonitu excitari posse. Haec probabilia memoria prioris belli, per unum ilium non magis gesti quam moti, faciebat. Irritaverat etiam recent! facto multorum potentiorum animos. Adiecit et aliud, quo bono publico sibi proprias simultates irrltavit. Vectigalia publica partim neglegentia dllabebantur, partim praedae ac 3 dlvlsu! et prlncipum quibusdam et magistratibus erant : quln et pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque 4 anno pende- retur, deerat, tributumque grave prlvatis imminere videbatur. Hannibal postquam vectigalia, quanta terrestria maritimaque essent et in quas res erogarentur, animadvertit, et quid eorum ordinarii rei publicae usus consumerent, quantum peculatus aver- teret, omnibus residuis pecuniis exactis, tributo privatis remisso, satis locupletem rem publicam fore ad vectigal praestandum Romanis pronuntiavit in contione, et praestitit promissum. Turn vero il quos paverat 5 per aliquot annos publicus peculatus velut 1 See note 2, on the exercise in Lesson 1. 2 Sc. esse. 3 Ac tends to call special attention to the word after it. See how clear and graceful a Latin sentence can be made by merely varying the conjunc- tions where we must repeat " and," or change the construction. 4 Suo quoque anno means properly "each in his own year," which in this case was each and every year. 5 From pascere, 196 LATIN LESSONS. boms ereptis, non furtoram manubils extortis Infensi et Irati Ro- manos in Hannibalem, et ipsos causam odii quaerentis, Instiga- bant. Ita diu repugnante P. Scipione Africano, qui parum ex dignitate populi Roman! esse ducebat subscribere odiis accusato- rum Hannibalis, et factionibus Carthaginiensium inserere publi- cam auctoritatem, nee satis habere bello vicisse Hannibalem, nisi velut accusatores calumniam in eum iurarent ac nomen de- ferrent, tandem pervicerunt, ut legati Carthaginem mitterentur, qui ad senatum eorum arguerent Hannibalem cum Antiocho rege consilia belli faciendi imre. Livy, xxxiii. chs. 46^7. Grammatical References. A. & S. 270, 272-274; A. & G. 162 a, 163 a, b, e,f; G. 785, 3, 9, 10, 11, 146, 15 6, d, e,f,g; H. 324-327. LESSON LVIL* ENGLISH "WORDS BORROWED FROM LATIN, AND ENGLISH WORDS KINDRED WITH LATIN WORDS. 367. Examine the following words : LATIN. ENGLISH. LATIN. ENGLISH. regalis regal. pietas piety, mllitaris military. maiestas majesty, fragmentum fragment. crudelitas cruelty. legio legion. honestus honest, vehiculum vehicle. gloriosus glorious, adversarius adversary. servitium service, figura figure. officium office, consentire consent. postponere postpone, probare prove. experientia experience, victoria victory. superbus superb. These English words have been borrowed, as it is called, from the Latin words opposite them. Some of them re- tain the classical meaning of the corresponding Latin RELATED WORDS IN ENGLISH AND LATIN. 197 word, as regal, figure, victory, postpone ; others have wan- dered to a greater or less extent away from that meaning, as office (officium meaning " duty "), superb (superbus meaning "proud"), honest (honestus meaning "respec- table "), piety (pietas meaning *' loyalty," or " filial affec- tion," oftener than "piety"). You will see that these borrowed words suffer some mutilation in coming into Eng- lish, usually losing or weakening their Latin ending, some- times undergoing some internal change. Some borrowed words, especially such as have come to us through French from Latin, suffer greater change than any of the words given above, as reason, Latin ratio ; city, Latin civitas. 368. Words borrowed from Latin are commonly de- rivative or compound words, but there are many primitive English words which have a different kind of relation to Latin words. These were not borrowed from the Latin, but were inherited, like the Latin words themselves, from that ancient Eastern tongue which was the parent lan- guage of both Latin and English, as well as of German, Greek, Sanskrit, and other languages. The relation be- tween these " kindred " words in Latin and English is such that when s or one of the liquids (1, m, n, r) is found in the Latin word the same letter appears in the corresponding English word, and where other consonants appear in the Latin word certain particular consonants appear in the English word, according to the following table : LATIN. ENGLISH. c canis, rectus h or gh hound, right g genus k kin t tres th three d decem t ten p pater f father f ferre b bear 1 lux 1 light 198 LATIN LESSONS. m mens m mind n novos n new r rectus r right s suavis s sweet i iuvenis . y young v volnus w wound NOTE 1. If the mutes be arranged in rows as follows : c = k g (c)h, gh c = k g (c)h, gh t d th t d th p b ph = f p b ph = f it will be found that the English word regularly has the mute which stands horizontally in these rows immediately before the mute found in the cor- responding Latin word. This is called Grimm's Law of the Permutation of Mutes. NOTE 2. It will be seen that no such relation exists between the vowels as between the consonants of kindred words in Latin and English. Some- times, also, consonants show exceptions to the rules, but the conformity to the rules is great enough to make the study of them both interesting and profitable Exercise. 369. Point out the pairs of kindred words among the following : LATIN. ENGLISH. cor (cordis) labrurn break mother cornu mater brother night dentes nox (noctis) drag wind domare pedes feet seat duo sedes heart tame frangere (^ frag) trahere horn teeth frater ventus knee two germ via UP way 370. Write out the English word borrowed from each of the following Latin words : antiquus clvilis descendere capitalis clarus dignari cedere consulatus cUvidere cistern^ decrescere divinus RELATED WORDS IN ENGLISH AND LATIN. 199 domesticus raaritiinus pertinere domicilium membrana pictura emissarius moderatus requirere facultas monstrum rivalis fingere montanus senatus florescere natura sepulcrum generosus nutrlcius singularis honestas oratio solvere hostllis ornamentum stabulum humilis paganus territorium magnanimus patronus tribunus NOTE. It is a good habit in translating from Latin into English to use " kindred " words, but it is a very bad habit to use freely the " borrowed " words mentioned above, partly because many of them, as we have seen, do not retain their classical Latin meanings, and partly because, especially with long words, it often happens that a pupil who has not a clear enough idea of the meaning of the Latin word to express it by English terms from other roots, has not a very clear idea of the meaning of the borrowed Eng- lish word either, and so does not really understand what he is translating. 200 LATIN LESSONS. RECAPITULATION OF RULES FOR REVIEW. 1. Every Latin word has as many syllables as it contains vowels or diphthongs (9). 2. A word of two syllables is accented on the first. Words of more than two syllables are accented on the penult if that is long ; other- wise on the antepenult (11). 3. A vowel before another vowel or h is short; so also before nt and nd. A vowel is long before nf, ns, gm, gn, or the consonant i (14-16). 4. In words of more than one syllable : final a, e, and y are short, final i, o, and u are long ; final as, es, and os are long, final is, us, and ys are short. Final syllables ending in any other conso- nant than s or c are short (17-19). 5. The First Declension includes all nouns whose stems end in a. They are all feminine excepting a few which are masculine by , their meaning (25-27, 29). y 6. The Second Declension includes all nouns whose stems end in o. Those ending in er, ir, os, or us are masculine ;. those in om or um are neuter. The nominative singular is formed from the stem by changing o to u, and adding s for masculines, m for neuters ; ybut o is retained after v, and stems in ro drop o and sometimes insert e before r (32-35). 7. Adjectives, Adjective Pronouns, and Participles agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case (38-39). 8. A noun modifying another noun meaning a different thing from I itself is put in the genitive (38-39, 229, (3)). * 9. The Subject of a Finite verb is put in the nominative (11-15). 10. The Direct Object of a verb is put in the accusative (11 15). 11. The Third Declension includes all nouns whose stems end in i or a consonant. (a) If the stem ends in i, the nominative singular of masculines and feminities is formed by a4ding s to the stem, though some nouns also change i to e. Neuter nouns with i-stems form the nominative singular from the stem by changing i to e, but most stems in ali and ari drop the final i outright, and shorten the a (48-49). (b) If the stem ends in a mute, the nominative singular is regu- larly formed by adding s to the stem, t or d being dropped before s, and c or g uniting with B to form x. The vowel i RECAPITULATION OF RULES FOR REVIEW. 201 before the final mute of the stem often becomes e in the nomi- native singular. (c) If the stem ends in a liquid, the nominative singular is usually like the stem; but stems in on drop n ; stems in din and gin change in to o ; stems in min change i to e ; stems in tr insert e before r ; and neuter stems in er and or change these endings to us (48-49). 12. The chief nouns having stems ending in i are : (a) Parisyllabic masculines and feminines in es or is. (b) Neuters in al or ar, and parisyllabic neuters in e. 13. The following nouns have consonant stems in the singular and i-stems in the plural : (a) Nouns ending in as or in two consonants. (b) Nix, snow; nox, night; dos, dowry; and a few less common nouns. 14. Nouns having i-stem forms show the i as follows : (a) Always : 1. In the genitive plural of all genders. 2. In the nominative, accusative, and vocative plural of neuters. 3. In the ablative singular of neuters. (b) Sometimes : 1. In the accusative plural of all masculines and feminines. 2. In the ablative singular of some masculines and feminines. 3. In the accusative singular of a few masculines and feminines. 15. In arranging the words in a Latin sentence, place the important word first and let the others follow in the order of their importance (54-55). NOTE. If your sentence then seems clumsy, or lacking in euphony, the trouble is not with the arrangement of the words. It is because, instead of taking the thought of your English sentence into your mind, and then ex- pressing this thought in Latin, you have tried to turn the grammatical parts of the English sentence too directly into Latin and have thus made an undesirable choice of words or constructions. 16. The four conjugations of the verb are distinguished by the let- ters that precede the ending re in the Present Infinitive Active, These letters are as follows : in the First conjugation, a ; in the Second, e ; in the Third, e ; in the Fourth, I. 17. The INDIRECT OBJECT of an action (that to or for which some- thing is done) is put in the Dative (62-63). 18. MEANS or INSTRUMENT is expressed by the Ablative (62-63). 202 LATIN LESSONS. 19. CAUSE is expressed by the Ablative with or without a preposition (62-63). 20. Adjectives of the Third Declension are classified as follows : 1, those with three forms in the nominative singular ; 2, those with two forms ; and 3, those with one form. The first two classes have stems ending in i. Those that belong to the third class have con- sonant stems, but, with the exception of comparatives, they usually have i in the ablative singular, ium in the genitive plural, Is or es in the accusative plural, masculine and feminine, and ia in the nominative, accusative and vocative plural neuter ; but there are numerous exceptions which must be learned as the cases arise (67- 68). 21. PREPOSITIONS govern the Accusative or the Ablative (69-73). 22. The Fourth Declension includes all nouns whose stems end in u, except sus and griis. The nominative singular is formed by adding 8 to the stem, if the noun is masculine or feminine ; by lengthening the final vowel, if the noun is neuter. Nouns in us, with a few feminine exceptions, are masculine ; those in u are neu- ter (77-78). 23. The Fifth Declension includes all nouns whose stems end in e. The nominative singular is formed by adding s to the stem. The nouns are all of the feminine gender, except dies and meridies. Only dies and res are declined throughout (79, 81-82). 24. Verbs in 16 of the Third Conjugation have the forms of the Fourth Conjugation wherever in that conjugation i is followed by a vowel (85). _'">. The PERFECT STEM may be formed from the Present Stem reg- ularly in the First and Fourth conjugations by adding v ; in the Second conjugation by changing e to u ; in the Third conjugation in various ways : 1. By adding s; e. g.: carp carps. 2. By lengthening the stem vowel; e. g.: leg leg. 3. By both adding s and lengthening the vowel ; e.g.: reg rex. 4. By reduplication; e.g.: cad cecid. 5. By adding u ; e.g.: col coin. 6. By using the stem unchanged; e. g.: solv solv (86, note). 26. To describe INCOMPLETE ACTION in Present Time, the Present Tense is used. Past " " Imperfect " Future " " Future " " RECAPITULATION OF RULES FOR REVIEW. 203 To describe COMPLETED ACTION in Present Time, the Perfect Definite Tense is used. Past " " " Indefinite " " " Pluperfect " " Future " " Future Perfect " " (89). 27. The Personal Pronouns are ego and tu. They are never ex- pressed in the nominative except for emphasis or contrast, or to avoid ambiguity (90). 28. The Reflexive Pronouns (sul and suus) refer regularly to the subject of the clause in which they stand ; but sometimes in a subordinate clause they refer to the subject of the main clause (89-90). 29. The Possessive Pronouns are formed from the Personal or Re- flexive Pronouns (91). 30. The Demonstrative Pronouns of the First, Second, and Third Persons respectively are hie, iste, and ille. Is is commonly used as the antecedent of qui, or in constructions where we should em- ploy an unemphatic personal pronoun of the third person. Ipse is an Intensive pronoun, and shows a preference for the subject of the sentence. Idem means "the same " (94-96, 124). 31. The common IRREGULAR VERBS are esse (97), dare, ferre, fieri, Ire, velle, nolle, malle, posse (169). 32. A noun qualifying another noun or pronoun denoting the same person or thing agrees with it in case (APPOSITIVE or PREDICATE Noun) (100). 33. The Relative Pronoun is qui, the Interrogative is quis. Either of them may be used as an adjective in accordance with the ordi- nary rule (38-39). When employed as pronouns they must agree in gender, number, and (impliedly) person with the noun to which they refer ; but their case depends upon the construction of the clause in which they stand. This applies to pronouns of any kind when used as substantives, though the agreement in person may not always be shown in the sentence (104). 34. Verbs compounded with trans- or circum- and a transitive verb, also certain other verbs, especially rogare, docere, and ce- lare, regularly take TWO ACCUSATIVES (105). 35. Simple Direct Questions are introduced by nonne, num, or ne (106). 36. The Active Voice represents the subject as acting, the Passive as being acted upon. 204 LATIN LESSONS. 37. The Ablative with a or ab is used with passive verbs to denote the AGENT or the person who voluntarily performs the act indi- cated by the verb (114). 38. Indirect Questions require the Subjunctive (119). 39. The Subjunctive is used to supply the place of a first or third per- son imperative, that is, to express a command, exhortation, en- treaty, concession, or challenge (HORTATORY) (127). 40. The Subjunctive of Purpose is introduced : 1. By the conjunctions ut and ne. 2. By a relative pronoun or adverb. 3. By quo (= ut eo), if the purpose clause contains a compara- tive (134^135, 314-315). 41. The Ablative is used with nouns, adjectives, and verbs to denote in what respect a thing is true (ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION) (139). 42. The Ablative is used without a preposition to denote parentage on the father's side, with the preposition ex to designate the mother, with ab to designate ancestors. Loco, genere and farnilia are used without a preposition to denote station. This ablative is called the ABLATIVE OF SOURCE (140). 43. A Substantive Clause of Purpose may be used with verbs mean- ing to wish, determine, strive, ask, allow, advise, persuade, warn, com- mand, compel, and the like (141). 44. A noun and a participle, a noun and an adjective, a noun and a pronoun, or two nouns, may be used in the Ablative in such a way as to be grammatically independent of the rest of the sentence, but to define the time, reason, or circumstances of the action (ABLA- TIVE ABSOLUTE) (146-147). 45. The Supine in urn is used chiefly to express Purpose with verbs of motion ; the Supine in u is used as an ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICA- TION with a few adjectives (156). 46. The Gerund has four cases, whose commonest uses are as fol- lows : 1. The Genitive is used with nouns and adjectives. 2. The Dative is used with a few adjectives, nouns, and verbs to express purpose. 3. The Accusative is used with a few prepositions. 4. The Ablative is used with a few prepositions, or to express means, cause, or manner (157). 47. The Gerundive has two common uses : RECAPITULATION OF RULES FOR REVIEW. 205 1. In place of the Gerund with a direct object. The object is put in the case that the Gerund would have had, and the Gerundive is made to agree with the object thus changed (157, and note). 2. With the verb sum, to make the Second Periphrastic Conjuga- tion, denoting necessity, obligation, or propriety (274). 48. The Infinitive, with or without a subject, may be used as the sub- ject of a verb, especially of esse and impersonal verbs (162). 49. The Infinitive, without a subject, may be used to complete the meaning of many verbs (COMPLEMENTARY INFINITIVE) (163). 50. The Infinitive, with a subject, is used with words and phrases of knowing, thinking, saying, and perceiving (INFINITIVE IN INDIRECT DISCOURSE) (164). 51. The Infinitive may be used with verbs of determining and wishing : (a) with a subject, if this is different from that of the governing verb; (b) without a subject, if the subject does not change (165). 52. The Dative is used with many verbs to denote the end or purpose of an action (DATIVE OF SERVICE). This dative is commonly joined with another dative, especially a DATIVE OF ADVANTAGE or a DATIVE OF POSSESSOR (62-63, 172-178, 220). 53. A DEPONENT VERB has the forms of the Passive Voice, but the meaning of the Active Voice. Deponent Verbs have all the forms of the Passive Voice save the future infinitive, though the gerundive of an intransitive deponent is used only impersonally ; and they have also the participles, gerund, supine, and future infinitive of the active voice (176-177). 54. An IMPERSONAL VERB is used only in the third person singular of the indicative and the subjunctive and in the infinitive. It is so called from the fact that it has no personal subject (178). 55. The Dative is used with most verbs meaning to favor, please, trust, believe, help, and their opposites ; also to command, obey, serve, resist, envy, threaten, spare, pardon, and be angry (179). 56. Intransitive verbs cannot be used in the passive except when they are used impersonally (180). 57. DURATION OF TIME AND EXTENT OF SPACE are expressed by the Accusative (195 and 230 (1)). 58. TIME AT WHICH or WITHIN WHICH is expressed by the Ablative (195). 59. The Locative case in the First Declension ends in ae in the singu- lar, in Is in the plural ; in the Second Declension, in I in the singular, in Is in the plural ; in the Third Declension, in e or I in 206 LATIN LESSONS. the singular, in ibus in the plural ; in the Fourth and Fifth De- clensions, is virtually wanting (196-197). 60. Relations of Place are expressed by prepositions : with the accu- sative for place TO WHICH and the ablative for place AT, ix, or FROM WHICH. But (a) With names of towns and small islands : 1. No preposition is used. 2. The place IN or AT WHICH has the locative form. (b) Like names of towns are used domus and rus, and the forms belli, militiae, humi, forls, loco, locis. terra manque (196, 198). 61. Adverbs are formed from adjectives of the first and second declensions generally by substituting e for the final vowel of the stem ; from adjectives of the third declension, and occasionally from the others, by adding ter to the stem, before which a and o are weakened to i. The COMPARATIVE degree of the adverb is the accusative singular neuter of the adjective ; the SUPERLATIVE de- gree is formed from the superlative degree of the adjective as from a regular adjective of the first and second declensions (202- 203). 62. The COMPARATIVE degree of the adjective is formed by adding ior, neuter ius, to the stem of the positive, which loses a final vowel ; the SUPERLATIVE is formed in the same way by adding issimus. a, um. 1. Adjectives in er form the SUPERLATIVE by adding rimus to the nominative singular masculine of the positive. 2. Six adjectives in ills form the SUPERLATIVE by adding limus to the stem, which loses its final vowel (203-206). 63. When the comparative degree is followed by quam. the two objects compared are put in the same case ; when quam is omitted, the second object is put in the ablative (207). 64. The Genitive is used to denote the whole of which a part is taken (PARTITIVE GENITIVE) (216). 65. The Genitive is used in the predicate with sum and some other verbs to denote the owner of something, or the person whose duty, characteristic, or business a given thing is (PREDICATE GENITIVE) (220, 222). 66. The Dative is used with sum to denote the possessor (DATIVE OF POSSESSOR) (220). 67. The Genitive, with an adjective agreeing with it, is used to de- note a property, quality, or characteristic (GENITIVE OF CHARACTER- ISTIC) (221). RECAPITULATION OF RULES FOR REVIEW. 207 68. The Ablative, with an adjective agreeing with it, or a genitive depending on it, is used to denote a quality, or characteristic (ABLA- TIVE or CHARACTERISTIC) (221). 69. DEGREE OF DIFFERENCE is expressed by the Ablative (230 (2)). 70. The Ablative is used to express separation and privation, want of a thing, or freedom from it (ABLATIVE OF SEPARATION or WANT) (237). 71. Many compounds of ab, de, or ex take the dative when the action applies to a person, occasionally also when it applies to a thing (DATIVE OF SEPARATION) (238). 72. Words derived from noun and adjective stems are called DE- NOMINATIVES ; those derived from verb stems are called VERBALS (241-246). 73. The subjunctive of result is introduced : 1. By ut or ut non. 2. By a relative pronoun or a relative adverb. 3. By quin (= qui, quae, quod -j- non) when the main clause contains or implies a negative. (a) The clause upon which such a subjunctive depends often con- tains some word like it a, sic, tarn, tantus, or tails (247). 74. From clauses of result are developed Substantive clauses used with impersonal verbs meaning to be, to happen, and the like ; also with personal verbs meaning to cause, to accomplish, to obtain, and the like (250-251). 75. With verbs of fearing ne is translated by lest or that, ut or ne non by that not (252). 76. DEFINITE PRICE is expressed by the ablative ; INDEFINITE VALUE by the genitive (253). 77. Many adjectives take a genitive to complete their meaning (258). 78. With adjectives the object TOWARD WHICH the quality is directed is put in the Dative (259). 79. The Genitive is used with certain verbs : 1. Miseret, paenitet, piget, pudet, and taedet. 2. Verbs of pitying, remembering, or forgetting, reminding, or warning, accusing, convicting, or acquitting. 3. Interest and refert (262-263). 80. The Subjunctive is used to express a wish (OPTATIVE SUBJUNC- TIVE) ; the imperfect and pluperfect indicating the non-fulfilment of the wish in present or past time respectively (265). 81. The Ablative is used with : 1. Uti, frul, fungi, potlri, vescT, and their compounds. 208 LATIN LESSONS. 2. Niti, inniti, fidere, confidere. 3. Dignus, indignus, contentus, and fretus. 4. Opus and usus (268). 82. A physical possibility is expressed by means of posse, a moral possibility or permission by means of licet (272). 83. The Subjunctive is sometimes used to express a mild possibility (POTENTIAL SUBJUNCTIVE) (273). 84. Debere, oportet, and decet describe a moral obligation or pro- priety ; necesse est and non posse quin, a physical necessity (274> 85. The Second Periphrastic Conjugation expresses 'necessity, obliga- tion, or propriety (275). 86. The Dative is used with the Gerundive to express the agent, or the person by whom the work is to be done (DATIVE OF AGENT) (276). 87. Ordinary Conditional Sentences may be classified as follows : I. THOSE IN WHICH THE INDICATIVE is USED. Here the conclu- sion states what ts, teas, has been, will be, or will have been the result, in case the condition be fulfilled. II. THOSE IN WHICH THE PRESENT OR THE PERFECT SUBJUNC- TIVE is USED. Here the conclusion states what would be or would have been the result if the condition should be or should have been fulfilled. III. THOSE IN WHICH THE IMPERFECT OR THE PLUPERFECT SUB- JUNCTIVE is USED. Here the condition is distinctly assumed as contrary to reality and the conclusion states what would be or would have been the result, if the condition were or had been ful- filled (280-283). 88. Concessive Clauses may be classified as follows : I. CLAUSES WITH THE COMPOUNDS of si (as etsi, tametsi. etiam si). These have the same moods and tenses as conditional clauses with si. II. CLAUSES WITH quamvis, licet, ut, or cum (meaning al- though). These have their verbs in the subjunctive. III. CLAUSES WITH quamquam. These take the indicative (295- 296). 89. In passing from Direct to Indirect Discourse the main rules to remember are the following : I. The verb of the main clause, if DECLARATIVE, becomes an in- finitive, with its subject in the accusative ; if INTERROGATIVE, IMPERATIVE, or EXCLAMATORY, it becomes or remains subjunc- RECAPITULATION OF RULES FOR REVIEW. 209 live. But the verb of a RHETORICAL QUESTION is put in the infinitive. II. All SUBORDINATE verbs become, or remain, subjunctives ; though sometimes an indicative may be employed in the indirect dis- course, if the sentence to which it belongs is parenthetical or states a fact which is true without reference to its connection. III. When the verb of saying is PAST, the tenses of the indirect discourse are changed to harmonize with the verb of saying, as they are in English. IV. PRONOUNS of the first and second persons are usually changed to those of the third person. References to the SUBJECT of the verb on which the indirect discourse depends are usually made by means of ipse or the reflexive pronouns. V. Adverbs meaning now and here are usually changed to those meaning then and there (300-306). 90. Quod, quia, and quoniam are used with the indicative to state a reason as a POSITIVE FACT ; but when the reason is given as the MOTIVE in somebody's mind, they require the subjunctive (309-310). 91. Clauses of Purpose may be introduced by relative words like qui, quo, quin, quominus, ubi, and unde. Quo is used as a substitute for ut when the final clause contains a comparative. Quin and quominus are used chiefly after negative expressions of doubt, hindrance, or resistance (314-315). 92. When clauses with antequam, priusquam, and dum (in the sense of until) serve simply to define the TIME of the main action, they require the indicative ; but when they emphasize some addi- tional thought, such as the PURPOSE OF THE ACTION, they require the subjunctive (318). 93. The temporal conjunctions postquam, ubi, simul atque (ac), dum (meaning while), ut, donee, and quoad take the indicative (319). 94. Dum, modo, and dummodo, with clauses of PROVISO, require the subjunctive (320). 95. Words formed from the same root are called KINDRED WORDS. If they are formed directly from a root, they are called PRIMITIVES ; if from a stem by the addition of a further suffix, they are called DERIVATIVES (323). 96. If an ordinary relative clause simply states or emphasizes a FACT, the indicative is required ; but if some additional thought, such as PURPOSE, RESULT, CAUSE, CONCESSION, or CONDITION, is to be made prominent, the mood must be subjunctive. In the latter case the 210 LATIN LESSONS. relative word is equivalent to the corresponding demonstrative (see table, 311), preceded by the appropriate conjunction of purpose, result, etc. (331). 97. Cum TEMPORAL, takes the subjunctive when used with the imper- fect or the pluperfect, unless the idea of TIME is especially to be emphasized ; with other tenses it takes the indicative (340-341). 98. Cum CAUSAL or CONCESSIVE regularly requires the subjunctive, unless strong emphasis is to be laid upon the FACT mentioned in the clause (346). PART II. LESSON LVIII. NOTE TO THE STUDENT. The following 1 passages contain about seventy words that you have not yet met. Half a dozen of them are proper names of a character to cause you no trouble. More than forty of the others are so related to English words or to Latin words already known to you as to help you greatly toward their meanings. Thus there are only about two dozen really strange words for you to master. Do not be afraid of the length of the first sentence. Take the words as they come in a straightforward fashion, and you will find the sentence unraveling itself as easily as a long English sentence. 371. Translate into English : A. THE HEAVENS DECLARE THE GLORY OF GOD. Praeclare Aristoteles : 1 " Si essent," inquit, " qui sub terra sem- per habitavissent 2 boms et inlustribus domiciles, quae essent 2 ornata signis atque picturis instructaque rebus iis omnibus, qui- bus abundant ii, qui beat! putantur, nee tamen exissent 2 um- quam supra terrain, accepissent 2 autem f ama et auditione esse quoddam num,en et vim deorum, deinde aliquo tempore patefac- tis terrae faucibus ex illis abditis sedibus evadere in haec loca, quae nos incolimus, atque exire potuissent : 2 cum repente terram et maria caelumque vldissent, nubium magnitudinem vento- rumque vim cognovissent aspexissentque solem eiusque cum magnitudinem pulchritudinemque turn etiam efficientiam cogno- vissent, quod is diem efficeret toto caelo luce diffusa, cum autem terras nox opacasset, turn caelum totum cernerent astiis dis- tinctum et ornatum lunaeque luminum varietatem turn crescen- 1 Aristotle was a pupil of Plato's, and one of the most distinguished of Greek philosophers. He was born at Stagira, in Macedonia, in B. C. 384, and was the tutor of Alexander the Great. 2 These verbs are subjunctive because they are part of the condition contrary to fact, beginning with si essent. 212 LATIN LESSONS. tis, turn senescentis, e5rumque omnium ortus et occasus atque in omm aeternitate ratos ininutabilesque cursus : quae cum vide- rent, prefects et esse decs et haec tanta opera deorum esse arbi- trarentur." Cic., N. Z>., ii., 37, 95. B. SOME ANECDOTES IN NATURAL HISTORY. Ranae marinae dicuntur obruere sese harena solere et mover! prope aquam, ad quas quasi ad escam pisces cum accesserint, confici a ranis atque consumi. Mlluo est quoddam bellum quasi natiirale cum corvo : ergo alter alterius ubicumque nanctus est ova frangit. Illud vero ab Aristotele animadversum, a quo ple- raque, quis potest non mlrarl ? Grues cum loca calidiora pe- tentes maria transmittant, trianguli efficere formam, eius autem simimo angulo aer ad versus pellitur, deinde sensim ab utooque latere, tamquam remls, ita pennis cursus avium levatur. Basis autem trianguli, quern efficiunt grues, ea tamquam a puppi ven- tis adiuvatur, eaeque in tergo praevolantium colla et capita repo- nunt ; quod quia ipse dux f acere non potest, quia non habet ubi nitatur, revolat, ut ipse quoque quiescat. In eius locum succedit ex iis, quae adquierunt, eaque vicissitude in omni cursu conser- vatur. Cic., N. Z>., ii., 49, 125. c. ALEXANDER'S NOBLE HORSE. Equus Alexandri 1 regis et capite et nomine Bucephalas 2 f uit. Emptum Chares 8 scripsit talentis tredecim et regi Philippo dona- turn ; hoc autem aeris nostri summa est sestertia trecenta duo- decim. Super hoc equo dignum memoria visum, quod ubi orna- tus erat armatusque ad proelium, haud umquam Inscendi sese ab alio nisi ab rege passus sit. Id etiam de isto equo memoratum est, quod cum, Insidens in eo Alexander bello Indico et facinora faciens fortia, in hostium cuneum eum non satis sibi providens 1 J. c., Alexander the Great, who succeeded his father Philip as king of Macedonia in B. c. 336, and soon became the greatest general that the world had seen. 2 J. e., broad-headed like an ox ; from two Greek words. 8 Chares was a courtier of Alexander's, and wrote a voluminous history of him. DESCRIPTION OF BRITAIN, ETC. inmisisset, coniectisque undique in Alexandrum tells, vulneribus altis in cervice atque in latere equus perfossus esset, moribundus tarn en ac prope iam exsanguis e medils hostibus regem vivacissi- mo cursu retulit atque, ubi eum extra tela extulerat, ilico conci- dit et domini iam superstitis securus quasi cum sensus human! solacio animam exspiravit. Turn rex Alexander, parta eius belli victoria, oppidum in iisdem locis condidit idque ob equi honores Bucephalon appellavit. Aulus Gellius, v., 2. 372. Translate into Latin : G. I don't think I should want to live under the earth even in such beautiful dwellings as those which Aristotle describes. C. Nor I, but it is easy to believe that people who had lived so would admire the beauty of the earth and sea and heavens when they first saw them. I like very much what Aristotle says, when he writes that though night has darkened the earth the sky is bright with stars. I never separated the heavens from the earth in that way before. G. If I could read Greek I should like to read that in Aristotle's own book. That horse of Alexander's was a fine one, but he could n't have been handsome, with a head like that of an ox. C. And why could n't he have had a better name ? G. Perhaps the Macedonians liked the name. LESSON LIX. 373. Translate into English : DESCRIPTION OF BRITAIN AND THE BRITONS. Britanniae pars interior ab iis incolitur quos natos in insula ipsi memoria proditum dicunt, maritima pars ab iis qui praedae ac belli inferendi causa ex Belgio transierant (qui omnes fere iis nominibus civitatum appellantur quibus orti ex clvitatibus eo pervenerunt) et bello inlato ibi permanserunt atque agros colere coeperunt. Hominum est mfinita multitude creberrimaque aedificia fere Gallicis consimilia, pecorum magnus numerus. Utuntur aut acre aut taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis 214 LATIN LESSONS. pro nummo. Nascitur ibi plumbum album in mediterraneis re- gionibus, in maritimis f errum l sed eius exigua est copia ; aere iituntur importato. Materia cuiusque generis ut in Gallia est, praeter f aguni atque abietem. 2 Leporem et gallinam et anserem gustare fas non putant ; haec tamen alunt animl voluptatisque causa. Loca sunt temperatiora quam in Gallia remissioribus frlgoribus. Insula natura triquetra, cuius unum latus est contra Galliam. Huius lateris alter angulus, qui est ad Cantium, quo fere omnes ex Gallia naves adpelluntur, ad orientem solem, In- ferior ad meridiem spectat. Hoc pertinet circiter milia passuum qumgenta. Alterum vergit ad Hispaniam 3 atque occidentem solem ; qua ex parte est Hibernia, dimidio minor, ut aestimatur, quam Britannia, sed parl spatio transmissus atque ex Gallia est in Britanniam. In hoc medio cursu est Insula quae appellatur Mona ; complures praeterea minores obiectae Insulae exlstiman- tur, de quibus insulis nonnulli scripserunt dies continuos xxx sub bruma esse noctem. Nos nihil de eo percontationibus reperie- bamus, nisi certis ex aqua 4 mensuris breviores esse quam in con- tinent! noctes videbamus. Huius est longitude lateris, ut fert illorum opinio, septingentorum milium. Tertium est contra sep- tentriones, 5 cui parti nulla est obiecta terra sed eius angulus lateris maxime ad Germaniam spectat. Hoc milia passuum oc- tingenta in longitudinem esse existimatur. Ita omnis Insula est in circuitu vicies centum milium passuum. Ex his omnibus longe sunt humanissimi qui Cantium incolunt, quae regio est maritima omnis, neque multum a Gallica differunt consuetu- dine. Interiores plerique frumenta non serunt sed lacte et carne 1 Caesar should have said, ferrum in mediterraneis regionibus, in maritimis plumbum album. 2 Caesar is wrong in saying that these two trees are not native in Britain. 3 Caesar seems to have here a peculiar notion of the position of Spain. 4 That is, by means of a clepsydra, or water-clock, an instrument somewhat like our sand-glasses. 5 This is another mistaken statement. If Britain can be called a triangle at all, this third side looks east , and towards Germany, rather than north ; it is the angulus which looks north. CUSTOMS OF THE SUEVI. 215 vivunt pellibusque sunt vestitl. Omnes vero se Britanni vitro inficiunt, quod caeruleum efficit colorem, atque hoc horridiore sunt in pugna adspectu. Caes. B. G. v. 12-14. 374. Translate into Latin : Caesar had heard that the island of Britain was three-cor- nered, but really it has four sides. One side looks, as he says, nearly south, a second west, and a third north. The fourth side looks towards the east, but inclines somewhat towards the north. It is, however, very pleasant to read what Caesar says about the island and its people, and to see in what he seems to have known the truth as we know it, and in what he was mis- taken. He writes that the Britons thought it unlawful to eat geese or chickens as well as hares, and that the inland tribes generally planted no grain. Certainly their descendants have greatly increased the number of things with which to adorn their banquets. How should we like to live upon meat and milk, and to dress in skins ? Caesar found these same people, however, very brave soldiers, and their country very hard to conquer. LESSON LX. 375. Translate into English : CUSTOMS OF THE SUEVI. Suevorum l gens est longe maxima et bellicosissima Germano- rum omnium. Hi centum pagos habere dicuntur, ex quibus quotannis singula milia armatorum bellandi causa ex finibus edu- cunt. Reliqui, qui domi manserunt, se atque illos alunt. Hi rursus in vicem anno post in armis sunt, ill! domi remanent. Sic neque agri cultura, nee ratio atque usus 2 belli intermittitur. Sed privati ac separati agri apud eos nihil est, neque longius 1 The Suevi dwelt in the central part of what is now Germany. 2 Ratio is the knowledge that comes from thinking and study, i. e., the science of a subject (from reri, to think) ; usus, the knowledge that comes from practice and experience, i. e., the art. 216 LATIN LESSONS. anno remanere find in loco incolendi causa licet. Neque mul- tum f rumento, sed maximam partem l lacte atque pecore vivunt, multumque sunt in venationibus ; quae res et cibi genere et cot- tidiana exercitatione et libertate vitae, cum a pueris nullo officio aut disciplina adsuefacti nihil omnino contra voluntatem faciant, et vires alit et immani corporum magnitudine homines efficit. Atque in earn se consuetudinem adduxeruut, ut locis frigidissi- mis 2 neque vestitus praeter pellis haberent quicquam, quarum propter exigtritatem magna est corporis pars aperta, et lavaren- tur in fluminibus. Mercatoribus est aditus magis eo, ut quae bello ceperint quibus vendant habeant, quam quo ullam rem ad se importari deside- rent. Quin etiam iumentis, quibus maxime Gallia delectatui-, quaeque impenso parant pretio, German! importatis non utuntur, sed quae sunt apud eos nata, parva atque deformia, haec cotti- diana exercitatione summi ut sint laboris, efficiunt. Equestribus proeliis saepe ex equis desiliunt ac pedibus proeliantur, equosque eodem remanere vestigio adsuef ecerunt, ad quos se celeriter, cum usus est, recipiunt ; neque eorum moribus turpius quicquam aut inertius habetur, quam ephippiis fiti. Itaque ad quemvis nume- rum ephippiatorum equitum quamvis pauci adire audent. Vi- num ad se omnino importaii non sinunt, quod ea re ad laborem ferendum remollescere homines atque effeminari arbitrantur. Publice maximam putant esse laudem quam latissime a suis finibus vacare agros : hac re significari magnum numerum civi- tatium suam vim sustinere non posse. Caes., B. G., iv. 1-3. 376. Translate into Latin : G. Would n't it be jolly to return to the life of these ancient Suevi, and not worry one's self with books any more? We should n't need half so many clothes, and could buy everything for much less than now. C. I don't think, though, that I should 1 Maximam partem = chiefly (adverbial accusative). See A. & S. 397 ; A. & G. 240 b; G. 331, 3 ; H. 378, a. 2 Locis frigidissimis does not mean in the coldest places (abl. of place), but even in their very cold climate (abl. abs. ; lit., their regions being very cold). THE STORY OF KING TARQUIN. 217 like living on milk and meat, nor would it be easy to endure our winter's cold in a costume of skins only. G. But everything has some unpleasant side, and it certainly would be agreeable not to do anything you did n't want to, and to be able to ride a spirited charger bareback. C. Yes, I should like that, but it is n't necessary to live as the Suevi lived for that. In some of the western parts of our own country they ride without saddles, and have something besides meat and milk to eat. G. Besides, the Suevi did n't play tennis.* Perhaps our life is pleasanter, if you look f at it from all sides. I wonder whether the Gallic rivers were as cold to bathe in as our sea is. LESSON LXI. 377. Translate into English : THE STORY OF KING TARQUIN AND THE SIBYLLINE BOOKS. In antiquis annalibus memoria super libris Sibyllinis haec prodita est. Anus hospita atque incognita ad Tarquinium regem adiit, novem libros f erens, quos esse dicebat divina oracula ; eos velle venumdare. Tarquinius pretium percontatus est. Mulier nimium atque inmensum poposcit ; rex, quasi anus aetate desi- peret, derlsit. Turn ilia foculum coram cum igni adponit, tris libros ex novem deurit et, ecquid reliquos sex eodem pretio emere vellet, regem interrogavit. Sed enim 1 Tarquinius id multo risit magis dixitque anum iam procul dubio 2 delirare. Mulier ibidem statim tris alios libros exussit atque id ipsum denuo placide rogat ut tris reliquos eodem illo pretio emat. Tar- quinius ore iam serio atque attentiore animo fit, earn constantiam confldentiamque non Insuper 3 habendam intellegit, libros tris * Use the ablative (of means). A. & S. 407 6 ; H. 420, 1, 2). t The subjunctive is regularly used in a condition when the second per- son singular has a general application, i. e., where " you " means anybody. See A. & S. 477 d (1) ; A. & G. 309 a ; G. 597, R. 3 ; H. 508, 5, 2). 1 Sed enim = but you see, but as you may imagine. 2 Ablative used with procul as if it were a preposition. 3 Insuper means above ; hence, Insuper habere = to hold as above what is necessary, to regard as superfluous, to scorn. 218 LATIN LESSONS. reliquos mercatur, nihilo minore pretio quam quod erat petitum pro omnibus. Sed earn mulierem tune a Tarquinio digressam postea nusquam loci 1 visam constitit; libri tres, in sacrarium conditl, Sibylliui appellatl. Ad eos, quasi ad oraculum quinde- ciinviri adeunt, cum dl iinmortales publice consulendi sunt. Aldus Gellius, i. 19. 378. Translate into English : AVOID ANTIQUATED LANGUAGE. Favorinus 2 philosophus adulescenti veterum verborum cupi- dissimo et plerasque voces nimis piiscas et ignotas in cotidianis communibusque sermonibus expromenti : ' Curius," inquit, " et Fabricius et Coruncanius, antiquissimi viii, et his antiquiores, Horatii illi trigemim, 8 plane ac dilucide cum suis fabulati sunt neque Auruncorum aut Sicanorum aut Pelasgorum, qui primi coluisse Ttaliam dicuntur, sed aetatis suae verbis locuti sunt ; tu autem, proinde quasi cum matre Euandri 4 nunc loquare, sermone abhinc multis anms iam desito uteris, quod scire atque intelle- gere ueminem vis quae dicas. Nonne, 6 homo inepte, ut quod vis abunde consequaris, taces ? Sed antiquitatem tibi placere ais, quod honesta et bona et sobria et modesta sit. Vive ergo rnori- bus praeteritis, loquere verbis praesentibus atque id quod a C. Caesare, 6 excellentis ingenii ac prudentiae viro, in primo de ana- logia libro scriptum est, habe semper in memoria atque in pec- 1 Nusquam loci = nowhere of place, i. e., nowhere at all. 2 Favorinus was a philosopher, born at Aries (Arelas), in the south of France (Gaul), who spent much of his life in Rome during the reign of the emperor Hadrian, and was a friend and teacher of Aulus Gellius. 3 These were the three Roman brothers who fought with the three Alban brothers (Curiatil) to decide which state should rule the other. Tullus Hostilius. the king of the victorious Romans, moved the Albans to Rome, and destroyed Alba. 4 Evander was an Arcadian hero, who, according to the legend, founded a city in Italy, from which the Palatine hill got its name, and established the worship of Hercules in that country. He is supposed to have lived in the time of Aeneas. 5 Such a question is equivalent to our " why don't you ? " 6 Thus you see that the great dictator was not above studying and writ- ing about language. Unfortunately his book has perished. HORATIUS AT THE BRIDGE. 219 tore, ' ut tamquam scopulum sic fugias inaudltum atque msolens verbum.' " Aldus Gellius, i. 10. 379. Translate into Latin : A. What a fool Tarquin was about those Sibylline books ! A wise king ought either to have understood that the woman was not selling him books that were worth nothing, or to have shown the same persistency in not buying the books that the old woman showed in burning them. S. At least he might have asked her to let him look at the books, so that he could decide whether he wanted them before he let himself be caught in that way. But, then, if he had done differently, the story would n't have been handed down for us to read. A. That was a good remark that Favorinus made to the young fellow who imitated the long abandoned language of his ancestors, even if it was a little rough. S. Yes, and Aulus Gellius seems not to be wholly free himself from that same fault. Where can you find words like " fabulari " and " insuper habere " in Cicero ? A. When did Aulus Gellius live ? Do you know ? S. I think he was born about a hundred years after the Christian era. LESSON LXII. 380. Translate into English : HORATIUS AT THE BRIDGE. 1 Cum hostes adessent, pro se quisque 2 in urbem ex agris de- migrant, urbem ipsam saepiunt praesidiis. Alia murls, alia Ti- ber! obiecto videbantur tuta. Pons sublicius iter paene hostibus dedit, 8 ni unus vir f uisset, Horatius Codes : id munimentum illo 1 Cf. the Latin selection in Lesson xxxvii., p. 134. 2 Quisque is in apposition with the unexpressed subject of demi- grant. 3 We should expect dedisset to correspond with fuisset in the con- ditional clause, but Livy makes his statement more lively by using the indicative, just as in English we can say, " I had caught that boat if I had had two seconds more," instead of "I should have caught," etc. 220 LATIN LESSONS. die fortuna urbis Romanae habuit. Qui positus forte in statione pontis, 1 cum capttim repentino impetu laniculum 2 atque inde citatos decurrere hostes vidisset, trepidamque turbam suorum arma ordinesque relinquere, reprehensans singulos, obsistens ob- testausque deum et hominum fidem testabatur, nequlquarn de- serto praesidio eos f ugere. Si transituin 3 pontem a tergo reli- quissent, iam plus hostium in Palatio Capitolioque quam in laniculo fore. Itaque monere, praedicere, ut pontem ferro, igm, qiiacumque vT possint, interrumpant : se impetum hostium, quan- tum corpore uno posset obsisti, excepturum. Vadit inde in primum aditum pontis, Insignisque inter conspecta cedentium pugnae terga, obversis comminus ad ineundum proeh'um armis, ipso miraculo audaciae obstupefecit hostis. Duos tamen cum eo pudor tenuit, Sp. Larcium ac T. Herminium, ambos clai'os genere factlsque. Cum his primam pericuh" procellam et quod tumultuosissimum pugnae erat parumper sustinuit. Deinde eos quoque ipsos, exigua parte pontis relicta, revocantibus qui re- scindebant, cedere in tutum coegit. Circumferens inde truces minaciter oculos ad proceres Etruscorum, nunc singulos provo- care, 4 nunc increpare omnes, servitia 5 reguni superborum, suae libertatis inmemores alienam oppugnatum venire. Cunctati ali- quamdiu sunt, dum alius alium, 6 ut proelium incipiant, circum- 1 Positus forte in statione pontis means happened to be captain of the guard of the bridge ; what is the literal meaning of the phrase ? - laniculum is the hill on the right bank of the Tiber, opposite the Rome of that day, and a little southeast of the hill on which St. Peter's and the Vatican now stand (Monte Vaticano). 3 Transituin is a noun here, and in predicate apposition with pou- tem, not a participle. 4 Provocare and increpare are "historical" infinitives, i. e., infini- tives used for a past tense of the indicative. If they had a subject ex- pressed, its case would be nominative. See A. & S. 530 a ; A. & G. 275 ; G. 650; H. 536 (1). 5 Servitia, slaveries, is used here for servos, slaves. The clause servitia . . . venire is indirect discourse, depending upon the idea of saying in increpare, = he reviled them with the taunt that they were the slaves of haughty kings, and came, etc. 6 Alius is in apposition with the unexpressed subject of circumspec- taiit. alium is the object of this verb, = they look round at one another, HOKATIUS AT THE BRIDGE. 221 spectant. 1 Pudor delude commovit aciem, et clamore sublato undique in unum hostem tela coniciunt. Quae cum in obiecto cuncta scuto haesissent, neque ille minus obstinatus ingenti pontem obtineret gradu, iam impetu conabantur detrudere virum, cum simul fragor rupti pontis simul clamor Romanorum, alacri- tate perfect! operis sublatus, pavore subito impetum sustinuit. 2 Turn Codes, u Tiberme pater," inquit, " te sancte precor, haec arma et hunc imlitem propitio flumine accipias ! " Ita sic 8 armatus in Tibevim desiluit, multisque superincidentibus tells, incolumis ad suos tranavit, rem ausus plus famae habituram ad posteros quam fidel. Grata erga tantam virtutem civitas f uit : statua in comitio posita, agri quantum uno die circumaravit da- tum. Privata quoque inter publicos honores studia eminebant : nam in magna inopia, pro domesticis copiis unusquisque el ali- quid, fraudans se ipse victu suo, contulit. Livy, ii. 10. 381. Translate into Latin : In this war King Tarquin, who had been driven out of Rome by Brutus and his companions, was trying to recover his king- dom, and Porsena with the Etruscans was helping him. It was indeed good fortune for the Romans to have such brave soldiers as Horatius and Larcius and Herminius. If the Etrus- cans had conquered, Rome would again have come under the sway of kings, and have suffered for many more years the each waiting to see some one else begin the battle. For this use of alius to express the reciprocal notion " each other," see A. & S. 449 (2) ; A. & G. 203; G. 306; H. 459. 1 Circumspectaiit, like demigrant and saepiunt, in the first sen- tence above, is " historical" present, i. e., present used for the imperfect or perfect in order to give a lively tone to the thing said. See A. & S. 466 ; A. & G. 276 d; G. 220; H. 467 III. It may be translated by the past or the (historical) present in English, but the historical present in English produces a weak effect when used often. 2 Sustinuit. For this inversion by which the cum-clause is made to contain what is really the principal statement, while the main clause ex- presses an accompanying circumstance, see A. & S. 512 ; A. & G. 325 b; G. 581, III. 2, R. 3 Notice that ita belongs with desiluit, while sic modifies armatus, = " thus he leaped down, etc., all armed as he was," 222 LATIN LESSONS. cruelty and arrogance of others like Tarquin. But no doubt when the state had become stronger, other leaders like Brutus would have come forth and led the people once more to liberty. Then perhaps the Roman republic would have lasted still longer, and the Romans might have guarded more steadfastly the free- dom which they had won at so high a price. But when the old- fashioned virtues had become changed into the bad customs which afterwards sprang up, there was need only of a man like Caesar to reduce the state to slavery, and, even if the names belonging to freedom were left, to banish utterly the thing it- self. LESSON LXIII. 382. Translate into English : - THE DEED OF MUCIUS SCAEVOLA. 1 C. 2 Mucius, adulescens nobilis, cui indignum videbatur popu- lum Romanum servientem, cum sub regibus esset, 8 nullo bello nee ab hostibus ullls obsessum esse, liberum eundem populum ab iisdem Etruscis obsideri quorum saepe exercitus fuderit, magno audacique aliquo facinore earn indignitatem vindicandam ratus, primo sua sponte penetrare in hostium castra constituit, 4 dein metuens, ne, si consulum iniussu et Ignaris omnibus Tret, forte deprehenstis a custodibus Romanis retraheretur ut trans- fuga, fortuna turn urbis crimen adfirmante, senatum adit. " Transire Tiberim," inquit, " patres, et intrare, si possim, cas- tra hostium volo, non praedo nee populationum in vicem ultor : 1 Cf. the Latin exercise in Lesson xxxvii., p. 134. 2 You will see that Livy gives the praenomen as Gaius, while the writer quoted in Lesson xxxvii. gives it wrongly as Quintus. 3 Cum sub regibus esset. This is simply explanatory of servien- tem. We should say in English, " during their period of slavery, that is, when they were under the kings." 4 We have thought it wise to simplify Livy's first sentence somewhat, by omitting some words before C. Mucius, and later omitting itaque be- fore magno audacique, which Livy uses to resume the thought begun in the early part of his sentence, and interrupted by the statement of Mu- cius's reason for his deed. THE DEED OF MUCIUS SCAEVOLA. 228 maius, si di iuvant, in animo est f acinus. " Adprobant patres. Ab- dito intra vestem ferro proficiscitur. Ubi eo venit, in conf ertis- sima turba prope regium tribunal constitit. Ibi cum stipendium militibus forte daretur, et scrlba cum rege sedens par! fere or- natu multa ageret, eum l milites volgo adirent, timens sciscitari, uter Porsena esset, ne ignorando regem semet 2 ipse aperlret quis esset, quo 8 temere traxit fortuna facinus, scribam pro rege ob- truncat. Vadentem inde, qua per trepidam turbam cruento mu- crone sibi ipse fecerat viam, cum concursu ad clamorem facto conprehensum regii * satellites retraxissent, ante tribunal regis destitutus, turn quoque inter tantas fortunae minas metuendus magis quam metuens, " Romanus sum," inquit, " civis, C. Mu- cium vocant. Hostis hostem occidere volui, nee ad mortem minus animi est quam fuit ad caedem : et facere et pati fortia Roma- num est. Nee unus in te ego hos animos gessi ; longus post me ordo est idem petentium decus. Proinde in hoc discrimen, si iuvat, accingere, ut in singulas horas capite dimices tuo, ferrum hostemque in vestibulo habeas regiae. Hoc tibi iuventus Ro- mana indicimus bellum. Nullam aciem, nullum proelium timu- eris ; uni tibi et cum singulis res erit." Cum rex, simul Ira mfensus periculoque conterritus, circumdari ignis minitabundus iuberet, nisi expromeret propere, quas msidiarum sibi minas per ambages 5 iaceret, " En tibi," inquit, " ut sentias, quam vile cor- pus sit iis, qui magnam gloriam vident ; " dextramque accenso 1 In English we should connect this clause with the preceding one by " and." 2 Semet is an emphatic form of se. The word is here used redun- dantly as the object of aperlret, thus anticipating quis esset (lest he should himself disclose himself, who he was). 3 This clause points forward to the main verb, not, as is usual in Eng- lish, back to what has been said. The meaning is, he followed at random the guidance of fate, and slew the secretary for the king (lit. [following] whither fortune accidentally drew his deed, he slew, etc.). 4 You will see that it is much more natural to emphasize regii here than in Lesson xxxvii. Probably the account given there was " adapted " from this one at a time when Latin had already fallen into decay, and the writer carelessly used Livy's phrase ready made, without noticing that he had injured its proper emphasis by changing some of the other words. This noun is hardly used in the singular. 224 LATIN LESSONS. ad sacrificium foculo inicit. Quam cum velut alien ato ab sensu torreret animo, prope attonitus miraculo rex cum ab sede sua prosiluisset, amoverique ab altaribus iuvenem iussisset, " Tu vero abi," inquit, " in te magis quam in me hostilia ausus. luberem macte virtute J esse, si pro mea patria ista virtus staret : nunc iure 2 belli liberum te intactum inviolatumque hinc dimitto." Tune Mucius quasi remunerans meritum, " Quando quidem," in- quit, " est apud te virtutl honos, ut beneficio tuleris a me, quod minis nequisti : trecenti coniuravimus prmcipes iuventutis Ro- manae, ut in te hac via grassaremur. Mea prima sors fuit ; ceteri, utcumque ceciderit piimi, quoad te opportunum fortuna dederit, suo quisque tempore aderunt." Livy, ii. 12. a. 383. Translate into Latin : From this deed of Scaevola's it can be easily seen how differ- ent Roman honor was, in some things, from that which we call honor. In a war between two nations a soldier would not now be regarded as worthy of great honor who should enter the ene- my's camp in order thus to slay their king, though his design were bold and even more difficult than Scaevola's.* Yet Scae- vola was, without any doubt, an honorable soldier, and both Etruscans and Romans approved the praise which not only Por- sena but Livy bestows upon him. The Romans diligently obeyed in all things the letter of the law, as is shown by the care with which they always declared war according to the rules that seemed to them right. They believed that the gods ap- proved a regularly declared, or, as they called it, a " just " war. 1 Macte virtute esse is an obscure idiomatic expression, meaning " go on and prosper." 2 Notice that iure belongs with liberum. * The Romans used the genitive in such a case just as we use the pos- sessive, with the idea " deed" understood. THE FOUNDING OF ROME. 225 LESSON LXIV. 384. Translate into English : THE FOUNDING OF ROME. Romulum Remumque cupido cepit in his 1 locis, ubi expositi ubique educati erant, urbis condendae. Et supererat multitude Albanorum Latinorumque ; ad id pastores quoque accesserant, qui omnes facile spem facerent parvam Albam, parvum Lavi- nium prae ea urbe, quae conderetur, fore. Intervenit deinde his cogitationibus avitum malum, regni cupido, atque inde foe- dum certamen coortum a satis nriti prmcipio. Quoniam gemim essent, nee aetatis verecundia discrimen facere posset, ut 2 dii, quorum tutelae ea loca essent, auguriis legerent, qui nomen novae urbl daret, qui conditam imperio regeret, Palatium Romulus, Remus Aventinum ad inaugurandum templa 3 capiunt. Priori Remo augurium venisse fertur sex vultures, iamque nuntiato augurio cum duplex numerus Romulo sese ostendisset, utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat. Tempore ill! praecepto, at hi numero avium regnum trahebant. Inde cum altercatione congress! certamine irarum ad caedem vertuntur. Ibi in turba ictus Remus cecidit. Vulgatior fama est ludibrio fratris Remum novos transiluisse muros ; inde ab irato Romulo, cum verbis quoque increpitans adiecisset, " Sic deinde quicumque alius transiliet moenia mea ! " interfectum. 4 Ita solus potitus 4 imperio Romulus ; condita urbs conditoris nomine appellata. 4 Palatium primum, in quo ipse erat educatus, muniit. Sacra diis aliis Albano ritu, Graeco Herculi, ut ab Euandro 6 insti- 1 Observe that this word is his, not iis, and that, therefore, Livy has particular places in mind, it does not mean the places where, etc., but these places (which we have been reading about), where, etc. 2 Notice that this ut-clause points forward to the principal verb, not back to anything that has been said. 3 Templa here has its early meaning of a space cut or marked off, from which to observe omens. 4 What verbs are omitted here ? 5 See p. 218, note 4. 226 LATIN LESSONS. tuta erant, facit. Herculem in ea loca, Geryone l interempto, boves inira specie abegisse memorant, ac prope Tiberim flu- vium, qua prae se armentum agens nando traiecerat, loco her- bido, ut quiete et pabulo laeto reficeret boves, et ipsum fessura via procubuisse. Ibi cum eum cibo vinoque gravatum sopor oppressisset, pastor accola eius loci, nomine Cacus, ferox vlribus, captus pulchritudine bourn cum avertere earn praedam vellet, quia, si agendo armentum in speluncam compulisset, ipsa vesti- gia quaerentem dominum eo deductura erant, aversos boves, eximium quemque 2 pulchritudine, caudis in speluncam traxit. Hercules ad primam auroram somno excitus cum gregem perlu- strasset oculis et partem abesse numero sensisset, pergit ad pro- ximam speluncam, si forte eo vestigia ferrent. Quae ubi omnia foras versa vidit nee in partem aliam ferre, c'onfusus atque in- certus animi 3 ex loco inf esto 4 agere porro armentum occepit. Inde cum actae boves quaedam ad desiderium, ut fit, 5 relicta- rum mugissent, reddita inclusarum ex spelunca bourn vox Her- culem convertit. Quern cum vadentem ad speluncam Cacus vi prohibere conatus esset, ictus clava fidem pastorum nequiquam invocans morte occubuit. Livy, i. 6, 3. 385. Translate into Latin : - G. I am glad that Livy does not believe the commoner story about the death of Remus. When I first heard it myself I was persuaded that it could not be true. C. I do not see why it is n't true. It seems to me that people so fierce as the original Romans would kill even a brother when angry. G. The origi- nal Romans were certainly very fierce, but such a deed is not in accordance with the character which, as we know from other 1 Geryon, according to the legend, was a three-headed or three-bodied king in Spain, who owned magnificent cattle, which it was one of the twelve labors (the tenth) of Hercules to capture for Eurystheus. 2 Eximium quemque is in apposition with boves, = the cattle, that is, each of the markedly beautiful ones. 3 Animi is locative case here. 4 Infesto = uncanny. 5 Ut fit = as is apt to be the case. THE FOUNDING OF ROME. 227 things, belonged to Romulus. Do you think it is ? C. I must admit that I don't. But you see, I don't believe that Romulus and Remus ever existed. Livy himself says in the beginning of his work, that he shall write the things that have been handed down by tradition about the early years of the Roman State, but does not vouch for them. Indeed, we cannot believe much that is written of Rome before the kings were driven out. G. It is true that no Roman kings may have been named Romulus or Numa or Tarquin, but it cannot be denied that Rome was ruled by kings in the beginning, and that many of the things handed down about the kings are true. 386. Write an essay of at least five pages on the sub- ject " Rome under the Kings," observing the following outline : 1. The story of Aeneas. 2. Alba Longa. 3. Romulus and Remus. 4. The foundation of Rome. 5. The personal character and work of each of the kings. 6. The credibility of the stories about the kings. 7. What was probably the real condition of Rome in these early days ? For an especially good discussion of this subject, see Ihne's " Early Rome," chapters i.-ix. While Ihne's " Early Rome " is perhaps the best single volume to which the pupil can be referred for information about the legend- ary period of Roman history, help may easily be obtained from any good history of Rome. Consult, for example, the earlier chapters in the larger histories of Ihne, Momm- sen, or Duruy ; or the smaller histories of Allen, Oilman, Leighton, Liddell, Merivale, Myers, Pennell, and many others. See also the article in the Encyclopaedia Britan- nica, vol. xx., p. 731. NOTE 1. The class should be prepared for this exercise in essay-writing UNIVERSITY 228 LATIN LESSONS. by preliminary talks or readings by the teacher. This course of trans- lating selections about early Roman history will fail to accomplish a large part of its intended good unless the pupils become heartily and intelligently interested in the subject of Roman history. We must assume that the ordinary pupil who begins the study of Latin has yet to create and de- velop his historical sense ; and everything possible should be done to foster such development. When he begins to read the Commentaries of Caesar, he should be ready to recognize the work of a virile historical character. When the stories of " Horatius at the Bridge " and of " Lake Regillus " are read, some member of the class should be asked to read or to declaim Macaulay's poems on these subjects. If the class contains no excellent reader or declaimer, the teacher should read these poems to the class. NOTE 2. The essays called for in sections 386 and 389 are meant to be suggestive of others that an alert and active teacher will supply at other points in the work. LESSON LXV. 387. Translate into English : SOME ANECDOTES OF HANNIBAL. A. Hannibal non adhibitus est in consilium, propter colloquia cum Villio l suspectus regi et in nullo postea honore habitus. Pririio earn contumeliam tacitus tulit, deinde melius esse ratus et percunctarl 2 causam repentmae alienationis et purgare se, tern- pore apto quaesita simplieiter iracundiae causa auditaque, " Pater Hamilcar," inquit, " Antioche, parvum admodum 8 me, cum sacrificaret, altaribus admotum iure iurando adegit numquam amicum fore populi Roman!. Sub hoc Sacramento sex et tiiginta annos militavi, hoc me in pace patria mea expulit, hoc patria extorrem in tuam regiam adduxit, hoc duce, si tu spem meam destitueris, ubicumque vires, ubi arma esse sciam, hue veniam, toto orbe terrarum quaerens aliquos Romanis hostis. Itaque si 1 Publius Villius was a member of an embassy sent from Rome to negotiate with Antiochus and prevent him from subjugating Greece. 2 Observe the force of per in the compound, the word means "to ask so forcibly as to get a distinct answer." 3 Admodum (ad modum), an adverbial phrase, meaning " very," sdingly " (lit., up to a limit). Cf. the English " to a degree." SOME ANECDOTES OF HANNIBAL. 229 quibus tuorum meis criminibus apud te crescere libet, aliam mfiteriam crescendi ex me quaerant. Odi odioque sum Romanis. Id me verum dicere pater Hamilcar et dii testes sunt. Proinde cum de bello Romano cogitabis, inter prlmos amicos Hannibalem habeto, si qua res te ad pacem compellet, in id consilium alium, cum quo deliberes, quaerito." Non movit modo talis oratio regem, sed etiam reconciliavit Hannibali. Ex consilio ita dis- cessum est, ut bellum gereretur. Livy, xxxv., 19. B. Claudius, secutus Graecos Acilianos 1 libros, P. Africanum in ea fuisse legatione tradit, eumque Ephesi collocutum cum Hannibale ; et sermonem unum etiam refert, quo quaerenti Africano, quern fuisse maximum imperatorem Hannibal crederet, respondisse Alexandrum Macedonum regem, quod parva manu innumerabiles exercitus fudisset, quod ultimas oras, quas visere supra spem humanam esset, peragrasset. Quaerenti deinde, quern secundum poneret, Pyrrhum dixisse castra metari primum docuisse ; ad hoc neminem elegantius loca cepisse, praesidia dis- posuisse ; artem etiam conciliandi sibi homines earn habuisse, ut Ttalicae gentes regis extern! quam populi Romani, tarn diu prin- cipis in ea terra, imperium esse mallent. Exsequenti, quern tertium duceret, haud dubie semet ipsum dixisse. Turn risum obortum Scipiom, et subiecisse, "Quidnam tu diceres, si me vicisses ? " u Turn vero me," inquit, " et ante Alexandrum et ante Pyrrhum et ante alios omms imperatores esse." Et per- plexum Punico astu responsum et improvisum adsentationis genus Scipionem movisse, quod e grege se imperatorum velut inaestimabilem secrevisset. Livy, xxxv., 14, 6. C. In libiis veterum memoriarum scriptum est, Hannibalem Carthaginiensem apud regem Antiochum facetissime cavillatum esse. Ea cavillatio huiuscemodi f uit : Ostendebat eT Antiochus in campo copias ingentis quas bellum populo Romano facturus comparaverat, convertebatque exercitum Insignibus argenteis et 1 The "Acilian" books were a work on Roman history written in Greek by Gains Acilius, and translated into Latin by the historian, Q. Clau- dius Quadrigarius. 230 LATIN LESSONS. aureis florentem ; inducebat etiam currus cum falcibus et ele- phantos cum turribus equitatumque frenis, ephippiis, momlibus, phaleris praefulgentem. Atque ibi rex, contemplation e tanti ac tarn ornati exercitus gloriabundus, Hannibalem aspicit et: 'Putasne," inquit, ''conferri posse ac satis esse Romanis haec omnia ? " Turn Poenus, eludens ignaviam inbelliamque militum eius pretiose armatorum : " Satis, plane satis esse credo Remains haec omnia, etiam si avarissimi sunt." Nihil prorsum neque tarn lepide neque tarn acerbe did potest : rex de numero exer- citus sui ac de aestimanda aequiperatione quaesiverat, respondit Hannibal de praeda. Aulus Gellius, v., 5. 388. Translate into Latin : If Scipio was a leader who ought to be separated from the general body, Hannibal himself deserved this praise even more. These anecdotes are but three among many in the works of the Roman writers, which show how much that great nation both admired and feared him. Could a better answer have been given to King Antiochus or to the questions of Scipio ? And surely the dignity that he displayed when he went to Antiochus and asked the reason of the king's estrangement is worthy of the greatest admiration. Hannibal, too, like Pyrrhus, had the art of winning men to himself, as is shown by the number of soldiers whom he kept under arms against the Romans when he was waging war for fifteen years in Italy with very little reen- forcement from Carthage. Nor was an oath ever kept with greater zeal and persistency than he showed in regard to his oath that he would never be the friend of the Roman people. 389. Write an essay of at least five pages on the sub- ject " Hannibal," observing the following outline : 1. The father of Hannibal. 2. Hannibal's boyhood. 3. Hannibal's work in Spain. 4. The great war with Rome. 5. The later years of his life. THE HAUNTED HOUSE AT ATHENS. 231 6. His death. 7. His character and work. The following references will aid in preparing the essay : (a) Henty's " The Carthaginian Boy." (b) R. Bosworth Smith's "Rome and Carthage," pp. 108-9, 163-71, 191, 225, 235-237. (c) Arnold's "History of Rome;" that part dealing with the Second Punic War. (d) Ihne's " History of Rome," ii., 147-52, 158-63, 170-73, 244-58, 442- 44; iii., 87,' 88, 186-88. (e) Mommsen's " History of Rome." ii., chaps. 1-7. (f) The Encyclopaedia Britannica, xi., pp. 441 et seq. LESSON LXVI. 390. Translate into English : - THE HAUNTED HOUSE AT ATHENS. Erat Athems spatiosa et capax domus, sed mfamis et pesti- lens. Per silentium noctis sonus ferri, et si attenderes 1 acrius, strepitus vinculorum longius primo, deinde e proximo reddeba- tur : mox apparebat idolon, senex macie et squalore confectus, promissa barba, horrent! capillo : cruribus compedes, manibus catenas gerebat quatiebatque. Inde inhabitantibus tristes di- raeque noctes per metum vigilabantur : vigiliam morbus et cre- scente f ormidine mors sequebatur. Nam interdiu quoque, quam- quam abscesserat imago, memoria imaginis oculls inerrabat, longiorque causis timoris timor erat. Deserta inde et damnata solitudine domus totaque ill! monstro relicta; prosciibebatur tamen, seu quis emere, seu quis condiicere ignarus tanti mall vellet. Venit Athenas philosophus Athenodorus, 2 legit titulum, auditoque pretio, quia suspecta vilitas, p^rcunctatus, omnia doce- 1 The subjunctive is thus used by the writers of the empire in a general condition referring to the past, while the writers of Cicero's time use the indicative. See A. & S. 477, d (2) ; A. & G. 309, b; G. 569, R. 2. 2 There were two more or less famous Stoic philosophers of this name, but they probably lived at an earlier time than the hero of Pliny's letter. 232 LATIN LESSONS. tur ac nihilo minus, immo tanto magis conducit. Ubi coepit advesperascere, iubet stern! sibi prlma domus parte, poscit pu- gillares, stilum, lumen : suos omnes in interiora dimittit, ipse ad scribendum animum, oculos, manum intendit, ue vacua mens audita simulacra et inanes sibi metus fingeret. Initio, quale ubique, silentium noctis, dein concuti f errum, vincula mover! : ille non tollere oculos, non remittere stilum, sed offirmare ani- mum auribusque praetendere : turn crebrescere fragor, adven- tare, et iam ut in llmine, iam ut intra limen audiii : respicit, videt agnoscitque narratam sibi effigiem. Stabat innuebatque digito, similis vocanti : hie contra ut paulum exspectaret manu slgnificat rursusque ceris et stilo incumbit : ilia scribentis capiti catems insonabat : respicit rursus idem quod prius innuentem, nee moratus tollit lumen et sequitur. Ibat ilia lento gradu, quasi gravis vinculis : postquam deflexit in aream domus, re- pente dilapsa deserit comitem: desertus herbas et folia con- cerpta signum loco ponit. Postero die adit magistrates, monet ut ilium locum effodi iubeant. Inveniuntur ossa inserta catenis et inplicita, quae corpus aevo terraque putrefactum nuda et exesa reliquerat vinculis : collecta publice sepeliuntur. Domus postea rite conditis manibus caruit. Plin. Ep. vii., 27, 5-11. 391. Translate into Latin : Most of us have, no doubt, at some time visited some town where we were shown a house feared by the ignorant for the same reason for which Pliny says this house at Athens was so hard to sell ; even if our native place does not contain such a house. To-day, too, any one who, like the philosopher Atheno- dorus, hires such a house and sleeps in it to show that the fears of people are groundless is looked upon with a certain admira- tion. Still the number of ignorant and superstitious people is much smaller in our day than it was in Pliny's, and, though many who are bold enough by the light of day would prefer not to spend the hours of darkness in a house said to be inhab- ited by ghosts, it is very doubtful if anybody, or at least any family, could be so affected by such fears as to fall sick and PLINY'S LETTER TO TACITUS. 233 die. Indeed, that part of Pliny's letter takes away belief in the whole matter. Who would stay so long in such a house that he actually died of fright ? For there is nothing to show that the people who lived in the house before Athenodorus were forced to stay there. LESSON LXVII. 392. Translate into English : - C. PLINIUS TACITO SUO S. 1 Salvum 2 te in urbem venisse gaudeo ; venisti autem, si quando alias, nunc maxime mihi desideratus. Ipse pauculis adhuc die- bus in Tusculano 3 commorabor, ut ppusculum quod est in ma- nibus absolvam. Vereor enim ne, si hanc intentionem 4 iam in fine laxavero, aegre resumam. Interim ne quid festmationi meae pereat, quod 6 sum praesens petiturus hac quasi praecurso- ria epistula rogo. Sed prius accipe causas rogandi. Proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me salutandum municipis mei filius praetextatus. Huic ego " Studes ? " 6 inquam. Respon- dit " Etiam." " Ubi ? " " Mediolani." " Cur non hie ? " Et pater eius (erat enim una atque etiam ipse adduxerat puerum) " Quia nullos hie praeceptores habemus." " Quare nullos ? nam 1 S. stands for salutem, the object of a dicit understood, and is equiv- alent to sends greeting, or, as sometimes also in English, simply greeting. Sometimes S. D., or S. D. P. (salutem dicit plurimam), is used. These are the regular ways of beginning a Latin letter. 2 The form would be salvom in one of Cicero's letters ; O after v gave way to u about the end of the classical period. 3 A villa of Pliny's at Tusculum, the modern Frascati, near Rome. The word Tusculanum is properly an adjective, agreeing with rus or some other word for " country estate " understood. * Not merely intention, but the energetic carrying out of an intention. 5 Notice that this clause points forward, as is very frequent with subor- dinate clauses in Latin. 6 Studes here means are you at school? Such phrases as litteris studere or philosophiae studere are classical Latin, but studere was not used alone in the sense of " study " until a later period than the classical. 234 LATIN LESSONS. vehementer intererat J vestra, qui patres estis," et opportune eonplures patres audiebant, u liberos vestros hie potissimum dis- cere. Ubi enim aut iucundius morarentur quam in patria aut pudicius continerentur quam sub oculis parentuin aut minore sumptu quam domi ? Quantulum est ergo collata pecunia con- ducere praeceptores, quodque nunc in habitationes, in viatica, in ea quae peregre emuntur inpenditis adicere rnercedibus ? Atque adeo ego, qui nondum liberos habeo, paratus sum pro re publica nostra, quasi pro Mia vel parente, tertiam partem eius quod conf erre vobis placebit dare. Totum etiam pollicerer, nisi timerem ne hoc munus meum quandoque ambitu corrumperetur, ut accidere multis in locis video, in quibus praeceptores piiblice conducuntur. Huic vitio occurri uno remedio potest, si paren- tibus soils ius conducendi relinquatur isdemque religio recte iudicandi necessitate collationis addatur. Nam qui fortasse de alieno neglegentes, certe de suo diligentes erunt dabuntque ope- ram ne a me pecuniam non nisi dignus accipiat, si accepturus et ab ipsls erit. Proinde consentite, conspirate maioremque ani- mum ex meo sumite, qui cupio esse quam plurimum quod de- beam conferre. Nihil honestius praestare libeiis vestris, nikil gratius patriae potestis. Educentur hie qui hie nascuntur sta- timque ab Infantia natale solum amare, frequentare consuescant. Atque utinam tarn claros praeceptores inducatis ut fmitimis oppidis studia hinc petantur, utque nunc liberl vestrl aliena in loca, ita mox alien! in hunc locum confluant ! " Haec putavi altius et quasi a fonte repetenda, quo magis scires (juam gratum mihi foret, si susciperes quod iniungo. Iniungo autem et pro rei magnitudine rogo ut ex copia studiosorum, quae ad te ex admiratione ingenii tui convenit, circumspicias praeceptores quos sollicitare possimus, sub ea tamen condicione ne cui fidem meam obstringam. Omnia enim libera parentibus servo. Bli iiidi- cent, illi eligant : ego mihi curam tantum et inpendium vindico. Proinde si quis fuerit repertus qui ingenio suo fidat, eat illuc ea lege ut hinc nihil aliud certum quam fiduciam suam ferat. Vale. Plin. JSp., iv. 13. 1 For this use of the indicative, where you would expect a contrary-to- fact subjunctive, see A. & S. 474 d and 477 c; A. & G, 308 c and 311 c; G. 599, 3 ; H. 511, 1, notes 3 and 4. LATIN-ENGLISH EXEKCISE. 235 393. Translate into Latin : S. I pity Tacitus if he received many such long letters from his friend Pliny asking him to attend to these little affairs for him. Why could n't he ask him in a few words to choose a teacher for the son of his fellow-countryman and send him to Milan ? D. You are too hard on Pliny, I think. Tacitus was a busy man, no doubt, and Pliny wished to show him that he had a good reason for asking so much of him. It would be in- teresting, though, to have some of the letters in which Tacitus answered Pliny. I can't help feeling that the friendship which Pliny talks about so much was more on his part than on that of Tacitus. S. Now you are too hard on Pliny. Tacitus was probably less talkative and full of words than Pliny. Perhaps his name came from some ancestor who was inclined to silence. D. His historical writings certainly do not abound in useless words, though they contain a good deal in a small space. 236 PRONUNCIATION OF PROPER NAMES. RULES FOR THE ENGLISH PRONUNCIATION OF GREEK AND LATIN PROPER NAMES. ACCENT. 1. Words of two syllables are always accented on the first syllable ; as : Ro'ma, Lo'cri. 2. In words of more than two syllables the accent rests upon the pe- nult, if that is long ; otherwise upon the antepenult ; as : I-u'-lus, Cic'-e-ro, A-ri'-on, Rhod'-6-pe. 3. A long word may have two or more secondary accents, placed where a sense of rhythmical propriety will naturally cause the vocal stress to fall ; as : Ac"-ar-na'-ni-a, Me"-di-o-mat'-ri-ces, Hi'"-e-ro-caes"-a-re'-a. SYLLABICATION. 1. A word has as many syllables as it has vowels or diphthongs ; as : Pro-me'-theus, Ber-e-ni'-ce, GuiT'-i-er-mus, Se-gu"-si-a'-vi. REMARK. This rule does not apply to such anglicized forms as Pros'-er-pine. 2. A single consonant, or a mute with I or r, between the last two vowels of a word, or between the vowels of any two unaccented syllables, must be joined to the latter vowel ; as : Cy'-prus, Pel"- o-pon-ne'-sus. 3. A single consonant, or a mute with I or r, before an accented vowel, must be joined to that vowel ; so also a single consonant after it, except in the penult ; as : Bal'-a-crus, Meg-a-ba'-zus. 4. When a consonant is doubled, the division into syllables must separate the two ; as : Tri-boc'-ci, En'-ni-us. 5. Unpronounceable combinations of consonants are separated so that those that may begin a word are attached to the following vowel ; as: Or'-pheus, Aph-ro-di'-te, An-tir'-rhi-um, Pan'-cre-on, Ver- gil'-i-us. Exceptions. 1. A single consonant, or a mute with I or r, after an accented a, e or o, and before two vowels the first of which is e, i, or y, must be LATIN LESSONS. 237 joined to the following vowel ; as : Ma'-ri-us, Pau-sa'-ni-as, Ae-to'- li-a, Phar-sa'-li-a. 2. A single consonant, or a mute with I or r, after an accented u, must be joined to the following vowel ; as : U'-ti-ca, Mu'-ti-na, Su'-tri-um. Pub'-li-us is the only exception. 3. Combinations of consonants that are unusual in English are usu- ally separated, though they may be pronounced in the same syllable by classical usage ; as : Sos'-the-nes (by Latin usage So- sthne-nes). 4. The combinations gl and tl are separated when they follow an accented penultimate vowel ; as : Aeg'-le, At'-las. SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS. VOWELS. 1. A vowel at the end of an accented syllable has its long English sound ; as : Ae-gi'-na, Lu"-si-ta'-ni, Al"-ci-bi'-a-des. (a) A at the end of an unaccented syllable has the sound of a in Cuba ; as : Meg'-a-ra. (b) E, o, and u at the end of an unaccented syllable have nearly the same sound as when accented, only not so distinct ; as : Hi"-e-rap'-o-lis, Ru'-tu-li. (c) I. / final has its long English sound ; as : Se'-qua-ni, Lat"-o- bri'-gi. II. /at the end of an unaccented syllable, not final, has an obscure sound, nearly like e ; as : At'-ti-ca. III. / has its long sound in the first syllable of a word, the second of which is accented ; (1) when it stands alone be- fore a consonant ; as : I-tho'-me ; and (2) when it ends a syllable before a vowel ; as : Di-a'-na, I-u'-lus. Otherwise i in such a first syllable, preceding an accented syllable, is pronounced short : Ci-li'-ci-a. But the rule and the practice are uncertain. (d) Y equals i in all cases ; as : Myc'-a-le, My'-lae. 2. A vowel has its short English sound when followed by a consonant in the same syllable ; as : Cic'-e-ro, Psam-met'-i-cus. Exception. Es at the end of a word is pronounced like the English word ease ; as : Soc'-ra-tes, Ar"-is-ti'-des. 238 PRONUNCIATION OF PROPER NAMES. DIPHTHONGS. 1. Ae and oe equal e in all cases ; as : Aet'-na, Phoe'-nix. 2. When ai, ei, oi, and yi are accented and are followed by another vowel, the i equals initial y, as in yes, and the vowel before it has its long sound ; as : A-chai'-a, Aq"-ui-lei'-a, Au-run"-cu-lei'-us. 3. Au = cw in law ; as : Nau-pac'-tus. 4. Eu = u long ; as : Eu-rys'-theus. CONSONANTS. The consonants have in general the same sounds as in English. 1. C and g are hard before a, o, and u, soft before e, i, y, ae and oe ; as : Cal'-e-ti, Cy'-nie, Cae-roe'-si, Gy'-ges. 2. Ch always has the sound of k ; as : Chi'-os. 3. C, s, and t before i preceded by an accented syllable and followed by a vowel have the sound of sh ; as : Sic'-y-on (Sish'-e-on), Boe-o'-ti-a. But after s, t, or x, t keeps its hard sound ; as: Brut'-ti-i. So also in the termination tion ; as : Eu-ry t'-i-on. NOTE. The most important, perhaps, of the above rules are those for syllabication; without a correct knowledge of these accuracy is impos- sible. The rules apply not only to Greek and Latin proper names, but also to words and phrases that have been appropriated and naturalized in English speech, and to modern scientific terms that have been borrowed from the ancient languages or formed correctly by analogy ; but not to such words as telephone and hippodrome, js^hich are thoroughly anglicized. Thus they indicate the correct pronunciation of such words as bronchitis, caesura, hendiadys, onomatopoeia, phthisis, strata, and data; and of such phrases as habeas corpus, in statu quo, and epluribus unum. VOCABULARY. NOTE. In the following vocabulary there are given under each word its deriva- tion and method of formation, so far as these are known with tolerable certainty. Words of doubtful derivation have been marked with interro- gation points, all words being included as such in regard to which there is not substantial agreement between Harper's Latin Lexicon and Vani- gek's Etymologisches Worterbuch (2d ed.). There is then given an Eng- lish equivalent for the word, based upon its derivation, followed by typical meanings acquired by the word as used by the Latin writers. Where it has seemed desirable, illustrative examples have been given, and brief hints on the syntax of the word have been added. ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS. abl., ablative. ace., accusative. act., active. adj., adjective. adv., adverb. advers., adversative. art., article. C., common gender. cf. (confer), compare. comp., compar., comparative, composition, see In comp. conj., conjunction. cont., contracted. dat., dative. demon., demonstr., demonstra- tive. denom., denominative (verb). dep., deponent. dim., dimin., diminutive. etc. (et cetera), and so forth. Eng., English. f., fern., feminine. fr., from. freq., frequent., frequentative (verb denoting repeated action). fut., future. gen., genitive. Gr., Greek. i. e. (id est), that is. imper., imperative. imp erf., imperfect. impers., impersonal. incep., inceptive (verb denoting the beginning of an action). In comp., compos., in composi- tion ; joined with another word. indec., indecl., indeclinable. indef., indefinite. indie., indicative. infill., infinitive. intens., intensive. interj., interjection. interr., interrog., interrogative. in trans., intransitive. lit., literally. loc., locative. m., masc., masculine. n., neut., neuter. neg., negative. nom., nominative. orig., origin, originally. opp., opposite, opposed to. p., participle. p. a., participial adjective. pi., plu., plural. p. p., perfect participle. particip., participial. pass., passive. perf., perfect. pers., person. pluper., pluperfect pr., proper. pres., pr., present prep., preposition. pron., pronoun, pronominal. redup., reduplicated. rel., relative. sc. (scilicet), understand. sing., singular. St., stem. subj., subjunctive. super., superl., superlative. trans., transitive. voc., vocative. -f- sign of composition, see In comp. * indication of a form not actually found but assumed as a step in the growth of words. ? formation unknown. yf root. % /u> etc., indication that in the process of word formation a vowel has been changed from the letter above the line to the one below it. VOCABULARY. LATIN-ENGLISH. a, see ab. A, abbreviation for Aulus, wh. see. ab (before consonants regularly a, before te and in composition some- times abs), [same word as Gr. air6, Eng. off], prep, witb abl., from, away from, (opposite of ad). PLACE, fugiunt ab urbe, they flee from the city. TIME, a prin- cipio veris, from the beginning of spring. METAPHORICALLY, ab defensione desistere, to cease from the defence ; quartus a Romulo, fourth from (i. e. after) Romulus ; a tergo, in the rear (to the Roman mind the rear was regarded as the quarter FROM which, while we view it differ- ently) ; ab hoste necatus, butchered by the enemy (i. e. the enemy is the source FROM which the butchery proceeds) ; ab re me a, inconsistent with (away from) my interests. IN COMP. away, apart, or sometimes with a negative force ; cf. abscedere, to go away from; abdere, to put away, hide; absi- milis, unlike. abdere, -6, abdidi, abditus, [ab +*dare (akin to Eng. cfoand deed)], to put away, hide. se abdere, to hide one's self, go away. abducere, -6, -duxi, -ductus, [ab -f- dflcere], to lead off or away, to withdraw. exerci- tuin ab aliqud abducere, to entice away one's army ; aliquem a negotio abducere, to take one away from some affair. abesse, absum, afui, afuturus, [ab -{- esse], to be away, not to be at (a given place). tantum abest ut vicerimus, ut, so far is it from the truth that we have con- quered, that, etc. ; non multum abest quin, it is not far from being, i. e. almost. abhinc, [ab + hinc], ago, since (used only of time, though hinc itself is an adverb of place j in clas- sical Latin, always referring back to past time). abicere, -io, -iecl, -iectus, [ab -j-iacere], to cast away, throw off or down, give up. P. p. ab- le ctus, downcast, disheartened. abies (st. abiet-), [?], i., fir-tree, also the wood of the fir-tree. abigere, -6, -egl, -actus, [ab -f agere], to drive away. pecus abigere, to drive away (i. e. steal) cattle. abire, -eo, -ii, -itum, [ab -f ire], to go away, depart, leave off. ab- 242 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. iens magistratu, retiring from office. See also deponere. abscedere. -6, -cessi, -cessum, [abs -\- cedere], to go away, de- part ; to march off, retire ; to dis- appear. abs ens, st. absent-, [pres. p. of abesse used as adjective], not at (a given place), away, absent. absolvere, -6, -solvi, -solutus, [ab -)- solvere], to loosen from, set free ; to acquit ; tojinish. P. p. absolutus,./imsAerf, complete, ab- solute. absque, [abs + que (which, like " ever " and " soever," has a gen- eralizing force)], prep, with abl. (but hardly used in the Latin of the Golden Age), without, except. abstinens, see abstinere. abstinentia, -ae, [abstinent- (pres. p. of abstinere, abs -f tenere) + ia-], f., the holding off from ; hence, a refraining from, self-restraint. abstinere, -eo, -tinul, -tentus, [abs + tenere], to hold off, keep away (transitive) ; to abstain from (intrans.). Pr. p. absti- nens, refraining from what is un- lawful, temperate, abstinent. abundare, -5, -avi, -atus, [ab + undare (from unda. a wave)], to flow over and down, overflow; to be well supplied with, abound in. P. a. abundans, overflowing, rich, full. abunde, [adverb as if from *abun- dus (ab -f- root of unda, a wave}], overflowingly ; hence, plen- tifully, abundantly. Acca Larentia, [Acca from a Sanskrit word meaning mother], f., the wife of the shepherd Fau- stulus, the foster mother of Romu- lus and Remus. accedere, -6, -cessi. -cessum, [ad -f- cedere], to go towards, draw near, approach. Impers. to be added to ; hence a roundabout way of saying besides. ad se- nectutem eius accedebat ut caecus esset, to his old age was added blindness ; ad hoc accedit, besides this. accendere,-6, -cendl, -census, [ad + * candere (cf. candere, to be gleaming, shine)], to kindle on top, set jire to ; to rouse, stir up. See also incendere. accidere, -6, accidi, no p. p., [ad -f cadere], to fall upon; hence, to happen, come to pass (used especially of unexpected and un- fortunate things, while contin- gere is used of pleasant things, and evenire is the general word for happening; cf. "accident" and " event" in English). accingere, -6, -cinxi, -cinctus, [ad + cingere], to gird on; hence, to arm, equip. se accin- gere, or accingi (alone), to gird one^s self, make one's self ready. accipere. -io, -cepi, -ceptus, [ad -f capere], to take to one's self, receive, accept ; to receive (by hearing) ; hence, to hear, learn. P. p. acceptus, -a, -um, ac- cepted ; hence, a., acceptable, wel- come, dear. accola, -ae, [ad + *cola (^ col, cf. colere, to till)], m., one who tills or dwells near by, a neighbor. accubitio, st. accubition-, [ac- cubit/i (p. p- of accumbere, ad + cumbere, yfcub, bend, lie) -f- ion-], f., the having taken a OF THB UNIVERSITY LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. reclining position near; hence, a reclining with one at meals (accord- ing to the Roman habit of using lounges instead of chairs at table). accusare, -6, -avi, -atus, [ad -f- causa (as if through causare)], to demand a reason of ; hence, to call to account, to accuse, arraign. accusator, st. accusator-, [ac- cusa- -|- to r -]> m '> one who ac- cuses, an accuser (esp. the plaintiff in a trial for any offence against the state, while petitor means the plaintiff in a private suit). acer, -cris, -ere, [^ac -f ri-], sharp, piercing ; hence, violent ; keen, shrewd ; eager, spirited. Comp. acrior, superl. acerri- mus. acerbe, [adverb of acerbus], harshly, sharply, bitterly. acerbus, -a, -um, [acer (used as stem) -j- bo-], (a shortened be- cause of the transfer of the accent to the following syllable), bitter (to the taste) ; hence, metaphori- cally, bitter, harsh, hard to bear. Achilles, -is, [Gr. proper name, 'AxiAAefo], m., a celebrated Greek leader in the war against Troy. He was son of Peleus, the king of Thessaly, and of the sea-goddess Thetis. acies, -61, [^ac + 16-], f., a point, sharp edge ; hence, keen glance (of the eye) ; and especially, battle- line (poetically looked at as a sort of sword edge), battle. Acilianus, -a, -um, [AcHi^-f -anus (as if through Acilia- -f no-)], o/or belonging to AcHius ; especially, Aciliani libri, the (historical) books of C. Acilius Glabrio. acriter, [acri- -j- ter], adv. of acer, sharply ; hence, eagerly, spir- itedly, etc. acriter puguare, to fight sharply or desperately. Comp. acrius, superl. acer- rime. actus, -us, [yfag + tu-], m., a driving or doing ; hence, a per- forming, especially the performing of a play, and most commonly, a part or an act in a play. acuere, -o, acui, acutus, [acu- (stem of acus, needle, ^ac, as in acies, acer)], to make sharp; hence, to rouse, sharpen, improve. Hence, p. a. acutus, pointed, sharp; keen. acutus, see acuere. ad, [same word as English at], prep, with ace., towards, to (opposite of ab). PLACE, ad urbem Ire, to go to the city (with verb of mo- tion) ; ad urbem esse, to be near the city (with verb of rest). TIME, ad senectutem, to or till old age ; ad vesperum, towards evening. NUMBER, ad trecen- tos, towards, or about, three hun- dred. METAPHORICALLY, ad vitam be at am, towards, or with regard to, a happy life ; ad bel- lum gerendum, towards, or for, waging war ; ad me scribit, he is writing to me ; ad huiic mo- dum, after this fashion. IN COMP., to, toward; hence, denot- ing addition or intensity ; cf . ad- ducere, to bring to; adferre, to contribute ; adamare, to want very much, covet. adcurrere, -6, adcucurri and adcurri, ^dcursum, [ad -(- currere], to run to or towards. addere, -6, addidi, additus, 244 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. [ad -f- * dare (cf. abdere)], put to or by ; hence, to add, to join to. adducere, -6, -duxi, -ductus, [ad 4- ducere], to bring or lead to; hence, to prompt, incite, per- suade to (usually in a good sense). See also deducere and in- ducere. adeo, [ad -j- eo], adv., to such a point or degree, so far; very, even, just. adesse. -sum, -fui, -futurus, [ad-|-esse], to be near or at a place; hence, to be somewhere to help some one (especially as an advocate in court) ; to aid. adfabilis, -e, [adfa- (stem of ad- f ari, ad -j- f ari, to speak) + the made-up ending -bills (i. e. as if through *adfabus {adfa- -j- bo-} 4~li)]} easy to be spoken to, courteous, affable, kind. adferre, -6, attuli, adlatus, [ad -j-fenre], to bring to; hence, to bring upon, to cause ; to assert ; to contribute. adficere, -io. -feci. -fectus, [ad 4-facere], to do to; hence, to influence, affect; to bestow, or in- flict, upon. adfinitas, st. adflnitat-, [ad- fini- (ad + finis) -f tat-], f., nearness to ; hence, relationship, or alliance by marriage. adfirmare, -6, -avi, -atus, [ad 4- firmare (from firmus, -a, -um)], to declare as fixed, assert confidently ; hence, to corroborate, to confirm. adgredi, -ior, -gressus, [ad -f- gradi], (usually transitive), to step towards, approach ; hence, to ad- dress or apply to (a person) ; to undertake, begin (a thing) ; in hos- tile sense, to attack, fall upon. adhibere, -eo, -ui, -itus, [ad + habere], to hold towards ; hence, to add, bring, or give to ; to apply to, use for ; also, to summon (as a witness or an adviser). adhuc, [ad + hue], adv. of PLACE, to this point, thus far ; or of TIME, until now, still. adicere, -io, -ieci, -iectus, [ad -j- iacere], to cast towards or to ; hence, to add ; to turn the mind to. adigere, -6, adegi, adactus, [ad 4~ a er ]i to drive towards or to ; to urge, bring one to a state of mind or action. ad ius iu- raiidum. or iure iurando, ali- quem adigere, to bind one by an oath. adimere, -6, -emi, -emptus, [ad + emere], to take to one's self, take away, deprive of. (The person from whom the thing is taken is expressed by a DATIVE, as hunc librurn fratri adem.it, he took this book away from his brother.) adire, -eo, -ii, -itus, [ad +ire], to go to or towards ; hence, to ap- proach, address, undertake, under- go. In all these senses sometimes used with ad and ace., but more often transitively. Thus urbem adeunt, they are approaching the city; ilium adeamus, let us address that gentleman ; bellum adiit, he undertook the war ; but also ad urbem adeunt, ad ilium adeamus, ad bellum adiit. adit us, -us, [adi (gathered from adire, and treated as a stem) + tu-], m., a going towards or to, an LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 245 approaching ; hence, an approach ; an entrance, admission. adiungere, -6, -iunxi, -iunctus, [ad-f iungere], to join to, add to. adiungere aliquem sibi, to make some one one" 1 s friend, enter into friendship with some one. adiuvare, -6, -iuvl, -iutus, [ad -fiuvare], to give aid to, help (rather stronger than iuvare). adlicere, -io, -lexl,-lectus, [ad -j-*lacere], to draw or entice to, allure. adloqui, -or, -locutus, [ad 4- loqui], to speak to, address. administrare, -6, -avi, -atus, [ad 4- ministrare (from mi- nister)], to attend upon, assist; hence, to take charge of, manage, administer. admirari, -or, -atus sum, [ad + mirarl (denom. from mirus, -a, -um)], to look at with wonder or admiration, to wonder at; to admire. admiratio, st. admiration-, [admirat /! (particip. stem of admirari) + ion-], f., a having wondered at, an admiring ; hence, admiration, surprise, astonishment. admittere, -6, -mlsi, -missus, [ad + mittere], to send to; hence, to allow to come and go, let in ; let run (of a horse) ; to allow ; to let wrong have access to one's self, i. e. to commit wrong. admodum, [ad + modum (ace. of modus, limit)], adv., up to a limit ; hence, to a high degree, very ; also, completely, wholly. admonere, -eo, -monui, -mo- nitus, [ad + monere], to put one in mind of, to warn, admonish. admovere, -eo, -m6vi,-motus, [ad 4- movere], to move towards or to; to apply, direct to; to ap- proach. adolescere, -6, -olevi, adul- tum, [from adolere (ad 4- olere, to increase, grow). Verbs thus formed in -scere are called INCEPTIVES and denote the be- ginning of an action], to begin to grow up ; to grow, increase. Hence, p. a. adultus, -a, -um, grown. adoriri, -ior, -ortus, [ad -f oriri], to rise up towards or to do something ; hence, to approach, and especially in hostile sense, to attack ; to undertake, engage in a thing (especially if hard or danger- ous). adparere, -eo, -parui, -paritum, [ad + parere], to come forth to, come in sight, appear. IMPEBS. adparet, it is clear, is evident, can be seen. adpellere, -6, adpuli, adpul- sus, [ad -f pellere], to drive towards. Especially, iiavem adpellere, to bring a ship to port, to land. adponere, -5, -posui, -positus, [ad + ponere], to put near; hence, to apply to, add, unite; to put in some position, or assign to a duty. adprobare, -6, -avi, -atus, [ad -f probare (from probus, -a, -um)], to put a mark of '"first class " on, to approve ; hence, to con- firm, demonstrate, prove. adpropinquare, -6, -avi, -atus, [ad + propinquare (from pro- pinquus, -a,-um)], to draw near to, approach. adquiescere, -6, -quievi, -quie- turus, [ad + quiescere (in- 246 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. ceptive from quies)], to begin to take rest, to repose; hence, tojind pleasure in, assent, acquiesce. adsentatio, st. adsentation- [adsentat /!- (p. p. of adsen- tari, frequent, of adsentiri, ad -f- sentire) + ion-], f., an assenting to ; hence, flattery. adspectus, -us, [adspec (gath- ered from adspicere,and treated as a stem) -j- tu-], m., a looking upon, sight ; hence, the appearance, aspect of a thing. adspicere, -io, -spexi, -spec- tus, [ad + specere], to look towards or at; to survey, examine, consider; of rooms, countries, etc., to face, look in a certain direction. - meridiem adspicere, to face the south. adsuefacere, -io, -fed, -factus, [adsue- (ad -f some form of the root of suescere, become used to) -\- facere], to make used to, accus- tom to (the thing to which one was made accustomed was expressed by the ABLATIVE in Cicero's time, later by the DATIVE also). adulescens, st. adulescent-, [p. a. from adolescere (incep- tive of adolere, ad -f olere)], growing up, young ; hence, chiefly used as a noun, youth, young man (from 15 or 17 to ahout 40). See also iuvenis. adulescentulus, -T, [adule- scent- + Io- (with u inserted as if from an O-stem)],m., a little adulescens. a very young man. The periods of life were treated by the Romans rather more elas- tically than by us. Cicero speaks of himself as adulescentulus when 27. advenire, -io. -veni, -ventum [ad + venire], to come to, arrive at, reach. adventare, -6,-avi, -atum. [fre- quent, of advenire (ad -f ve- nire)], to come constantly nearer to; hence, to come on fast, draw near rapidly. adventus, -us, [adven (gathered from advenire as if it were a root like y/'ven from the simple venire) -f- tu-], m., a coming to, an arrival. adversarius, -a, -um, [formed from adversus (p. p. of adver- tere, ad -f vertere) by means of the made-up ending arms (i. e. as if an adversaris, -e, were made from advers% -f "-, and then a new stem were made from this + i-)]> turned toward ; lying in front of; hence, opposite to, as a contestant (in either hostile contest or friendly rivalry), and especially as a noun, opponent, adversary. adversus, -a, -um, [p. a. from advertere (ad -}- vertere)], turned towards, over against, oppo- site, in front. The form adver- sus is most common as a prep, with ace., towards, opposite to, facing, against (especially in a hostile sense). Also used as ad- verb, against, opposite, before. advesperascit, [ad + vespera- scit, inceptive, (cf. adolescere), made from vespera-, the even- ing}], evening begins to draw near ; twilight is beginning. aedes. a less common form for aedis (wh. see). aedificare, -6, -avi, -atus, [de- nom. made as if from an aedifi- LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 247 cus, aedi + fi co (<]fa.c, do, make + o-)], to make a building; to build. aedificium, -I, [*aedific/i + io- (see aedificare)], n., a building (of any kind). aedis, st. aedi-, [^ aidh, to kindle \ + i], f ., fireplace ; hence, the place \ where fire is lighted on an altar, a \ temple, sanctuary. In the plural, a house, dwelling (as consisting of several apartments). aeger, -gra, -grum, [perhaps ^ aig, to shake + ro-], sick, ill; hence, troubled, sad. aegre, [adverh of aeger], uncom- fortably ; hence, with difficulty; reluctantly. aegre ferre all- quid, to take a thing to heart, bear it ill Aemilius, -a, -um, [aemulo- (formed from ^aem, cf. Eng. "aim," as if through *aemus, by adding lo-) + io-], aiming to rival a family name among the Romans. The gens Aemi- lia contained many famous men. Aeneas, -ae, [a Greek proper name, AtVetos], m., the Trojan hero (son of Anchises and the goddess Venus), who was the legendary ancestor of the Roman nation. See 217. aequare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from aequus, -a, -um], to make even or level ; to make equal ; hence, to compare ; to equal, or (intransi- tively) to become equal to. aeque, [adverb of aequus], equally, in the same way. aequiperatio, st. aequipera- tion-, [aequiperat/i (p- p- of aequiperare, denom. made as if from *aequiperus, aequo- + root of parare) + ion-], f., a having equalized, or compared ; a putting on the same footing. aequitas, st. aequitat-, [aequ/i -f- tat-], f., the quality of being aequus ; hence, equality, and, more commonly, justice, fairness, equity; also, calmness of mind, equanimity. aequus, -a, -um, [?], even, level; hence, favorable, convenient (from the language of warfare, because level places are favorable for fighting) ; friendly, propitious. From another point of view, equal ; hence, fair, just ; right or reason- able. agr, stem a6r-, [Gr. word i^p], m., the air (that is, the atmosphere nearest the earth, while the air of the upper regions is aether, st. aether-, m.) aes, st. aer-, [probab'ly the same word as Eng. iron and ore], n., crude metal (except gold and silver) ; especially, copper and bronze; hence, things made of copper, especially money. aes alienum, debt (lit. another's money). aestas, st. aestat- [y'aidh, to kin- dle -f- tat-], f., heat, but used only to denote the hot season, summer (from Mar. 22 to Sept. 22). aestimare, another spelling for aestumare. aestumare, -6, -avi, -atus, [aes -f tumus (whether a complex suf- fix or from root of tueri, to watch -f- mo- is uncertain)], to fix the money value of, to value; hence, to estimate the moral worth of, to esteem worth. aetas, st. aetat-, [contracted from 248 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. aevitat- (aev^ (^aev + o) -f- tat)], f ., the time of life, a period of time ; hence, age. aeternitas. st. aeternitat-, [ae- tern/i (for aeviterno, aev /! -j- terno) + tat], f., the quality of being aeternus, eternity. aevom (um), -I, [same root as Eng. aye and ever], n., uninter- rupted time without end, eternity, but more commonly, ajixed period of time, lifetime, age. Afer, -fra, -frum, [Carthaginian word Latinized], African. As a noun, an African. Africa, -ae, [Afr^ + ca], f., the country of Africa (either the country belonging to Carthage, or, in a wider sense, Africa now so called, as far as it was known to the ancients). Africanus. -a, -um, [Africa (Air /! -f ca-) 4- no-], of or belonging to Africa, African. Esp. as surname of P. Cornelius Scipio Africanus (Maior and _ Minor). See Scipio._ Africus, -a, -um, [Afr/i + ^o], of or belonging to Africa, African (much less common in prose than Africanus). agellus. -I, [agro ( v 'ag -f- ro-) + lo- (diminutive assimilated in formation to words like ocellus, puella, etc.)],m., a little Jield. ager, -gri. [^ ag + ro-], m., afield ; the country belonging to a people, territory. Hence, pi. agri, the country (as outlying districts be- longing to a city, or as simply op- posed to the town). agri cul- tura, the tilling of a field; hence, husbandry, agriculture. agere, -6, egi, actus, [y'ag, to drive], to drive, move; hence, to im- pel, rouse ; also to act, do (a thing) ; toj)lead a case or cause ; to spend or pass time ; to treat or negotiate (cum aliquo, with somebody, de aliquo. about something). IM- PERS. agitur, it is under discussion, the question is (with de, about); actum est de, it is all orer with. Imperative, age, agite, come ! come on ! or good ! well ! Agesilaus, -I, [a Greek proper name, 'Ayr]ffi\aos], m., a name of some of the kings of Sparta ; the most famous reigned about 398- 360 B. c., dying then at the age of about 80 years. See 349. agger, st. agger-, [ad + ger (root of gerere, carry)], m., material brought somewhere to make an eleva- tion ; a mound ; a rampart or a mole ; especially, the mound made to hold the battering-rams in sieges. agilis, -e, [*ag/i (y ag, to drive + o) + li-], capable of being driven or moved ; hence, quick, nimble ; prompt, active. agmen, st. agmin- [^ ag, to drive -\- min-], n., a moving ; hence, es- pecially, an army in motion, a line of march; a band, troop. agnoscere,-6, -novi. -nitus, [ad + (g)noscere], to come to some- thing icith a knowledge of it. to rec- ognize ; hence, to acknowledge. agnus, -T, [ v 'ag -f no-], m., lamb. aio, ais, ait ... aiunt, aiebam, [defective verb of which only cer- tain forms from the present stem are in use (same word as Eng. aye = ye^. See A. & S. 249 (4) ; A. & G. 144 a ; G. 190, 1 ; H. 297, ii. 1], say yes. affirm, say. ut aiunt, as they say. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 249 ala, -ae, [?], f., the wing of a bird; hence, the iving of an army or of a building ; the arm where it joins the shoulder, armpit. alacer, -cris, -ere, [?], lively, quick, eager, glad. alacritas, st. alacritat-, [alacri- -f- tat-], f., liveliness, quickness, promptness, alacrity. Alba Longa, [albus, white, and longus, long], f., the city built, according to the legend, by Ae- neas's son Ascanius, on the side of Mount Albanus ; the birthplace of Romulus and Remus. Albanus, -a, -um, [Alba + no-], of or belonging to Alba Longa. Also as a noun, an Alban. albere, -eo, no perf. or p. p., [de- nom. from albus, -a, -um], to be white. Used mostly in present participle, especially in the phrase albente caelo, at the dawn of day (lit. as the sky whitens). albus, -a, -um, [?], dull white (as distinguished from candidus, shining white). Alcibiades, -is, [Greek proper name, 'AAicifiidSys'], m., an Athe- nian noble, distinguished as a general during the Peloponnesian War, and also as a very handsome, gifted, and profligate man. Born about 450 B. c., died 404 B. c. See 299. alere, -6, alui, altus or alitus, [^ al, to make grow, cf. adole- scere], to make grow, feed, rear, raise; hence, to promote, cherish. Alexander, -dri, [Greek proper name, 'A\^avSpos], m., Alexander the Great (son of Philip of Mace- don andOlympia), whose victories spread the Macedonian monarchy to the Indus river in India. Lived 356-323 B. c. alias, adv., [ace. plu. fern, of alius, used as adverb of time], at another time. alias . . . alias, at one time . . . at another time, some- times (this) . . . sometimes (that). alicubi, [aliqu /* -f ubi], some- where (or anywhere) ; it denotes a particular place, while the com- moner usquam (wh. see) refers to space in general. alicunde, [aliqu/i + unde], from somewhere (or anywhere). alien are, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from alienus, -a, -um (ali(o)- -|- the made-up ending -enus)], to make another's ; hence, to trans- fer ; to estrange, alienate. alienatio, st. alienation-, [alie- nat/i (p. p. of alienare)+ ion-], f., the having been transferred to another; hence, separation, es- trangement, alienation. alienus, -a, -um, [ali(o) -f- enus (i. e. as if through an intermediate e-stem -)- no-)], of or belonging to another ; hence, strange, foreign ; unsuited to, hostile to. aes alie- num, a debt (see aes). aliqua, [abl. sing. fern, of aliquis, used as an adverb], somewhere (or anywhere) ; hence, in some way (or any way). aliquamdiu, [aliquam (ace. fern, sing, of aliquis) + drii (abl. of *dius = dies)], some time, for some time. aliquandd, [uncertain formation connected with aliquis and quando], at some time (or any time) ; hence, sometimes ; at last, at length, finally. aliquantus, -a, -um, [uncertain 250 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. formation from aliquis and quantus], of some extent, consider- able. Hence, aliquantum and aliquanto used as adverbs, to some extent, somewhat. aliquis, (-qui), -qua, -quid (-quod), [ali + quis (qui)], some one or any (particular) one. (More definite than quisquam and quis and less definite than quispiam and quidam.) aliquo, [contracted from aliquoi (old dative of aliquis), used as adverb of direction], somewhither, to some place, somewhere. aliquot, indecl., [ali -f quot], several, some. aliter, [adv. of alius], othericise, in another way. alius, -a, -um, [probably same word as Eng. else], another; hence, of another kind, different. Most com- monly used where more than two things are thought of. mHites alius alium hortatur, the soldiers encourage each other. alius . . . alius, one . . . another; alii . . . alii, some . . . others. Alpes, -ium, [same root as in alb us, white], f., the Alps. altaria, -ium, [?], n., properly, the vessel placed on an altar to burn the victim in, but chiefly used for a high altar (larger and finer than ara). alte, [adverb of altus, -a, -um], highly, on high, or deeply. alter, altera, alterum, [y/al(as in alius) + ter (comparative suf- fix)], the other of two; hence, a second; also, the next man, one's neighbor. alter . . . alter, one . . . the other; alter! . . . alteri, one party . . . the other party. alter alterum amat, the two love each other. Cf . alius. altercatio, st. altercation-, [al- tercat /i (p. p. of altercari, from alter, as if through *alter- cus) -(- ion-], f., a bandying oj words (between two people) ; a dispute, discussion. altus, -a, -um, [p. a. fromalere], grown ; high, and, from the opposite point of view, deep. amabilis, -e, [formed from amare by the made-up ending bilis (i. e. as if through *amabus. See adfabilis)], deserving tobe loved, lovable, amiable. amare, -6, -avi, -atus, [y'am -f- a], to love (as the result of perso- nal attraction, opposite of odisse, while diligere indicates a love based on esteem). Hence, amans, stem amant-, p. a., lov- ing, fond of; patriae amans, patriotic. amator, st. amator-, [arna -f- tor-], m., one who loves, lover, friend. ambages, -um, (also found in a few cases of the singular), [am- bi -}- root of agere], f., a round- about way ; hence, a circumlocu- tion ; obscurity ; an enigma. ambitus, -us, [ambi- (gathered from ambire and treated as a stem) -f- tu-], m., a going around ; hence, the unlawful going about canvassing for votes ; bribery and corruption. ambo, -ae, -6, [kindred with ambi in ambire, to go around], both (used of two things considered to- gether, while uterque is used of two things considered each by it- self). Of THB CTNIVERSIT" LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. amice, [adverb of amlcus], in a friendly way, kindly. amicitia, -ae, [formed from ami- cus by the made-up ending tia (i. e. on the analogy of milit- -ia)], i., friendship. aniicus, -a, -um, [formed in an unknown way from ^am (cf. amare) -j- Co], friendly. Es- pecially used as a noun, friend. amittere, -6, -misi, -missus, [ab -f- mittere], to send or let go away; to lose (generally without any fault of one's own, while per- dere implies such fault). amnis, st. amni-, [y'abh + ni-], m., a broad rushing stream, a tor- rent, river (larger than fluvius). amor, st. amor-, [^am + or-], m., love. amovere, -eo, -movi, -motus, [ab + movere], to move away, remove. ample, [adverb of amplus], largely, generously, richly, splen- didly. ampliare,-6, -avi,-atus, [denom. from amplus, -a, -um], to en- large, increase ; glorify. In law language, to postpone for further inquiry. amplius, [comparative of ample, used in a more general sense], further, more, referring to EXTENT, while plus refers to AMOUNT and magis to DEGREE or MANNER. Thus : quid faciam am- plius, what further can I do ? non amplius novem aiinos natus, not more than nine years old. voltis pecuniae plus habere, you want to have more money. magis id tua quam illius culpa accidit, that hap- pened more by your fault than his ; hoc est magis verisimile, this is more likely. amplus, -a, -um, [?], large, wide, great ; hence, splendid, glorious ; honorable, distinguished. Amulius, -I, m., the king of Alba Longa who deprived his elder brother Numitor of the throne and had his grand-nephews Romulus and Remus thrown into the Tiber. an, [?], interrogative particle used to introduce the second member of a double question, or, or whether. Also used in forcible style to introduce a single question which has been implied by the context, and the answer to which is a strong negative : " An me," iiiquam, " nisi te audire vellem cen- ses haec dicturum fuisse ? " (or) do you suppose I should have said this, say I, unless I wanted to hear you ? (Cic. Fin. I. 8, 28). analogia, -ae, [Greek word, ava- \oyia], f., the equality of ratios, likeness ; especially, formulated likenesses between words or facts of language, analogy. Anchises, -is, [Greek proper name, 'A7x f-, grandmother. avidus, -a, -um, [*av/i (yf av, eager for) -f do-], eager for, de- sirous of, greedy for. avis, st. avi-, [?], f., a bird. avitus, -a, -um, [formed from avos by the made - up ending -itus (i. e., as if through *avire)], of or belonging to a grandfather, ancestral. avos (-us), -I, [yf av -f o-], m., a grandfather. 258 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. B. bacillum, -I, [for bacululum (baculo- + lo-, dim.)], n., a little staff, a wand. baculum, -I, [*bac% (^ ba, to go -\- CO-) + lo-], n.. a stick or staff (tor walking, while sclpio is an ornamental staff and fustis a stick for striking). barbarus, -a, -um, [?], not Roman (or Greek), foreign (as speaking an unintelligible language and being presumably less civilized than the Romans) ; hence, rough, unculti- vated, savage. basis, -is (also gen. baseos. like the Gr.), [Gr. word /3o of or belonging to war. mili- tary. Bellona. -ae, [formed from bel- lum -|- na-, as if through an ci- stern], f., the goddess of war (and sister of Mars). bellum, -I, [old form duellum, from root of duo, two], n., war. beue, [adv. of bonus], well. beneficium, -I, [benefico- (be- ne -f *facus, ^ fac, to do) -f io-], n., a doing well by, a kind- ness, favor, benefit. benigne, [adverb of benignus (bene + root of gignere, to be- get)], good-naturedly, kindly. bis millesimus. -a, -um, ordi- nal adj., twice a thousandth, two thousandth. blandus, -a, -um. [?]. smooth- tongued, flattering, seductive, pleas- ant. Boeotius, -a, -um, [adj. of Boe- otia (Gr. Boiwria)], Boeotian, of Boeotia (the division of Greece lying next northwest of Attica, and having Thebes as capital). Boil, -orum, m., a Gallic tribe living in the neighborhood of what is now Lyons, in the southeastern part of the country. bonitas, st. bonitat-, [bon/i -)- tat-], f., goodness; virtue. bonus, -a, -um, [?], good. n. pi. bona, goods, blessings, property. Comp. melior, melius. super, optumus (optimus), from other stems, as, in English, " bet- ter," " best." bos, st. bov-, [root meaning to roar, call -\- i-], c., ox or cow. bracchium, -i, [?], n.. the arm. brevis, -e, [for *breghuis, from LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 259 a root meaning to break], broken off; hence, short, little, brief. Britannia, -ae, f., Britain (some- times including England, Scot- land, Ireland, and Wales, some- times omitting Ireland). Britannus, -a, -um, of Britain, British. bruma, -ae, [cont. for brevima (brevi- + ma-)], f., the short time, the winter solstice; hence, especially in verse, the winter. Brundisium, -i, [varied from Gr. BpevT6(Tioj/], n., a city in Calabria, the most eastern division of Italy, on the coast of the Adriatic. It is now called Brindisi. Brutus, -i, [brutus, heavy, dull], m., a Roman surname (cogno- men). L. lunius Brutus led the revolution by which Tarquin the Proud was driven out in 509 B. c. Bucephalas, -ae, [Gr. word jSou- Kf wax-light, taper, candle. candelabrum, -I, [candela- -f bro-], n., a stand for a light, a candlestick, can- delabrum. caninus, -a, -um. [ca- rd- -f no-], of or belong- ing to a dog, canine. canis, st. can(i)-, (abl. sing, cane, gen. plvu can urn), [same word as Eng. hound], c., a dog. Cannae, -arum, f., a village on the east side of the river Aufidus in Apulia (the most eastern division of Italy on the Adriatic coast, except Cala- bria). Cannae is famed for the terrible defeat of the Romans by Hannibal there in 216 B. c. Cantium. -I, n., a district in the southeastern part of Britain, cor- responding nearly with the mod- ern Kent, but including Londi- nium (London). capax. st. capac-, [y cap, to take + ax (i. e., after the pattern of pugnax)], capable of holding, roomy, spacious ; hence, capable of, Jitfor. capella, -ae, [capr% + la- (di- min.), assimilated after the pat- tern of words like ocellus, pu- ella], f., a (little) she-goat. capere, -io, cepi, captus, [^ cap], to take hold of, seize; hence, to take (in the widest sense) ; to take possession of; to receive, ac- cept ; to capture. capessere, -6, capesslvi, ca- pessltus. [intensive (i. e., a verb denoting a vigorous action), from capere], to seize eagerly ; hence, to enter upon with vigor, engage in ; administer. capillus, -I, [for capit-lus (di- minutive from caput)], m., the hair of the head (taken collective- iy) ; capitalis, -e, [from caput and the made-up ending -alls (i. e., after the analogy of natura- lis)], belonging to the head ; hence, endangering the head or life, dead- ly, and, as law term, capital (of punishment, crimes, etc.). Capitolium. -I. [uncertain forma- tion from caput], n., the Capitol, or temple of Jupiter on the Capi- toline hill, northwest of the Pala- tine, at Rome. Also, the hill it- self. The hill had two 'peaks, on the southern of which was the temple of Jupiter (Capitol), on the northern the citadel (arx). East of this hill was the Forum R6- manum. The hill is now called Campidoglio. capitulum, -I, [capit- + lo- (dimin.), with U inserted after the analogy of vowel stems], n., a little head. In late Latin, a chapter or section of a book or writing. capra, -ae, [?], f., a she-goat. captivos (-us), -a, -om (-um), [capto- (p. p. of capere) -f vo-, as if through an 1-stem], taken, captured. Especially as a noun, a prisoner (of war), a captive. Capua, -ae, f., the chief city of Campania (the narrow strip of country next southeast of Latium on the western coast of Italy). caput, st. capit-, [?], n., the head. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 261 capitis accusare, damnare, absolvere, to accuse of, convict of, acquit of, a capital crime. career, st. career-, [?], m., a prison. carere, -eo, carui, no p. p., [?], to be without ; hence, in good sense, to be free from, or, in bad sense, to be deprived of, to lack. (The thing which one is without is regularly expressed by an ablative.) Cares, -um, m., the people of Caria, the most southwesterly province of Asia Minor, on the coast of the Aegean Sea. The sing. Car occasionally occurs. caritas, st. caritat-, [car /! -f tat-], f., dearness, high price; affection, love. card, st. carn(i)-, [from a root meaning raw -\- ni-], f., Jlesh; hence, meat. carpentum, -I, [?], n., a kind of covered carriage used mostly by ladies in the city. It was a two- wheeled affair. carpere, -6, carpsl, carptus, [^ carp], to pluck or gather; hence, to enjoy ; also, to pluck at one's reputation, to slander. Carthaginiensis, see Karthago. carus, -a, -um, [?], dear (in the widest sense) ; loved, esteemed ; high-priced. Cassianus, -a, -um, [formed from Cassius, by the made-up ending -anus (i. e., after the analogy of R6ma-nus)], of or belonging to Cassius. bellum Cassia- num, the war in which L. Cassius was killed (107 B. c.). Cassius, -a, -um, the name of a Roman gens. L. Cassius, a consul killed by the Helvetians in the wars with the Cimbri and Teutones (107 B. c.). castellum, -I, [castro- -f lo- dimin. (assimilated)], n., a strong- hold, fortress, castle. castitas, st. castitat-, [casto- + tat-], f., chastity, purity. castra, -orum, [root meaning to cover -{- tro-], n., a collection of tents; a camp. (Singular is oc- casionally used in sense of ca- stellum, a fortress, castle.) 262 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. casus. -us, [yf cad + su-], m., a falling; hence, an accident, chance; a calamity. catena, -ae, [?],., a chain. Catilina, -ae, [catus, sly, and na-. as if through an i-stem], m., a Roman name. L. Sergius Catilina. the conspirator whose plots Cicero thwarted in his con- sulship, B. c. 63. Cato, st. Caton-, [catus, shrewd -j- 6n-], m., a Roman surname (cognomen). M. Porcius Cato. the great Censor, who lived 234-149 B. c. He wrote an histor- ical work, Origines, and a trea- tise. De re rustica. Catulus, -i, m., a Roman surname (cognomen) in the gens Lu- tatia. Q. Lutatius Catulus was consul in 104 B. C. Another Q. Lutatius Catulus was con- sul in 78 B. c. cauda, -ae, [?], f., a tail. Caudinus, -a, -um, of or belonging to Caudium in Samnium (the di- vision of Italy east of Latinm and north of Campania). Furculae Caudinae, the Caudine Forks, where the Romans suffered the terrihle disaster at the hands of the Samnites, 321 B. c. causa, -ae, [?], f., a cause, or rea- son ; a pretext ; a cause or case in court. Abl. causa, with gen. depending on it =for the sake of, as, voluptatis causa, for the sake of pleasure. cavillari, -or, -atus, [denom. fromcavilla], to indulge in rail- lery; hence, to make a satirical remark or answer. cavillatio, st. cavillation-, [ca- ( P . p. of caviUari) + ion -],.., a having jeered ; hence, an ironical remark or answer. cedere, -6, cessi. cessum, [?], to make way. yield, withdraw ; to grant, allow. celare, -6, -avi, -atus, [?], to hide, conceal. celer, -eris, -ere, [y f eel, to jut out -4- ri-], dashing, quick, swift. Comp. celerior, super, celerri- mus. celeritas, st. celeritat-, [celeri- -j- tat-], ., quickness, speed, ce- lerity. celeriter, [celeri- -f ter], quick- ly, speedily. Cornp. celerius, super, celerrime. Celines, -um, m., a tribe of southeastern Gaul, of whom little or nothing is known. cen a. -ae, [root meaning to eat 4- na-], f., the chief meal of the day, dinner. (In early times the Ro- mans dined about noon, later from three o'clock on.) Cenomam. -orum, m., a tribe of southeastern Gaul. censere, -eo, censui. census, [?], to rate, estimate; hence, to take the census, or to review an army; to express an opinion (in the senate), vote; to be of opinion, think. censor, st. censor-, (root of cen- sere -f- sor-], m., a censor (i. e., one of two magistrates at Rome who had charge of the division of Roman citizens into classes ac- cording to their property and rank, and who afterwards became umpires of public morals in gen- eral). censura. -ae, [from root of cen- sere -h ra-, as if through a U- LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 263 stem], f., the office of censor, the censorship. census, -us, [root of censere + U-], m., a rating, a census; hence, property (as indicated by the cen- sus). centesimus, -a, -um, [ordinal of centum], one hundredth. centies millesimus, ordinal num- ber, a hundred times a thousandth, hundred thousandth. centum (indec.) one hundred. centum milia, -ium, a hundred thousands, i. e., one hundred thou- sand. cenula, -ae, [cena- + la- (dimin.), assimilated to formations from O- stems], f., a little dinner. cera, -ae, [?], f., wax; especially, a wax tablet for writing. cernere, -6, crevi, [ ^ cer], to sift; hence, to separate, distin- guish; to see, perceive. Occasion- ally, also, to decree ; to determine ; to contend (but in the first two of these meaning's decernere, in the third cert are is more com- mon). certamen, st. certamin-, [certa- (stem of certare, intensive of cernere) + min-J, n., a contest, strife, battle. certare, -o, -avi, -atus, [intensive of cernere], to decide vigorously ; hence, to contend, fight ; to emulate. certe, see certus. certus, -a, -um, [^ cer + to- (p. p. of oernere, used as adj.)], settled, fixed ; hence, certain, defi- nite ; sure. certum est mihi, I am resolved. certiorem fa- cere, to inform. Hence, certo, and more commonly, certe, adv., with certainty, surely ; at least. cervix, st. cervic-, [?], f., the neck (often used in the plural to mean only one neck). ceteri, -ae, -a, [ce- (demon, par- ticle) -f terus (a comparative ending, as in alter, exter, etc.)], the others, all the others, the rest (hence differing from alii, others simply). See, also, reliquus. The singular is occasionally used, but not in nom. masc. Chabrias, -ae, [Gr. proper name, Xafiptas], m., a distinguished Athe- nian general in the first half of the fourth century B. c. Chares, -etis, [Gr. proper name, Xctprjs], m., a courtier who wrote a biography of Alexander the Great in ten books. Chersonesus, -I, [Gr. name, Xep- T]ffos paeninsula (paene, almost -f- Insula, island)], f., the peninsula extending southwest from the southern coast of Thrace, and forming the western boundary of the Hellespont. Chrysogonus, -I, [Gr. proper name, Xpvo$], m., the name of a slave of Sulla's. He was freed, and received, as was cus- tomary, his master's praeno- men andnomen, thus becoming L. Cornelius Chrysogonus. Gibus, -I, [?], m.,food. Cicero, st. Ciceron-, [cicer, chick-pea -\- on-], m., a Roman surname (cognomen) in the gens Tullia. M. Tullius Ci- cero, the renowned orator, states- man, and writer, born 106 B. C., killed 43 B. c. Q. Tullius Ci- cero, brother of the orator. I Cimbri, -orum, [?], m., a people who lived in the north of what is OF THE UNIVERSITY 264 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. cir- now Germany, and in the penin- sula of Denmark (Jutland). They fought desperately against the Romans, 113-101 B. C., till con- quered by Marius. Cimou. -onis, [Gr. proper name, Kf/iwv], m., an Athenian, father of the famous general, Miltiades. cingulum, -I, [*cing%, from root of cin- gere+lo-], n., a girdle, belt (poetical word); a zone (of the globe). circa, see cir- cum. circiter, [cir- c/i + ter], adv. and prep, with ace., around, about; citer meridiem, about noon ; circiter pars quarta, about a fourth. circuitus, -us, [for circumitus (circumi, gathered from cir- cumire, and treated as a stem) 4- tu-], m., a going round ; hence, a way round, circuit. circum (less commonly circa), [cases of circus, circle, used as prep, with ace.], around, about; circum caput, around the head; circum haec loca, about these places; circa Lesbum insu- lam, about the island of Lesbos. Also used as adverbs. circumarare. -6, -avi. -atus, [circum -f- arare], to plough around. circumdare, -6, -dedi-, -datus, [circum -j- *&.axe,topui],toput around, to surround. (Used with an ace. and an abl. or a dat. and an ace., as in English we can say either " put something round a person or thing," or " surround a person or thing with something.") circumducere, -6, -duxi, -du- ctus, [circum -f ducere], to lead around ; draw around. circumferre, -fero, -tuli, -la- tus, [circum -f ferre], to carry around. circummittere, -6, -misi, -mis- sus, [circum -f mittere], to send around. circumspectare.-6, -avi, -atus, [circum -f- spectare, or it may be regarded as frequent, from circumspicere], to look about carefully, to examine all round. circumspicere, -io, -spexi, -spectus, [circum -f spe- cere], to look around; hence, to examine carefully ; to weigh, con- sider. cisterna, -ae, [obscure formation from cista, chest, and the suffix na-], f., a subterraneous reservoir, a cistern. citatus, -a, -um, [p. a., from ci- tare, frequent, of ciere, to put in motion], put into quick motion ; hence, quick, speedy. equo ci- tato, at full gallop. citer, -tra, -trum, [cis -f the com- parative ending t(e)ro- ; cf . ce- teri], on this side, near (positive very rare). Comp. citerior, nearer, super, citimus, nearest. citimus. see citer. citra, [case form of citer, used as adv. and as prep, with ace.], on this side of; short of. idthin ; ci- tra mare, on this side of the sea; citra necem, short of death. civicus, -a, -um, [civi- +co-], vfly* OF THR UNIVERSITY LATIN-ENGLISH of or belonging to a citizen (much less common than civilis). co- rona civica, a wreath of oak leaves (bestowed upon one who had saved a fellow-citizen's life in war). civilis, -e, [civi- + li-], of or be- longing to a citizen, civil ; concern- ing the state. Civis, st. civi-, [root meaning to rest + vi-], c., a citizen, a fellow- countryman. civitas, st. civitat-, [civi- -f tat-], f., citizenship; hence, the body of citizens, the state. clades, st. clad(i)-, [?], f., disas- ter, loss, calamity, defeat. clam, [ace. from same root as ce- lare, to hide, used as adv.], secret- ly, privately. clamare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from *clamus (^ cla, to call + mo-)], to shout, cry, call out. clamitare, -6, -avi, -atus, [inten- sive of clamare], to cry out vio- lently. clamor, st. clamor-, [clam, gath- ered from clamare, and treated as stem -f- or-], m., a shout, cry, noise. clandestmus, -a,-um, [uncertain formation from root of clam, se- cretly], secret, hidden. clare, [adv. of clarus], brightly, clearly ; hence, loudly, distinctly. clarere, -eo, [denom. from clarus, -a, -um], to be bright, shine ; hence, to be famous. (Poetical word.) clarus, -a, -um, [same root as cla- mare + ro-], clear, bright ; hence, plain, evident ; loud, distinct ; fa- mous, renowned. classis, st. classi-, [y/ cla, to call ~t~ si-], f., the citizens called out as an army, or, much more frequent- ly, as a navy, fleet ; a fleet. claudere, -o, clausi, clausus, [?], to shut, close; hence, to shut in, blockade. The form cludere also occurs, and is the only form for compounds, as excludere, includere, etc. Claudius, -a, -um, [claudus, la me -f- io-], the name of a Roman gens. Appius Claudius Caecus, the censor who built the Appian Way about 312 B. c. Claudius, Q. Claudius Quadrl- garius, a historian in the time of Sulla. See Lesson Ixv., B. clava, -ae, [root meaning to jut out + v a-], f., a knotty stick, a club, cudgel. Clmias, -ae, [Gr. proper name, KAeii'/os], m , an Athenian, father of Alcibiades. clupeus, -I, [^ clep, to hide, steal + GO- (io-)], m., a large round shield made of bronze (while scu- tum is an oblong shield made of wood and covered with hide). Cn., abbreviation for Gnaeus (wh. see). Codes, st. Coclit-, m., a Roman surname (cognomen). Hora- tius Codes, the defender of the 266 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. bridge against the Etruscans in the war with Porsena. coepisse, coepi, coeptus, (pres. stem not used), [con + *api, cf. aptus)], to have laid hold of; hence, to begin. (Generally used with a complementary infinitive ; if that is passive, coeptus esse is usually employed rather than coepisse.) coercere, -eo, -ui, -itus, [con -f- arcere], to shut in thoroughly; to surround ; hence, to restrain, con- fine. cogere, -6, coegi, coactus, [con + agere], to drive together, to collect; hence, to force, compel. cogitare, -6, -avi, -atus, [con + agitare (frequent, of agere), in the sense of turning about in the mind], to think over carefully.; to ponder, weigh', to meditate, intend. cogitatio, st. cogitation-, [co- gitat/i (p. p. of cogitare) + -ion-], f ., a- having considered care- fully ; hence, rejection, thought ; an opinion or purpose. cognitus, see cognoscere. cognomen, st. cognomin-, [con + (g)nomen], n., a name subjoined to the family name, a sur- name. cognoscere, -6, cognovi, co- gnitus, [con + (g)noscere], to study carefully, investigate, find out ; to learn, become acquainted urith. cohibere, -eo, -ui, -itus, [con + habere], to hold firmly ; hence, to contain, confine ; to restrain, keep back. cohors, st. cohort(i)-, [con -f- root of hortus, enclosure, garden], f ., an enclosure, yard, pen, but much more common as a military term, a company of soldiers, a cohort (as a body of people confined togeth- er). A cohort was the tenth part of a legion. colere, -6, -ui, cultus, [yf col], to till ; hence, to cultivate; to care for, cherish; to honor, revere; to worship. Collatinus, -a, -um, [adj. formed in some way from Collatia, a town near Rome, in the Sabine country], of Collatia. L. Tar- quinius Collatinus, the hus- band of Lucretia. See 259. collatio, st. collation-, [colla- t/i (p. p. of conferre) + ion] f., a having brought together ; hence, a contribution ; also, a com- parison. colllnus, -a, -um, [colli- + no-], of or belonging to a hill, hilly. collis, st. colli-, [?], m., a hill. collocare, see conlocare. colloqui, see conloqui. colloquium, see conloquium. collum, -I, [?], n., the neck. colonia, -ae, [colon /! + ia-], f., a collection of settlers, a colony. colonus. -I, [y f col and onus as if through an 6-stem], a tiller of the soil, farmer ; hence, a settler, colonist. color, st. color-, [?], m., color, hue ; hence, the complexion. comes, st. comit-, [?], c., a com- panion, associate ; attendant (rather as a courtier than a servant). comitari, -or, -atus, [denom. from comes], to accompany, at- tend upon. comitatus, -us, [comita- + tu-], m., an accompanying ; hence, a train, retinue, escort. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 267 comitium, -I, [?], n., the place adjoining the Forum where the people assembled to vote. Hence, comitia. -orum, the as-semblyfor elections ; an election. commeatus, -us, (formed from commeare (con + meare, to go), like audit us from au- dire], m., a going back and forth ; hence, a passage-way, or, in the army, leave of absence; also, a company, train, but most frequent- ly in the acquired meaning, pro- visions, supplies (i. e., the things for which one goes back and forth, from a military point of view). commemorare, -6, -avi, -atus, [con + memorare (denom. from memor)], to recall to one's attention vividly ; hence, to remind of, and, more commonly, to tell of, recount. commendatio, st. commenda- tion-, [commendat/i (p. p. of commendare, con -f- man- dare {manus + dare}) + ion-], f., a having put into the charge of; a recommending ; hence, a recommendation, praise. com- mendatio oris, attractiveness of face, beauty. comminus, [?], adv., at close quar- ters, hand to hand. commiserari, -or, -atus, [con -f miserari (denom. from mi- ser)], to pity very much, to bewail. (Unlike most verbs of pitying, this verb, as also the simple mi- serari, is used with an ACCUSA- TIVE as object.) committere, -5, -misi, -mis- sus, [con + mittere], to send or bring together ; hence, to intrust to, commit to ; to enter upon or en- gage in (battle or war) ; to com- mit (a crime). commode, [adv. of commo- dus], properly, skilfully; hence, suitably, advantageously. commodum, see commodus. commodus, -a, -um, [con + modus], of proper measure; hence, suitable, Jit, advantageous, favorable. Hence, commo- dum, -I, n., advantage, profit. commorari, -or, -atus, [con + morari (denom. from mora)], . to tarry, linger, stay (in trans., while the simple verb is used both transitively and intransitively). commovere, -eo, -movi, -mo- tus, [con -f movere], to move forcibly; hence, to remove, dis- place; to disturb, throw into dis- order; to affect greatly, disquiet; to rouse, excite. communire, -io, -ivi, -itus, [con + munire (old moe- nlre, denom. from moenia)], to fortify strongly. communis, -e, [con + munis (yf mu, to bind) + ni-], having the same duties; hence, general, com- mon, public. comparare, -6, -avi, -atus, [con + parare], to prepare care- fully ; to collect, obtain. comparare, -o, -avi, -atus, [denom. from compar (con + par)], to put equals together; hence, to compare together ; also, to match (for a contest). compedes, compedium, [con + pes], f., fetters for the feet; hence, fetters, bonds (in general). (Some oblique cases of the sing, are occasionally found.) compellere, see conpellere. 268 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. comperire, -io. -peri, -pertus, [con -f parere], to get know- ledge of something, find out surely ; to learn, ascertain. complect!, see conplecti. complures, -a. gen. -ium, [con -f plures], very many ; also, sev- eral. comprehendere, see conpre- hendere. con, see cum. conari, -or, -atus, [?], to try, at- tempt, undertake. concedere, -6, -cessi, -cessus, [con + cedere], to yield com- pletely; hence, to grant, allow; to give precedence to ; to retire, with- draw. concerpere, -6, -cerpsi, -cerp- tus, [con -f carpere], to pluck to pieces. concidere, -6, concidi, [con + cadere], to fall together or in a heap; hence, to fall in battle; to go to pieces. concidere, -6, concidi, -cisus, [con + caedere], to cut to pieces, to destroy; to strike down, kill, slay. conciliare, -6, -ayl, -atus, [de- nom. from concilium*, an assem- bly (con + *calium, ^ cal of clamare -f io-)], to bring to- gether; hence, to connect, unite, and, more commonly, to win over, make friendly or favorable ; to win, acquire. concursus, -us, [formed from concurrere, like cursus from the root of the simple verb (^f cur -f- su-)], m., a running together; hence, a gathering, assembly; es- pecially, a hostile coming together, an attack. coucutere, -io, -cussi, -cussus, [con -j- quatere], to strike to- gether ; hence, to shake hard ; shake to the foundation ; to agitate, dis- turb. condere, -6, -didi, -ditus, [con + *dare, to put], to put together; hence, to found, build, establish ; to lay up ; to bury ; to hide, con- ceal. condicio, st, condicion-, [ob- scure formation containing con, y'dic (cf. dicere), and the suffix -ion-], f., an agreement, stipula- tion, terms; hence, a match, mar- riage ; also, situation, circum- stances, condition. condimentum, -I, [condi- -f- mento-], n., the means of pre- serving or pickling ; hence, season- ing, spice. condire, -io, -ivi, -itus, [denom. of condus, butler (con and root of *dare, to put}}, to preserve, pickle, season; hence, to make agreeable. conditor, st. conditor-, [formed from condere, like dator from root of dare (^ da + tor-)], m., one who puts together ; especially, t he founder (of a city, state, laws, etc.). conducere, -6, -duxi, -ductus, [con + ducere], to bring or draw together, assemble; especial- ly, to hire (whether as a simple business term or as a military term for the employment of mercena- ries). conferre. -fero, -tuli, -latus. [con -j- f erre], to bring together ; hence, to contribute; to unite; to match in contest ; to compare ; to be- stow upon or assign to. se con- LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 269 ferre, to betake one's self to ; to apply one's self to. coiifertus, -a, -um, [p. p. of con- fercire (con -j- farcire, to stuff}], crammed together ; hence, close, crowded ; stuffed, full. coiifestim, [ace. of *confestis (con + *f estis, from root in fes- tinare, to hasten), used as adv.], immediately, forthwith. coiificere, -io, -fed, -fectus, [con + facerej, to make entirely, complete ; to cause ; to accomplish ; to wear out, weaken, use up, destroy, kill. confideiitia, -ae, [coiifident- (pres. p. of coiifidere, con -f fldere, to trust) -j- ia-], f., com- plete trust, confidence. confidere, -6, -flsus, [con + fi- dere], to trust completely, rely firmly upon. The PERSON trusted in is commonly expressed by a dative ; the THING relied on. more usually by an ablative. confirmare, -6, -avi, -atus, [con + firmare (denom. from fir- mus, -a, -um)], to make very strong ; hence, to strengthen, encour- age ; to confirm, prove ; to affirm, declare as certain. confiteri, -eor, -fessus, [con + fateri (same root as fari, to speak)], to acknowledge, admit, con- fess. conflictatio, st. conflictation-, [conflictat /! (p. p. of con- flictare, intensive of confli- gere, con -+- fligere, to strike) + ion-], f., a striking hard to- gether ; hence, a collision ; a strug- gle. (A rare and post - classical word.) confligere, -6, -flixi, -flictus, [con + fligere], to strike togeth- er ; hence, to fight, contend, con- flict. confluere, -6, -fluxi, [con + fluere*], to fiow together ; hence, to crowd or gather together. confugere, -io, -fiigi, [con + fugere], to flee to for refuge; hence, to take refuge in ; to have recourse to. confundere, -6, -fudi, -fusus, [con + fundere], to pour to- gether; hence, to mix, unite; and, more commonly, to confuse, throw into disorder. P. a. confusus, -a, -um, disordered, confused. congerere, -6, -gessi, -gestus, [con + gerere], to bring together (especially in a heap) ; to heap up ; to construct. coiigredi, -ior, -gressus, [con -\- gradi], to walk together ; hence, to meet, visit ; and, more common- ly, to meet as foes, fight. conicere, -io, -ieci, -iectus, [con -f iacere], to throw to- gether ; to hurl or throw forcibly. se conicere, to hurry or fiee somewhere. coniunctio, st. coniunction-, [c6niu*nct/ i (p. p. of coniun- gere, con -|- iungere) -f- ion-j, f., a having joined together ; hence, a union ; a joining in friendship, an intimacy. coniungere, -6, -iunxi, -iunc- tus, [con + iungere], to join together, to unite. coniunx, st. coniug-, [con + y' iug (of iungere)], c., one who is joined to another in marriage, a spouse ; husband or wife. coniurare, -6, -avi, -atus, [con -f- iurare (denom. from ius)], to 270 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. swear together ; hence, to form a plot, conspire. coniuratiS. st. coniuration-, [coniurat /! (p. p. of coniu- rare) -f- ion-], f., a having sworn together; hence, a conspiring to- gether ; a plot, conspiracy. conlega, -ae, [con + *lega ( s leg, cf. legare + a-)], m., one who is put in charge of something with another, a colleague. conligere, -6, -legi, -leetus, [con + legere], to gather to- gether ; hence, to collect ; to assem- ble; to gain, acquire. se con- ligere, animum conligere, to recover one's self, one's courage, etc. conlocare, -6, -avi, -atus. [con + locare (denom. from locus)]. to place, together ; hence, to put, station somewhere ; to give in mar- riage ; to employ in or apply to. conloqul, -or, -lociitus, [con + loqui], to talk together ; to con- verse with or hold a conference with. conloquium, -i, [conloqu- (gathered from conloqul, and treated as a stem) -f- io-], n., a talking together ; a conversation or conference. conmovere, -eo, -m5vi, -mo- tus. [con + movere], to move forcibly ; hence, to set in motion ; to disturb, agitate; to excite, stir up. conpellere. -6. -pull, -pulsus, [con -f- pellere], to drive to- gether ; hence, to urge, impel ; to constrain, compel. conplecti, -or, -plexus, [con + plectere], to twine (one's self) around closely ; hence, to embrace ; to grasp, seize; to comprehend, un- derstand ; to comprise, include. (Stronger thaia amplecti.) conprehendere, -6. -prehendi, -hensus, (also conprendere, etc.),[con+prehendere (prae -f *hendere)], to grasp firmly; hence, to seize; to attack; to arrest; to perceive, understand; to describe, narrate. conrumpere, -6. -rupi, -ruptus, [con + rumpere], to burst or break to pieces ; hence, to injure, spoil ; to bribe, seduce, corrupt. consalutare, -6, -avi. -atus, [con -f salutare (denom. from salus, wh. see)], to wish safety to heartily; hence, to greet, sa- lute. conscius, -a, um, [con -j- *scius (root of scire + o-)], knowing icith (some one else) ; hence, ac- cessory to; an accomplice of; also, conscious to one's self, self-con- scious. consenescere, -6, -senui, [con -f-senescere (incept, of senere, a denom. from senex)], to begin to be really old ; hence, to become feeble, waste away. consentlre, -io, -sensi. -sensus. [con + sentire], to feel together ; hence, to agree ; to unite in doing something (whether good or bad) ; to Jit. correspond with. consequi, -or, -secutus, [con -j-sequl], to follow sharply ; hence, to attend upon, accompany ; to fol- low ; to pursue as an enemy ; to attain, get, accomplish. conserere, -6, -serui, -sertus, [con -}- serere], to twine or wreathe together ; hence, to put to- gether. manum conserere, LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 271 pugnam conserere, to join in battle, to fight. conservare, -6, -avi, -atus, [con + servare (denom. from servos)], to keep safely ; to save, preserve. considere, -6, -sedi, -sessum, [con + root of sedere], to take a seat, sit down ; to settle or light upon ; to settle down, subside ; espe- cially as military term, to encamp. coiisilium, -I, [uncertain formation containing con, the root of sa- lire, to leap, and suffix io-], n., a deliberating ; hence, a conclusion ; a plan or purpose ; a deliberative body, council; also, wisdom, dis- cretion. coiisimilis, -e, [con -f similis], very like. consistere, -6, -stiti, [con + sistere], to place one's self in a particular spot, to halt, stop ; hence, to stand ewe's ground ; to hold out ; to exist, be. conspectus, -us, [formed from conspicere like adventus from advemre, etc.], m., a looking at ; hence, sight, view ; ve- nire in conspectum, esse in conspectu, come into view, be in sight. conspicere, -io, -spexi, -spec- tus, [con + specere], to look at carefully, to observe ; to gaze upon admiringly; hence, in pas- sive, to be distinguished ; also, to be conspicuous or notorious. conspirare, -o, -avi, -atus, [con -f- spirare], to breathe to- gether ; hence, to harmonize, agree ; to unite, combine together (for good and less frequently for bad pur- poses). constantia, -ae, [constant- (pres. p. of constare, con -f stare) -+- ia-], f., a standing to- gether or firmly ; hence, steadiness, firmness; agreement, consistency; stability, constancy. constare, -6, -stiti, -staturus, [con + stare], to stand together ; hence, to agree with, correspond ; to be consistent ; to be firm, stead- fast ; to consist of; in mercantile language, to cost; of accounts, to balance, come out right. Imper- sonally, c5nstat, it is agreed, is generally believed or accepted. Hence, p. a. constans )t /irm, uni- form ; consistent, steadfast ; harmo- nious. constituere, -o, -stitui, -sti- tutus, [con + statuere (de- nom. from status, posture)], to put in a fixed position ; hence, to station, post; to set up, build ; to appoint ; to settle, arrange ; to fix, determine. consuescere, -6, -suevi, -sue- tus, [con + suescere (incept, of *suere)], to become used to; hence, in perfect tense, to be used to. Also transitively, but rare in classical Latin, to accustom to, make used to. consuetude, st. consuStudin-, [consue- -f- the made-up ending tudo (i. e., as if through *con- suetus, -us, cf. habitus, ha- bitudo)], f., habit, custom, usage ; hence, familiar intercourse, friend- ship. consul, st. consul-, [formation containing coil and the root of salire, to leap], m., the highest offi- cer in the Roman state, a consul. consularis, -e, [consul + the 272 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. made-up ending aris (i. e. after the pattern of luna-ris)], of or belonging to a consul ; frequent as a noun, a person of consular rank (i. e. who has been consul). consulatus, -us, [from consul and the suffix tu- as if through a *consulare], m., a consulship. consulere, -6, -sului, -sultus, [con and the root of salire, to leap], to deliberate, reflect; to ask advice of, consult (used with ace.) ; to look out for, take thought for (used with dat.). consultum, [neuter of the p. p. of consulere, used as a noun], n., something reflected and decided upon ; a decision or decree (espe- cially a decree of the senate). consumere. -6, -sumpsi, sum- ptus, [con -f sumere (sub + emere)]. to take altogether ; hence, to use up; to waste, destroy, con- sume. coiitemplatio, st. contempla- tion-, [contemplat% p. p. of conteinplari (con + *tem- plari, denom. from templum) + ion-], f., a having made care- ful observation of the place marked out for taking omens (templum) ; hence, attentive observation; con- templation. contendere, -o, -tendi, -ten- tus. [con -f tendere], to stretch tight ; hence, to pursue with vigor, strive eagerly for ; to march or jour- ney quickly ; to compare : to main- tain stoutly, contend ; to vie or fight with. contentus, -a, -um, [p. p. of con- tinere (con + tenere) used as adj.], held in ; hence, satisfied, con- tent. (The person or thing with which one is satisfied is expressed by an ablative.) conterrere, -eo, -ui, -itus, [con + terrere], to frighten badly. (A rather late word, but favorite with Livy.) continens, st. continent-, [pres. p. of continere (con -f te- nere), used as adj.], holding tight or together ; hence, bordering on, adjacent; also, moderate, self-re- strained; uninterrupted (of time). As noun fern, (with the idea terra understood), the main land, the continent. continuus. -a, -um, [contin (gathered from continere, and treated as stem) -f- uo-], holding together ; hence, uninterrupted, suc- cessive, continuous. contio, st. contion-, [contracted from conventio (convent-, taken from convenlre {con -j- venire } and treated as a stem + ion-)], f., a coming together; hence, an assembly, meeting; a speech, harangue. contionari, -or, -atus, [denom. from contio]. to form an assem- bly ; hence, especially, to address an assembly, to harangue. contra, [case form of *cont(e)rus (con -(- the comparative ending -terus ; see alter)], prep, with ace., over against, facing, opposite, contrary to. PLACE, contra Massiliam, opposite or off' Mar- seilles. METAPHORICAL, contra Caesarem pugnare, to fight against Caesar ; contra opmio- nem, contrary to expectation. Also used as adverb, contra ferre arma, to take arms on the other side. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 273 coiitrahere, -6, -traxl, -tractus, [con +trahere], to draw or drag together; hence, to assemble; to bring about, accomplish ; to shorten, contract. contrarius, -a, um, [contra + rius (i. e. as if through *con- traris -|- io-)], being over against ; hence, opposite; and, more com- monly, opposed, contrary to. contumelia, -ae, [*contumeli-, con + *tumeli- (yf turn of tumere, to swell, and suffix li-, as if through an e-stem ; cf . fide- lis, crudelis) + ia-], f., swell- ing or puffing up greatly ; hence, insolent treatment, abuse, insult. convalescere, -6, -valui, [con + valescere (incep. of va- lere)], to begin to be really strong ; hence, to begin to recover one's health, be convalescent. convenire,-io, -veni, -ventum, [con + venire], to come together, assemble; hence, to meet, address (trans.). Especially impersonal- ly, convenit, it is agreed upon ; also, it is Jit, suitable. Hence, p. a. convenieiis, Jit, suitable, or, sometimes, harmonious. convertere, -6, -verti, -versus, [con -f- vertere], to turn wholly round ; hence, to turn toward some fixed direction; to change, trans- form. convivium, -I, [*convivo- (con + vivo-, ^ viv + o-) -f io-], n., a living together ; hence, a meal taken together ; a banquet, dinner. cooriri, -ior, -ortus, [con -f- ori- ri], to rise or spring up ; to stand up; to break forth. copia, -ae, [*copi- (con + [ops] opis) -f- ia-], f., plenty, abun- \ dance, riches ; means, facilities, ability. Hence, copiae, -arum, troops, forces. cor, st. cord-, [same word as Eng. heart], n., the heart. cordi alicui esse, to be acceptable, pleasing, to any one. coram, [case form of compound of con -j- 6s, mouth], prep, with abl., in the presence of, before. Also as adv., openly, before people. Corinthius, -a, -um, [Corintho- + io-], of or belonging to Corinth, Corinthian. Corinthus, -T, [Gr. proper name, Kopivdos], f., Corinth, the flourish- ing city at the western end of the Isthmus which joins the Pelopon- nesus with Attica. It was de- stroyed by L. Mummius in 146 B. c. Cornelius, -a, -um, the name of one of the most famous Roman gentes. P. Cornelius Sci- pio Africanus Maior, the con- queror of Hannibal at Zama in 202 B. c. P. Cojnelius Scipio Aemilianus Africanus Mi- nor, son of L. Aemilius Paulus, who won the battle of Pydna in 168 B. c., adopted by the son of Scipio Africanus the Elder, and destroyer of Carthage in 146 B. c. L. Cornelius Sulla, the fa- mous dictator and conqueror of Marius in the civil wars of 88-82 B. c. Cornelius Nepos, the biographer. corniculum, -i, [cornu and lo- (dim.) as if through a stem in CO-], n., a little horn. cornu, -us, [same word as Eng. horn], n., a horn; hence, in mili- tary parlance, the wing of an army ; 274 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. also, a bugk-horn (a large curved horn, while tuba was a straight trumpet, and lituus one straight except at the larger end, where it curved somewhat). corolla, -ae, [corona- 4- la- (dim.), assimilated], ., a little wreath or crown. corona, -ae, [?], f., a wreath; hence, a crown ; a circle of spectators or of lis- teners (in court, at the games, etc.). Coronea, -ae, [Gr. proper name. Koptvpeta], f., town in the west- ern part of Boeo- tia, where the Spartans under Age- silaus defeated the Athenians and Thebans and their allies in 394 B. c. corpus, st. corpor-, [?], n., a body, the body. corrumpere, see conrumpere. Coruncanius, -a, -um, the name of a gens among the Roman ple- beian families. Tiberius Co- runcanius, one of the consuls who conquered Pyrrhus and the Etruscans in 280 B. c. Corvinus, -a, -um. [corvos. a raven, and the suffix no-, as if through an T-stem], a surname given to the descendants of M. Valerius Corvos (see below), and sometimes wrongly applied to Corvos himself. corvos (-us), -I, [root meaning to sound -\- uo-J, m., a raven. Given as a surname to M. Valerius, who was aided by a raven in his fight against a Gallic chieftain in 349 B. c. cottidianus, -a, -um, [cottidie + the made-up ending anus (i. e., after the pattern of Roma- nus], belonging to every day, daily. eras, [?], adv., to-morrow. Crassus, -I, m., thick or fat, a sur- name in the gens Licinia. M. Licinius Crassus, the third tri- umvir with Caesar and Pompey, B. c. 60. creare. -6, -avi, -atus, [same root as crescere], to make grow; hence, to beget, produce ; to cause ; to choose, appoint (officers, etc.) ; to announce as elected (used of the action of the consul (or other mag- istrate) who presided over an elec- tion. creber, -bra, -brum, [root of crescere -f- bro-], growing thickly ; hence, frequent, numerous. crebrescere, -6, crebrui, [in- ceptive from creber], to begin to be frequent ; hence, to increase, spread. (Post-classical word.) crebro, [abl. of creber, used as adverb], often, frequently. credere, -6, credidi, creditus, [*credo-.^/e/*+*dare, to put], to have faith in, trust, believe; to entrust to; to be of opinion, think; used parenthetically, I dare say haec. credo, dices, this, I dare say, is what you will say. credulitas, st. credulitat-, [ere- LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 275 dul/i (*cred%+ lo-) + tat-], f., the quality of being ready to be- lieve, credulity. Cremona, -ae, f., a town in Cis- alpine Gaul on the river Po. crescere, -o, crevl, cretus, [in- cep. from root in creare], to be- gin to grow; hence, to grow, in- crease ; to gain strength. Creusa,-ae, [Trojan proper name, in Gr. Kpeovffa], f., the first wife of Aeneas, a daughter of Priam, king of Troy, according to the legend. cribrum,-i,[root of cernere + bro-], n., a sieve. crimen, st. crl- min-, [root of cernere -} min-], n., a decision (especially ju- dicial) ; hence, a charge, accusation. crudglis, -e, [crudo- and the suffix li-, as if through an e-stem, after the pattern of fi delis], harsh, cruel. crudelitas, st. crudelitat-, [crudgli- + tat-], f., the quality of being crudelis, harshness, cruelty. crudSliter, [adv. of crudelis], harshly, cruelly. crudus, -a, -um, [same root as in crudglis and in cruor, blood + O-], bloody ; hence, raw, unripe ; immature, crude. crusntus, -a, -um, [obscure for- mation from root in cruor, blood, crudglis, etc.],Woorfy. crtis, st. crur-, [?], n., a leg. culpa, -ae, [?], f., blame, or a fault. culpare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from culpa], to blame, find fault with, censure. cultura, -ae, [from root of colere and suffix ra- as if through a stem in tu-], f., a tilling, cultivation; hence, care, culture. agri cul- tura, the cultivation of the soil, agriculture. cum (earlier quom), [case form of qui], conj., when; then passing over into the meanings since ; al- though ; while. cum primum, as soon as. cum. . . turn, both . . . and, not only . . . but also. cum, [?], prep, with ahl., with, in company with. cum inagno exercitu, with a great army. cum gaudio, withpleasure. IN COMPOSITION it appears under the old form com or more commonly changed to con, and either has an intensive force, as in conten- dere, to stretch tight, or means to- gether, as in convenire. cunctarl, -or, -atus, [?], to delay (intrans.), to linger. cunctus, -a, -um, [contracted from coniunctus (con + iunctus, p. p. of iungere, to join)], all together, all in a body, the whole. cuneus, -I, [?], m., a wedge ; in military parlance, troops formed in a wedge-shaped figure. cupere, -io, -ivi, -itus, [^cup, to be eager], to long for, desire, wish. cupiditas, st. cupiditat-, [cu- pid/i (*cup/i (V cup + o-} + do-) + tat-], f., the quality of being cupidus ; hence, longing, desire; greed, covet ousness ; party spirit. cupido, st. cupidin-, [obscure formation containing \J cup- and suffixes do- + on-], f., desire, longing; greed. 276 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. cupidus, -a, -um, [*cup/i (\ cup + O-) + do-], eager for, desirous of; greedy, avari- cious ; partisan. cur (older quor), [?], why (both interrog 1 . and relative). cura, -ae, [same root as cavere, to be on one's guard], f., concern, care, anxiety, trouble; care of, man- agement. curare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from cura], to bestow care upon, look out for ; to attend to, manage ; to cure. Cures, -ium, m., the chief city of the Sabines, in the southwest cor- ner of their territory and near the frontier of Latium. It had no im- portance after the union with the Romans under Romulus. curia, -ae, [?], f., one of the thirty sections into which the Romans were divided by Romulus. (There were ten curiae in each of the three tribes, and each curia consisted of ten gentes.) Hence, a building for the meeting of the senate, a sen- ate-house ; especially, the senate- house built by Tullius Hostilius where the Sacra Via entered the Roman Forum, the Curia Hostilia. Curiatii, -orum, m., the name of the three Albans who were con- quered by the Horatii in the fa- mous battle in the reign of Tullus Hostilius. Curius, -a. -um, the name of a Roman gens. M. Curius Dent at us, the celebrated gen- eral who conquered Pyrrhus in 275 B. c., and then the Samnites and other enemies of the Romans. currere, -6, cucurri, cursum. [?], to run. currus. -us. [same root as cur- rere], m., a chariot. cursor, st. cursor-, [root of cur- rere + sor-], m., a runner (es- pecially an athletic runner in a race). Cursor, st. Cursor-, m., a Roman surname meaning a runner. L. Papirius Cursor, the dictator who gained many victories in the Second Samnite War (326-304 B. c.). His son of the same name brought the Third Samnite War to its end in 290 B. c. cursus, -us, [root of currere -f su-], m., a running; a course. (Used of going on foot, of horses, of chariots, of vessels, and of things in general.) custodia, -ae, [custod- + ia-], f., a watching, guarding; hence (especially in the plural), guards, a watch; also, confinement, cus- tody. custodire, -io, -Ivi, -itus, [de- nom. from custos], to watch, guard, defend. custos, st. custod-, [?], c., a guard, protector, defender ; also, a jailor. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 277 Cyclades, -um, [Gr. proper name, Ku/as], m., an elephant. eligere, -6, -legi, -lectus, [ex-f- legere], to pick out; hence, to choose, elect. eloquentia, -ae, [eloquent- (pres. p. of eloqui {ex -f loqui, to speak}) + i&-], f-, the quality of being eloquens, eloquent. eludere, -6, -lusi, -lusus, [ex -f- ludere], to play out; hence, to cease rolling (of the sea) ; to de- lude, deceive ; to jeer at. emere, -6, emi, emptus, to take, hut confined to taking and giving something in exchange, to buy, purchase. eminere, -eo, -ul, [ex + *mi- nere], to jut out, project; hence, to be prominent, conspicuous, noted. eminus, [?], adv., at long range, some distance off (chiefly used in military matters). gmissarius, -I, [emiss (gathered from emitter e, and treated as a stem) + the made-up ending -arms, cf. adversarius], m., one, sent out, a spy, scout. emittere, -6, -misi, -missus, [ex + mittere], to send out; hence, to let go; to put forth. emori, -ior, -mortuus, [ex -f- mori], to die altogether, perish. en, [?], interject., lo ! see! behold! enim, [prefix e- + nam], truly, really, certainly, but much more common as conj.,/br. (It stands regularly second in its clause.) CO, [case form of is, used as adv.], thither ; on that account ; to that end ; to such a degree. quo . . . eo, the . . . the, as, quo diffici- lius . . . eo praeclarius, the more difficult, the more glorious. Epaminondas, -ae, [Gr. pr. name 'ETrojueij/cii/Sas], m., the most famous of Theban generals. See 330. Epliesius. -a, -um, [Ephes/i -j- 1O-], of ox belonging to Ephesus, Ephesian. Ephesus, -I, [Gr. pr. name "E^e- cros], f., a celebrated Ionian city in the southwest corner of Lydia in Asia Minor. ephippiatus, -a, -um, [ephip- pi/i -f at us (i. e., as if through *ephippiare)],/urmsAec? with an ephippium or horse-cloth. ephippium, -I, [Gr. word, tyhnriov (from firi, upon, and 'liriros, horse)], n., a horse-cloth, housing. ephorus, -I, [Gr. word eopos], m., one of a special body of magis- trates at Sparta, who came to have authority practically over the kings themselves, an ephor. Epirus, -I, [Gr. pr. name/HTmpos], f., the northwestern division of Greece, corresponding on the Adriatic coast to Thessaly on the ^Egean, but running farther north. epistula,-ae, [Gr. word eVioroA.^], f., a letter, epistle. epularis. -e, [from epulum and the made-up ending -aris (i. e., LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 287 after the pattern of luna-ris)], of or belonging to a feast. eques, st. equit-, [equ/i -f t(i)-], m., a horseman; hence, a cavalry soldier; a knight (i. e., a member of the order of Equites, which was next in rank to the senatorial order, at Rome). equester, -tris, -tre, [equit- -f tri-] , of or belonging to a horseman or (more commonly) to the cavalry or knights, equestrian. equitatus, -us, [equita-, stem of equitare (denom. from eques) + tu-], m., a riding ; hence, the riders (collectively), cavalry. equus, -1, [from a root meaning quick + UO-], m., a horse, steed. erga, [?], prep, with ace., towards. (In classical Latin confined almost wholly to the expression of feel- ings towards persons, as, fides erga ducem, loyalty to the leader.} ergo, [?], adv., consequently, there- fore. eripere, -io, -ripui, -reptus, [ex + rapere], to seize or snatch away ; hence, to remove. se eri- pere, to run away. erogare, -6, -avi, -atus, [ex -(- rogare], to get an appropriation and spend it ; hence, to pay, ex- pend. errare, -o, -avi, -atum, [?], to wander, roam about ; hence, to go astray, make a mistake, err. error, st. error-, [root of errare -f- or-], m., a wandering, but most common in the meanings, waver- ing, uncertainty ; mistake, error. erudire, -io, -ivi, -itus, [denom. from*erudis (ex+ rudis)], to take out of the rough state, to educate, polish. eruditus. -a, -um, [p. p. of eru- dire, used as adj.], educated, pol- ished, accomplished, learned. esca, -ae, [root of edere, to eat + ca-], i.,food; hence, bait (in both the literal and the figurative senses). escendere, -6, -scendi, -scen- sus, [ex + scandere], to climb out ; hence, to climb up, mount. esse, sum, fui, [yf es in present stem, ^ fu in other forms], to be. et, [root meaning beyond], conj., and. etiam, [et + iam], and further- more, also, even. (It most com- monly emphasizes the word or phrase after it, while quoque emphasizes what goes before it.) etiam nunc, even now, still. etiam si, even if, although. Etruria, -ae, f., the division of It- aly next north of Latium, on the west coast, and bounded on the east by Umbria and the Sabine country, on the north by Cisalpine Gaul. Etruscus, -a, -um, of or belonging to Etruria ; Etruscan or Tuscan. etsi, [et + si], and if, even if, al- though. Euander, -dri, [Gr. proper name Ewoi/Spos], m., Evander, an Arca- dian leader who migrated to Italy before the Trojan war, according to the legend, and founded the town of Pallanteum, whence the Palatine hill got its name. evadere, -6, -vasi, -vasum, [ex -}- vadere], to go out, come forth ; hence, to escape; to turn out in some way. evertere, -o, -verti, -versus, [ex + vertere], to turn inside 288 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. out; hence, to overturn, upset, de- stroy, overthrow; to turn out. evolare, -6, -avi, -atum, [ex + volare], to fly out, fly away ; hence, to spring forth. ex, see . examinare, -6. -avi, -at us. [de- nom. from examen (made np with ex and ^ ag. like the simple agmen)]. to form, a swarm or crowd, hut much more commonly from the other meaning of exa- men (tongue of a balance), to weigh; hence, to ponder, examine. exanimare. -6, -avi. -atus, [ex -f animare (denom. from ani- ma)], to take the wind or the breath out of; hence, to kill; also, to frighten to death, terrify; in pas- sive, to die. excedere. -6, -cessi. -cessum. [ex -f cedere], to go out or forth; hence, to retire, withdraw; to go beyond, pass ; to surpass, ex- ceed ; to die. excellens. see excellere. excellere, -6, (-cellui, -celsus), [ex + *cellere], to raise up; hence, to be eminent, surpass, excel (intrans.). The perfect is not used in classical Latin, and the p. p. only as adj., raised, high. Hence, p. a. excellens, overtopping, dis- tinguished, excellent. excidium, -I, [for exscidium. exscid (gathered from exscin- dere {ex -f- scindere, to split} and treated as stem) -f- io-], n., a splitting in pieces ; hence, a de- stroying, destruction. exciere, see excire. excire, -io, -ivi, -itus, (also ex- citus, and, especially in Livy, exciere), [ex -f clre, ciSre], to call out ; hence, to rouse, excite ; to frighten. excitare, -6, -avi. -atus, [inten- sive of excire], to call out for- cibly ; hence, to rouse, excite; to raise, build. exclamare, -6, -avi, -atus, [ex -f clamare], to shout out; hence, to say aloud, exclaim. excursio. st. excursion-, [ex- curs /! (p. p. of excurrere, ex 4- currere) + ion-], f., a having run out ; hence, a sallying forth; an attack ; an inroad. exedere. -6. -edi, -esus. [ex -f- edere], to eat up; hence, to con- sume, destroy. exemplum. -I, [obscnre formation fromeximere (ex + emere)], n., something taken out; hence, a sample ; a copy, an image ; a pat- tern, example. exercere, -eo, -ui, -itus, [ex + arc ere], to work off, 1 to keep busy; hence, to train, exercise; to practise ; to disquiet, disturb. exercitatio, st. exercitation-, [exercitat/i (p. p- of exerci- tare, frequent, of exercere) -(- ion-], f., a having trained ; hence, exercise, practice. exercitus, -us, [exerci (gathered from exercere and treated as stem) + tu-],m., training ; hence, a trained body of men, an army. exigere. -6, -egi, -actus, [ex + agere], to drive out; hence, to ex- pel ; to demand, exact ; to spend or pass time ; to weigh, try, estimate. exiguitas, st exiguitat-, [exi- gu7i + tat-], f., smallness. scanti- ness. exiguus. -a, -um, [ex-f *aguus 1 Professor J. B. Greenough. OF THE CJNIVERSITY LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. (^ ag of agere + uo-)], little, small, scanty. eximius, -a, -um, [ex + *emius (^ em of emere + i-)]> ta&en OM, excepted ; hence, distinguished, choice, excellent. exire, -eo, -ii, -itum, [ex -f- Ire], to go out ; hence, to march out ; to come up, sprout; to die, expire. existimare, -6, -avi, -atus, [ex + aestumare], to value, reckon; hence, to esteem ; to judge, think. existimatio, st. existimation-, [existimat /! (p. p. of existi- mare) -\- ion-], f., a having val- ued ; hence, a judgment, opinion ; reputation. exitium, -I, [exit u /i + io-], n., a going out, but confined to the meaning, destruction, ruin. exitus, -us, [from exire, like itus from the root of the simple ire], m., a going out or away ; hence, a departure; a way out, an egress ; an end, outcome ; a solution ; death. exoriri, -ior, -ortus, [ex -f oriri], to spring up or come forth, to arise, to appear. expedire, -io, -ivi, -itus, [ex and the stem of pes], to get the foot out ; hence, to set free, extri- cate; make ready, prepare; ar- range. expedit, or res expe- dit, it is profitable, expedient. expellere, -6, -pull, -pulsus, [ex + pellere], to drive or push out ; to expel, remove. experientia, -ae, [experient- (stem of pres. part, of experiri, ex + *periri) + ia-], f., a try- ing; hence, an experiment, proof, and in the Latin of the empire, practice, experience. experiri, -ior, expertus, [ex -j- *periri], to try thoroughly, prove ; to experience, undertake. expers, st. expert-, [ex + pars], not having a part ; hence, without, free from or lacking. explorare, -o, -avi, -atus, [ex -f- plorare], to cry out for infor- mation; hence, to search out, inves- tigate, explore ; to reconnoitre, spy. explorator, st. explorator-, [explora- + tor-], m., one who investigates ; especially in military language, a spy, scout. exponere, -6, -posui, -positus, [ex + ponere], to set out ; hence, to expose; to land, disembark; to set forth, explain. expromere, -o, -prSmpsT, -promptus, [ex + promere (pro + emere)], to take out and away, to fetch out ; hence, to show, display ; to utter, declare. expugnare, -o, -avi, -atus, [ex + pugnare (denom. from pu- gna, ^ pug + na-)], to fight out; hence, to conquer utterly, break down; to take by storm. exsanguis, -e, [ex -}- sanguis], without blood, bloodless; hence, pale ; feeble. exsequi, -or, -secutus, [ex -f- sequi], to follow out; hence, to pursue ; to follow up, perform, ex- ecute ; to describe, tell. exspectare, -6, -avi, -atus, [ex + spectare (frequent, of spe- cere)],o look sharply for ; hence, to await, expect ; to anticipate (with hope or with dread). exspirare, -6, -avi, -atum, [ex -f spirare], to breathe out; to give out, exhale; to expire, die. exstinguere, -6, -stinxi, -stinc- 290 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. tus, [ex -j- stinguere], to prick out, but used only of thing's burn- ing, to quench, extinguish; hence, to kill, destroy, abolish. exterior, see exterus. externus, -a, -um, [exter (treat- ed as stem) + no-], outward, ex- ternal ; hence, foreign. exterus, -a, -um, [ex -f tero- (cf. alter)], outward, external; hence, foreign. (The form ex- terus is rare, and used only in post-classical Latin. In such Latin exter also occasionally occurs.) Comp. exterior, outer ; superl. extremus, -a, -um, the outmost; the utmost, farthest, last. The form extumus or extimus rarely occurs. extimus, see exterus. extorquere, -eo, -torsi, -tortus. [ex + torquere], to twist out; hence, to wrest away ; to force from, extort. ext orris, -e, [?], exiled, banished. extra, [case form of exter (us) (ex + terus. compar.)], prep, with ace., outside, without; beyond ; extra provinciam, outside the province ; extra rnodum. beyond the limit. Also used as adverb. extrahere, -6, -traxi, -tractus, [ex + trahere], to drag out; hence, to draw out, release ; to ex- tract ; to prolong. extremus, see exterus. exurere, -o, -ussi, -ustus, [ex -f- urere], to burn up, consume. P. Fabius, -a, -um, the name of a Ro- man ggns. Q. Fabius Ma- ximus Cunctator, the dictator whose policy of delay checked the victorious Hannibal in Southern Italy. Q. Fabius Fictor, a historian who lived at the time of the second Punic War. Fabricius, -a, -um, [fromfaber, a worker in wood, metal, or stone, and suffix io-, as if through a stem in CO-], the name of a Roman gens. C. Fabricius Luscinus, a celebrated leader against King Pyrrhus. fabula, -ae, [*fab%(^ fa of farl + bo-) + la-], f ., a telling or speak- ing; hence, a story, narration, tale. (In classical Latin mostly confined to fictitious stories.) Also, a drama, play, and a fable. fabulari, -or. -atus, [denom. from fabula], to tell a tale, talk, tell (rare word). facere, -io, fecl,factus. [^ fac], to do or make ; to accomplish. facete, [adv. of facetus], finely, neatly; wittily, cleverly. facile, see facilis. facilis, -e, [fac/i (V ^c -f o-) -(- li-], capable of being done ; hence, easy ; willing, affable. Hence, facile, neut. sing., used as adv., easily ; readily. facinus, st. facinor-, [from fa- cere and suffix or-, as if through *f acinere], n., a deed, act ; hence, especially, a misdeed, crime. factio, st. faction-, [fact /! (p. p. of facere) -f ion-], f., a hav- ing done, but chiefly confined to the special meaning, a number of persons acting together, a party ; a faction. factum, -I, [p. p. of facere, used as noun], n., a deed, act. facultas, st. facultat-, [facul LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULAKY. 291 (shortened from facili-) -f- tat-], f., capability, skill; abundance, means, resources. faginus, -a, -um, [fag /- + no-], of beech, beechen. fagus, -I, [?], f., a beech tree. falsus, -a, -um, [p. p. of fallere, used as adj.], feigned, false. falx, st. falc-, [?], f., a sickle or a pruning hook. fama, -ae, [y/ fa + ma-], f., talk (especially of the crowd) ; hence, report, rumor; reputation, fame. fames, st. fami-, [?], f., hunger. familia, -ae, [famuP/j (varied slightly) + ia-], f., the body of slaves belonging in a household, the retinue; then also a family (in our sense) as branch of a gens. famula, -ae, [fam%(root meaning to lay, found + O-) -f la-], f., a female slave belonging to the house- hold ; hence, a handmaid, attend- ant. fanum, -I, [^ fa of fari, to speak + no-], n., a place consecrated to a divinity, a shrine, temple. fas, [from root of fari, to speak], indecl. noun, that which is right, lawful, or fit (as a command of the deity, while ius is right ac- cording to the natural feelings of man, and lex is formulated right, statute law). fateri, -eor, fassus, [same root as fari], to admit, own, confess. fauces, -ium, [?], f., the throat, pharynx ; hence, a narrow pass or defile ; jaws, clutches. Faustulus, -i, [faust% (from root of favere) -f- lo-], m., the shepherd who, according to the legend, rescued and reared Romu- lus and Remus. favere, -eo, favi, fautum, [?], to favor, be well disposed to. favor, st. favor-, [root in favere -f- 6r-], m., favor, good-will to. Favormus, -i, [favor and the suffix no-, as if through an I- stem], m., a philosopher of note and friend of Aulus Gellius, in the reigns of Trajan and Hadrian (A. D. 98-117, 117-138). f elicit as, st. felicitat-, [felic- + tat-, withi inserted after the fash- ion of derivatives from vowel stems], f., happiness, good fortune. feliciter, [adv. of felix], happily, successfully ; auspiciously. felix, st. f ellC-, [from root meaning to bear, produce], fruitful; but more commonly, happy, fortunate ; favorable, propitious. femina, -ae, [same root as felix + mina- (i. e., 01% + na-)], f., a ivoman, female. fera, -ae, see ferus. ferax, st. ferae-, [from root of ferre, with the made-up ending -ax (i. e., after the pattern of pu.gna.-x)], fruitful, rich. fere, [?], adv., well-nigh, almost; about ; in general, commonly. ferre, fero, tuli, latus, [^ fer for the pres. stem, ^ tol, tla, for the other stems, cf. tollere], to bring or carry ; hence, to bear, pro- duce ; to endure ; to carry off, plun- der ; to show; to say, declare; to propose (a bill or law). ferreus, -a, -um, [ferro -f- eo- (io-)], of iron; hence, hard f un- feeling ; firm, unyielding. ferrum, -i, [?], n., iron or steel ferus, -a, -um, [root meaning to 292 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. rush + O-], wild; hence, fierce, barbarous. Hence, fera, -ae, f., a wild beast. fessus, -a, -um, [same root as fa- tigare, to weary}, weary, tired, worn out. festinatio, st. festination-, [fe- stmat /i (p. p. of festinare) + ion-], f.. a having hastened; hence, haste, speed, hurry. festum, -I, [neut. of festus, -a. -um, used as noun], n., a holiday, festival ; feast. (In classical prose dies festus. festal day, is used instead.) fidelis, -e, [fide- + li-], faithful, trusty ; sure, strong. fidelitas. st. fidelitat-, [fideli- + tat-], f., faithfulness, fidelity. fidere, -o. fisus, [^ fid, fid], to trust to, rely upon. (Little used in classical prose, except in pres. p.) fides, -el, [V fid + e-], f., trust, faith, confidence; hence, faithful- ness ; plighted icord, pledge ; prom- ise of protection ; protection. fiducia, -ae, [fidus and the suffix ia-, as if through a stem in CO-], f.. confidence, trust; assurance, boldness. fidus, -a, -um, [y fid, fid + o-], trusty, faithful, sure. fieri, fio, factus, to be made or done, to become. (Passive of fa- cere, though the pres. stem is from a different root.) figura, -ae, [yf fig, to form, and suffix ra-, as if through au-stem], f ., shape, form, figure. filia, -ae, [?], f., a daughter. filiolus, -I, [filio- + lo- (dim.)], m., a little son. films, -I, [?], a son. fingere, -6, finxi, fictus, [y/ fig], to touch, handle ; hence, to mould, fashion; to represent; to conceive, imagine; to invent, feign. finlre, -io, -ivi, -itus, [denom. from finis], to set bounds to, lim- it ; to put an end to, finish. finis, st. fini-, [?], m., a limit, boundary ; an end ; hence, a pur- pose, object. PI. fines, -ium, boundaries, borders, territory. finitimus. -a. -um, [fini- -f- the unexplained ending -tumus (-ti- mus)], bordering upon, neighbor- ing, near. firmare, -6. -avi, -atus, [denom. from firmus], to make firm, to strengthen ; to make lasting ; to en- courage; also, to confirm, show, prove. firme, [adv. of firmus], firmly, steadily, strongly. firmiter, [adv. of firmus ], firmly, steadily, strongly. (This form and fir me are about equally com- mon.) firmus, -a, -um, [root meaning support + mo-], stable, firm, steady, strong; hence, steadfast, constant. Flaminius, -a, -um, [ flame n, a kind of priest (^ flag, blaze + min-) + i-]> the name of a Ro- man gens. C. Flaminius Nepos, the consul who -was con- quered and killed by Hannibal at the battle of Lake Trasumennus in 217 B. c. flamma, -ae. [for flagma (^ flag, blaze + ma-)], f., a blaze, flame. flebilis, -e, [stem of flere and the made-up ending bilis (i. e., after the pattern of hab-i-lis)], worthy to be wept for, lamentable; also, tearful, weeping. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 293 flere, -eo, flevi, fletus, [?], to weep or weep for (the intrans. use is much more common). florere, -eo, florui, [denom. from flos], to bloom, flower ; hence, to be prosperous, flourish. florescere, -6, [incept, (cf. ado- lescere) of florere], to begin to flower or bloom ; hence, to begin to prosper or flourish. fluctuari, -or, -at us, [denom. from fluctus], to move in waves, to undulate; hence, to be restless; to be uncertain, waver, fluctuate. fluctus, -us, [yf flu(g) of fluere -f- tu-J, m., a flowing ; hence, a wave, billow; commotion, disturb- ance. fluere, -6, fluxi, fluxus, [yf flu(g)], to flow ; hence, to spring or come forth. flumen, st. fliimin-, [^ flu(g) + rnin-], n., a flowing; hence, a stream, river. See, also, arnnis. fluvius, -I, pfluv /! (y flu(g) + vo-) -{- io-], m., a river (not so much used as flumen). foculus, -I, [foc%+ lo-(dim.)], m., a little hearth, aflre-pan. fodere,-io, fodi, fossus, [?], to dig ; hence, to pierce, stab. foedus, st. feeder-, [root in fides and fidere + er-], n., a treaty, compact, agreement. folium, -I, [?], n., a leaf. fons, st. font(i)-, [?], m., a spring; a fountain; hence, source, origin. for as, [ace. plu. of *fora, door (cf. fores), used as adv.], out of doors, outside (used with words which express or imply motion). fore, fut. infin. of esse. forem, fores, etc., old forms of sub June, imperf. of esse. forma, -ae, [same root as in fir- mus -f- ma-], stability, flgure, shape, form; hence, beauty; a pattern, image ; sort, kind. formido, st. formidin-, [?], f., fear, terror. formosus, -a, -um, [form(a)- -f 6so-], beautiful, handsome. fortasse; [formed obscurely from forte, by chance], adv., perhaps. forte, [abl. of fors, chance, .used as adv.], by chance, accidentally. fortis, -e, [root infirmus + ti-], strong; steadfast, brave. fortiter, [adv. of fortis], bravely, with fortitude. fortitude, st. fortitudin-, [for- tis and the made-up ending -tu- do (i. e., as if through a stem in tu-, cf. habitus, habitude)], f., bravery, fortitude, endurance. fortuna, -ae, [root of ferre and fors, with suffix na-, as if through a stem in tu-], f ., chance, luck ; es- pecially, good fortune, prosperity ; also, circumstances, lot, condition. fortunatus, -a, -um, [p. p. of for- tunare (denom. from fortuna) used as adj.], lucky, prosperous, happy, fortunate. forum, -I, [same root as fores, door], n., an outside place, a public place, a market-place, forum; es- pecially, the chief forum at Borne (between the Palatine and Capito- line hills). fossa, -ae, [p. p. of fodere, to dig, used as a noun], f., a ditch, trench. fragmentum, -T, [^ frag, to break 294 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. + mento- (i. e. min- + to-)], n., a broken piece, a fragment. fragor, st. fragor-, [ v frag -f or-], m., a breaking; hence, a crash, noise. frangere, -6, fregi, fractus, [y/ frag], to break, dash to pieces; hence, to break down, subdue. frater, st. fratr-, [same root as ferre], m., a brother. fraternus, -a, -um, [fratr- -f- no- (with e inserted for ease of pronunciation)], of a brother, brotherly, fraternal. fraudare, -6 -avi, -atus, [de- nom. from fraus], to cheat, de- ceive, defraud. fraus, st. fraud-, [?], f., cheating, deceit, fraud; a mistake, error; damage, harm; offence, crime. fremere, -6, -ui, -itus, to growl; hence, to murmur or murmur at, grumble or grumble at (both in- transitive and transitive). Also, stronger, to howl, roar. frenum, -I, [same root as ferre, firmus, etc. + no-], n., a hold, support ; hence, a bridle, bit. Plu- ral generally freni, -orum, m., reins. frequentare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from frequens (same root as farcire, to stuff)], to crowd, JUl ; to visit often, frequent ; to do often. fretus, -a, -um, [same root as ferre + to-], supported; hence, trust- ing to, relying on. (The person or thing that one relies upon is expressed by an ABLATIVE.) frigidus, -a, -um, [*frig/i (y/frlg + o-) + .do-], cold. frigus, st, f rigor-, [y/ frig -f or-], n., cold. fructus, -us, [y/ frug + tu-], m., an enjoying ; hence, proceeds, profit, fruit. irui, -or, fructus, [^ frug], to use and get the benefit of; to en- joy- J frumentum, -I, [J fru(g) + mento- (i.e. min- + to-)], n., the means of enjoying life ; hence the usual meaning, grain, corn. f rustra, [probably a case form from same root as fraus, used as adv.], in error ; hence, in vain, to no pur- pose. frustrari, -or, -atus, [denom. from f rustra], to deceive, disap- point, frustrate. Fuffetius, an Alban name. Mettius Fuffetius, the Alban leader, who, for having led off his men from the Roman side in the battle against Veil and Fidenae in the reign of Tullus Hostilius, was torn to pieces by chariots driven in different directions. fuga, -ae, [yf fug + a-], i.,flight ; hence, exile. fugare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from fuga], to put to flight. fugax, st. fugac-, [fuga- + c(o)-], inclined to flee ; hence, fleet ; fleet- ing, transitory. (Rare in classic prose.) fugere, -io, fugl, [y/ fug], to flee, run away ; hence, to go into exile. fulmen, fulmin-, [^ ful(g) -f LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 295 min-], n., a flash of lightning that strikes, a thunder-bolt. funale, [neut. of funalis (funis, rope, and the made-up ending alls, like natura-lis) used as noun], n., a cord, thong, but more com- monly, a wax torch. fundere, -o, fudi, fusus, [^ fud], to pour, pour out ; hence, to spread, scatter ; to overthrow, rout. fundus, -i, [same word as Eng. bottom], m., the bottom; hence, real estate (especially in the coun- try), a farm or villa. fungi, -or, functus, [?], to busy one's self with, do, perform. Furculae, -arum, [furca, a fork -f la- (dim.)], f. Furculae Caudinae, a double (i. e., fork- like) pass, near Caudium, on the southwestern boundary of Sam- nium, where the Samnites captured the Roman army in 321 B. c. furtum, -I, [fur, thief + to-], n., a theft. futurus, -a, -um, future part, of esse. G. Gaius, -I, [?], m., (abbreviation C.), a Roman praenomen : for ex- ample, Gaius lulius Caesar. Gallia, -ae, [Gallo- + ia-], f., the country of the Gauls, Gaul (roughly corresponding to modern France, but including also Belgium, part of Germany and Switzerland, and Italy north of the Apennines). Gallicus, -a, -um, [Gall^-f-co-], o/or belonging to the Gauls, Gallic. gallma, -ae, [gallus, a cock, and na-, as if through an i-stem ; cf . regina)], f., a hen. Gallus, -a, -urn, Gallic. Chiefly used as noun, Gallus, -I, m., a Gaul gaudere, -eo, gavisus, to be glad, rejoice. gaudium, -i, [root in gaudere + io-], \\.,joy, gladness. gemere, -6, -ui, -itus, to sigh or groan ; hence, to bewail, lament over (both intransitive and transitive). geminus, -a, -um, [?], double, paired. n., gemini, -orum, twins. gemitus, -us, [root in gemere -f tu-, as if through *gem/i], m., a groaning, groan, lament. gemmatus, -a, -um, [p. p. of gemmare (denom. from gem- ma, bud, then gem) used as adj.], studded or adorned with gems. gena, -ae, [?], f., a cheek*. gener, -eri, [?], m., a son-in-law. generosus, -a, -um, [gener- (^ gen + er-) + 6s o-], of good birth, noble; hence, high-minded, generous. genitus, see gigiiere. genius, -i, [y'gen + io-], m., guardian spirit. ggns, st. gent(i)-, [^ gen + ti-], f., the people connected by birth, a race, nation ; family (in the broader sense, i. e., including the different branches of the descendants of a common ancestor ; while f amilia is family in the narrower sense, i. e., including only the children of an individual man, with their fa- ther and mother). genu, -us, [same word as Eng. knee], n., a knee. genus, st. gener-, [yf gen + er-], n., birth; hence, descent, origin; a race, stock ; a class, sort, kind. gerere, -6, gessi, gestus,fo carry 290 LATCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. about; hence, to bear; to wear; to show (a feeling, etc.) ; to carry on, manage, do; to wage (war). se gerere, to behave, act (in some special fashion). Germania, -ae, [Germano- + i5], f., the country of the Germans, Germany (corresponding roughly with the modern Germany, but including also Bohemia and part of Hungary). Germanus, -a, -um, German. More common as a noun, Germa- nus. -I, m., a German. Geryon, -onis. [Gr. proper name Tjipvtay], m.. a three-bodied king of Spain, according to the legend, who owned some marvellously fine oxen, which it was one of the twelve labors of Hercules to steal. gestare. -6. -avi. -atus, [frequent, of gerere], to carry about, wear, (rare in classic prose). gignere, -6. genui. genitus. [y' gen, reduplicated in pres. (gignere for gigenere)], to be- get, produce* cause ; hence, in pass., to be born, to spring up. gladiator, st gladiator-, [from gladius with the suffix tor-, as if through *gladiare], m., one who Jights with a sword , but con- fined to the meaning gladiator (fighter in the public games), gladiolus. -I. [gladio- + lo- (dim.)], m., a little sword. gladius, -I, [?], m., a sword. gloria, -ae, [?], f., glory, fame ; vainglory, boasting. gloriabundus. -a. -um. [glo- ria- 4- bundo-]. glorying, re- joicing (late and very rare word). gloriari. -or, -atus. [denom. from gloria], to glory in ; especially, to boast, brag of. (The thing boasted of is expressed by the ABLATIVE, alone or with de or in.) gloriosus, -a, -um, [gloria- -)- 6so-], full of glory, renowned, glorious ; boastful, conceited. Gnaeus, -I. (abbreviation Cn. ). m., a Roman praenomen ; for ex- ample. Gnaeus Pompeius. Gracchanus. -a, -um, [Grac- cho- -j- the made-up ending anus (i. e. after the pattern of Roma- -nus)], of or belonging to Grac- chus. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 297 Gracchus,-!, m., a Roman surname (cognomen) in the gens Sem- pronia. Ti. Sempronius Gracchus, and C. Sempro- nius Gracchus, the two fa- mous tribunes of the commons whose revolutionary efforts at re- form caused their deaths in 133 B. c. and 121 B. c., respectively. They were sons of Cornelia, the daughter of the elder Scipio Af ri- canus, and were the " jewels " of the famous anecdote. gradi, -ior, gressus, [y'grad], to step, walk, go. gradus, -us, [yf grad + u-], m., a step, pace; hence, a degree; a sta- tion, position. Graecia, -ae, [Graeco- -(- ia-], f ., the country of the Greeks, Greece. Graecus, -a, -urn, [Gr. proper name, rpaiic6s~\, Greek, and as a noun, a Greek. grassari, -or, -atus, [frequent, from gradi], to go about much; hence, to go about doing some- thing, and especially, to act vio- lently, to rage. gratia, -ae, [grato- + ia-], f., favor, liking, esteem; hence, in- fluence ; gratitude, requital ; thanks (used in sing, with deb ere, to owe, habere, to feel, and referre, to express thanks or gratitude [by deeds] fin the plural with agere, to express or return thanks [by words]). Hence, gratiis, abl. pi., for nothing, gratuitously. gratulari, -or, -atus, [denom. from*gratulus (grat/ u -f lo-)], to show approval, to wish one joy, to congratulate. gratus, -a, -um, [?], pleasant, ac- ceptable ; thankful, grateful. gravari, -or,' -atus, [denom. from gravis], to take hard, do unwill- ingly, disdain. gravis, -e, [root meaning heavy + U- and then passing into third declension], heavy, burdensome ; hence, hard, painful ; weighty, of sound judgment, influential. graviter, [adverb of gravis], heavily, but much more commonly, strongly, violently ; disagreeably, or weightily, impressively. grex, st. greg-, [?], m., a herd or flock. grus, st. gru-, [?], f., a crane. gustare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from gust us, -us (same word as Eng. choose)], to take a little of, taste; hence, to partake, enjoy. H. habena, -ae, [from root of ha- bere (as if through a noun stem in e-)+na-], f., a thong, rein (as that which holds and checks). habere, -eo, -ui,-itus, [?], to have or hold. habitare, -6, -avi, -atus, [freq. from habere], to have or hold often ; hence, to possess, inhabit, and more commonly intrans. to dwell, live, stay (somewhere). habitatio, st. habitation-, [ha- bitat /! (p. p. of habitare) + ion-], a having held often; hence, an inhabiting ; a dwelling ; habita- tion. habitudo, st. habitudin-, [ha- bit u- -f- din-], f., a condition, state (of the body). Less classical than habitus. habitus, -us, [from root of ha- bere -f- tu-, as if through a stem 298 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. *hab/i] ? m., a condition, state, aspect (of the body) ; hence, the quality, character (of a thing). Haedui. -orum, m., a tribe of Gauls who lived west and north of the river Saone (Arar). haerere, -eo, haesl. haesurus. [?], to holdfast or cling to; hence, to be fixed in ; to be at a loss, hesi- tate. Hamilcar, -is, m., a Carthaginian name. Hamilcar Barca. the father of Hannibal. Hannibal, -is, m., a Carthaginian name. The most famous is the leader of the Second Punic War against the Romans (218-201 B. c.). harena, -ae, [a root meaning gleam + nil-, as if through an e-stem], f., sand. hariolatio, st, hariolation-, [hariolat /! (p. p. of hario- lari, denom. from hariolus. soothsayer, from root meaning vein, entrails) + ion-], f., a having ex- amined the entrails; hence, a sooth- saying, prophesying. Hasdrubal, -is, m., a Carthaginian name. One of the most famous was the brother of the great Han- nibal, killed at the battle of the Metaurus in 207 B. c. hasta, -ae, [?], f., a spear, lance. hastlle, st. hastlli-, [neut. of an adj. formed from hasta after the pattern of Civilis (civi- + li-), used as a noun], n.. the shaft of a spear (in poetry used also of the spear itself). baud, [?], adv., not (used mostly with single words, especially with adjs. and advs.) . Hellespontus, -I, [Greek proper name, 'EAA^anwros], m., the Hel- lespont, i. e. the strait (now known as the Dardanelles) connecting the Aegean Sea with the Propontis. Helvetia, -ae, [feminine singular from Helvetil]. f., Helvetia, the country of the Helvetians (a tribe in southeastern Gaul occupying part of what is now Switzerland). Helvetil, -orum. m., the Helve- tians (see above). Hence, Hel- vetius, -a, -um, Helvetian. herba. -ae, [a root meaning to nourish -j- a-], f., vegetation, and especially grass or herbs. herbidus, -a, -um, [herb /! + do-], grassy (more classical than herbaceus). Hercules, -is, [Gr. proper name. 'ttpaK\TJs, latinized], m., the son of Jupiter and Alcmena ; famed for his twelve labors in the service of Eurystheus of Tiryns. in Argolis, for which he was received into heaven, and became the god of strength and riches. hgreditas, st. hereditat-. [he- rgd- + -tat with i inserted after the analogy of vowel stems], f., heirship ; hence, an inheritance, legacy. Herennius, -I, m., the father of the Samnite leader Pontius The- lesinus, who captured the Roman army at the Caudine Forks. her! (here also occurs), [loc. case form used as adv. + same root as Eng. pester (day)], yesterday. UNIVERSITY LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. ( Hibernia, -ae, f., Ireland. Hiberus, -I, m., the river Ebro (which flows southeast through the northeastern part of Spain into the Mediterranean). hie, haec, hoc, [pronoun stem hi- + demonst. suffix ce], this, he, (she, it), pi. these, they. hie, [loc. case of hie, haec, hoc, used as adv.], here; then also, at this point, now ; under these circum- stances. hiemps, st. hiem-, [?], f., winter. Hiero, -onis, [Gr. proper name, 'lepwi/J, m., the name of several rulers at Syracuse in Sicily. One of the best known lived at the time of the Second Punic War and was friendly to the Romans. hinc, [case form of hie used as adv.], from here, hence; hence, on this side; from this quarter. hinc . . . hinc, on this side . . . on that side, on one side . . . on the other. Hispania,-ae, [Hispano- + ia-], f., the country of the Spaniards, Spain (including also the modern Portugal). hoc, [abl. of hie], by this much, the (used, like eo, with a compara- tive, but more emphatic). ho die, [ho (abl. of hie without the suffix) -(- die], adv. phrase, on this day, to-day; hence, in these days, now. hodiernus, -a, -um, [obscure for- mation from hodie], of to-day, to-day's; hence, modern. Homerus, -I, [Gr. proper name, "OfjLflpos], m., the famous Greek epic poet, Homer. homo, st. homin-, [?], m., a human being, man (while vir denotes a man as distinguished from a wo- man or a child). honestas, st. honestat-,[hones- (stem of honor weakened) -f- tat-], f., respectability, considera- tion ; also, honorableness ; and in philosophical language, virtue, right. honestus, -a, -um, [hones- (see above) -f- to-], regarded with con- sideration, respectable, honored, hon- orable ; in philosophical language, virtuous, right. honor, st. honor-, [?], m., honor, reputation; hence, especially, a public office. honoris causa, out of respect. hoiiorare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from honor], to show honor to, to honor ; hence, to adorn. honos, an older form for honor. hora, -ae, [Gr. word 8>pa], f., sea- son; but chiefly confined to the meaning, hour ; also, in poetry, time, a space of time. Horatius, -a, -um, a Roman gen- tile name. Horatius Codes, the captain of the bridge who de- fended it alone against the Etrus- cans under King Porsena. Q. Horatius Flaccus, the cele- brated lyric poet, friend of the em- peror Augustus. In the plural, Horatii, the three brothers who won the supremacy for Rome ^ defeating the three Albans ( C \: riatii), in the time of Tulluo Hostilius. horrere, -eo, -ui, [?], to bristle up, stand on end ; hence, to shudder, be frightened, or, transitively, to shudder at. horridus, -a, -um, [*horr/i (root of horrere + o-) + do-], bris- 300 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. tly ; hence, rough ; rude, savage ; sometimes also for horribilis, dreadful, horrid. horror, st. horror-, [same root as horrere + or-], m., a bristling up; hence, a shuddering, fear, dread ; also, a shivering, chill. hortari, -or, -atus, [frequent, of *hori], to urge, encourage, exhort. hospes, st. hospit-, [?],m., a host or guest ; a stranger. hospita, -ae, [hospit- + a-], f., a female guest or a hostess. hospitium, -I, [hospit- -fio-], n., guest -friendship, hospitality ; hence, a guest-chamber ; an inn. hostia, -ae, [?], f., an animal for sacrifice, a victim. hostnis, -e, [hosti- + li-], o/or belonging to an enemy, hostile. hostis, st. hosti-, [?], c., a stranger, an enemy, foe (denoting an enemy of the state or country, while in- imicus denotes a personal ene- my). hue, [case form of hie varied]. hither, here. adde hue. add to this = besides. So also hue ac- cedit, there is added to this, be- sides. huiuscemodl. [huiusce (gen. of hie, with suffix ce) -f modi (gen. of modus], of this sort. humanus, -a, -um, [same root as homo], belonging to a human be- ing, human; hence, ge ntle.huma ne ; educated, refined; natural (as op- posed to supernatural). humilis, -e, [hum/i + li-], of the ground; hence, low, short; humble, obscure; cringing, abject. humus, -I, [^ hum-fo-], f, the ground, the earth. Loc. humi, on the ground. I. iacere, -eo. -ui. [?], to lie; hence, to be overcome, be ruined, be sick, lie dead. iaculum, -I, [*iac% (root of iacere, to throw + o-) + lo-], n., a javelin, dart. iam, [ace. of pron. stem], now, al- ready (viewing the present mo- ment not in itself like nunc, but as a point in a series). iam vero. furthermore. laniculum, -I, [lanus (the god Janus) and lo- as if through a stem in CO-], n., a hill on the right bank of the Tiber, afterwards made a part of the city of Rome (now Monte Gianicolo, a little southeast of St. Peter's). Iberus, another spelling forHibe- rus. ibi, [case form of is, used as adv.], there; hence, under those circum- stances; sometimes, especially in Livy, used of time, then, thereupon. ibidem, [from ibi, like idem from is], adv., in the same place. icere, -6, Id, ictus, [y/ Ic], to strike; foedus icere. to strike a treaty (as in Eng.). idem, eadem, idem, [is -f dem (case form of same stem as dum)], pron., the same. identidem, [idem -f idem], adv., the same over again ; and hence, again and again, often. ideo, [id + eo], on that account, therefore. idol on. -i, [Gr. word. cfSwAov], n., an image, spectre, ghost. idoneus, -a, -um, [?], fit, suita- ble, proper. igitur, [?], then, therefore, (less LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 301 strong than itaque, and regular- ly standing second in its clause). ignarus, -a, -um, [in, neg., + gnarus (root in (g)noscere + ro-)], not knowing, ignorant, un- aware. ignavia, -ae, [ignavo + i*-]> f-> slothfulness, idleness, and, espe- cially, cowardice. ignavos, (-us), -a, -om (-um), [in, neg. + (g)navos (root in (g)noscere + vo-)], incapable of doing intelligently ; hence, sloth- ful, idle, and, especially, cowardly. ignis, st. igni-, [?], m.,fire. ignorare, -6, -avi, -atus, [de- nom. from ignarus], not to know, to be unaware, be ignorant of. ignoscere, -6, ignovi, igno- tum, [in, neg. -f- (g)noscere], to refuse to know ; hence, to par- don, excuse. ignotus, -a, -um, [p. p. of igno- scere (in, neg. + (g)noscere), used as adj.], not known, unknown. ilico, [for in loco], adv., on the spot ; hence, immediately, instantly. ille, ilia, illud, [?], that, he (she, it) ; plur. those, they. illuc, [case form of illic], thither, there. Ilvates, -ium, m., a Gallic tribe of whom little but the name is known. imago, st.imagin-, [?], f., a like- ness, copy, image. imbellia, -ae, see inbellia. immanis, -e, [?], monstrous, enor- mous, vast; hence, fierce, savage, inhuman. immemor, st. immemor-, [in, neg. + memor (^ mem + or-)], unmindful, forgetful. immensus, see inmensus. imminere, -eo, (not used in other stems), [in -f minere], to jut into or towards; hence, to over- hang, but more commonly, in the metaphorical sense, to hang over, threaten (intransitive). immitis, -e, [in, neg. + mitis], not soft ; hence, hard, rough ; stern, severe ; fierce. Imm5, [?], adv., on the contrary; hence, according to circumstances, nay or yea verily. immolare, -6, -avi, -atus, [in + *molare (denom. from mola)], to sprinkle sacrificial meal upon ; hence, to bring an offering, offer, sacrifice. immortalis, see inmortalis. impatiens, see inpatiens. impedire, -io, -ivi, -itus, [made from the stem of pes and the prep, in as if through a denom. *pedire], to entangle the foot; hence, to ensnare, hamper, hinder ; to obstruct, check. impendium, see inpendium. impensus, see inpensus. imperare, -o, -avi, -atus, [in + par are], to enjoin upon, to com- mand; to rule. (The thing com- manded may be expressed by an ACCUSATIVE or by a subjunctive clause with ut or ne ; the person commanded and the person or thing ruled are expressed by the DATIVE.) imperator, st. imperator-, [im- pera- -f- *o r -]> m -? a commander, general, especially the commander- in-chief; in imperial Latin, em- peror. imperium, -T, [imper- treated as stem + io-]> n., a commanding ; hence, authority, power (especially 302 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. the power of a commander-in- chief , as a consul, or of a ruler, or government). impetrare, -6, -avi, -atus, [in -f- patrare], to get by asking, to obtain; to accomplish. impetus, -us, [impet (gathered from impetere, in + petere, and treated as stem) -f- U-], m., a setting upon, an attack, assault ; hence, violence, impetuosity. implacabilis, -e, [in, neg. + placabilis (from placare and the made-up ending -bilis, after the pattern of habilis)], not to be appeased ; implacable. (A rare word.) implicare, -6, -avi, -atus, (and less commonly, -ui, -itus), [in + plicare], to fold into; hence, to enfold, entangle ; and especially, in the passive, to be involved or in- terested in, associated ivith. importare, -6, -avi, -atus, [in + portare], to bring in, import; to introduce. improvisus, -a, -um, [in, neg. -f- provisus (p. p. of provi- ders, pro -f videre)], unfore- seen, unexpected, sudden. imprudenter, [adv. of imprii- dens, in, neg. + prudens (con- tracted for providens, the pr. p. of providere, pro -f- vi - dere, and taking a slightly dif- ferent meaning in the contracted form)], unwittingly, imprudently. imus, see mferus. i n > [?]? prep, with ace. or abl., into, in, on. PLACE, (with ace. into) in urbem ire, to go into the city ; (with abl. in, on) in nostris castrls, in our camp ; in solid sedere, to be sitting on a throne. | TIME, in perpetuum, forever; in dies, from day to day; in 0111111 aetate, in every period of life. METAPHOR, in hostem pugnare, to Jight against the ene- my ; in liberos nostros in- dulgentia, indulgence towards our children; in equo, on horse- back ; in animo habere, to have in mind ; in SUis, among his friends; in illo, in his care ; in servilem modum, after the fashion of slaves ; in earnsen- tentiam, to this purport. inaestimabilis, -e, [in, neg. -f aestimabilis (aestima -f- bi- lis, cf. habilis)], incapable of be- ing valued, invaluable, inestimable. inanis, -e, [?], empty ; hence, vain, worthless. inauditus, -a, -um, [in, neg. + auditus (p. p. of audire)], un- heard of; hence, new, strange. inaugurare, -6, -avi, -atus, [in + augurare (denom. from au- gur)], to take omens from the flight of birds, to divine ; hence, to con- secrate, inaugurate. inbellia, -ae, [inbelli (in, neg. + bello-, then passing into the third declension) -f- ia-],f., disin- clination or unfitness for war (a rare post-classical word). incendere, -6, -cendi, -census, [in -j- candere], to set fire to, to kindle ; hence, to burn (transitive) ; to rouse, incite ; to irritate. incendium, -I, [incend (gath- ered from incendere, and treat- ed as stem) + io-], n., a setting fire to ; hence, a fire, conflagra- tion ; heat, vehemence. inceptum, -i, [p. p. of incipere (in + capere), used as noun], LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 303 n., a beginning; hence, an under- taking, attempt. incertus, -a, -um, [in, neg. + certus], not fixed ; hence, unset- tled, uncertain, doubtful (used both of a person hesitating 1 from doubt and of an untrustworthy person or thing 1 ). incidere, -o, incidi, [in + ca- dere],to fall into or upon; hence, to Jail in with, meet ; to occur to one's mind; to happen, take place. incipere, -io, -cepi, -ceptus, [in + capere], to seize upon; hence, to take hold of, begin, under- take; also sometimes intrans., to begin. (In classical prose used only in the tenses from the pres- ent stem.) includere, -6, -clusi, -cliisus, [in -j- claudere], to shut in ; hence, to confine, imprison ; to en- close, to include. incognitus, -a, -um, [in, neg. -f cognitus (p. p. of cogno- scere, con + (g)noscere)], not found out ; hence, unknown. incola, -ae, [in + *cola (^ col -f- a-)], m., one who tills in ; hence, a resident, inhabitant. incolere, -6, -colui, [in + co- lere], to till in; hence, to dwell in, inhabit. incolumis, -e, [?], safe, unharmed. incommodus, -a, -um, [in, neg. -f commodus (con + mo- dus)], not of suitable measure; hence, unsuitable, inconvenient, dis- advantageous. Hence, as noun, incommodum, -I, n., disadvan- tage, inconvenience, trouble. incredibilis, -e, [in, neg. + cre- dibilis (from credere, after the pattern of habilis, from ha- bere)], incapable of being be- lieved, incredible. increpare, -o, -ui, -itus, [in + crepare], to rattle or rustle, make a noise ; hence, to chide, blame, re- buke. increpitare, -6, -avi, -atus, [fre- quent, from increpare], to call out to; hence, to blame, find fault with. incumbere, -6, -cubui, -cubi- tum, [in + *cumbere (^ cub)], to lie upon, recline upon; hence, to bend one's efforts to, de- vote one's self to ; to lean towards. inde, [in (loc. of is) -f de (form from root of -dem, -dam, dum, etc.)], from there, thence; from that time ; thereafter, then. indere, -6, -didi, -ditus, [in + *dare, to put], to put in, into, or on ; hence, to attach to, assign to. indicere, -6, -dixi, -dictus, [in -f- dicere], to proclaim, an- nounce; to appoint (a place of meeting) ; to declare (war). Indicus, -a, -um, [Ind /! + co-], of or belonging to the (East} In- dians or India ; Indian. indigere, -eo, -ui, [in (older in- du) + egere], to need, be in want. Hence, p. a., indigens, in want of, needy. indignari, -or, -atus, [denom. from indignus], to regard as un- worthy ; hence, to be angry or indig- nant at. indignitas, st. indignitat-, [in- dign/ i + tat-], f., unworthiness ; hence, unworthy treatment, indig- nity. indignus, -a, -um, [in, neg. + dignus], not worthy, unworthy, undeserving ; undeserved. 304 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. inducere, -6, -duxi, -ductus, [in + diicere], to lead in ; hence, to bring in ; to introduce ; to spread over; to influence, and, especially, to mislead, seduce. animum, or in animum inducere, to re- solve, determine. industria, -ae. [?], f., activity, in- dustry. de industria or ex industria. on purpose. ineptiae, -arum, [inept/i (in, neg. -f aptus, p. p. of apere, to Jit) + ia-], f., doings or things not Jit, sillinesses, absurdities. ineptus, -a, -um, [in, neg. + ap- tus (p. p. of apere)], not Jit, un- suitable, improper; hence, foolish, silly. inerrare, -6, (other stems not found), [in + errare], to wander on or about (not used in classic prose). iners, st. inert-, [in, neg. + ars], without skill, unskilled ; hence, in- dolent, sluggish, inert. inertia, -ae, [inert (in, neg. + ars, skill) + ia-], i. , lack of skill; hence, slothfnlness, laziness. 111 f am is, -e, [in, neg. -f fama], of bad rejjute, ill-famed, infamous. infantia, -ae, [Infant- (in, neg. -f fans, the pres. p of fari, to speak) -\- ia-], f., lack of power to speak ; hence, babyhood, early child- hood, infancy. Infectus. -a, -um, [in, neg. + factus (p. p. of facere)], un- done, unfinished . infensus, -a, -um. [p. p. of *!n- fendere (in + fendere)], thrust against ; hence, hostile, ad- verse. + inferior, see Inferus. mferre. -fero. -tull. -latus. [in -j- ferre], to bring in or upon ; hence, to introduce, caitse. se in- ferre. to betake one's self, go some- where. slgna inf erre, to make an attack. Inferus. -a, -um, [?], below. Comp. inferior, lower, inferior; superl. infimus, and imus. As noun, Infer!, the dwellers in the lower world, the dead. infestus. -a, -um, [in, neg. + festus (from root of fendere)], not defended; hence, unsafe, un- quiet; hostile; uncanny. Inficere, -io, -feel, -fectus, [in -\- facere], to do into; hence, to stain, dye; to corrupt, infect. infimus, see Inferus. mfmltus, -a, -um, [in, neg. + flnltus (p. p. of finire, denom. from finis)], not ended, not bounded ; hence, unlimited, endless, infinite ; countless, indefinite. Infitiarl, -or, -atus. [denom. from Infitiae (old word from in, neg., and root of faterl and fari)], to . make denial, to deny, disown. Inflare. -6. -avi, -atum, [in + flare], to blow into or upon ; hence, to puff up. Influere, -6, -fluxl, -fluxum, [in + fluere], to flow in or into; hence, to come in, press in. Infra, [case form of Inferus], prep, with ace., beneath, below, un- der. PLACE, Infra oppidum. below the town. METAPHOR, in- fra servos, below slaves. Also used as adverb. ingenium. -I. [made from in and y' gen, with the suffix io-], n., ichat is born in one; hence, nature, especially, turn of mind, temper, disposition ; ability, talents. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 305 ingens, st. ingent-, [in, neg. + ^ gen], not natural, extraordinary, huge, immense, of large size, vast, great. (Stronger than magnus.) ingratus, -a, -um, [in, neg. + gratus], not pleasing, unpleasant; unthankful, ungrateful. inhabitans, st. inhabitant-, [pres. p. of iiihabitare (in + habitare, frequent, of habere), used as a noun], a dweller in, in- habitant. (Very rare word.) inicere, -io, -ieci, -iectus, [in -f- iacere], to throw into or upon ; hence, to bring upon ; to inspire, cause (fear, joy, etc.). inimicus, -a, -um, [in, neg. -f amlcus], not friendly, hostile. Hence, as noun, a (personal) ene- my (while hostis denotes an ene- my of the state). iniquus, -a, -um, [in, neg. + ae- quus], not even, unequal ; hence, unfair, unjust ; unfavorable, hos- tile ; disadvantageous. inire, -eo, -ii, -itus, [in + ire], to go in or into; hence, to enter (both trans, and intrans.) ; to enter upon, undertake, begin. initium, -I, [inito (p. p. of inire) -J- io-], n., a having entered upon; hence, a beginning. iniungere, -6, -iunxT, -iunctus, [in + iungere], to join or fasten into ; hence, to attach toj to bring upon or to lay upon, enjoin upon. iniuria, -ae, [made up of in, neg., and iiis, with the suffix ia-], f., a wrong, an injury, injustice. Abl. iniuria, as adv., wrongly, unde- servedly, unjustly. iniussu, [abl. of *iniussus (in, neg. + iussus, root of iubere) -f- su-j, m., without orders. iniustus, -a, -um, [in, neg. + iustus (iiis + to-)], not law- ful, unlawful, unjust. inlustris, -e, [?], bright, light; hence, clear, plain ; famous, illus- trious. inmensus, -a, -um, [in, neg. + mensus (p. p. of metiri)], not measured ; hence, immeasurable, boundless, vast, immense. inmittere, -5, -misi, -missus, [in + mitt ere], to send or let into; hence, to send against; to hurl at ; to let loose. inmortalis, -e, [in, neg. + mor- talis (from mors, after pattern of natura-lis)], undying, immor- tal,' hence, imperishable, lasting. inmutabilis, -e, [in, neg. + mu- tabilis, from mutare (for mo- vitare, frequent, of movere, to move) and bilis, cf.habilis], not changeable ; hence, fixed, immuta- ble. inniti, -or, -nixus (and in impe- rial writers beginning with Taci- tus and Pliny innisus), [in + niti], to lean or rest upon; hence, to depend upon. innuere, -5, -ui, -utum, [in + iiuere], to nod to, give a nod or sign. innumerabilis, -e, [in, neg. + numerabilis (fromnumerare, the denom. from numerus, like amabilis from amare)], not to be counted, countless, innumerable. inopia, -ae, [inop- (in, neg. + [ops], opis) -f- ia-], f., scarcity, want ; hence, poverty, need ; help- inopmans, st. iiiopmant-, [in, neg. -|- opinans (pres. p. of opi- nari)], not expecting, unaware. 306 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. inops, st. inop-, [in, neg. + [ops], opis], without help; hence, helpless ; needy, poor. inpatiens, st. inpatieut-, [in, neg. -f patiens (pres. p. of pa- ti)], not suffering, impatient. inpendere. -6, -pendl, -pensus. [in -f pendere], to weigh out upon ; hence, to lay out, expend ; to employ, devote. inpendere. -eo, no perf., [in + pendere], to hang over (any- thing) ; to overhang, impend; hence, to threaten. inpendium, -I, [inpen- (gathered from inpendere and treated as stem) -j- io-], n., outlay, expense. inpensus, -a, -um, [p. p. of in- pendere, used as adj.], expend- ed ; hence, costly ; great, strong. inperltus, -a, -um, [in, neg. + perltus (p. p. of *perlrl)], not experienced, inexperienced, un- skilled. inponere, -6, -posui, -positus, [in + ponere], to put in or on ; hence, to embark; to impose or inflict upon; to put in charge of. inpressio, st. inpression-, [in- press/i (p- p. of in-primere) + ion-], f., a having pressed upon ; hence, an assault, attack. See Lesson Iv. inprobare, -6, -avi, -atus, [de- nom. from inprobus], to mark as not good, to disapprove, reject. inquam, inquit, inquiunt, in- quisti, etc. (defective verb), [?], I say, he says, they say, you said, etc. (Used mostly to introduce the exact words of a quotation, and regularly placed after one or two words of the quotation.) inquit, see inquam. inridere, -eo, -rlsl, -rlsus, [in -f rldere], to laugh at; hence, to mock, ridicule; also, intrans., to jeer. inritare, -6. -avi, -atus, [?], to goad, stimulate; rouse, anger, exas- perate. inrumpere, -6, -rupi. -ruptus, [in -f rumpere], to burst into; hence, to rush upon, invade, attack. Insania. -ae. [Insa.no (in, neg. + sanus, y sa or sav + no-) + ia-], f., unsoundness (of mind), madness, insanity. Inscendere, -6, -scendi, -scen- sum, [in -}- scandere], to climb upon, mount. inscribere, -o, -scrips!, -scrip- tus, [in + scribere], to write in or on ; hence, to inscribe ; to as- sign ; to put up a sign " For Sale." inserere, -6, -serui, -sertus, [in -f- serere], to twine in; hence, to introduce; to join or mix in, insert. insidere, -eo, -sedi. -sessum, [in -f sedere], to have a seat in or on ; hence, to be fixed upon, ad- here to; to hold possession of, oc- cupy. Insidere, -6, -sedi, -sessum, [in -}- sedere (varied)], to take a seat in or upon ; hence, to settle on ; to become attached to, rooted in ; to take possession of. Insidiae, -arum, [Insid (gathered from Insidere, and treated as stem) + ia-], f., a sitting in ; hence, an ambush ; a snare, plot. Abl. Insidils. by stratagem. Inslgne, st. Inslgni-, [neut. of Inslgnis, used as noun], n., a badge or mark; a standard; pi. uniform, insignia. Inslgnis, -e, [in -|- slgnum], LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 307 with a mark upon it; hence, marked, noted, distinguished. msolens, at. insolent-, [in, neg. + solens (pres. p. of solere)], not used to ; hence, not usual, unu- sual; arrogant, insolent. msolentia, -ae, [Insolent- + ia-], f., unusualness, novelty ; ar- rogance, insolence. Insonare, -o, -ul, [in -f soiiare (denom. from soiius, ^ son -f- O-)], to sound on or in; hence, to resound. (Rare word.) Insons, st. insont-, [in, neg. + sons], not guilty, innocent. Instare, -6, -stiti, (Instaturus occurs in Livy), [in + stare], to stand in or on ; hence, to draw near, threaten, impend; to press upon, pursue; to insist upon. Iiistauratio, st. Iiistauration-, [Instaurat /! (p. p. of Instau- rare) -f- ion-], f., a having begun to celebrate anew ; hence, a renewal, repetition. Instlgare, -6, -avi, -atus, [in and form from same root as (ex)- stinguere], to prick on, goad on, incite, instigate. Instituere, -6, -ul, -utus, [in -f statuere (denom. from sta- tus, ^ sta + tu-)], to place in; hence, to erect, establish ; to con- struct ; to undertake, begin ; to draw up ; to resolve, determine ; to teach, train. Iiistitutum, -I, [p. p. of institu- ere used as noun], n., something es- tablished ; hence, an arrangement ; a regulation, an ordinance, institu- tion, practice ; instruction. instruere, -6, -struxi, -structus, [in + struere], to heap on or in ; hence, to build upon ; to draw up (in battle order) ; to provide with, equip ; to teach, instruct. Insuber, -bris, -bre, Insubrian, belonging to Insubria, a district in northern Italy near the modern Milan. As a noun, an Insubrian. Insula, -ae, [?], f., an island. Insulanus, -I, [Insula- -f no-], m., an islander. Insuper, [in + super], adv., on top, overhead, above ; hence, be- sides. intactus, -a, -um, [in, neg. + tactus (p. p. of tangere)], not touched ; hence, unharmed ; untried, fresh. intellegere, -5, -lexl, -lectus, [inter + legere], to pick out from between; hence, to see into, understand ; to comprehend, be well aware. intemperans, st. intemperant-, [in, neg. + temperans (pres. p. of temperare, denom. from tempus)], not regulating one's times well; hence, immoderate, extravagant, unrestrained. intendere, -6, -tendi, -tentus, [in -f- tendere], to stretch to- wards ; to point or aim at ; to turn in some direction ; to exert one's self for, strive after. intentio, st. intention-, [iiiten- */i (P- P- of intendere) + ion-], f., a having stretched to- wards; hence, a stretching, ten- sion ; exertion ; purpose, intention. inter, [in + ter, (comp. Eng. un- der)~\, prep, with ace., among, be- tween. inter Padum atque Alpes, between the Po and the Alps; inter Graecos, among the Greeks; inter se, with each other, or with one another. 308 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. interdiu, [inter -f dm (case form of dius = dies)], adv., in the day time. interea, [inter + ea (probably case form of is)], adv., in the mean ichile. interesse, intersum, interfui, [inter -f esse], to be between ; hence, to be different ; to attend, be at. Hence, interest, it is of importance, concerns (the person or thing concerned being expressed by a GENITIVE or by the abl. fern, sing, of a possessive pronoun). Ciceronis intererat, it was for Cicero's interest; me a inter- est, it is of importance to me. interest, see interesse. interficere, -io, -feel, -fectus, [inter + facere], to destroy, kill, slay. intericere, -io, -ieci, -iectus, [inter + iacere], to hurl be- tween; hence, to put among, add to. interim, [inter + *im (loc. of is)], in the mean ichile; however, nevertheless. interimere, -6, -emi, -emptus, [inter + emere], to take from between ; hence, to remove, destroy, kill interior, -ius, [comp. of *interus (in + tero-, cf. alter)], inner, interior. Sup. intumus, later intimus, -a, -um, inmost. interire, -eo, -ii. -itum, [inter -J- ire], to go to ruin, to die. intermittere, -o, -misi, -mis- sus, [inter + mittere], to send between ; hence, to interrupt, leave off (for a while), intermit, leave an interval. internecio, st. internecion-, [made up of inter and the root of necare, to kill, with suffix ion-], f., a massacre, extermination. interregnum, -I, [inter -f re- gnum (y'reg-f no-)],u., the space between two reigns, an interregnum. interrogare, -6, -avi, -atus, [in- ter + rogare], to ask between; hence, to question, interrogate; to examine, cross-question. interrumpere, -6, -rupi, -rup- tus, [inter -f rumpere], to burst asunder; hence, to break to pieces ; to break off, interrupt. interveuire, -io, -veni, -ven- tum, [in ter + venire], to come between, arrive during, interrupt; to take place meanwhile; to hinder. intimus, see interior. intra, [case form of *interus (in + tero-, comp.)], prep, with ace., icithin ; during; less than. in- tra domum, within the house ; intra paucos dies, within a few days; intra septem, within seven. intrare, -6, -avi. -atum. [denom. from intro (case form of *inte- rus, see interior)], to go within, enter ; to force a way into. introducere, -6, -duxi, -duc- tus, [intro + ducere], to lead within; hence, to bring in, intro- duce. intromittere, -6, -misi, -missus, [intrS + mittere], to send within, to let in. inutilis, -e, [in, neg. + utilis (root of uti and li-, as if through ut/i)], not useful; hence, use- less, unprofitable ; disadvantageous, harmful. invadere, -6, -vasi, -vasum, [in + vadere], to walk into, es- LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 309 pecially in a hostile sense, to fall upon, attack, invade. invemre, -io, -veni, -ventus, [in -f venire], to come upon; hence, to meet with, find ; to find out, invent ; to discover, learn. invicem, [in -f vicem (ace. of [vix] vicis)], adv. phrase, in turn, one after another. invictus, -a, -um, [in, neg. + victus (p. p. of vincere)], not conquered, unconquered ; hence, un- conquerable, invincible. invidere, -eo, -vidl, -visum, [in -f- videre], to look, at (askance, or maliciously] ; hence, to envy, grudge. inviolate, [adv. of inviolatus], inviolably. inviolatus, -a, -um, [in, neg. + violatus (p. p. of violare)], not abused; hence, unhurt, invio- late; inviolable. invisus, -a, -um, [p. a., from in- videre], looked at maliciously; hence, hated, hateful. invisus, -a, -um, [in, neg. + vl- sus (p. p. of videre)], not seen, unseen. iiivocare, -6, -avl, -atus, [in -f vocare], to call upon; hence, to appeal to ; also, to name. lovis, gen. of Juppiter. ipse, ipsa, ipsum, [?], self. Ira, -ae, [?], f., anger, wrath. Iracuiidia, -ae, [iracund /! (ira- + cundo-) + ia-], i.,atendency to wrath or anger, irascibility ; hence, wrath or anger. Irasci, -or, -atus, [inceptive of *irari (denom. from Ira)], (to be- gin) to be angry. P. a. iratus, -a, -um, angry, enraged. iratus, -a, -um, [p. p. of *irare (denom. from Ira, cf. irasci), used as adj.], angry, wrathful, vio- lent. Ire, eo, il, itum, to go. irrldere, see inrldere. irritare, see inrltare. irrumpere, see inrumpere. is, ea, id, [^ i],that, he, she, it ; plur. those, they. iste,ista, istud, [is -f to- (same root as turn, tarn, etc.)], this or that, pi. these or those (between hie and ille in nearness of the person or thing referred to) ; es- pecially, that of yours; that which we were talking of. ita, [case form from ^ i -f- ^ ta _ (cf. is andiste)], adv., thus, so. Itali, -orum, m., the inhabitants of Italy, Italians. Italia, -ae, [Italo- + ia-], f., the country of the Italians, Italy (cor- responding with modern Italy as far north as the upper (easterly and westerly) branch of the Apen- nines). Italicus, -a, -um, [ital/i + CO-], of or belonging to Italy, Ital- ian. itaque, [ita + que], and so ; hence, accordingly, therefore. iter, st. itiner-, [obscure forma- tion from ^ i, to go], n., a going ; hence, a road, way ; a journey ; a march; a way, course. iterum, [root of is -f- terum, comp.], adv., a second time, again. iubere, -eo, iussi, iussus, [ius + habere], to have the right to ; hence, to order, bid, command. iucunde, [adv. of iucundus], agreeably, pleasantly. iucundus, -a, -um, [?], agreeable, iudex, st. iiidic-, [ius + *dex 310 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. (yf die of dicere and dicare)], c., a judge ; a member of a body of people who decide cases, a sort of juryman. iudicare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from index], to judge, decide. iudicium, -I, [iudic- -f io-J, -, a judgment, decision ; a trial. iugum, -I, [^ iug of iungere + O-], n., a yoke ; hence, a combina- tion of two upright spears with a third across them, for conquered armies to march under, a yoke ; a mountain ridge. iungere, -6, iunxi, iunctus, [y f iug], to join, yoke; hence, to unite, bring together. lunius. -a, -urn. the name of a Roman gens. L. lunius Bru- tus, the patriot who was most prominent in the expulsion of King Tarquin in 510 B. c. M. lunius Brutus, the intimate friend and assassin of Caesar. Also as an adj., with other words ; mensis lunius, the month of June. luppiter, st. lov-, [lov (for diov, same root as dies and deus) -f pater], m., Father, Jove, Jupiter (son of Saturn, and chief of the Roman gods). iurare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from ius], to take an oath, to swear. ius, st iur-, [same root as iun- gere], n., that which binds, right, justice ; hence, a legal right, privi- lege. See, also, lex. ius iurandum. iuris iurandi. [ius and iurandum. gerundive of iurare], n., an oath that must be sworn, an oath of allegiance, then any oath. iussum. -I, [neut. of iussus (p. p. of iubere), used as noun], n., an order, command. iussus, -us, (used only in the ab- lative singular, iiissu), [root of iubere -f su-], m., an order, a command. iustitia, -ae, [iust/i and the made-up ending tia (i. e., after the pattern of milit-ia)], i., jus- tice, fairness. iustus, -a, -um, [ius + to-], just, rightful ; upright ; fa ir ; regular, proper. iuvare, -6, iuvi, iutus, [?], to help, aid ; hence, to gratify, please. me iuvat. I am glad. iuvenis, -e, [?], young; hence, as noun, a youth, young man ; young woman. Comp. iiinior, -ius ; superl. supplied by minimus natu. iuventus, st. iuventut-, [iuven- + tut-], f., the age of youth, youth ; especially, used collective- ly, the body of young people, the youth. K. K., abbreviation for Kaeso. Kaeso. st. Kaeson-, m., a Roman praenomen (abbreviation K.). Karthaginiensis. -e, [adjective from Karthago], of Carthage, Carthaginian, Punic ; as a noun, a Carthaginian. Karthago, -inis. f., Carthage (the famous city on the north coast of Africa, a little south of west from Sicily, which fought so valiantly against Rome in three wars, till destroyed by the younger Africa- nus in 146 B. c.). LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 311 L. L., abbreviation for the name Lu- cius. Also used as sign of the number fifty (more properly, J.). labor, st. labor-, [?],m., toil, labor; hence, hardship. laborare, -6, -avi, -atum, [de- nom. from labor], to toil, labor ; hence, to suffer, labor under ; to be in distress or difficulty. laboriosus, -a, -um, [labor and suffix 6so-, as if through *la- borius], full of toil, laborious; hence, difficult ; also, energetic, in- dustrious. labrum, -i,[^lab+:ro- (same word as Eng. lip)], n., a lip; hence, brim, edge. lac, st. lact-. [?], n., milk. Lacedaemon, -onis, [Gr. proper name, Aa/ceSafytcwp], f., Lacedae- mon (the other name of Sparta, the capital of Laconia the south- eastern division of the Pelopon- nesus. It is on the left bank of the Eurotas river, in the west- ern part of Laconia, and some- what more than half way from the mouth of the river to the north- ern frontier). Lacedaemonius, -a, -um, [La- cedaemon + io-], of or belong- ing to Lacedaemon, Spartan. lacrima, -ae, [for *dacruma (dacr%, ^ dac, bite + ro-) + ma-], f., a tear. lacruma, older form for lacri- ma. lacuna, -ae, [lacu- + na-], f., a hole on pit, and especially, a pool, pond. lacus, -us, [?], m., a tank ; hence, a pond, lake. laedere, -6, laesi, laesus, [?], to strike and hurt, to wound , hence, to damage ; to offend, hurt ; to break, violate. laetari, -or, -atus, [denom. from laetus], to be glad, rejoice. laete, [adv. of laetus], gladly. laetus, -a, -um, [?], glad, joyful; favorable ; fruitful. Laevmus, -I, [laev/i -f- no- as if through an l-stem], m., a Ro- man surname in the gens Vale- ria. M. Valerius Laevi- nus, a consul during the Second Punic War (210 B. c.). See also Lesson xli. laevos (-us), -a, -om (-um), [?], left, on the left. Hence, laeva, -ae, f., the left hand. lana, -ae, [?], f., wool. lapis, st. lapid-, [?], m., a stone. Larcius, -a, -um, the name of a Roman gens. Spurius Lar- cius, one of the two assistants of Horatius Codes in the defence of the bridge against the Etruscan army. largiri, -ior, -itus, [denom. from largus], to be lavish, bestow boun- tifully; hence, to give a largess, bribe. largus, -a, -um, [?], bountiful, pro- fuse; abundant, large (hardly used in this sense by the classic prose writers). latere, -eo, -ui, [?], to lie hid, be hidden, escape notice. La t mus. -a, -um, [Lati- + no-], of or belonging to Latium, Latin ; hence, as noun, Latinus, -I, m., an inhabitant of Latium. Latinus, -T, m., a king of Lauren- turn, in Latium, near the sea, who, according to the legend, gave his 312 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. daughter Lavinia to Aeneas as his wife. Latium, -I, [root of latus -f io-], n., Latium (the flat country), the division of Italy on the western coast between Etruria and Cam- pania, in which Rome was built. latus, st. later-, [same root as later, brick, Latium, etc.], n., a side, flank. latus, -a, -um, [?], broad, wide. laudare, -6, -avi, -atus. [denom. from laus], to praise, extol, ap- prove ; to quote, cite. laus, st. laud-, [?],., praise, glory, fame; credit, merit. lavare, -6, lavi, lavatus (also lautus and later lotus), [?], to icash, bathe (both trans, and in- lavere, a poetical form of the iufin. of lavare, which is also found in early and late but not in classical prose writers. Lavinia, -ae, f., daughter of King Latinus, according to the legend, and wife of Aeneas. Lavinium, -I, n., a city of Latium founded, according to the legend, by Aeneas, some six miles from Laurentum, and near the sea- coast. laxare. -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from lazus], to widen, or loosen; hence, to slacken; to relax, miti- gate. lectio, st. lection-, [lecto-(p.p. of legere, to gather ; then to read}, -(- ion-], f., a having read; hence, a reading. legatio, st. legation-, [legat^ (p. p. of legare) -f ion-], f.. the having despatched ; hence, an em- legatus, -I, [p. p. of legare used as noun], m., somebody despatched; hence, an ambassador (in political language) ; a lieutenant, staff officer (in military language). legere, -6,legi, lectus, [ v ' leg-], to gather; hence, to choose, pick out ; to read. legio, st. legion-, [ v ' leg -f ion-], f., a gathering, but confined to the meaning legion (i. e., a body of soldiers consisting of ten cohorts and including 3,000 to 6,000 in- fantry, besides 300 horsemen). Lemnius, -a, -um, [Lemno--)- io-], of or belonging to the island of Lemnos, Lemnian. Lemnus (-os), -I, [Gr. pr. name, ATJ/U/OS], f., an island in the Ae- gean Sea (not far west of Troas, south of Thrace and a long dis- tance northeast of Euboea and Attica). lenire, -io, -ivi, -Itus, [denom. from lenis], to make gentle ; to calm, assuage. lenis, -e, [?], gentle, mild. lenitas, st. lenitat-, [leni- + tat-], f., gentleness, mildness. leniter, [adverb of lenis], gently, mildly. lentus, -a, -um, [root of lenis -f to-], pliant, tough; hence, slow, sluggish ; calm, phlegmatic. leo, st. Icon-, [?], m., a lion. lepide, [adv. of lepidus], charm- ingly, neatly, prettily. lepidus, -a, -um. [lepor- and suf- fix -dus, as if through an O-stem], charming, graceful, neat. lepus, stem lepor-, [?], m., a hare. letalis. -e, [leto- and the made-up ending alis (i. e., after the pattern LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 313 of natura-lis)], deadly, mortal (hardly used in classic prose). levare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from levis], to lighten; hence, to relieve, refresh; also occasionally, to raise. levis, -e, [for leguis (root mean- ing little) + u and then passing into third declension], light; hence, trivial, slight; capricious, fickle. leviter, [adverb of levis], lightly ; but more commonly, slightly, a little or easily. - lex, st. leg-, [root in legere serving as stem], f., a law (i. e., a stat- ute law or bill passed by a legis- lative body, while ius means law as the embodiment of what is right among men, and fas what is right by divine decree). lib enter, [adv. of lib ens (pres. p. of the verb to which libet /which see} belongs)], willingly, readily, freely. liber, -brl, [root meaning peel + ro-], m., the inner bark of a tree ; hence, a book (originally written on such bark). liber, -era, -erum, [same root as lib ens. libet, and suffix ro- as if through an O -stem.], free. liberalis, -e, [liber and the made- up ending alis (i. e. after the pat- tern of natura-lis )],of or belong- ing to a free man ; hence, worthy of a free man, generous, gentlemanly. liberalitas, st. liberalitat-, [II- berali- + tat-], f., the spirit of a free man ; hence, generosity, gentle- manliness. liberare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from liber], to make free; to re- lease, deliver. libere, [adv. of liber], freely. liberi, -orum, [pi. of liber used as noun], n., (free) children; chil- dren (as the sons and daughters of free parents). libertas, st. libertat-, [Hber(o) + tat-, as if from a consonant stem], f., freedom, liberty, inde- pendence. libet (older lubet), libuit (or li- bitum est), [third person of *li- bere (same root as liber)], it is pleasant, agreeable; libet mihi, I am witting. libidinosus, -a, -um, [libidin- (root of libet and suffix din- as if through an l-stem) + oso-], full of desire or lust ; passionate, sensual, wanton. licet, licuit (or licitum est), [third person of licere (same root as linquere, to leave], it is allowed or lawful. licet mihi, I may. licet, [third person of licere used as conj. with the sub June.], al- though, (i. e., it is allowed that, granted that). ligneus, -a, -um, [ligno- + eo- (io-)], of wood, wooden. lignum, -i, [?], n., wood. Ligures, -um, [Gallic word], m., the Ligurians (a people dwelling along the southern coast of Cis- alpine Gaul, i. e., just northwest of the Roman Italy). The sing. Ligur, -is, c., a Ligurian, also occurs. Ligustinus, -a, -um, [obscure for- mation from Ligur], belonging to the Ligurians, Ligurian. Lilybaeum, -i, [Gr. proper name, A.t\v&atov], n., the most westerly promontory of Sicily, and also the town upon it. 314 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. limen, st. limin-, [?], n., a thresh- old (either the top-piece or the under-piece, sill, of a doorway) ; hence, an entrance. lingua, -ae, [?], f., the tongue; hence, a language. linter, st. lintri-, [?], f., a tub or trough ; hence, a boat, skiff. littera. -ae, [?], f., a letter (of the alphabet). Hence, litterae, -arum, an epistle, a letter ; litera- ture, letters. locuples, st, locuplet-, [loc% +*ples (root of plenus) + t(i)-], abounding in lands; hence, rich, wealthy ; responsible, trustworthy. locupletare, -6, -avi, -atus, [de- nom. from locuplgs], to make rich, to enrich. locus, loci, [for stlocus], m., a place (pi. loca. -orum, n., regions) ; hence, room, opportunity ; a topic, a passage in a book (pi. loci, -orum, m., topics, places in books). longe, [adv. of longus],/ar, ata distance ; hence, long, for a long time. longitude, st. longitudin-, [lon- gus and the made-up ending tudo. as if through a stem in tu- (cf. habitus, habitude)], f., length. longus. -a, -um, [?], long (either in space or in time). loqul, -or, locutus, [?], to speak, talk. lubenter, older form for liben- ter, gladly, freely. lucere, -eo, luxi, [denom. from lux], to be light, shine. Lucius, -I, [luc (stem of lux, light) + io-], m., a Roman praeiio- men. Abbreviation L. Lucretius, -a, -um, the name of a Roman gens. Sp. Lucretius Tricipitinus, the father of Lu- cretia. Lucretia, the wife of L. Tarquinius Collatmus, whose violation by Sextus Tar- quinius, the son of King Tar- quinius Superbus, was the occa- sion of the revolution by which the kings were driven out of Rome and the Republic established under the leadership of Lucius Junius Brutus. ludibrium, -i, [obscure formation from root of liidere], n., sport, wantonness; hence, ridicule; a laughing-stock. ludus, -I, [yf lud + o-], m.,play, sport, game; a school. Hence, ludi, -orum, m., public games. lucre, -6, lui, [same word as Eng. loose], to loose; hence, to pay (a, debt) ; to suffer (a punishment) ; to atone for. lugere, -eo. luxi. [?], to mourn, lament, grieve (both trans, and in- trans.). lumen, st. lumin-, [^ luc -f min-], n., a light. luna, -ae, [yf lu(c) + na-], f., the moon. lunaris,-e, [luna-+ ri-], o/or be- longing to the moon, lunar. lupa. -ae, [fern, of lupus (^ lup -f o-)], f.. a she-wolf. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 315 Lutatius, -a, -um, the name of a Roman gens. Q. Lutatius Catulus, consul in 102 B. c. with Marius. Another of the same name was consul with Lepidus in 78 B. c. lux, st. luc-, [^ luc as stem], f., light, daylight. luxuriosus, -a, -um, [luxuria- (*luxuro-, i. e., luxu- -f- ro- + ia-) + 6so-], luxurious, extrava- gant ; hence, exuberant, luxuri- ant. M. M., abbreviation for Marcus ; also used as sign of the number one thousand (more properly CIO.) M', abbreviation for the prae- 11 omen, Maiiius. Macedo, Macedonis, [Gr. proper name, Ma/ce5&>i/], m., a Macedonian. Macedonicus, -a, -um, [Mace- doni /! (Macedoii-, {Gr. word, Ma/ce5c^esj + io-) + CO-], Mace- donian, belonging to Macedonia (the country north and east of Thessaly in Greece). macies, -el, [?], f., leanness, mea- greness, emaciation. macte, [voc. of mactus, glori- Jied], used most commonly with the force of an interjection in the phrase macte virtute, well done, go on and prosper ! magis, [^ mag (of magnus) + ius, comp.], adv., more. magister, -tri, [magis -|- tero- (i. e., a double comparative)], m., a master, superior ; hence, a teach- er. magister equitum, master of the horse (the chief cavalry offi- cer, appointed by a dictator to as- sist him in his duties). magis tratus, -us, [magister -f tu-, as if through an a-stem], m., a magistracy ; hence, a magis- trate. magnanimus, -a, -um, [ma- gn/i -f- animus], great-souled, high-souled, magnanimous. (Not a common word.) magnitude, st. magnitudin-, [magnus and the made-up end- ing tudo, as if through a stem in tu- (cf. habitus, habitude)], f., greatness, size, magnitude. magnopere, [magno + opere (abl. of opus)], adv., with great labor,- hence, greatly, very much. (Often written separately, mag- no opere.) magnus, -a, -um, [^ mag + no-], great, large. Comp. mai- or ; superl. maximus. maiestas, st. maiestat-, [maies (weakened stem of niaior) + tat-], f., greatness, grandeur, maj- esty. maior, -ius, [for magior], comp. of magnus. maiores, -um, [plural of maior, used as noun], m., ancestors (as greater in age than their poster- ity)- mains, neut. of maior. male, [adv. of malus], badly, ill; hence, unfortunately ; wickedly. maleficium, -I, [malefic /!, * of maleficus (male -f- *facus, from root of f acere + o-) + io-], n., evil-doing ; hence, an evil deed, a wickedness, crime ; also, a wrong, an injury. malle, malo, malui, [magis -f velle], to prefer. 316 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. malum, -I, [neut. of malus, used as noun], n., an evil, a misfortune, an ill, an injury. malus, -a, -um, [?], bad; hence, unfortunate ; wicked, evil. Comp. peior ; superl. pessimus (from a different stem). Mam., abbreviation for Mamer- cus. Mamercus. -I, [from the Oscan word for Mars], m., a Roman praenomen (abbrev. Mam.). mandare, -6, -avi, -atus, [man(u) -|- *dare, to put], to put into one's hand; hence, to enjoin upon, order, command; to entrust or commit to. manere, -eo. mansi, mansum, [?], to stay, remain, wait; occa- sionally, also, trans., to await. manes, -ium, [same root as the old word manus = bonus], m., the shades of the dead ; hence, spir- its, ghosts (of a kindly nature). Manius, -I, m., a Roman praeno- men (abbreviation M'). Manlius, -a, -um, the name of a Roman gens. T. Manlius Torquatus, the Roman who slew the Gaul in single combat and de- spoiled him of his necklace. See Lesson xxxviii. mansio, st. mansion-, [mans /! '(p. p. of manere) + ion-], f., a having stayed ; hence, a waiting, a stay. Mantinea, -ae, [Gr. pr. name, Mavrtveia], f., a city near the eastern frontier of Arcadia (the central division of the Peloponne- sus), where Epaminondas, having led the Thebans to victory over the Spartans, died from a wound in 362 B. c. manubiae, -arum, [?], f., money got by selling booty taken in war ; also, booty itself, but not in the Latin of the best period. manumittere, -6, -mlsi, -mis- sus, [manus -j- mittere], to re- lease from one's hand and power, but confined to setting free a slave by a certain legal process; to set free, to manumit. manus, -us, [?], f., a hand ; hence, an armed force; a body, company ; power. marcescere, -6, (not used in the other stems), [inceptive of mar- cere], to begin to wither away; hence, to decay ; to become feeble. Marcus, -I, m., a Roman prae- nomen, as Marcus Tullius Cicero. Abbreviation M. mare, st. mari-, [?], n., the sea. marinus, -a, -um, [mari -j- no-], of or belonging to the sea, marine. maritimus, -a, -um, [mari + timo-], of or belonging to the sea, maritime (related to marinus, much as the respective English derivatives " maritime " and " marine " are related to each other). maritus, -I, [maritus, -a, -um, (mas, male, and suffix to-, as if through a denom. *marire) ; used as noun], m., a married man, a husband. Marius, -a, -um. the name of a Ro- man gens. The most famous of the name is C. Marius, the con- queror of Jugurtha, in 106 B. c., of the Teutones in 102, and of the Cimbri in 101 B. c., and the great opponent of Sulla. Mars, st. Mart-, m., the god of war, also of farming and of shep- LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 317 herds, and, according to the le- gend, father of Romulus and Re- mus. mater, st. matr-, [?], f., a mother. matercula, -ae, [mater and la- (dim.), as if through a stem in CO-], f., a little mother. materia, -ae, [mater and suffix ia-], f., the stuff from which things are made, material ; hence, espe- cially, timber. matrimonium, -I, [matr- -f mo- nio-, with i inserted after the fashion of vowel stems], n., mar- riage, matrimony. matrona, -ae, [matr- -f na-, as if through an 6-steni], f., a mar- ried woman, matron. maturare, -6, -avi, -atus, [de- nom. from maturus (same root as mane, morning)], to make ripe, ripen ; hence, to quicken, hasten, accelerate; occasionally, also, in- trans., to make haste, hurry. maxime, [adv. of maximus], most greatly; hence, exceedingly; most ; especially, particularly. maximus, -a, -um, [superl. of magnus (i. e., mag + simo-)], greatest, very great. Mediolaimm. -I, n., the chief city of the Insubrians in Cisalpine Gaul, somewhat north of the river Padus (Po) ; now Milan. meditari, -or, -atus, [frequent, from same root as mederi], to think over, reflect upon ; hence, to design, intend ; to practise, exercise in. mediterraneus, -a, -um, [from medi(o) + terra, with the com- pound suffix neo- (no -f- eo- (io-)], midland, inland. medius, -a, -um, [same root as Eng. middle + io-], midway, in the middle. in media via, in the middle of the road. melior, [comp. of bonus, from a different stem], better. melius, [neuter of melior, and also adv.], better. membrana, -ae, [from mem- brum and the suffix iia-, as if through an a-stem], f., a mem- brane (i. e., the thin skin which covers various parts of the body, as the interior of the nose) ; hence, parchment (i. e., skin to write on). membrum, -I, [?], n., a limb, mem- ber; hence, apart, section. memor, st. memor-, [^ mem + or-], mindful. memorare-, 6, -avi, -atus, [de- nom. from memor], to make mindful of, to remind of; hence, to speak about, tell, recount. memoria, -ae, [memor + ia-], f., memory ; hence, a remembrance ; a narration, a memoir. meiidacium, -I, [mendac- + io-], n., a lie. mendax, st. mendac-, [?], in- clined to lie, lying, mendacious. mens, st. ment(i)-, [\] mem (cf. memor) + ti], f., the mind, es- pecially, the intellect; a state of mind. mensura, -ae, [root of metiri and suffix ra-, as if through a stem in su-], f., measure. mentio, st. mention-, [same root as mens, memor, etc., and suffix ion-, as if through a stem in to-], f., a calling to mind, mention. facere mentionem, to speak of- meracus, -a, -um, [merus and 318 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. the suffix CO-, as if through an a-stem], pure, unmixed (used most commonly of wine). mercari, -or, -atus, [denom. from merx {root of merere, to earn + 0(0)-}], to trade; hence, to buy. mercator, st. mercatSr-, [mer- ca -j-tor-], m., one who trades; hence, a large dealer, a merchant. mercedula, -ae, [merced + la- (dimin.) with U inserted after the analogy of diminutives from O- stems], f., small pay, a slight re- ward. merces, st. merced-, [root of me- rere and suffix d(o)-, as if through an e-stem, and passing into the third declension], f., earn- ings ; hence, pay, ivages ; recom- pense, reward. merere, -eo, -ui, -itus, (also, merer!, -eor, -itus), [root mean- ing to get apart], to earn, deserve ; hence, to win, get ; to serve in the army. mergere, -6, mersi, mersus, [?], to plunge or dip into; hence, to sink. mer idles, -ei, [obscure compound of dies], m., midday, noon; hence, south. meritum, -I, [p. p. of merere, used as noun], n., something earned; hence, a reward or pun- ishment, but in classical Latin slightly turned so as to mean a favor, service ; merit. merus, -a, -um, [?],pure, unmixed; bare, mere ; real, true, genuine. met, particle attached to certain pronouns to give them emphasis, as semet. me tail, -or, -atus, [denom. from meta, boundary, goal], to mark off; to measure out, lay out. Mettius, -I, m., an Italian name ; see Fuffetius. metuere, -6. metui, metutus, [denom. frommetus], to fear, be afraid of. metus, -us, [?], m.,fear, apprehen- sion. meus, -a, -um, (voc. sing. masc. generally mi, occasionally meus), [me -f- O-], my, mine. mi, see meus. Micythus, -I, [Gr. pr. name, Mi-. KV&OS], m., a young Theban, friend of Epaminondas. See Lesson xlviii. migrare, -6, -avi, -atum, [?], to move from one place to another, to migrate ; hence, to turn, change. miles, st. milit-, [?], m., a soF- dier ; "hence, a foot-soldier. milia, see mflle. mHiarius, -a, -um, [mille, and the made-up ending arius (see adversarius)], containing a thousand. Hence, miliarium, -I, n., a stone which marked a thousand paces, a mile- stone. militare, -6, -avi, -atum, [denom. from miles], to be a soldier, serve in the army. militaris, -e, [milit- + aris (i. e., after the pattern of luna-ris)], of or belonging to a soldier, military. militia, -ae, [milit- + ia-], f., military service, warfare. domi mHitiaeque, at home and in the field. mille (indec. in sing., and commonly LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 319 used as adj.), [?], thousand. PL milia (ormillia), -ium, (used as noun), thousands. millesimus, -a, -um, [ordinal of mille], thousandth. Miltiades, -is, [Gr. pr. name, MiA- TidSrjs], m., a famous Athenian general who won the battle of Marathon in 490 B. C., and .sub- dued the island of Lemnos by a trick. mlluus, -1, [?J, m., a kite (bird of prey). mill a, -ae, [Gr. word /mi], f., a mina (a silver coin worth about eighteen dollars). minaciter, [adv. of minax, mina- (cf. minari) -f- c(o)], threateningly. minari, -or, -atus, [denom. from minae, threats], to threaten, men- ace. Minerva, -ae, [same root as mens and memini], f., the goddess of wisdom, the arts, poetry, spinning, etc., and confused with the Greek Athene. minim e, [adv. of minimus], least, very little ; by no means, not in the least (as a strong negative answer to a question). minimus, -a, -um, [superl. of parvos, from a different stem], least, very small. minitari, -or, -atus, [frequent, of minari], to threaten (forcibly). Used with a dative of the person (or personified thing) threatened, and an ace. of the threat ; or with an ace. of the person (or personi- fied thing) threatened, and an abl. of the threat. minor, -us, [comp. of parvos, fr. a different stem] , less, smaller. minuere, -6, minui, -utus, [de- nom. from minus], to make less, to lessen; hence, to weaken, re- duce; also, intrans., to become less. minus, [neut. of minor and also an adverb], less. miraculum, -I, [mira- + lo-, as if through a stem in CO-], n., a wonder, a strange thing, a mir- acle. mirari, -or, -atus, [denom. from mirus],to wonder at, be surprised at ; to admire. minis, -a, -um, [^ mi, smi (same root as Eng. smile) -j- ro-], aston- ishing, wonderful. miser, -era, -erum, [same root as maerere], wretched, unfortunate. miserari, -or, -atus, [denom. from miser], to look upon as wretched, to pity, lament. (Used with an ac- cusative as direct object, unlike most verbs of pitying.) misere, [adv. of miser], wretched- ly, unfortunately ; desperately. misereri, -eor, -itus, [denom. from miser], to feel pity for, to pity. Hence, in active form, as an impersonal verb, me miseret illius, I pity him. miseret, see misereri. missus, -us, [root of mittere + su-], m., a sending ; hence, a hurl- ing. mitescere, -6, (not used in the other stems), [inceptive from mitis], to begin to be soft or mellow; hence, to become mild or gentle. mitis, -e, [?], mild, soft; hence, ripe, mellow; gentle. mittere, -6, misi, missus, [?], to send, send off, let go. moderatus, -a, -um, [p. p. of 320 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. moderare (denom. from mo- dus), used as adj.], kept in boujids, well regulated, temperate, moderate (of persons) ; not excessive, moder- ate (of things). modestia, -ae, [modesto + ia-], f., the quality of being modes- tus, moderation ; hence, modesty. modestus, -a, -um, [from mo- dus, like honestus from ho- nos (honor)], within bounds; hence, moderate ; mild, temperate ; modest. modo, [abl. of modus, used as adv.], according to the measure; hence, merely, only ; just noic. modo . . . modo, now . . . now, at one time . . . at another. non modo . . . sed etiam. not only . . . but also. modo non. only not, all but ; as conjunc., with sub- junc., if only, provided that. modus, -I, [^ mod -f o-], m., a measure ; hence, a bound, limit ; rhythm, metre ; a way, method. hoc modo. in hunc modum, ad hunc modum, in this way, after this fashion. moenia. -ium. [y f mu (same root asinmunire,fo/0r*[/y)],n.. walls, bulwarks, especially, the walls of a city ; hence, a city. moles, st. moli-, [?], f., a (shape- less) mass; hence, a pier, mole; a great quantity, heap; difficulty, trouble. molestia, -ae, [molesto + ia-], f.. difficulty, trouble, annoyance. molestus, -a, -um, [from moles 4- tus (cf. modestus, hones- tus, etc.), with O shortened be- cause of the moving forward of the accent], troublesome, annoying, irksome. molimentum, -I, [moll- (stem of mollri, denom. from moles, a mass, then trouble} -\- mento-], n., great exertion, effort. mollri. -ior. -itus. [denom. from moles], to take trouble; hence, to set in motion ; to construct ; to set going, work upon. molllre, -io, -ivi, -Itus, [denom. from mollis], to make soft, to soften ; hence, to mitigate, make pleasanter; to moderate, tame; to make effeminate. momentum, -I, [^ mov (of movere) -f mento-], n., the means of moving ; hence, motion ; disturbance, revolution ; an influ- ence, factor, motive ; a moment of time. Mona. -ae, [foreign name], f., an island between England and Ire- land, now called the Isle of Man. The same name is also given by the imperial writers (Tacitus, Pliny, etc.), and probably by Cae- sar, to the island of Anglesea, off the northwest coast of Wales. monere, -eo, -ui, -itus, [same root as mens and memini], to call to mind, remind of; hence, to warn. moiiile. st. monlli-, [?], n., a neck- lace, collar. monitio. st. monition-, [moni- t/i- (P- P- of monere) + ion-], f.,a having warned or admonished ; hence, an admonishing, a remind- ing, a warning. monitor, st. monitor-, [from mo- nere, like amator from ama- re], m., one who warns or admon- ishes; a reminder, monitor. monitus, -us, [from monere, like habitus from habere]. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 321 m., a reminding; hence, a warn- ing. mons, st. mont(i)-, [?], m., a moun- tain, hill. monstrare, -6, -avi, -atus, [de- nom. from monstrum], to show, point out ; hence, to indicate, tell. monstrum, -I, [obscure formation from root in monere], n., some- thing shown; hence, a sign from the gods, an omen, a prodigy ; a monstrosity ; a monster. montanus, -a, -um, [moiis and the made-up ending -arms (i. e., after the pattern of Romanus)], of a mountain, mountainous. monumentum, -I, [root of mo- nere and mento-, as if through an O-stem], n., the means of calling to mind; hence, a memorial, monu- ment. mora, -ae, [?], f., a delay, a hin- drance. morari. -or, -atus, [denom. from mora], to delay, tarry, stay f also trans., to detain, delay. morbus, -I, [root of mori + bo-], m., a sickness, disease. mori, -ior, mortuus, (fut. part, moriturus), [yf mar or mor, used as stem], to die. moribundus, -a, -um, [root of mori -f bundo-, as if through an O-stem], dying, moribund. moriturus, fut. part, of mori, about to die, doomed to die, ready to die. mors,st. mort(i)-, [^ mor + ti], f., death. mortalis, -e, [mors and the made- up ending -alls (i. e., after the pattern of natura-lis)], belonging to death; hence, mortal, and, as noun, a mortal, a man. (In classical Latin generally plural.) mortifer (less common, mortife- rus), -a, -um, [morti + *f erus (root of ferre + O-)], death- bringing, mortal, deadly, fatal. mortuus, p. p. of mori. mos, st. mor-, [?], m., a custom, usage, habit; caprice, whim. Hence, mores, -um, manners, character. motus, -us, [yf mov + tu-], m., movement, motion ; hence, emotion, agitation ; a tumult, commotion. movere, -eo, movi, motus, [?], to move ; hence, to disturb, trou- ble ; to arouse, cause, excite. mox, [?], adv., soon, presently. Mucius, -a, -um, the name of a Roman gens. C. Mucius Scaevola, the youth who, hav- ing failed to assassinate King Por- sena, burned off his own hand before the king. Q. Mucius Scaevola, one of the sons-in-law of C. Laelius, to whom he is represented as talking in Cicero's dialogue, De Amicitia. mucro, st. mucroii-, [?], m., a sharp point; hence, a sword point, a sword. mugire, -io, -Tvi, -itum, to low, to bellow. mulier, st. mulier-, [?], f., a wo- man, a female. multitude, stem multitudin-, [multus and the made-up ending tudo, as if through a stem in tu- (cf. habitus, habitudo)], f., a crowd, number, multitude. multo, see multus. multum, see multus. multus, -a, -um, [?], much, pi. many. Hence, multum (ace. as adverb), much, far, often ; multo (abl. as adv.), by a good deal, by 322 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. far, much. Comp. plus, st. plur-; superl. plurimus (from another stem). mundus, -a, -um, [?], neat, nice; well-arranged. Hence, as noun, mundus, -I, m., the universe, the u-orld. municeps, st. municip-, [mu- nia, -orum, duties + *caps, from root of capere], m., citizen of a municipium, or free- town. mummentum, -I, [muni + meuto- (i. e., min- -f to-)], n., the means of fortifying ; hence, a fortification, bulwark, defence. munire, -io, -Ivi, -itus, (older, moenire). [denom. from moe- nia], to build a wall about, to for- tify, intrench; hence, to make or open a road. mimus, st. muner-, [same root as munia. municeps, etc. + er-], n., a duty, function, service; hence, a tribute, present, gift ; a gladiato- rial show. murus, -i, [?], m., a wall (the gen- eral word, while moenia means walls of defence, and paries a partition wall). N. N., abbreviation for Numerius. nactus, -a, -um, p. p. of naii- cisci. nam, [case form from same root as num.], conj.,ybr. namque. [nam-f- que].conj.,/or. (Stronger than nam.) nancisci. -or, nactus (also nanc- tus), [inceptive from ^ nac], to get, acquire; to meet with; to find. nare, -6, -avi. to swim or float. narrare. -o, -avi, -atus, [broken down from gnarigare (from the same root as ignarus and (g)noscere)], to tell, relate, narrate. nasci, -or, natus, [for gnasci (in- ceptive from yf gen of gignere)], to be born. uatalis. -e, [natus and made-up ending alis (i. e., after the pat- tern of natura-lis], belonging to birth, natal. Hence, as noun, natalis, -is, m., birthday. | natio, st. nation-, [nato- (p. p. of nasci) + ion-], f., a hav- ing been born, but chiefly used in the concrete meanings a breed, race, and, especially, a people, na- tion. natiira, -ae, [natu -f ra-], f., the nature of a thing; hence, nature (personified). naturalis, -e, [natura + li], belonging to one's nature, natu- ral natus, -a, -um, [p. p. of nasci], born, and, as noun, a son, or, in the fern., a daughter. natus, -us, [^ (g)na + tu], m., birth. naufragium, -i, [naufrago ( v ' nav,from navis + *fragus, root of frangere + o-) + io-], n., shipwreck ; hence, loss, ruin. nauta, -ae, [for navita (navi + ta-)], m., a boatman, sailor. navalis, -e, [navis and the made- up ending alis (i. e., after the pat- tern of natura-lis)], of a ship, naval. navicula, -ae, [navi- and la- di- min., as if through a stem in CO-], f., a little ship, a boat. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. v navis, st. navi-, ship, vessel. nav + i], f-, a ne, [weakened from ne- and used as enclitic interrogative particle]. It asks a question without imply- ing anything as to the kind of answer expected ; in indirect ques- tions, whether. (Regularly at- tached to the first word of its clause.) ne, [case form of same stem as num.], not. (Used with commands, purposes ^that not, lest}, wishes, etc.) ne . . . quidem, not . . . even, not . . . either (emphasizing what stands between the two words). nec, see neque. necare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from nex], to put to death, slay (especially by starvation or poi- soning, i. e., without a weapon). necesse (indecl. adj.), [?], un- avoidable, necessary. (Used with esse or habere.) niihi ne- cesse est, J must (an unavoid- able, i. e., physical, necessity). necessitas, st. necessitat-, [ne- cesse + tat-], f., unavoidable- ness, necessity; hence, also, rela- tionship; intimacy, though less common in these meanings than necessitudo. nefarius, -a, -um, [nefas (ne + fas, root of far!) -{- io-], unspeak- able ; hence, execrable, impious, ne- farious. negare, -6, -avi, -atus, [?], to say no; hence, to deny, refuse. neglegens, st. neglegent-, [pres. p. of neglegere, used as adj.], careless, indifferent, negligent. neglegentia, -ae, [neglegent- (pres. p. of neglegere, nec -f legere) + ia -L f -> a failing to gather up; hence, a disregarding, carelessness, negligence. neglegere, -6, -lexi, -lectus, [iiec + legere], not to gather up; hence, to slight, disregard, neglect. negotium, -I, [nec + otium, ease], n., employment, business, af- fair ; hence, difficulty, trouble. nemo, st. nemin-, [ne + homo], m., no man, no one, nobody. (Not used in classic prose in the gen. or abl., these cases being supplied from nullus.) nepos, st.nepot-, [?], m., a grand- son ; hence, a spendthrift. Nepos, st. Nepot-, [same word as the preceding], m., a surname in the gens Cornelia. C. Cor- nelius Nepos, the historian, who lived at the end of the repub- lican period and was a friend of Cicero's. Neptunus, -i, m., Neptune, the god of the sea and of waters in gen- eral. He was brother of Jupiter, and was confused with the Greek Poseidon. neque (or nec), [ne + que], and not, nor. neque (nec) . . . neque (nec), neither . . . nor; neque . . . et, and not . . . but. 824 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. nequlquam, [ne + qui-quam (case of quis-quam)], adv., in vain, to no purpose. nequire, -eo, (-11), [ne +quire], not to be able, be unable, cannot. (Used only in a few forms.) nescire, -io, -ivi, -itus, [ne + scire], not to know, to be unaware, ignorant of. neuter, -tra, -trum, [ne + uter], neither (of two). nex, st. nee-, [?], f., death (chiefly a violent death), ni, [same root as ne], unless, if not ; quid ni, why not ? mdulus, -i, [md /! + lo- (dim.)], m., a little nest. nidus, -I, [?], m., a nest. nih.il, see nihilum. niliiluni. -I, (more commonly nihil, indecl.), [ne + hllum, a whit, trifle], n., nothing at all, nothing, (Oblique cases except ace. are usually supplied from nullum, neut. of nullus.) nimis, [?], adv., too much. nimius, -a,-um, [nimi(s) + io-], adj., too much ; hence, excessive ; very much. nisi, [ne +si], conj., unless, if not, except. niti, -or, nixus (and less often msus), [?], to rest upon, lean upon ; hence, to depend upon ; to strive for. nobilis. -e, [root of noscere and suffix li- as if through a *nobus (^ no +bo-), cf. agilis], worthy of being known ; hence, known. famous; hence, belonging to a family from which curule officers have sprung, noble ; excellent. nocere, -eo, -ui, -itum, [same root as nex], to harm, injure. nolle, nolo, nolul, [ne + veUe], not to be willing, to be unwilling. nomen (originally gnomen), st nomin-, [root of (g)noscere -f min], n., the means of knowing, a name; hence, a noun; fame, re- nown. tuo nomine, in your name, on your account or behalf. nominare, -6. -avi, -atus, [de- nom. from nomen], to give a name to ; to name, call. nominating [ace. of a *nomina- tis (nomina -f ti-), used as adv.], by name, individually. noil, [for noenum (ne + unum, old oenum)]. not. (The general negative for denials of statements, etc., and negativing single ideas). non soluni (modo or taii- tum) . . . sed etiam (verum etiam or sed alone), not only . . . but (also). nonagesimus, -a, -um, [related to ndnaginta, as trlgesimus to triginta], the ninetieth. nonagiiita (indecl.), [obscure for- mation from root in novem, nonus], ninety. nondum, [non -f dum]. not yet. nongentesimus, -a. -um. [ordi- nal of nongenti], the nine hun- dredth. nongenti, -ae, -a, [novem + centum], nine hundred. nonne. [non + -ne], interrogative particle used to imply the answer "yes." nonnullus, -a, -um, [non -f nul- lus], not none, i. e., some, several. nonus, -a, -um, [novem + no-], ninth. nos. nostrum or nostri, pi. of ego from a different root, we. (Of the genitive forms, nostrum is LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 325 chiefly confined to the partitive sense, and nostri is used as an objective genitive.) noster, -tra, -trum, [nos -f- tro-], our. novem, [same root as Eng. nine], nine. novos (-us),-a,-om(-um), [same word as Eng. new], new; hence, fresh; novel, strange. (It denotes something which has not existed before, opposed to antiquus ; while recens denotes what is still of short existence, opposed to vetus.) iiox, st. noct(i)-, [root of nocere + ti-], f., night. nubere, -6, nupsi, nuptum, to cover, veil, but chiefly used as an intransitive or a reflexive verb, in the sense to veil one's self as a bride, marry. nubes, st. nub(i)-, [same root as nubere], f., a cloud. nudus, -a, -um, [?], naked, bare; hence, stripped of; defenceless, ex- posed. nullus, -a, -um, [ne -f ullus (dim. from unus)], not any, none. num, [same root as ne], interroga- tive particle used to imply an answer " no." Numa, -ae, m., [^ nem, num, same as that of numerus], a proper name, especially that of Numa Pompilius, the second of the kings of Rome. numen, st. numin-, [root of nu- ere, to nod + min-], n., a nod; hence, a command, but almost wholly confined to the meanings, divine will, divinity ; a deity. numerare, -6, -avi, -atus, [de- nom. fromfiumerus], to number, count ; hence, to reckon, consider as so and so. Numerius, -I, [numer/i + io-], m., a Roman praenomen, es- pecially in the gens Fabia. Abbreviation N. numerus, -I, [*numo- (root mean- ing to distribute) -\- ro-], m., a number ; hence, a quantity ; rank, place ; rhythm, time. Numitor, -oris, m., the son of Procas, king of Alba, whose king- dom was usurped by his younger brother Amulius. He was grand- father of Romulus and Remus. nummus, -I, [same root as nu- merus], m., a coin ; hence, money ; especially used for a sestertius (a silver coin worth about five cents). numquam, [ne + umquam], adv., never. nunc, [num -f- ce- (denom. suf- fix)], adv., now (the present mo- ment considered by itself, not, as with lain, as a point in a series) ; hence, under these circumstances; as it is. etiam nunc, even now, still. nuncupare, -6, -avi, -atus, [no- men -f- *cupare (varied from capere)], to call by name ; hence, to name as heir, but in classic prose chiefly confined to the meaning, to offer vows (officially). nuiitiare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from nuntius], to bring news, to report, declare, tell. nuntius, -I, [for noventius, *novent- (pres. p. of *novere denom. from novos) -|- io-], m., a new arrival ; hence, a bringer of news, messenger ; a message, news. nuper, [for noviper (nov% -|- 326 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. suffix per)], adv., newly, recently, lately. nuptiae. -arum, [nupt/i (p. p. of nub ere) + ia-], f., a wedding, marriage. nusquam, [ne -|- usquam], adv., nowhere. nutricius, -a, -um, [nutrix and suffix io- as if through a stem in CO-], nourishing ; hence, caring for. nutrire, -io, -ivi, -Itus, [?], to suckle, nurse ; hence, to rear, bring up ; to take care of; to cultivate, sup- port. nymph a. -ae, [Gr. word, vvfjufnj], f., a nymph (i. e., one of the demi- goddesses who dwelt in seas, rivers, woods, etc., presiding over the pleasing and lovely forms of na- ture). o. 6, interj., O / oh ! b, [?], prep, with ace., towards; but in classical Latin confined to the meanings in front of; and es- pecially, on account of, for, by rea- son of. ob earn rem, on that account ; ob iram. because of an- ger; ob oculos, before one's eyes ; obviam, in one's way ; obviam ire, to meet. obdormire, -io, -ivi, -itum, [ob + dormire], to fall asleep. obducere. -6, -duxi, -ductus, [ob -}- ducere], to draw in front of; hence, to cover over, envelope ; also, to lead against. obferre, -fero, -tuli, -latus. [ob -f ferre], to bring before; hence, to show, offer ; to expose to ; to confer, bestow, present. obicere, 46, -ieci, -iectus, [ob -fiacere], to throw in front of; hence, to present to, offer ; to put in the way of, to oppose ; to taunt, re- proach with. obire. -eo, -ii, -itum, [ob + ire], to go to meet, but more com- monly, to go down, to set (of the heavenly bodies) ; to fall, die ; also, to enter upon, perform (trans.). obligare, -6, -avi, -atus, [ob + ligare], to bind before or upon ; hence, to bind up a wound ; to put under obligations, bind. oblivisci, -or, -litus, [ob + *livisci (incept, from root of livere, to be dark blue)], to begin to make dark or obscure ; hence, to forget. oboedire, -io, -ivi, -itum, [ob -faudire], to listen to; hence, to yield to, obey. oboriri, -ior, -ortus, [ob -f oriri], to rise up before, spring up, appear. obruere. -6, -rui, -rutus, [ob -f ruere], to rush against ; hence, to overwhelm, strike down; to cover over, bury ; to sink ; to abolish. obses, st. obsid-, [ob and root of sedere, to sit], c., one under guard ; hence, a hostage; a bondsman or a surety. obsidere, -eo, -sedi. -sessum, [ob -f sedere], to be seated be- fore ; hence, to haunt or frequent a place ; to occupy ; but especially as military term, to besiege or block- ade. obsidio, st. obsidion-, [obsid- (gathered from obsidere, and treated as a stem) + io n -] f-? a sitting over against, a besieging, a blockade (denoting a passive siege in which the enemy is starved out, while oppugnatiS denotes an LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 327 active siege interspersed with attacks). obsistere, -6, -stiti, [ob + sis- tere], to place one's self before; hence, to oppose, resist. obstinatus, -a, -um, [p. p. of obstinare (lengthened form from obstare, cf. danunt for dant), used as adj.], fixed firm- ly ; hence, steadfast, resolute ; stub- born, obstinate. obstringere, -6, -strinxi, -stric- tus, [ob + stringere], to bind upon ; hence, to bind, fetter, ham- per ; to put under obligations. obstupefacere, -io, -feci, -fac- tus, [ob -f stupefacere (form from root of stupere + fa- cere)], to dumfound, amaze, stu- pefy ; to benumb. obtestari, -or, -atus, [ob -f tes- tari (denom. from testis)], to call to witness ; hence, to protest or as- severate ; to entreat, beseech. obtinere, -eo, -ui, -tentus, [ob -f- tenere], to lay hold upon; hence, to occupy, possess, keep ; to get possession of, gain; also in- trans., to prevail, last, continue. obtruncare, -6, -avi, -atus, [ob + truiicare (denom. fromtrun- cus, trunk)], to prune away, but chiefly used in the sense to cut to pieces, slay, slaughter. obvertere, -6, -verti, -versus, [ob + vert ere], to turn (the front) towards. obviam, see ob. occasio, st. occasion-, [occas /! (p. p. of occidere, ob+cadere) + ion-], f., a having fallen out; hence, an opportunity, occasion. occasus, -us, [from occidere, like casus from root of cadere], m., a falling down ; hence, a going down, setting; downfall, ruin. solis occasus, sunset. occidere, -6, -cidi, -cisus, [ob + caedere], to strike or cut down / hence, to kill, slay. occidere, -6, -cidi, -casum, [ob + C a der e] , t o fall face forward ; hence, to go down, set; to fall, die ; to be ruined. occipere, -io, -cepi, -ceptus, [ob + capere], to take hold of, but confined to the meanings to begin, enter upon; also intrans., to begin. occumbere, -6, -cubui, -cubi- tus, [ob -f- *cumbere (y/ cub of cub are)], to sink down, but chiefly confined to the meaning, to sink in death, die. occupare, -6, -avi, -atus, [ob -j- *cupare (root in capere)], to take possession of, seize; to fill, occupy. occurrere, -6, -curri (rarely oc- cucurri), -cursum, [ob + cur- rere], to run to meet, meet; hence, to attack, charge upon; to oppose, try to remedy; to suggest itself, occur. ocellus, -i, [oculo- + Io- (dim.) assimilated], m., a little eye. octavos (-us), -a, -om (-um), [octo and vo- as if through an a-stem], the eighth. octingentesimus, -a, -um, [ordi- nal of octingenti], the eight hundredth. octingenti, -ae, -a, [octo+cen- tum], eight hundred. octo, indecl., [?], eight. octogesimus, -a, -um, [ordinal of octoginta], the eightieth. octoginta, indecl., [related to 328 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. octo as triginta to tres, tria], eighty. oculus, -I, [*OC% (root meaning to see + 0-) + lo-], m., an eye. ' 6di, odisse, [?], (perfect used in pres. sense), I hate. odium, -I, [root in 6di + io-j, n., hatred; hatefulness. officium. -I, [?], n., a service, kind- ness ; but especially, a duty. offirmare, -6, -avi, -atus, [ob -}- firmare (deuom. from fir- mus)], to make firm; hence, to holdfast to, persevere in. olim, [loc. case form from ille (older ollus)], adv., at that time; hence, once, some time ago; also of the future, some time, hereafter. omittere, -6, -mis!, -missus, [ob + mittere], to send off, let fall ; hence, to give up, let go, cease ; to pass by, neglect, omit. omnino, [abl. of *omnmus (om- ni--f-iiO-)],adv., altogether, whol- ly ; hence, in general ; to be sure. nih.il omiiino. omnino 11611. not at all. omuis, -e, [?], all (considered sep- arately, while cunctus indicates all together ; so omnis denotes the whole considered as made up of parts, totus the whole as one thing). onus, st. oner-, [?], n., a burden, load ; hence, a difficulty, trouble, annoyance. opacare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from opacus], to shade, darken. opera. -ae, [oper- + a-], f., labor, work, services ; (denoting the effort expended by the person who works, while opus denotes the work done or its result). mea opera, by my help or assistance. dare ope ram, to employ care, take pains, exert one's self. opes, -um, [?], f., resources, means, wealth; cf. the sing, [ops], opis. opinari, -or, -atus, [?], to be of opinion, hold, think. opinio, st. opinion-, [*opin/i (from root of opinari) -f ion-] , f., an opinion, notion, judgment, be- lief; hence, rejmtation, impression. contra opmionem, contrary to expectation. oportet, oportuit, [?], it isproper, necessary, one must (denoting a moral necessity). oppidulum, -i, [oppid% + lo- (dim.)], n., a little town. oppidum, -I, [ob + *pedum (same root as pes, but the deriva- tion quite obscure)], n., a town. opportiinus, -a, -um. [made from ob and portus, harbor, with the suffix no-], close by the harbor ; hence, seasonable, opportune; fa- vorable, suitable, advantageous. opprimere, -6, -press!, -pressus, [ob-f premere], to press against ; hence, to put down, crush ; to over- whelm, overpower; to come upon suddenly, surprise. oppugnare, -6, -avi, -atus, [ob + pugnare (denom. from pu- gna)], to fight before, to assail ; to besiege (actively, while obsidere means to besiege passively, starve out). oppugnatio, st. oppugnation-, [oppugnat/i (p. p. of oppu- gnare, ob + pugnare, denom. from pugna) + ion-], f., a fight- ing over against, a siege (accompa- nied by frequent attacks). Com- pare obsidio. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 329 [ops], opis, st. op-, [?], f., help, aid; power, ability. In plur., opes, -urn, means, resources, wealth. optime, [adv. of optimus], ex- cellently, very well, best. optimus, -a, -um, [superlative of bonus (from a stem op- + timo-)], best, excellent. optio, st. option-, [root of optare + ion-], f., a choosing, choice. opulentus, -a, -uin, [further for- mation of opulens (which also occurs), st. opulent- ([ops], opis + lent- as if through an O-stem)], wealthy, rich, opulent. opus, st. oper-, [^ op + er-], n., a work, labor ; hence, a military work, fortification; a literary work or work of art. See also opera. opus, indecl., [same word as opus, work], n., a need, necessity, want. Used only with esse and govern- ing the ABLATIVE. OpUS CSt, there is need of, one wants or it is needful, one must (less strong than necesse). opusculum, -I, [opus and lo- (dim.), as if through a stem in CO-], n., a little work. 6ra, -ae, [?], f., a brim, an edge; a coast, shore. oraculum, -I, [ora- (stem of 6rare)-|- lo- as if through a stem in CO-], n., an announcement from the gods, an oracle. orare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from 6s, mouth], to speak, but almost wholly confined to the meanings to plead, beg, ask, be- seech. oratio, stem oration-, [orat/i (p. p. of orare) + ion-], f., a having spoken ; hence, a speech, oration ; language ; oratory. orator, st. orator-, [ora- + tor-], m., a speaker; hence, an orator; a spokesman, an ambassador (with a verbal message, i. e., less formal than legatus). oratorius, -a, -um, [orator- -f- io-], of an orator, oratorical. orb are, -o, -avi, -atus, [denom. from orb us, -a, -um], to deprive or bereave of parents or of children ; hence, to deprive, rob of. orbis, st. orbi-, [?], m., a circle; hence, a disk ; an orbit. ordiiiare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from ordo], to set in a row; hence, to arrange, put in order. ordinarius, -a, -um, [ordo and the made-up ending -arius, cf. adversarius], belonging to a se- ries or to order, orderly ; regular, customary. 6rd5, st. ordin-, [?], m., a row, series; hence, regular order (as military term), a line; a class, rank, order. oriri, -ior, -ortus, [?],to arise, ap- pear, come forth; to take its origin. ornamentum, -I, [orna- + men- to- (i. e., min- + to-)], n., the means of equipping ; hence, equip- ment ; an ornament, decoration, em- bellishment. oriiare, -o, -avi, -atus, [?], to pro- vide, furnish, equip; to adorn, embellish, decorate; to show honor to. ornatus, -us, [orna- + tu-], m., a furnishing, providing ; hence, adornment, decoration; fine ap- parel. ortus, -a, -um, [p. p. of oriri used as adj.], risen from, sprung . from, descended. ortus, -us, [root of oriri-ftu-], 330 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. m., arising ; hence, rise, origin. soils ortus, sunrise. 6s, st. or-, [?], n., the mouth, face. OS, ossis, [?], n., a bone. ostendere, -6, -tendi, -tentus (later also ostensus), [obs (i. e., ob) + tendere], to stretch out be- fore ; hence, to point out, show ; to make known, declare. Ostia, -ae, [from 6s, mouth], i., a town built by King Ancus Mar- cius at the mouth of the Tiber to serve as a seaport for Rome. It has still the same name. ostium, -I, [same root as 6s], n., a door ; an entrance. otium, -I, [?], n., rest, repose; lei- sure, ease ; quiet, peace. ovom (-um), -I, [?], n., an egg. P. P., abbreviation for Fublius. pabulum, -I, [*pab% ( v < pa of pascere) -J- lo-], n., food, but in prose only food for brutes, fodder. pactum, -I, [p. p. of pacisci (in- cept, from ^ pac) used as noun], n., something agreed upon ; hence, an agreement, a compact. pacto, abl. as adv., in a way, fashion. hoc pacto, in this way. Padus, -I, m., the river Po (the chief river of Italy, flowing in a generally easterly direction through the north of the country into the Adriatic Sea). paene, [?], adv., almost. paenitere, -eo, -ui, [same root as poena. punishment], to repent, be sorry. (In classical Latin almost wholly impersonal. ) huius me paenitet, I am sorry for this. paganus, -a,-um, [pago- -f no-, as if through an a-stem], of a country district; hence, as noun, a villager, rustic ; and in late church Latin, heathen, gentile, pagan, (both adj. and noun). pagus, -I, [ v pag (of pangere, to Jix) -|- O-], m., a district, canton. Palatium, -I, [obscure formation from v ' pa of pascere], n., the Palatine hill (upon which the be- ginning of Rome was made, east of the Tiber and southeast of the Capitol). Panaetius, -i, [Gr. pr. name, Ila- vainos], m., a famous Stoic phi- losopher born at Rhodes in the first half of the second century B. c. He became the intimate friend of the younger Af ricanus and of Laelius. pangere, -6, pepigi, pactus, [same root as pacisci], to Jix, fasten ; hence, to drive in (a nail, etc.) ; to settle, agree upon ; to stipu- late, contract. Fapirius, -a, -um. the name of a Roman gens. L. Papirius Cursor, dictator in 325 and in 309 B. c., who gained many victo- ries over the Samnites. C. Pa- pirius Garb 6, a friend of Ti- berius Gracchus. par, st. par-, [?],adj., equal,like, a match for. parare, -6, avi,-atus, to prepare, provide, get ready; hence, to in- tend, design ; to get, acquire. parcere, -6, peperci, parcitus, (fut. p. parsurus), [?], to spare. parens, st. parent-, [pres. p. of parere used as noun], c., aparent ; a father or mother. parere, -io, peperi, partus, (fut. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 331 p. pariturus), to bear, bring forth ; hence, to accomplish, produce; to procure, acquire, win. parere, -eo, parul, [same root as par are], to show one's self, appear, but chiefly used in the meaning submit to, obey. pars, st. part(i)-, [\j par (of pa- rare) -}-ti-], f., a part; hence, especially in plural (partes, partium, etc.), a party or fac- tion; also, a part in a play, a character, a role (in this sense also generally plural). partim, [old ace. of pars used as adv.], partly; partim . . . partim, some . . . others. partiri, -ior, -itus, [denom. from pars], to share, divide, distribute. parum, [same root as in parvos], adv., too little, not enough. parumper, [parum + per, cf. semper], adv., for a (too) short time, for a very little while. parve, [adv. of parvos], little, slightly. (Very rare in positive.) From another stem, comp. minus, less; superl. minime, least, least of all ; by no means (a strong nega- tive answer). parvolus, -a, -um, [parvo + lo- (dim.)], very little, very small, slight. parvos (-us), -a,-om (-um), [?], little, small, slight. From a differ- ent stem, comp. minor, less; su- perl. minimus, least. pascere, -o, pavl, pastus, [?], to pasture, to feed. (Chiefly of brutes.) passus, -us, [yf pad (of pandere, to spread) -f- su-], m., a stride, pace. Hence, mille passus, a thousand paces, a mile. pastor, st. pastor-, [same root as pascere], m., a shepherd. Patavium, -I, n., a city in the western part of Venetia in Cis- alpine Gaul, not far from the upper end of the Adriatic Sea, now Padua. Livy was born there. patefacere, -io, -feel, -factus, [obscure formation from stem in patere and facere], to lay open, to open ; hence, to disclose, bring to light. patella, -ae, [patera, saucer, and la- (dim.) assimilated], f., a little dish or pan. pater, st. patr-, [same word as Eng. father'], m., a father ; hence, in plur., senators. patera, -ae, [root in patere + ra-, as if through an O-stem], f., a saucer or fiat dish. paternus, -a, -um, [pater and no-], of a father, fatherly, pa- ternal. pati, -ior, passus, [?] to ex- perience, undergo ; to submit to, bear, suffer ; to allow, permit. patiens, st. patient-, [pres. p. of pati, used as adj.], capable of enduring, patient. patria, -ae, [fem. of patrius used as noun, with terra easily understood], f., fatherland, country. patricius, -a, -um, [patric/i + io-], of the rank o/patres, patri- cian. patricus, -a, -um, [patr--f-co- with i inserted after the fashion of vowel stems], of or belonging to a father, paternal. patrimonium, -I, [patr- -f- mo- mo-, with i inserted after the 332 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. fashion of vowel stems], n., an estate inherited from one's father, patrimony. patrius, -a, -urn, [patr- -f io-], of a father, paternal ; also (as con- nected with patria), of the father- land, native, national. patronus. -I, [patr- -f- no-, as if through an 6 -stem], m., a protector, patron ; an advocate, pleader. pauci, -ae, -a, [^ pau (cf. pau- lus) -f CO-], few, only a few. (The sing, is also rarely found.) pauculus, -a, -um, [pauc% 4- lo- (dim.)], very few or very little (rare in classical Latin and generally plural). Paullus, -I, [same word as pau- lus], m., a surname in the gens Aemilia. L. Aemilius Paul- lus, the general who conquered King Perses, of Macedonia, at Pydna, in 168 B. c. He was the father by birth of the younger Scipio Africanus and of another son who was adopted by Q. Fa- bius Maximus Cunctator. He was himself a son of the Ii. Aemi- lius Paullus who fell at the battle of Cannae in 216 B. c. paulo. [abl. of paulus, -a, -um, (same root as paucus -j- lo-) used as adv.], by a little, some- what. paulum, [ace. of paulus (see paulo), used as adv.], to a slight extent, a little. pauper, st. pauper-, [yf pau (of paucus) + per (from root of parere)], producing or gaining little; hence, of small means, poor, in moderate circumstances. (Milder than egens.) paupertas, stem paupertat-, [pauper + tat-], f., narrow cir- cumstances, small means, poverty. (Milder than egestas.) pavor, st. pavor-, [root of pa- vere + or-], m., fear, dread, alarm. (Less common than ti- mor and metus.) pax, st. pac-, [root in pacisci as stem], f., a treaty of peace, peace. pace tua, by your leave, or you will pardon me for saying. peccantes, -ium, [pres. p. of peccare, used as noun], c., wrong-doers, sinners. peccare, -6, -avi, -atus, [?], to do itrong or make a mistake; to sin. pectus, st, pector-, [?], n., the breast ; hence, the heart, feelings ; the understanding, mind. peculatus, -us, [pecula- (stem of peculari, denom. from pecu, cattle, as if through *peculum) + tu-], m., an appropriating to one's self the public property (in early times largely consisting of cattle), embezzlement. pecunia, -ae, [*pecun/i (pecu, cattle 4- no-)+ia-], f., property (in cattle) ; hence, money. pecus, st. pecor-, [?], n., cattle, a herd of cattle ; hence, also, a flock of sheep. pedes, st. pedit-, [ped- 4- t(i)- with i inserted as with vowel stems], m., one who goes on foot, and especially, afoot-soldier. pedulis, -e, [pes and suffix li- as if through a U-stem], of or belong- ing to the feet. (Late, rare word.) peior, -ius, (used as comp. of ma- lus), [probably from ^ ped], worse. peius, (neut. of peior and adv.), worse. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 333 Pelasgi, -orum, [Gr. pr. name, U\acryoi], m., the name of the people who inhabited Greece and part of Asia Minor as well as La- tium and Etruria in the earliest known times. pellere, -6, pepuli, pulsus, [?], to strike, to drive ; hence, to drive out, banish; to drive back, rout, re- pulse; to affect, touch; to drive away. pellicere, -io, -lexi, -lectus, [per + *lacere (cf. laqueus, noose)], to ensnare, allure, decoy, entice. pellis, st. pelli-, [?], f., a hide, skin. Peloponnesus, -I, [Gr. pr. name, n\otr6wr)ffos (island of Pelops)], f ., the Peloponnesus (i. e., the south- ern peninsula of Greece, connected with Attica by the isthmus of Me- garis and Corinth, and containing Achaia, Argolis, Arcadia, Elis, Laconia, and Messenia). pendere, -6, pependi, pensus, [yf pand], to weigh ; hence, to pay out ; to ponder, consider. penetrare, -6, -avi, -atus, [?], to put into ; also, to enter, go into ; but in classical prose more com- monly intrans., to go to, penetrate to a place. penna, -ae, [for petna (^ pet of petere-f na-)], f., a feather ; hence, in plur., wings. per, [?], prep, with ace., through, all along, over. PLACE, per ur- bem, through the city ; per mon- tes, over the mountains. TIME, per decem dies,/or ten days. METAPHOR, per metum, through fear ; per Caesarem, through Caesar's means ; per me, for all I care; per omnes deos, by all the gods. IK COMPOS., thoroughly, very; perlegere, to read through; perfacilis, very easy. peragrare, -6, -avi, -atum, [per -f *agrare, to field it (denom. from ager)], to travel over or through ; hence, to search through. percipere, -io, -cepi, -ceptus, [per + capere], to take com- pletely ; hence, to gather; es- pecially, to observe, perceive; to understand. percontari, -or, -atus, [?], to question particularly (a person) ; to investigate Carefully (a thing). percontatio,st. percontation-, [percontat/i (p. p. of percon- tari) + ion-], f., a having ques- tioned particularly ; hence, an asking ; a question. percunctarl, less correct spelling of percontari. percutere, -io, -cussi, -cussus, [per + quatere], to shake thoroughly, but deflected into the meanings to strike through, pierce through ; to slay ; to smite ; to af- fect deeply, astound; to impose on. perdere, -6, -didi, -ditus, [per + *dare], to put through; hence, to squander, waste, destroy; to throw away, lose. (Stronger than amittere.) The passive is sup- plied by perire except for the p. p. perditus. perducere, -6, -duxi, -ductus, [per + ducere], to lead or draw through ; hence, to lead, bring, con- duct somewhere or to something ; to draw out, prolong ; to bring or win over, persuade. peregre, [adv. of pereger (per 334 LATIX-EXGLISH VOCABULARY. -(- ager)], abroad, from abroad ; also, to foreign shores. perennis, -e, [per + annus], through the year; hence, unceasing, lasting, perennial, perpetual. perferre, -fero, -tuli, -latus, [per + ferre], to carry through; hence, to bring, convey ; to bear to the end ; to carry out, complete ; to put up with. perficere. -io, -feci, -fectus, [per -f facere], to make com- pletely; hence, to carry out, accom- plish; to finish, perfect. perfidia. -ae, [perfid/i (per -f *fido-, same robt as fides) -j- ia-], f., faithlessness, treachery, perfidy. perfodere, -io, -fodi, -fossus, [per + fodere], to dig through; hence, to pierce through. pergere, -6, -rezi, -rectus, [per + regere], to draw a straight line through; hence, to go straight on, continue, and more commonly in- trans.. to proceed, go on. periculosus,-a, -urn, [periculo -j- oao-~\.full of danger, dangerous. periculum, -I, [from root of *pe- riri -f- Io-, as if through a stem in CO-], n., the means of trying; hence, a trial, experiment ; risk, danger. perimere, -6, -emi, -emptus, [per + emere], to take away utterly ; hence, to destroy, annihi- late. perire, -eo, -il, -itum, [per + ire], to go through; hence, to pass away, disappear, go to ruin, be lost ; to die, perish. peritus, -a, -um, [p. p. of *pe- riri, used as adj.], having tried, experienced ; hence, skilful, expert. perlegere, -6, -legi, -lectus, [per -j- legere], to read through. perlustrare. -6, -avi, -atus, [per + lustrare (denom. from lustrum, from lucre)], to wan- der through ; to exa m ine carefully. permanere, -eo, -mansi, -man- sum, [per + manere], to stay through ; hence, to hold out, last ; to persevere. permittere, -6, -misi, -missus, [per -j- mittere], to send through, let go through ; hence, to let loose ; to give up, intrust; to let, allow, permit. pernicies, -el, [?], f., ruin, de- struction, disaster, death. perpetuus, -a, -um, [per -f *pe- tuus (root of petere + uo-)], aiming or going straight on; hence, continuous, unbroken; general, uni- versal ; constant. perplexus, -a, -um, [per -f- plexus (p. p. of plectere)], very much interwoven ; hence, entangled, confused; ambiguous, obscure. Persae. -arum, [foreign word, Gr. Tlepffai] , the Persians. The sin- gular Perses. -ae, m., also occurs. persequi, -or, -secutus, [per + sequi], to follow through ; hence, to pursue; press upon; to strive after; to imitate; to take vengeance on; to bring about, ac- complish ; to relate, describe. perseverare, -6, -avi. -atus, [per + *severare (denom. from severus)], to go on steadfastly, to persist ; trans., to proceed steadi- ly with, persevere in. persolvere, -5. -solvi, -solu- tus, [per -f solvere], to loosen entirely ; hence, to pay out ; to give, render. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 335 perspicuus, -a, -um, [per + spic (gathered from perspicere and treated as stem) + uo-], transparent, clear; hence, evident, manifest. persuadere, -eo, -suasi, -sua- sum, [per-fsuadere], to ad- vise to the end ; hence, to win over by advice, to persuade, to prevail upon. pertinere, -eo, -ui, [per + te- nere] , to hold or stretch out ; hence, to extend to ; to reach, arrive at ; to extend ; to belong, pertain, or relate to. pervenire, -io, -vem, -ventum, [per + venire], to come through; hence, to reach, arrive at; to come to, become known to ; to attain to. perverse, [adv. of perversus (p. p. of pervertere)], wrongly, badly, in a perverted manner. pervincere, -6, -vici, -victus, [per -f vincere], to conquer ut- terly. pes, st. ped-, [^ ped as stem], m., afoot. pessime, [adv. of pessimus], worst, very ill. pessimus, -a, -um, [superl. of . malus, from another stem], worst, very bad. pestilens, st. pestilent-, [pesti- + lent-], pestilential, infected; hence, baleful, destructive. petere, -6, -ivi, -Ttus, [fr. ^ pet, to fly, used as stem], to aim at ; to rush upon, attack, make for ; to ask, beg, entreat ; to go towards ; to be a candidate for. phalerae, -arum, [Gr. word, rcb aAapa], f., a metal ornament for the breast (chiefly as a military decoration) ; a head and breast trapping for horses. Philippus, -I, [Gr. pr. name, iAo$], philosophical. As noun, philosophus, -I, m., a philosopher. pictura, -ae, [root of pingere and suffix ra- as if through a stem in tu-], f., painting ; hence, a paint- ing, picture. pie, [adv. of pius], with loyal affection (whether towards parents, near relatives and friends, the gods, or one's country). pietas, st. pietat-, [pi% + tat-], f ., loyal affection (toward the gods, parents, friends, or country). piget, piguit, [third person of pi- gere used impersonally], it is irksome, displeasing, etc. ilium hums piget, he is disgusted with this. pileus, -I, [?], m., a sort of skull-cap. pingere, -6, pinxi, pictus, [?], to paint ; also, to embroider. pinus, -us or -T, [?], f., a pine- tree or fir-tree. piscina, -ae, [pisci- -f na-], f., a fish-pond; hence, a swimming- bath. 336 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. piscis, st, pisci-, [?], m., a fish. Pis 6, -onis, m., a Roman surname (cognomen) in the gens Cal- purnia. L. Calpurnius Pis 6, consul 112 B. c., and killed in the so-called Cassian War, 107 B. c. L. Calpurnius Fiso Frugi, grandson of the first-named, and one of Caesar's lieutenants (his father-in-law). placare, -6, -avi, -atus, [same root as placere], to calm, ap- pease. Placentia, -ae, [placent- (pres. p. of placere) + ia-], f., Pla- centia, a city in northern Italy on the river Po. Now called Pia- cenza. placere, -eo, -ui, -itum, [y'plac, please], to please. Impersonally, placet, it is one's opinion or de- sire ; senatui placet, the senate resolves or votes. placidus, -a, -um, [y/plac of pla- cere + do- as if through *pla- cus], gentle, quiet, calm, peace- M plane, [adv. of planus], plainly, clearly, distinctly ; wholly, entirely. planus, -a, -um, [?], fiat, level; hence, plain, clear, distinct. plebs. st. pleb-, [same root as plenus], f., the common people (those who did not helong to the patrician, senatorial, or equestrian classes). plenus, -a, -um, [y[ pie + no-], full plerique, -aeque, -aque, [ple- rus (y/ pie + ro-) + que], very many, most. Plinius, -a, -um, the name of a Roman gens. C. Plinius Se- cundus, author of the famous Historia Naturalis, who was killed in the eruption of Vesuvius, A. D. 79, which buried the cities of Pompei and Herculaneum. C. Plinius Caecilius, nephew of the historian, and author of " Epistles." pluere, -6, -ui, [yf plu, used as stem], to rain (in classical Latin used only as impersonal, it rains, etc.). plumbum album, plumbi albi, n., white lead, but used only to mean tin. plurimum, [neut. of plurimus used as adv.], most, very much. plurimus, -a, -um, [superl. of multus from another stem (same root as plenus)], most, very much, or in plur., very many. The sing, is rarely used as adj. except in the epistolary phrase, salutem plu- rimam dicit, sends heartiest greeting, kindest regards. plus, st. plur-, [comp. of multus (from root in plenus)], more. (In the singular not used as adj., but either as a neuter noun or as an adverb.) poculum, -i, [yf po (cf . potus) -j- lo-, as if through a stem in CO-], n., a cup (for drinking). poena, -ae, [?], f., punishment, a penalty. Poeni, -orum, m., the Cartha- ginians or inhabitants of Carthage in Africa. (The singular, Poe- nus, -i, m., is also sometimes used.) Poenus, -i, m., a Carthaginian. polliceri, polliceor, pollici- tus, [*por (same root as pro) H-liceri, to bid], to offer, prom- ise. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 337 Pompeius, -a, -um, the name of a Roman gens. The most fa- mous of the name is Cn. Pom- peius Magnus, the 'great tri- umvir with Caesar and Crassus. pondus, st. ponder-, [root of pendere + er-], n., weight; hence, consequence, consideration. ponere, pono, posui, positus, [*por (same root as pro) + si- nere], to put, place; also, to put away, lay down. castra po- nere, to pitch camp. poiis, st. pont(i)-, [?], m., a bridge. Pontius, -a, -um, the name of a Roman gens who sprang 1 from the Samnites. C. Pontius, the Samnite leader who inflicted the disaster of the Caudine Forks upon the Romans in 321 B. c. popularis, -e, [populus and the made-up ending -aris (i. e., after the pattern of luna-ris)], of the people ; hence, of the people's party ; popular. As noun, a fellow-coun- tryman, or plur., the popular party . populatio, st. population- [populat/i (p. p. of popu- lar!, denom. from populus) + ion-], f., a having let the people overrun; hence, a laying waste, devastation. populus, -i, [?], m., the people (either the whole people as a na- tion and so differing from plebs, or the people as distinguished from the Senate) ; a people, nation. porro, [?], adv., furthermore, be- sides, next; also, afterwards, and forwards. Porsena, -ae, m., the king of the Etruscans who helped the ban- ished Roman king Tarquinius Superbus to try to recover the throne of Rome. porta, -ae, [^ por + ta-], f., a gate. portare, -6, -avi, -atus, [?], to carry or bring (in the hand, on a vehicle, etc., and so less general than ferre). portendere, -6, -tend!, -tentus, [*por (same root as pro) -}- ten- dere], to stretch forth ; hence, to point out (something to come) ; to foretell, portend. Portunus, -I, [portu- -f no-], m., the harbor-god, Portunus. portus, -us, [^/ por + tu-], m., a harbor, haven. poscere, -6, poposci, [?], to de- mand, to ask. posse, possum, potul, [potis + esse], to be able ; can. possession, possession-, [pos- sesso- (p. p. of possidere) -f- ion-], f., a having taken possession of; hence, a possessing, occupation ; possession, property. possidere, -e5, -sedi, -sessus, [*por (same root as pro) + se- dere], to possess, occupy, be master of, own. post, [?], prep, with ace., behind, after. PLACE, post castra, be- hind the camp. TIME, post paucos dies, after a Jew days. Also used as adverb: serviqui post erant, the slaves who were behind; paucis post diebus, a few days after; paulo post, a little later. postea, [post + ea (probably case form of is)], adv., afterwards. poster!, -orum, [masc. pi. of pos- terus used as noun], m., posterity, descendants. OP THB UNIVERSITY II-AOW\N 338 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. posterior, see posterus. [posterus,] -a, -um, (nom. sing, masc. not used), [post -f- tero (compar.)], after, following, next. Comp. posterior, later, hind- er, inferior; superl. postumus and postremus, last, hindmost, worst ; hence, postremo, at last, finally. postponere, -6, -posui, -posi- tus, [post -f ponere], to put be- hind or after ; hence, to value less, neglect. postquam, [post + quam (case form of qui used as conj.)], after, as soon as. postremus, see posterus. postulare, -6, -avl,-atus, [?], to demand, require, ask. Postumius, -a, -um, [postumo- (superl. of posterus) + io-], a Roman gentile name. See Lessons xl. and xlv. postumus, see posterus. p6tare,-6,-avi,-atum (and more commonly potum), [frequent, formation from ^ po], to drink; to get drunk. potens, st. potent-, [pres. p. of posse, used as adj.], able, power- ful ; master of. potestas, st. potestat-, [potent- -f- tat-, assimilated to the likeness of honestas, maiestas. etc.], f ., ability, power ; dominion, rule, com mand ; opportun ity. potior, -ius, [comp. of potis, able'], preferable, better. Neuter, po tius, as adv., rather. Superl., potissimus, -a, -um, most de- sirable or important. Neut. as adv., potissimum, most of all, rather than anything else, especially. potiri, -ior, -itus, [denom. from potis, able], to become master of, get posession of, acquire; to be master of, hold. (The case used with this verb is ablative or geni- tive.) potissimum, see potior. potius, see potior. prae, [case form of *prus (cf.pro, prior, primus)], prep, with abl., before, in front of, in comparison with, on account of. Most com- mon in the phrase prae se, before one's self (whether literally or of the mind); prae divitiis, in comparison with riches ; denoting a hindrance, non loqui prae maerore poteram, I could not speak for grief. praeceps, st. praecipit-, [prae -f- caput], head-foremost; hence, steep, precipitous; rash, precipitate, inconsiderate, reckless. praeceptor, st. praeceptor-, [from praecipere like captor from root of caper e], a teacher, an instructor. praeceptum, -I, [p. p. of prae- cipere, used as noun], n., a maxim, rule ; a command, order. praecipere, -io, -cepi, -ceptus, [prae + capere], to take before; to preoccupy ; to anticipate; to ad- monish, warn ; to teach, instruct ; to bid, order. praecipitare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from praeceps], to cast headlong ; hence, to rush headlong, to go to ruin (intrans.). praeclare, [adv. of praeclarus (prae + clarus)], very clearly; hence, admirably, finely. praeclarus, -a, -um, [prae + clarus], very bright; -hence, fine, noble, distinguished, brilliant. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 339 praecS, st. praecon-, [?], m., a herald, crier. praecursorius, -a, -um, [prae- cursor- (from praecurrere like cursor from currere) + io-], belonging to a forerunner, coming before, precursory. (Rare word.) praeda, -ae, [?], f., plunder, booty ; hence, prey, spoil, gain. praedari, -or, -atus, [denom. from praeda], to plunder, rob. (Chiefly used without object, i. e., intrans.) praedicare, -6, -avi, -atus, [prae + dicare], to speak forth ; hence, to publish, proclaim; to de- clare, tell; to praise, commend, vaunt, boast. praedicere, -6, -dixi, -dictus, [prae + dicere], to say before ; hence, to premise, and more com- monly, to foretell, predict f - to warn, charge, command. praedo, st. praedon-, [same root as praeda + 6 n -]> m -> robber, plunderer. praeducere, -6, -duxi, -ductus, [prae -f ducere], to draw before, but used only in the sense to make or put in front of or before. praeesse, -sum, -fui, [prae -f esse], to be before ; hence, to be in command of, preside over. praeferre, -fero, -tuli, -latus, [prae + ferre], to carry in front ; hence, to hold before ; to show, dis- play ; to offer ; but most commonly, to value more, prefer. praefulgere, -eo, -fulsi, [prae + fulgere], to shine forth, to shine or gleam before. (Not a common word.) praemittere, -6, -misi, -missus, [prae -f- mittere], to send before. praemium, -I, [?], n. , profit, ad- vantage ; a reward, recompense. praenomen, st. praenomin-, [prae + nomen], n., ajirst name, individual name (distinguishing as with us the members of a family from one another), as Gaius, Fublius. praeponere, -6, -posui, -posi- tus, [prae -j- ponere], to put before ; hence, to set over as com- mander ; to value above, prefer. praesens, st. praesent-, [pres. p. of praeesse, used as adj.], on hand, present. praesidium, -I, [praesid- (ga- thered from praesidere and treated as stem) -f-io-], n., a sit- ting before; hence, defence, protec- tion ; a garrison, guard ; a forti- fied place; help, aid. praestans, st. praestant-, [pres. p. of praestare, used as adj.], standing before; hence, superior, excellent, remarkable. praestare, -6, -stiti, -stitus, (-status ; fut. p., oftener prae- sfaturus), [prae + stare], to stand before ; hence, to vouch for, guarantee; to fulfill, perform; to show, display ; to offer, furnish ; to surpass, excel; and intrans., to be ahead of or superior to ; to be dis- tinguished. praestat (impers. ), it is better. praetendere, -6, -tendi, -ten- tus, [prae + tendere], to stretch forth ; hence, to spread in front; to bring forward as a pretext or ex- cuse, pretend. praeter, [prae + ter (compar.)], prep, with ace., along by, beyond. PLACE, praeter castra, past the camp. METAPHOR, praeter 340 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. aetatem, beyond one's years ; praeter opiuionem, beyond or contrary to expectation ; praeter ceteros laboras, you toil or suffer more than the rest ; nemo praeter nos, no one besides our- selves. Also used as an adverb. praeterea, [praeter -f- ea (prob- ably case form of is)], adv., besides. praeterlre,-e6,-ii,-itum, [prae- ter + ire], to go by or beyond ; hence, to go past, overtake (trans.) ; to pass over, leave out (trans.). praeteritus, -a, -um, [p. p. of praeterire, used as adj.], having passed by; hence, past, departed. In plural, as noun, praeterita, -drum, n., bygones, the past. praetextatus, -a, -um, [prae- texta- -f to- (i. e., as if p. p. of a praetextare,denom. fromprae- texta, itself the fern, of p. p. of prae-texeie)], provided with or clad in a bordered toga (i. e., a toga with crimson border, worn by free- born minors, as well as by high magistrates). praetor, st. praetor-, [for prae- itor (from praelre, like *itor from root of ire)], m., one who goes before ; hence, a chief magis- trate, but at Rome confined to a certain class of officials. At first there was only one, but during the First Punic War (247 B. c.) a second was appointed, and the earlier one was henceforth dis- tinguished as praetor urbanus. Their duties were essentially those of judges, but they performed the duties of the consuls in the absence or disability of the latter, and as their numbers were from time to time increased they became also military commanders and pro- vincial governors. The consuls themselves were at first called praetores. praetorium, -I, [neut. of prae- torius,usedas noun], n., the com- mander' 1 s tent. praetorius, -a, -um, [praetor- -J-io-], of a praetor, praetorian. As noun, one who has been praetor. Also, belonging to the general; praetoria cohors, the general's body-guard. praetura, -ae, [formed, after the analogy of words like pictura, from praelre], f., the office of praetor, praetor ship. praevolare, -5, -avi, [prae -j- volare], to fly before. prave, [adv. of pravos], crooked- ly ; hence, badly, wrongly ; wick- edly. pravos (-us), -a, -om (-um), [?], crooked; hence, misshapen; per- verse, bad, vicious, depraved. precari, -or, -atus, [denom. of *prex], to make a prayer to, pray, beg, entreat, ask ; to call down good or evil upon. premere, -6, pressl, pressus, [y' prem used as stem], to press; to press hard, oppress, overwhelm ; to molest, vex. pretiose, [adv. of pretiosus (pretio- -j- oso)], expensively, richly. pretium, -I, [?], n., price, cost, value; hence, reward, pay. operae pretium esse, to be worth while. *prex, st. prec-, (the sing, is used in dat. ace. and abl. only), [?], f., a prayer, an entreaty. prlmo, see primus. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 341 primum, see primus. primus, -a, -um, [root in prae, pr5 + mo-], foremost, first. Hence, primo, abl. as adv., at first, firstly; primum, ace. as adv., first, in the first place ; in primis,awzom7 the first, especially. princeps, st. princip-, [primo- + *cap(o) (of capere)], taking the first place, first, front ; hence, chief, and, as noun, a leader, chief. principium, -I, [princip- -j-io-], n., beginning ; origin ; in pi., first principles, elements. prior, prius, [comp. from root in prae, pro], earlier, former. priscus, -a, -um, [prius -f co-], early, primitive, ancient. Priscus, -i, [same word as tke preceding], a Roman surname (cognomen). L. Tarqui- nius Priscus, the 5th king- of Rome, succeeding- Ancus Marcius. pristinus, -a, -um, [prius -j- tino-], early, ancient, original, pristine. prius, [neut. of prior, and adv.], earlier, before, sooner. priusquam, [prius -f- quam (case form of qui)], conj., before, sooner than. privatus, -a, -um, [p. p. of pri- vare (denom. from privos, -a, -om), used as adj.], removed from state affairs ; hence, private, indi- vidual ; and, as noun, a private citizen. pro, [abl. of *prus (cf. prae, prior, primus)], prep, with abl., before. PLACE, pro aede, 'be- fore the temple ; pro castris, be- fore the camp; pro contione, before the assembly. METAPHOR, pro patria, for the fatherland ; ego Ibo pro te, I will go instead of you; pro vita vita redda- tur, let a life be given for a life; pro viribus, with all one's might ; pro dlgnitate, in keeping with one's rank. probabilis, -e, [from probare, like habilis from root of ha- bere], to be accepted and ap- proved, pleasing, agreeable ; likely, credible, probable. probare, -5, -avi, -atus, [de- nom. from probus, -a, -um], to esteem good ; hence, to approve ; to examine, test ; to prove, demon- strate; to make acceptable to. probus, -a, -um, [pro- (stem of prae and pro) + b -]> ^j 1 first class ; hence, excellent, good ; upright, honorable, virtuous. procedere, -6, -cessi, -cessum, [pro -}- cedere], to go forth; hence, to march on, advance; to come forth ; to move on (of time) ; to make progress, go on ; to turn out well, succeed. procella, -ae, [?], f., a blast, tem- pest, hard wind, storm. procer, st. procer-, [?], a chief, noble. (Hardly used except in plu- ral, proceres, -um.) procul, [?], adv., at some distance; afar. procumbere, -6, -cubui, cubi- tum, [pro + *cumbere (root in cubare)], to fall forwards, sink down ; hence, to break down, be beaten down ; to incline, lean. procurare, -6, -avi, -atus, [pro -\- curare (denom. from cura)], to look out for, take care of, manage. prodere, -6, -didT, -ditus, [pro -\- dare], to give or put forth; 1 J. B. Greenough. 342 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. hence, to publish, make known; to betray, be traitor to ; to hand down, transmit. prodesse, prosum, profui, [pro (earlier prod) + ease], to be for, on the side of; hence, to be useful, profitable, to benefit. prodigium, -I, [?], n., an omen, sign ; a prodigy. proditio, st. prodition-, [pro- dito- (p. p. of prodere) -\- ion-], a having put forth ; hence, a betrayal, treachery. proditor, st. proditor-, [from prodere. like dator from root of dare], m., one who puts forth; hence, a betrayer, traitor. producere, -5, -duxi, -ductus, [pro + ducere^to/eoo 1 or draw forth; hence, to bring into the world; to promote, raise; to pro- long, protract. proeliarl, -or, -at us. [denom. from proelium], to battle, fight. proelium, -i, [?],n., a battle, fight. protects, [pro + facto (neut. of p. p. of facere)], adv., in fact, verily, certainly, truly, surely. proficisci, -or, -fectus, [incept, from proficere (pro -f fa- cere)], to get one's self forward; hence, to start, set out, depart. profligare. -6, -avl, -atus, [pro + fligere (varied as if denom. from *fligus)], to dash to the ground ; hence, to conquer utterly, overthrow, destroy ; also, to finish or to bring nearly to an end (used of war). prognatus, -a, -um, [pro + (g)natus (p. p. of nasci)], born or descended from ; son of, grand- son of. progredl, -ior, -gressus. [pro + gradi], to step forth ; hence, to march on, go forward , to proceed . prohibere, -eo, -ui. -itus, [pro 4- habere], to hold in front; hence, to check, hold back ; to pre- vent, avert, debar ; to cut off from ; to forbid; to defend from. proinde, [pro + inde (wh.see)], in like fashion, just so (generally followed by ac. ut. or quasi, as) ; hence, accordingly, hence, therefore (in this last sense used chiefly with imperatives and subjunctives of exhortation). promissum, -I. [neuter of pro- missus (p. p. of promittere), used as noun], n., something sent forth ; hence, a promise. promittere, -6, -misi. -missus, [pro 4- mittere], to send forth; hence, to let grow ; but, most com- monly, to hold out, promise. promptus, -a, -um, [p.p. of pro- mere (pro + emere), used as adj.], brought forth ; hence, visible, evident, and, more commonly, at hand, ready ; prompt. promunturium (also promon- torium), -I, [obscure forma- tion from prominere (pro 4- minere)], n., a jutting out; hence, a headland, promontory. pronuntiare, -6. -avl, -atus, [pro 4~ nuntiare (denom. from nuntius, wh. see)], to publish forth, proclaim ; to promise; to re- late, report ; to pronounce. prope. [?], adv., near /hence, near- ly, almost ; also as prep., with ace., near, near by. properare, -6, -avl, -atus, [de- nom. from properus. quick'], to hasten, do quickly, and, more clas- sical as intrans., to hurry, be quick. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 343 propere, [adv. of properus], quickly. propior, -ius, [compar. from stem of prope], nearer. Superl. pro- ximus, nearest, next. propitius, -a, -um, [?], favora- ble, well-disposed, propitious. propius, [neut. of propior, used as both adjective and adv.], nearer. proprius, -a, -um, [?], own, spe- 'dal, particular, individual ; endur- ing, permanent. propter, [prope -J- ter (corn- par.)], prep, with ace., near; on account of. PLACE, propter Platonis statuam, near Pla- to's statue; propter metum, because of fear ; propter te, on your account. Also used as ad- verb, near, at hand, close by. propterea, [propter + ea (prob- ably a case form of is)], adv., there- fore, on that account. prora, -ae, [Gr. word, irp&pa], f., the prow (of a ship). prorsum, less classical form for prorsus. prorsus, also (less classically) prorsum, [for proversus, p. p. of pro-vertere), used as adv.], turned forward; hence, straight on, and, more classically, straightway, utterly, absolutely ; in a word. nihil prorsum, abso- lutely nothing. proscribere, -6, -scrips!, -scriptus, [pro + scribere], to write forth ; hence, to proclaim in writing ; to post up, advertise for sale or to let ; topunish with confisca- tion of goods ; to outlaw, proscribe. prosilire, -io, -silui (more rarely -ivi and -ii), (no p. p.), [pro + sallre], to leap forth. prosper, -era, -erum, [pro + spes], according to one's hopes, successful, prosperous. prospicere, -io, -spexi, -spec- tus, [pro + specere], to look forth, look out; hence, to be on the watch ; to look out for, provide for (with dat.) ; to foresee (with ace.). providere, -eo, -vidi, -visus, [pro + videre], to see before; hence, to foresee; to prepare, pro- vide; and intrans., to provide for (with dat.). provincia, -ae, [pro and the stem of vincere + ia-], f., a region acquired in front of or be- yond one's boundaries, a province (confined to lands conquered oiit- side of Italy) ; hence, also, a do- main or a province, in the sense of the English "this is my prov- ince." provocare, -6, -avi, -atus, [pro + vocare], to call forth, call out; hence, to challenge ; to appeal ; to rouse, stir up. provocatio, st. provocation-, [provocat/i (p. p. of provo- care) -f- ion-],f., a having called forth; hence, an appeal (to a higher tribunal) ; also, in the writers of the Empire, a chal- lenge. proximus, -a, -um, [superl. from stem of prope], see propior. prudentia, -ae, [prudent- (for provident-) + ia-],f., foresight ; hence, sagacity, discretion, pru- dence, wisdom ; skill, knowledge of a thing. Publicola, -ae, [for Pop(u)li- cola (populus and *cola, root of colere -f- a-)], m., a surname 344 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. applied to P. Valerius, who helped Brutus drive out the Tar- quins, and was one of the first consuls (509 B. c.) ; given also to his descendants. publicus, -a, -um, [for populi- cus (popul/i + co-)], of the people or state ; hence, official '. Piiblius, -I, m., a Roman first name (praenomen), as Fub- lius Cornelius Scipio. Ab- breviation P. pudere, see pudet. pudet, puduit, orpuditum est, [third person of pudere, used impersonally], it shames. me talium verborum pudet, / am ashamed of such language. (Occasionally used as a personal verb.) pudice, [adv. of pudicus], bash- fully, chastely, modestly. pudicus, -a, -um, [yf pud (of pudere and pudor) + co-, as if through an I-stem], bashful, chaste, modest. pudor, st. pudor-, [^ pud -f 6r-], m., shame ; hence, bashful- ness, modesty. puella. -ae, [puera- + la (dim.), assimilated], f., a girl, maid. puer, -eri, [?], m., a boy, lad. pueritia, -ae. [puer and the made-up ending tia (i. e., after the pattern of milit-ia)], f.. boy- hood (i. e., till the fifteenth or seventeenth year, when the toga virilis was put on). puerulus. -i. [puer% + lo- (dim.)], m., a small boy. pugillaris, -e, [pugUlus (pu- gnua,fist, same root as pugna. and lo-, dim., assimilated) and the made-up ending -aria, i. e., after the pattern of luna-ris], belonging to a fist. More com- mon as plural noun, pugillares, -ium, m., writing -tablets, note- book. pugna, -ae, [yf pug + na-], f., fisticuffs; hence, a fight, battle. pugnare, -6, -avi, -atum, [de- nom. from pugna], to fight, bat- tle. pugnax, st. pugnac-, [pugna- -f- c(o)-], inclined to battle, pugna- cious, warlike. pulcher, -chra, -chrum, [?], beautiful, handsome, fair, fine. pulchre, [adv. of pulcher], beau- tifully, finely. pulchritudo, st. pulchritu- din-, [pulchr7i + tudin- (i. e. as if through a stem in tu- ; cf . habitus, habitudo)],f., beauty. Pulvillus, -I, m., a Roman sur- name (cognomen). See Lesson xxxvii. pulvis, st. pulver-, [?]. m., dust. Funicus, -a. -um, [for Poenicus (Poen7i + co-)], Punic, Car- thaginian. puppis, st. puppi-, [?], f., the stern (of a ship). purgare. -6, -avi. -atus, [forpu- rigare (denom. from *purigus, purus and *agus. root of agere + O-)]^ to purify, cleanse; hence, to clear from, justify, exonerate; to offer in excuse. Purpurio, st. Purpurion-, [pur- pur a, purple -f ion-], m., a Ro- man surname (cognomen). putare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from putus, -a, -um (yf pu -f to-)], to cleanse ; hence, to prune; to adjust accounts, to reckon, count ; to imagine, fancy, think, deem. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 345 putrefacere, -io, -fed, -factus, [obscure compound of root in pu- trere (deuom. from puter, -tra, -trum) and facere], to cause to decay, to rot. Fyrenaeus, -a, -um, [foreign word of doubtful derivation], of the Pyrenees. As noun, Py- reiiaeus, -I, m., the Pyrenaean range (dividing Gallia from His- pania). Pyrrhus, -I, [Gr. pr. name, riiJ^os], m., the king of Epirus, in Greece, who tried to conquer the Romans about 280 B. c., having been ap- pealed to for aid by the people of Tarentum. Pythia, -ae, [fern, of Pythius (Gr. proper adjective, TlvOios), used as noun], f., the priestess who spoke the replies of Apollo's ora- cle at Delphi in Phocis. Q. Q., abbreviation for the praenS- 111 e 11 Quintus. qua, [case form of qui, used as adv.], where (both rel. and inter- rog.) ; at which place ; at what place ? which way ? quadragesimus, -a, -um, [re- lated to quadraginta, as vi- cesimus to viginti], the for- tieth. quadraginta, indecl., [obscure formation from root in quat- tuor], forty. quadringentesimus, -a, -um, [from quadringentl, like cen- tesimus, from centum], the four hundredth. quadringentl, -ae, -a, [obscure formation from roots of quat- tuor and centum], four hun- dred. quaerere, -5, quaesivi, quae- situs, [?], to look for, search for, seek; hence, to ask, inquire ; to ex- amine, investigate. quaestio, st. quaestion-, [ob- scurely formed from root of quae- rere], f., a looking for ; hence, a questioning, investigation ; 'a ques- tion. qualis, -e, [root of qui and quis + alis (cf. iiatura-lis)], of what sort 1 or of which sort (interrog. and rel.). talis . . . qualis, such ... as. quam, [case form of qui and quis, used as adv. and conjunc.], how much ? how ? (of degree) ; as ; than ; when used with the superlative, it is rendered by as possible with the positive ; e. g., quam plurimi, as many as possible. quam celerrime, as fast as possible. quamquam, [quam -f- quam], conj., however (much) ; but chiefly used in the sense although, or with a corrective force, and yet. (In classical Latin used with the in- dicative ; in later Latin, with the subjunctive.) quamvis, [quam + vis (2d p. sing. pres. indie, of velle)], how- ever (much) you wish; hence, al- though (in which sense it is used with the subjunctive in classical Latin, but later with the indie.). quando, [quam + form from root of dum, -de, etc.], when (both interrog. and rel.). Also indef., at some or any time, ever (chiefly in connection with si, ni- si, or num). quandoque, [quando + que]. 346 LATIX-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. whenever, as often as ; also as in- def., at some or any time ; and oc- casionally causal, since. quantulus, -a. -um, [quant% -{- lo- (dim.)], interrog., how lit- tle ? also relative, as little. quantus, -a, -um, [obscure forma- tion from same root as qui, quis. quam, etc.], how great ? how muchf as great. tantrus . . . quantus, so (or as) great ... as. quare, [qua re], by what thing? or by which thing; hence, why? or therefore. quart us, -a, -um, [obscurely formed from root in quattuor], fourth. quartus (-a, -um) decimus. -a, -um, [quartus and decimus (decem -f mo-)], fourteenth. quasi, [case form of qui + si], as if; hence, as it were. quatere, -i5, noperf., quassus, to shake ; hence, to wield, brandish ; to agitate, trouble; to shatter. (Hardly used in classic prose.) quattuor, indecl., [?],/our. quattuordecim, indecl., [quat- tuor + decem], fourteen. que, [case form from qui], conj., and (implying a closer connection than et, and attached as enclitic to the second of two single words, or to the first word of the second of two phrases or clauses connect- ed by it). queri, -or, questus, [?], to com- plain of, bewail, lament. querimonia, -ae, [from root of queri, with suffix monia-. as if through a stem in O-], f., a lam- entation, lament, complaint. qui, quae, quod, rel. pron.. who or which, that. At the beginning of an independent sentence, often = et is or nam is, and he or for he. quia, [?], conj., because. qulcumque, quaecumque, quodcumque, [qui -f cum- que (cum -f que)], iudef. rela- tive, whoever or whichever, what- ever. quldam, quaedam, quoddam or quiddam. [qui + dam (same root as dum, -de,etc.)],in- def. pron., some (particular) one, somebody or something ; a kind of. (The most definite of the indefi- nite pronouns.) quidem, [case form of qui + dem (same root as -dam, dum, etc.)], used to emphasize the word before it, or the general notion of the phrase in which it stands sec- ond, and best rendered in English by stress of voice; to be sure. ne . . . quidem, not . . . even, not . . . either (see ne). quies, st. quiet-, [quie (cf. qui- escere) + t(i)-], f., rest, quiet; peace. quies cere, -6, -evi, -etum. [in- cept, of *quiere (same root as quies)], (to begin) to rest or be quiet. Tceep still. Sometimes also trans., to calm, quiet. qullibet, quaelibet. quodli- bet. [qui + libet], indef. pron., whoever you please ; hence, any one whatever. quln, [case form of qui + ne], why not? hence, in strong asser- tion, verily, nay even ; and as rel. conj., with subjunc., that . . . not or but (that) ; nemo est quln dicat, there is no one but says ; facere non possum quln ad te scribam, I cannot but write to V. l o OF THK "UNIVERSITY LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. you. (The clause upon which the quin-clause depends is regularly negative, and the quin-clause is often best rendered by without and a participle.) Qumctius, -a, -um, [Quint/i + io-], the name of a Roman gens. L. Qumctius Cincinna- tus, dictator in 458 B. c. For T. Qumctius, see Lesson xxxviii. qumdecim, indecl., [qumque + decem], fifteen. quindecimvir, -I, [quindecim -(- vir], m., a member of a body of fifteen men, especially of the body who had charge of the sa- cred Sibylline books. (Generally used in the plural.) qumgentesimus, -a, -um, [re- lated to qumgenti as centesi- mus to centum], Jive hundredth. qumgenti, -ae, -a, [qumque + centum], Jive hundred. qumquagesimus, -a, -um, [re- lated to quinquaginta, as vi- gesimus to viginti], the fif- tieth. quinquaginta, indecl., [obscure formation from qumque],//^. qumque, indecl., [?~\,Jive. qulntus, -a, -um, [qumque + to-], fifth. Qulntus, -i, [qulntus used as proper name], m., a Roman prae- nomen, as Qulntus Fabius Maximus. Abbreviation Q. qulntus decimus, -a, -um,^- teenth. Quirites, -ium, [?], m., the name of the people of Cures, the capi- tal of the Sabines. The name was adopted by the Romans, after the annexation of the Sabines, as the name for themselves when con- sidered in a political rather than a military capacity; hence, Ro- man citizens. quis (qui), quae, quid (quod), [same root as qui, rel.], interrog. pron., who ? which (of several) ? what? (The forms quis and quid are most commonly used as nouns, qui and quod as adjec- tive. The latter forms have more descriptive force than the others and are equivalent to what sort of a; qui homo, what sort of a man ? quis (qui), quae (qua), quid (quod), [same root as the rel. and interrog.], indef. pron., any, some. (Used chiefly after si, ni- si, num. It is a little more defi- nite than quisquam and a little less definite than aliquis.) quisnam, quaenam, quidnam, [quis -f- nam, as a strengthen- ing particle], interrog. pron., who, (which, what), pray? who in the world? quispiam, quaepiam, quid- piam (quodpiam), [quis + pe (as in nempe) and iam], some one or any one. (The least indefinite of the indefinite pro- nouns except quidam.) quisquam, (fern, wanting except in the abl. sing.), quicquam, or quidquam, [quis + quam], any one whatever. (The most in- definite of the indefinite pronouns.) quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque), [quis + que], indef. pron., each, every. (Regu- larly used of more than two, and thus differing from uterque.) quivis, quaevis, quidvis (quodvls), [qui + vis (2d 348 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. pers. sing, indie, pres. of velle)], indef. pron., whoever, whichever, whatever you wish ; hence, any whatever. quo, [case form of qui and quis], adv. (interrog 1 . or rel.), whither? or whither (rel.) ; hence, to what end f for which reason, wherefore; and as conjunc. of purpose, that, in order that (used with clauses con- taining a comparative). quoad, [case form of qui and quis + ad], adv. and conj., up to which, or what ? hence, how far ? so far as ; so long as, until. quod, [neut. ace. of qui], as to which; hence, as conj., because ; in that, (as to) the fact that. quominus, [case form of qui + minus], conj., by which the less; hence, that not (used with the sub- junctive after verbs of hindering^ etc., and often best rendered by from with a participle). quo mam. [quom (old form of cum) + iam], conj., when now, i. e., since, seeing that. quoque, [?], adv., also, or even. (Emphasizing the word before it, while etiam more commonly em- phasizes the word after it.) quot, indecl. adj. (both interrog. and rel.), [?], how many? tot . . . quot, so many ... as. quotannis, [quot annis], adv., as many years as (there are), i. e., every year, yearly. R. radere, -6, rasl, rasus, [?], to scrape, shave. radius, -i, [?], m., a rod ; hence, a ray, beam. rana, -ae, [for racna (y/ rac, to cry out + na-], f., a frog. rapere, -io, rapui, raptus, [y 1 rap used as a stem], to seize, snatch ; hence, to rob, carry off'; to ravage, lay waste. raptor, st. raptor-, [yf rap + tor-], m., one who seizes; hence, a robber, plunderer, ravisher. (Not used in classic prose.) rastrum, -I, [ y ' rad (of radere) + tro-], n., a rake, hoe. (Plural more commonly rastri, -orum, m.) ratio, st. ration-, [rat/i (p. p. of reri) -f ion-], f ., a having reck- oned; hence, a reckoning: an ac- count; a (business) affair ; a way of doing things, system ; a doctrine or theory of something ; the reckoning faculty, reason ; a reason or ground for something. rationem ha- bere alicuius.to take account of or have regard to anything; ratio constat. the account balances. ratis, st. rati-, [?], f., a raft. ratus, -a, -um, [p. p. of reri used as adj.], reckoned; hence, settled, fixed, valid. re (before vowels and some conso- nants red), inseparable preposi- tion, again, back. recedere, -6, -cessi. -cessum, [re + cedere], to draiv back : hence, to retreat, withdraw; to de- sist, retire from. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 349 recens, st. recent-, [?], fresh, new, \ recent. See also novos and cf. vetus and antiquus. recipere, -16, -cepi, -ceptus, [re + capere], to take back; hence, to recover ; to take to one's self, receive; to take upon one's self, assume, undertake. se re- cipere, to draw back, betake one's self to, retreat. reciprocus, -a, -um, [*rec/i (re- -f- co-) + *proco- (pro- + CO-)], 1 back and forth, alternating, reciprocal. recitare, -6, -avi, -atus, [re + citare (intensive of ciere, to call)], to call or read out a public document; hence, to read aloud, recite. recoiiciliare, -6, -avi, -atus, [re -f conciliare (denom. from concilium, con -f- *calium, ^ cal of clamare + io-)], to call together again; hence, to re- unite, bring together, reconcile; to regain, reestablish. recordari, -or, -atus, [re + *cordari (which would be a denom. from cor, heart, as the supposed seat of the mind)], to call to mind, remember. (Used with an accusative of direct ob- ject.) rector, st. rector-, [^ reg -f tor-], m., one who draws a straight line; hence, a director, ruler; a master, commander; a helmsman or a driver. rectum, -I, [neut. of rectus used as noun], n., the right, virtue. rectus, -a, -um, [p. p. of regere used as adj.], ruled straight ; hence, straight; proper, right. 1 J. B. Greenough. recusare, -6, -avi, -atus, [re and causa as if through a cau- sare], to make an excuse for not doing ; to object, decline, refuse. reddere,-o,-didi,-ditus, [re (d) -j- dare], to give or put back; hence, to restore ; to give up, sur- render ; to bestow, give ; to repeat, tell ; to put into a certain condition, render so and so. redigere, -6, -egi, -actus, [red -f- agere], to drive back; hence, to bring back ; to bring to a cer- tain state, render so and so; to reduce to; to raise, collect (money, etc.). redire, -eo, -ii, -itum, [red -j- ire], to go back, return ; to come or be reduced to, reach. reducere, -5, -duxl, -ductus, [re + ducere], to lead or bring back ; to escort home (as a mark of honor; see deducere) ; to draw off (troops) ; to restore ; and occa- sionally, to reduce to. referre, -fero, rettuli, relatus, [re -j- ferre], to bring back ; hence, to restore, pay back, give back ; to repeat, renew, reproduce ; to report, tell, narrate ; to reply ; to put before the senate, propose ; to put down in a list or register, re- cord ; to assign, ascribe, refer to. pedem or gradum referre, to retreat ; gratiam referre, to show gratitude by deeds, recom- pense; acceptum referre, toput down to the credit of. refert, retulit, referre, (also written separately), [case form of res + ferre], it is of importance or interest, it concerns. (The per- son or thing interested is expressed by a genitive or by the abl. fern. 350 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. sing, of a possessive pronoun. Ciceronis retulit, it was for Cicero's interest ; me a maximi refert, it is of the greatest impor- tance to me. (In classical Latin perhaps most commonly used with a clause as subject. ) reficere, -io, -fed, -fectus, [re -f-facere],to make again; hence, to repair, restore, renew ; to refresh, reinvigorate, recruit. refluere, -6, [re -f fluere], to flow back ; also, to overflow. (A word not belonging to classic prose.) regalis, -e, [rex and the made-up ending alls (i.e., after the pattern of natura-lis)], belonging to a king, kingly, royal, regal. regere, -6, rexi, rectus, to make a straight line; hence, to guide, direct ; to govern, ride. regia, -ae, [fem. of regius, used as noun], f., the royal dwelling, a palace. regina, -ae, [^ reg + na-, as if through an 1-stem], f., a queen. regio, st. region-, [ v ' reg + ion-], f., the drawing of a straight line ; hence, a straight line ; (mostly plural) boundaries ; hence, a re- gion (included within boundary lines), a district. e regione, in a straight line; hence, with the genitive, opposite. regius, -a, -um, [reg- -f io-], of a king, kingly, royal, regal. regnare, -6, -avi, -atum, [de- nom. from rSgnum], to have sway, reign, rule ; and occasionally trans., to reign over (chiefly in pas- sive). regnum, -i, [^ reg + no-], n., royal power, rule, sway ; hence, a kingdom. regulus, -I, [rex and Io- (dim.) with u inserted after the pattern of O-stems], m., a little king, petty king, chieftain. Regulus, -I, [regulus as proper name], m., a Roman surname (cognomen). M. Atnius Regulus, the general whose cap- ture by the Carthaginians in the First Punic War has been adorned with so much romance. relaxare, -6, -avi, -atus, [re -f laxare (denom. from laxus)], to stretch wide, or make loose again ; hence, to loosen, open ; to ease, soften ; to cheer ; to relax. religio, st. religion-, [?], f., reli- gious feeling or scruple, reverence ; religion; scrupulousness, conscien- tiousness ; sacredness. relinquere, -6, -liqui, -lictus, [re + linquere], to leave behind; hence, to abandon ; to bequeath ; to leave (in the widest sense). reliquus, -a, -um, [re + *li- quus (y^ liq of linquere + uo-)], left, remaining ; hence, the rest. (Properly distinguished from ceteri as that which " remains " from that which " exists beside," but the difference is not closely observed.) remanere, -eo, -mansi, (no p. p.), [re -f manere], to stay behind ; hence, to remain, continue, last. remedium, -I, [re and the root of mederl, to heal, with the suffix io-], n., a healing again ; hence, a cure, remedy. reminisci, -or, (no perf.), [re + *minisci (incept, from root in me mini and mens)], to bring back to mind, remember, recollect. remissus, -a, -um, [p. p. of re- LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 351 mittere, used as adj.], slackened; hence, relaxed, loose; gentle, in- dulgent ; negligent, remiss. remittere, -6, -misi, -missus, [re + mittere], to send or let go back ; hence, to slacken, loosen ; to restore, return ; to relieve, remit ; to grant, yield, give up. remollescere,-6, [re -fmolles- cere (incept, from mollis)], to begin to soften again, to become soft. removere, -eo, -movi, -motus, [re + movere], to move back; hence, to take away, remove. remunerari, -or, -atus, [re + munerare (denom. from mu- nus)], to give a gift in return, to recompense, remunerate. Remus, -I, m., the twin brother of Romulus. remus, -i, [?], m., an oar. renovare, -6, -avi, -atus, [re -f- novare (denom. from novos)], to make new again, renew ; hence, to refresh or restore ; to say again. renuntiare, -6, -avi, -atus, [re + nuntiare (denom. from nun- tius, wh. see)], to bring back a message ; hence, to report, declare ; to proclaim, announce; also, to re- tract, disclaim, break off. repellere, -6, reppuli, -pulsus, [re + pellere], to drive back; hence, to repulse ; to ward off; to reject. repente, [abl. of repens used as adverb], suddenly, unexpectedly. repentinus, -a, -um, [repens and suffix no- as if through an T-stem], sudden, unexpected. reperire, -io, repperi, -pertus, [re + parere], to get again; hence, to meet with, Jind ; to find out, learn ; to hit upon, discover. repetere, -6, -ivi, -itus, [re + petere], to make for again, attack again ; hence, to go back to, [in the sense to revisit and the sense to begin (an account or story) with] ; to bring back ; to begin again, renew, repeat; to demand back, reclaim. res repetere, to demand sat- isfaction or restitution. repoiiere, -6, -posui, -positus, [re + ponere], to put back; hence, to replace, restore ; to lay up, preserve ; to substitute ; to lay aside, put down; to reckon among. repraesentare, -6, -avi, -atus, [re + praesentare (denom. from praesens, p. a. fromprae- esse)], to make present again; hence, to show, display, recall; to do at once; and in imperial Latin, to portray. reprehensare, -6, [frequent, from reprehendere], to keep holding back. (Found perhaps only once.) repugiiare, -o, -avi, -atum, [re -f-pugnare (denom. from pu- gna)], to fight back; hence, to re- sist; to oppose; to be inconsistent with. requies, st. requiet-, [re + quies], f., a resting again; hence, relaxation, respite; repose (denot- ing rest after effort or suffering, while quies is rest in itself). requirere, -o, -quisivi, -quisi- tus, [re + quaerere], to look for again ; hence, to search after ; to ask, inquire ; to miss, want, need, require. reri, -eor, ratus, [?], to reckon; hence, to believe, think, suppose. res, rei, [?], f., a thing ; an affair, business ; circumstances ; reality, truth, fact ; property, possessions ; 352 LATLX-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. benefit, interest. Hence, res ges- tae, achievements; history; res publica, the state. e re tua, e re publica, for your good, for the good of the state. rescindere, -6, -scidi, -scissus, [re -j- scindere], to split again; hence, to cut or break down ; to an- nul, repeal, rescind ; also, to open. residuus, -a, -um, [resid (gath- ered from residere {re + se- dere} and treated as stem) -j~ UO-], left sitting behind ; hence, re- maining, left. resistere, -6, -stiti. (no p. p.), [re -f sistere], to take one's place again ; hence, to stand still, halt; to remain, stay; and especially, to oppose, resist. respicere, -io. -spexi, -spec- tus, [re + specere], to look back; hence, to look about; and trans., to look back at, look upon ; to pay attention to, have a care for. respondere, -eo, -spondl, -sponsus, [re + spondere], to promise in return; hence, to an- swer, reply ; to agree with, corre- spond to (in this sense used with a dative). responsum, -I, [p. p. of respon- dere, used as noun], n., an answer, a reply, response. res publica, see res. restare, -6, -stiti, (no p. p.), [re -f- stare], to stand back ; hence, to stay behind, but oftener, to stand firm, hold out ; to be left. Hence, impersonally, restat. it remains; restat ut dicam. it remains for me to say. restat, see restare. restituere, -6, -ui, -utus, [re + statuere (denoin. from status. yf sta -f tu-)], to put back into its place; hence, to restore; to rebuild to renew; to give back, return; to reinstate. resumere, -o, -sumpsi. -sump- tus, [re + sumere (sub + emere)], to take from under again ; hence, to take up again, resume ; to take back, recover. (Xot used in classic prose.) retardare, -6, -avi, -atus, [re + tardare (denom.from tardus)], to make slow again; hence, to keep back, delay ; also intraus., to hold back, tarry. retinere, -eo, -ui, -tentus, [re H-tenere], to hold back; hence, to detain; to check, restrain; to keep, maintain. retrahere, -6, -traxi, -tractus, [re + trahere], to drag back; hence, to call back, keep back; to withdraw, remove ; to divert, turn. revertere, -6, -verti, -versus, [re -f vertere], to turn back, turn about; to come back, return. (For the tenses from the present stem deponent forms are mostly used; for the perf., pluperf-, and fut. perf., only active forms are found in classical Latin. The p. p. reversus has an active sense.) revocare. -6, -avi, -atus, [re -f- vocare], to call back; hence, to recall, call off, withdraw ; to re- gain, recover ; to withhold, restrain. revolare, -6, -avi, -atus, [re + volare], tofiy back. rex, st. reg-, [root as stem], m., a king. Rhea Silvia, Rheae Silviae. f., the mother of Romulus and Re- mus. Rhenus, -I, m., the Rhine (rising LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULAEY. 353 near the eastern boundary of Hel- vetia and flowing west along its northern boundary, then north- northwest into the German Ocean, separating Gaul and Germany). Rhodanus,-!, m.,fAe Rhone (rising in Helvetia not far from the source of the Rhine and flowing westerly, till after passing through the Lake of Geneva [Lacus Lemannus] it turns south-southwest and flows through Gaul into the Mediterra- nean). ridere,-eo, risi, risum, to laugh; also trans., to laugh over or at. ripa, -ae, [?], f., a bank (of a river). risus, -us, [y/ rid + BU-], m., laughter ; a laugh. rite, [case form from same root as ritus, used as adv.], with proper religious ceremonies; hence, duly, fitly, rightly. ritus, -us, [?], m., religious usage or ceremony, a rite ; hence, a way, fashion, custom (in this sense gener- ally used in the abl. as adv., after the fashion of). rivalis, -e, [rivo- and the made- up ending -alls, i. e., after the analogy of natura-lis], of a brook. Hence, as noun, rivales, people who use the same brook, neighbors; then, people who love the same woman, rivals (also so used in the singular). robur, st. robor-, [?], n., oak; hence, strength, force. rogare, -6, -avT, -atus, [?], to ask ; to question, inquire ; to request, beg ; to propose a bill or nominate an official (before the general assem- bly of the people, not before the senate). rogatus, -us, [roga- + tu], m., a request. (Used only in abl. sing.) Roma, -ae, f., Rome. (On the left bank of the Tiber, which sep- arates Latium from its north- western neighbor Etruria, and about sixteen miles from the west coast of Italy. Founded in 753 B.C.) Romanus, -a, -um, [R6ma--f- rio-], of Rome, Roman. n., Romanus, -i, m., a Roman. Romulus, -T, m., the founder and first king of Rome ; according to the legend, son of Mars and Rhea Silvia. Romulus Silvius, Romul! Sil- VI, m., one of the legendary kings of Alba, and, according to Livy, great - grandfather of Amulius, and of Numitor, who was the grandfather of Romulus and Re- mus. Roscius, -a, -um, the name of a Roman gens. Q. Roscius Gallus, a very celebrated actor and friend of Cicero's. Sex. Roscius Amermus, a Roman gentleman, in defence of whom one of Cicero's orations was writ- ten, as was another in defence of the actor. ruber, -bra, -brum, [?], red, ruddy. ruina, -ae, [root of ruere, to rush, and na-, as if through an 1-stem], f ., a rushing or falling down ; hence, downfall, ruin, destruction ; catas- trophe. Rullianus, -I, m., a Roman sur- name (cognomen). See Lesson xl. for Q. Fabius Rullianus. rumpere, -6, rupT, ruptus, [^ rup], to burst or break. 354 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. rursus, [for reversus (re- -f- versus, p. p. of vertere)], adv., turned back; heuce, again; in re- turn, on the other hand. rus, st. rur-, [?], n., the country (as opposed to the city) ; hence, a country -place. Loc. ruri and less often rure, in the country. Sabini, -orum, m., the Sabines (the people who in the early times of Rome lived in the country in Central Italy north of Latium and east of Umbria and Etruria, the carrying off of whose women by the Romans at the celebration of certain sacred games led to a war and to the union of the Sabines and the Romans). sacer, -era, -crum, [?], consecrated to a deity, sacred. sacerdos, st. sacerdot-, [ob- scure formation from sacer, sa- crec/J, c., a priest or priestess. sacerdotium, -i, [sacerdot- -f- io-], n., a priesthood. sacramentum. -I, [sacra- (stem of sacrare, denom. from sacer) -f mento- (i. e., min- -f- to-)], n., the means of making sacred; hence, an oath, but chiefly con- fined to the oath of military alle- giance. sacrarium, -i, [from sacer and the made-up ending -arium (see adversarius)], n., a shrine, sanc- tuary. sacrificare, -6, -avi. -atus, [de- nom. from sacrificus (sacr/i + *facus, ^ fac + o-)], to make sacred ; hence, to sacrifice. sacrificium, -I, [sacrifice- (sa- cr/i + *facus { v fac + io-], n., an offering ; a sacrifice. sacrilegus, -a, -um, [sacr/i + *legus (^ leg + O-)], gathering sacred things for one's self, i. e., temple-robbing ; hence, sacrilegious. sacrum, -I, [neut. of sacer, used as noun], n., a sacred thing ; hence, a sacred utensil ; a temple ; a sac- rifice ; and, chiefly in plural, sa- cred rites, worship. saepe. [case form of the rare sae- pis, as adv.], often. Corap. saepius ; superl. saepissime. saepire, -io, saepsi. saeptus, [denom. from saepes], to put a hedge or fence about ; hence, to en- close, surround. saeve, [adv. of saevoa], fiercely, savagely, crudly. saevire, -io, saevii, saevitum, [denom. from saevos], to be fierce or savage, to rage. saevos (-us), -a, -om (-um), [?], fierce, savage, wild ; barbar- ous, cruel. Saguntlnus, -a, -um. [Sagun- tum and suffix no-, as if through an i-stem], of Saguntum, Sagun- tine ; and as noun, chiefly in plu- ral, the Saguntines. Saguntum, -I, [Gr. pr. name, 'S.a.yovvTov]) n., Saguntum (a town on the east coast of Spain, about half way from the Strait of Gib- raltar to France, famous for its bold resistance to Hannibal, who destroyed it in 219 B. c. Now Murviedro). sal, st. sal-, [root meaning to trickle, fiow], n. , salt. salinum, -i, [sal- + no-, as if through an l-stem], n., a salt-cel- lar. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 355 salus, st. salut-, [obscure forma- tion from root in salvos], f., safety ; hence, sound health ; pros- perity ; a greeting, salute. sa- lut em dicit (in letters), sends salutare, -o, -avi, -atus, [denom. from salus], to wish safety to ; to greet, salute ; to call upon in order to pay one's respects (a custom which sprang from the obligation upon the prote'ge's [clientes] of a no- ble Roman [their patronus] to make him an early morning visit). salvos (-us), -a, -om (-um), [^ sal, save-}- vo-], safe, sound, un- harmed, well. Samnis,st. Samnit-, [Samnium and suffix t(i)-, as if through an i-stem], belonging to Samnium (the division of Italy lying east-south- east of Latium, between Apulia on the east coast and Calabria on the west coast) ; and, as noun, a Samnite. sanare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from sanus], to make sound, to cure; hence, to remedy, repair, make good. saiictus, -a, -um, [p. p. of saii- Cire, used as adj.], made sacred ; hence, inviolable ; holy, venerable ; pure, good. sane, [adv. of sanus], soundly; hence, reasonably, but chiefly used as an emphasizing particle, cer- tainly, verily, by all means ; also, to be sure. sanus, -a, -um, [same root as sal- vos], sound ; hence, healthy, well; sane, rational. sapiens, st. sapient-, [pres. p. of sapere, used as adj.], having a taste; hence, having intelligence, sensible, wise, and, as noun, a sen- sible or wise man ; a philosopher. sapientia, -ae, [sapient- + ia-], f ., aood sense, intelligence, wisdom ; philosophy. Sardinia, -ae, f., the island of Sar- dinia (in the Mediterranean west of the southern part of Italy, and south of Corsica, somewhat less than 200 miles west-southwest of Rome). Sardls, -ium, [Gr. pr. name, 2ap- 5eis], f., Sardis (the chief city of Lydia, the division of Asia Minor between Caria and Mysia. The city was nearly in the centre of the province). sat, another form for satis. satelles, st. satellit-, [?], c., an attendant upon a high personage ; hence, an assistant, an accomplice. satis, [?], indecl. adj. and adv., enough. (Also often used as a noun.) Saturnia, -ae, [fern, of Saturni- us (Saturno- + io-), used as noun], f., a name applied to the goddess Juno. Saturnus, -I, [from the root of se- rere, satus, to sow, plant], m., Saturn, the king of Italy, in the golden age, according to the le- gend, who was afterwards wor- shipped as the god of husbandry, and became identified with the Greek Kronos. saucius, -a, -um, [?], wounded. Scaevola, -ae, [scaevos, left, left-hand -\- la- (dim.)], m., the surname (cognomen) of C. Mu- cius (who burned off his right hand before King Porsena, whom he had failed to assassinate), and 356 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. afterwards of the gens Mucia. Q. Mucius Scaevola, one of the sons-in-law of C. Laelius, and a speaker in Cicero's dia- logues, De Amicitia and De Re Fublica. He was a distin- guished augur. scelus, st. sceler-, [?], n., a crime. schola. -ae, [Gr. word, adv., just perceptibly ; hence, gently, gradual- ly, slowly. sensus, -us, [^ sent + BU-], m., feeling, sensation, perception ; hence, sense, understanding; dis- position, inclination. sententia, -ae, [sentent- (pres. p. of *sentere, cf. sentlre) -f- ia-], f., an opinion, judgment; hence, a purpose, will ; sense, mean- ing. mea quidem senten- tia, in MY opinion. ex senten- tia tua, in accordance with your wish. sentlre, -io, sensi, sensus, [?], to feel, perceive; hence, to hear, learn, observe ; to think, judge. 358 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. separare, -6, -avi, -atus, [se- + parare], to put apart, sever, separate. sepelire, -io.-ivi, sepultus, [?], to bury. septem, indecl., [?], seven. septemtriones, -um, [septem + triones (root of terere, to it-ear by rubbing -j-ion-)], m., the seven plough-oxen, i. e., the constel- lation Great Bear ; hence, the north. (Singular occasionally found.) septendecim, indecl., [septem + decem], seventeen. Septimus, -a, -um, [septem + mo-], seventh. Septimus decimus, the seven- teenth. septingentesimus, -a, -um, [or- dinal of septingenti], seven hun- dredth. septingenti, -ae, -a, [septem + centum], seven hundred. septuagesimus,- -a, -um, [ordi- nal of septuaginta], seventieth. septuaginta, indecl., [obscure formation from root in septem], seventy. sepulcrum, -I, [sepul (cf. sepe- lire) -f cro-], n., the means of burying ; hence, a grave, tomb. Sequani, -orum, m., a people who lived in the eastern part of Gaul, north of the Rhone (Rho- dauus) and east of the Saone (Arar), the Sequani. sequi, -or. secutus, [^ sec, fol- lou'], to follow, pursue, attend. Ser., abbreviation for Servius. serenus, -a, -um, [?], clear, bright, fair (of the weather) ; hence, cheer- ful, calm, serene. serere, -6, sevi. satus, [yf sa, si, Eng. sow, seed], to sow, plant. serius, -a, -um, [?], earnest, se- rious. sermd, st. sermon-, [^ ser (of serere) + mon-], m., a twining together (of words) ; hence, conver- sation, talk ; speech ; rumor, report ; style; language. sermunculus, -I, [sermd and lo- (dim.), as if through a stem iu CO-], m., a little talk, but, in clas- sical Latin, confined to the mean- ing, gossip, tittle-tattle. Sertorius, -I, m. Q. Sertorius, a distinguished general under Ma- rius, who after the death of Sulla offered a long resistance to his party in Spain, but was assassi- nated in 72 B. c. See also Lesson xliii. serus. -a, -um, [?], late. servare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from servos], to watch over, guard, keep, save. servire, -io, -ivi, -itum, [denom. from servos], to be a slave, to serve ; hence, to be devoted to, to care for ; to gratify, accommodate. servitium, -I, [servos and the made-up ending -tium (i. e., after the pattern of hospit-ium)],n., slavery; hence, collectively, a body of slaves, the slaves. servitus, st. servitut-, [serv/i + tut-], f., slavery, servitude. Servius, -I, in., a Roman name. Servius Tullius, the sixth king of Rome, reigning between the two Tarquins. Abbreviation Ser. servolus. -T, [servo- + lo- (dim.)] m., a young slave. servos (-us), -T, [?], m., a slave. sescentesimus, -a, -um. [ordinal of sescenti], six hundredth. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 359 sescenti, -ae, -a, [sex + cen- tum], six hundred. sese, see sui. sestertium, -I, [the genitive plural of sestertius, used as a noun], n., a thousand sesterces (i. e., about $43). sestertius, -a, -um, [semis, half-\- tertius], two and a haJf, but chiefly as noun, sestertius, -I, m., a sesterce (a silver coin equal to 2 asses or 1 denarius origi- nally ; after the Punic wars, to 4 asses. Its value was between four and five cents in classical times). setius, [comp. of secus (^ sec of sequi + O-)], following after; hence, less; otherwise (most com- monly with a negative). *seu, see slve. sex, [same word as English six], indecl., six. Sex., abbreviation for Sextus. sexagesimus, -a, -um, [ordinal of sexaginta], sixtieth. sexaginta, [related to sex as tri- ginta to tres], indecl., sixty. sextus, -a, -um, [sex + to-], sixth. Sextus, -I, [same word as the pre- ceding], m., a Roman praeno- men. Abbreviation Sex. sextus decimus, -a, -um, six- teenth. si, [same root as se, suus, sed], if; used also in concessions, even if, in wishes, oh if! oh that! and occasionally in indirect questions, if, whether. Sibyllmus, -a, -um, [Sibylla (Gr. word, 5-)]> to show by a sign ; to point out ; to indicate, signify. signum, -I, [?], n., a mark, sign ; hence, an ensign, a standard; a signal ; a statue ; a seal ; a con- stellation. silentium, -I, [silent- (pres. p. of silere, tobe still) + io-], n., a being still ; hence, silence. silva, -ae, [?], f., a forest, a wood. Silvius, -a, -um, [silva- -fio-], the name of certain Alban kings. Silvius Frocas, Silvi Procae, m., the name of the Alban king who was father of Amulius and Numitor, and therefore great- grandfather of Romulus and Re- mus. similis, -e, [*sim7i (same root as simul and simplex) -f- H-], like, resembling. Comp. similior ; su- perl. simillimus. simpliciter, [adv. of simplex 360 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. (same root as semel, once -f- ^ plic, fold)], simply, directly ; frankly, honestly. simul, [old neuter of similis, used as adverb], alike; hence, likewise, and, more commonly, at the same time, together. Hence, simul ac (atque), at the same time as, as soon as. simulacrum, -I, [simula- + cro-], n., a representation, like- ness, image. simulate. -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from similis], to make like, but in classical prose used mostly in the sense, to feign, counterfeit, pre- tend. simultas. st. simultat-, [simul -f- tat-], f., likeness, but used only in the senses of a struggle for equality, rivalry ; jealousy, enmity. sin, [si -f- ne], advers. conj., if not. but if. sine, [?], prep, used withabl., with- out. sinere, -6, sivi, situs, [?], to lay down, put (only the p. p. situs is used in this sense). Hence, to let alone; to allow, permit, let. singularis, -e, [singuli, one each, single + the made-up ending -aris, i. e., after the pattern of lu- na-ris], one at a time, solitary; hence, unique; extraordinary, sin- gular. singuli, -ae, -a, (in early and in late Latin also used in the singu- lar), [smoothed down from y' sem of semel, simplex, semper + CO- -{- 16-], one each, one at a time, single, individual. in sin- gulashoras. in singulos dies, hourly, daily. (Implying that the situation becomes constantly more tense, so that we can translate by more every hour or day, while cot- tidie, daily, has no such implica- tion.) sinister, -tra, -trum, [?], left, on the left ; hence, of omens, properly, favorable, propitious ; but also, chiefly in the poets and later prose writers, unfavorable, adverse. sitire, -io, -ivi, [denom. from si- tis], to be thirsty. sitis, st. siti-, [?], f., thhst. situs, -us, [y/ si of sinere + tu-], m., position, situation; hence also, rust or mould (as gathered by lying long in one place). In the latter senses hardly used in classic prose. sive (also written seu). [si -f ve], or if. Sive . . . sive, if . . . if, whether . . . whether. sobrius, -a, -um, [neg. particle as in socors, stupid, securus, etc., and ebrius], not drunk, sober ; hence, moderate; cautious, prudent. socer, -erl, [?],m., a father-in-law. societas, st. societat-, [socio- -f- tat-], f., association, fellowship ; hence, an alliance ; a society. socius, -a, -um, [yf sec (same root as that of sequi), with change of vowel + io], associated with. Much more commonly as a noun, a follower; hence, a comrade, companion, ally. Socrates, gen. Socratis, [Gr. proper name, Seu/cpaTTjs], m., the great Greek philosopher, who taught by first questioning till the pupil recognized his own igno- rance. He lived at Athens from 469 B. c. to 399 B. c. sol, st. sol-, [?], m., the sun. solacium, -I, [*solac- (from s5- lari, to comfort, and CO- after the LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 361 pattern of pugnax) -f io-], n., a comforting ; hence, consolation, sol- ace. solere, -eo, solitus, to be wont, be accustomed ; to have the habit. solitude, st. solitudin-, [solus + din-, as if through solitus (cf. habitus, habitude)], f., loneliness, solitude ; hence, a lonely place, desert. sollicitare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from sollicitus (sol- lus = solus + citus, p. p. of ciere)], to rouse utterly; hence, to make anxious; to disturb; to tempt, incite to wrong. solum, [neut. of solus, used as adv.], only, alone. non solum . . . aed etiam (verum etiam), not only . . . but also, both . . . and. solus, -a, -um, [?], alone, only, sole, solitary. (Declined like unus, i. e., gen. sing, sollus, dat. soli.) solvere, -6, solvi, solutus, [se-4- *luere, loosen], to unbind, loose ; hence, to set free, deliver ; to pay (of money, vows, or debts) ; to relax, weaken. navem sol- vere, to cast off, weigh anchor. poenam solvere, to suffer pun- ishment. somnus, -I, [^ sop -f no-], m., sonitus, -us, [y' son of sonare, to sound + tu-, as if through an O-stem], m., a sound, noise. sons, st. sont-, [?], adj., guilty. sonus, -I, [^ son -f- O-], m., a sound, noise. sopire, -io, -ivi, -itus, [denom. from root of sopor and som- nus], to put to sleep; hence, to calm, quiet. sopor, st. sopor-, [same root as somnus and sopire -f- or-], m., sleep. (Chiefly used in poetry and in imperial Latin.) soror, st. soror-, [same word as Eng. sister], f., sister. sors, st. sort(i)-, [same root as se- rere, to join -j- ti-], f., that which joins or is joined together, but used only to mean a tablet for drawing lotS) a lot; hence, a position as- signed by lot ; fate, destiny. Sp., abbreviation of the praeno- men, Spurius. Sparta, -ae, [Gr. ZirdpTy], f., Sparta, the capital of Laconia (the most southeasterly division of the Peloponnesus). Also called Lace- daemon. It was on the Eurotas river, somewhat northwest of the centre of Laconia. sparus, -i, [?], m., a small spear (with a curved blade). Properly used for hunting rather than war. spatiosus, -a, -um, [spatio- + OSO-], roomy, large, spacious (rare in classic prose). spatium, -I, [?], n., space; hence, also, an interval of time (as in Eng- lish). species, -ei, [same root as spe- cere, to look at], f., sight, a see- ing ; hence, outward appearance, shape, form; show, beauty, splen- dor ; a pretext, pretence ; a vision, image. spectare, -6, -avi, -atus, [fre- quent, of specere], to keep look- ing at, to watch, observe; hence, to have in mind, have regard to, aim at; to face, lie towards (of places). spelunca, -ae, [from a Gr. word, sta + tu-], m., a posture, position; hence, a place, situation, condition, state. Stella, -ae, [same word as Eng. star], f., a star. sternere, -6, stravi, stratus, [yf ster, stra, strew + no], to spread, strew; hence, to prepare, arrange (a bed for sleeping or a lounge for reclining at table) ; to make a bed, set the table. stilus, -I, [y' sti(g) + lo-], m., a pricking thing; hence, a style or pencil (for writing upon a wax tablet) ; hence, writing, composi- tion ; mode of expression, style. stipendium, -I, [contracted for stipipendium (stips, small coin -f- *pendium, root of pen- dere, to pay, and suffix io-)], n., a money tax or tribute ; hence, pay (of soldiers) and military service, or a campaign. strenuus, -a, -um, [?], prompt, active : energetic, vigorous. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 363 strepitus, -us, [from the root of strepere, to make a noise (cf . Bug-. obstreperous) + tu- (with i inserted for ease of pronunciation or by analogy)], m., a (confused) noise. studere, -e5, -ui, (no p. p.) [^ stud], to be eager, take pains; to pursue diligently (with its object in the dative) ; also, in the Latin of the empire, to study. studiosus, -a, -um, [studio- + OSO-],full of eagerness or zeal, de- voted to; with a genitive like doc- trinarum, or litterarum, stu- dious (in imperial Latin so used without any genitive). studium, -I, [yf stud + io-], n., zeal, eager application ; hence, a desire, pursuit; study ; affection, attachment to. stultitia, -ae, [stult /! and the made-up ending tia- (i. e., after the pattern of milit-ia)], L, fool- ishness, folly. stultus, -a, -um, [root meaning jixed -\- to-], immovable, unim- pressionable, but confined to the meanings, dull, silly , foolish. suadere, -eo, suasi, suasum, to urge, advise. suavis, -e, [^ suad + u- (and then passing over into the third declension) ; same word as Eng. sweet], sweet, agreeable. sub, [?], prep., with ace. and abl. With ace., under, below, up to and under (implying motion) : exer- citum sub iugum mitt ere, to send an army under the yoke. TIME, towards, just before: sub noctem, towards night; sub lucem, just before dawn. Also, just after. sub haec dicta, upon these words. With abl., under, beneath (imply- ing no motion) : sub terra, under the ground; sub monte, at the foot of the mountain. TIME, in, during, at: sub ipsa profec- tione, at the very moment of start- ing. METAPHOR., sub armis, under arms; sub regno, under the sway. IN COMP., under; subdere, to put under; sumere (sub + emere), to take up ; subducere, to draw up, to beach (a ship). Used especially in composition with adjectives in the sense of slight- ly : subabsurdus, rather ridicu- lous. subducere, -5, -duxi, -ductus, [sub -f ducere], to draw from under, draw up ; hence, to draw away, remove ; to steal, hide ; to cast up an account ; to calculate. subesse, -sum, (noperf.), [sub -f esse], to be under; hence, to be near or at hand ; to lie at the bottom of, be implied or involved in. subicere, -io, -ieci, -iectus, [sub + iacere], to cast or throw under ; hence, to subdue ; to make subject ; to append, add ; to coun- terfeit ; to suborn (a witness). subigere, -6, -egi, -actus, [sub + agere], to drive under or from under; hence, to put down, con- quer, subdue; to force, compel; also, to turn up, dig up, plough. subire, -eo, -ii, -itus, [sub -f- ire], to go under ; hence, to go up to; to attack; to undergo, endure (transitive) ; to follow ; to spring up ; to come into the mind (intransi- tive). subito, [abl. of subitus (p. p. of subire, sub -f ire), used as 364 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. adv.], having come up stealthily, i. e., suddenly, unexpectedly. sublicius, -a, -um, [sublica- + io-], made of or supported by piles. submittere, -6, -misi, -missus, [sub + mittere], to send under or from under ; hence, to let down, lower; to send off; to put forth, produce. subscribere. -6, -scrips!, -scrip- tus, [sub + scribere], to write beneath; hence, to subscribe one's name to an accusation; to charge, indict; to assent to. subsistere, -6, -stiti, (no p. p.), [sub -f sistere (reduplicated stem from ^ sta)], to place one's self firmly (i. e., solidly from the foundation) ; to resist, stand firm ; to halt, pause; to stay, remain. subter, [sub -f ter], prep., with ace. and abl., below, beneath, under. (With the ace. motion, with the abl. rest is implied, but the abl. is very rare.) Also used as adverb. LN COMP., underneath, beneath; secretly, clandestinely. subterfugere, -io, -fugi (no p. p.), [subter + fugere], to fiee stealthily, but more commonly tran- sitive, to avoid, escape. succedere, -6, -cessi. -cessum. [sub + cedere], to go under or from under ; hence, to enter, mount, but, more commonly, to ad- vance, approach; to come after, fol- low, succeed ; to prosper (in third person singular only). Suevi, -orum, m., a strong tribe of people living in the northeastern part of what is now Germany. suggestum, -i, [p. p. of sugge- rere (sub -f gerere), used as a noun], n., something raised; hence, a platform to speak from. sui, (no nom.), sibi, se, of himself , herself, itself, themselves. (Ace. and abl. sometimes in the doubled form sese.) Sulla, -ae, m., a surname in the gens Cornelia. The most fa- mous of the name was L. Cor- nelius Sulla Felix, the great dictator of 83 B. c. Sullanus, -a, -um, [Sulla- -f no-], of or belonging to Sulla. sumere, -6, sumpsl. sumptus, [sub + emere], to take from under, take up; hence, to take to one's self, assume; to use, employ, consume; to undertake; to main- tain, affirm. summa, -ae, [fern, sing, of sum- mus, used as noun], f., the top or chief point of a thing; hence, the amount, sum ; the whole ; leadership, supremacy. summus. -a, -um, see superus. sumptus, -us, [from sumere, like emptus from emere], m., the cost of a thing; outlay, ex- pense. super, [?], prep., with ace. and abl. With ace., over, above, upon: super hostium caput, over the heads of the enemy ; super il- ium, above him ; super Numidi- am, beyond Numidia. With abl. mostly equivalent to de, about, in regard to (and then very rare in Cic., and not used by Caes.) : super urbe, in re- gard to the city. Also used as adverb. superare, -6, -avi, -atus, [de- nom. from super], to be above or superior to, to exceed; hence, to LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULAKY. 365 abound in ; to remain over, survive ; to overtop, outstrip; to overcome, conquer. superbus, -a, -um, [super + bo-], uppish; hence, proud, arro- gant. As proper name, used as the surname of the last king of Rome, Tarquinius Super- bus. superesse, -sum, -fui, [super -f- esse], to be over and above; hence, to be abundant; to remain, be left; to survive; to be super- fluous. superiiicidens, st. superiiici- deiit-, [super + incidens (p. p. of incidere, in -j- cadere)], falling (upon) from above. superior, see superus. superstes, st. supers tit-, [from super and root of stare + t(i)-J, standing or being over, hut confined almost wholly to the meanings surviving, outliving. superus, -a, -um, [super -f ro-], above, upper. Hence, comp. su- perior, upper, higher, superior ; previous, preceding; superl. su- premus and summus, highest, top; last (supremus is mostly confined to the use last.) sum- mus in oils, the top of the moun- tain. supplex, st. supplic-, [sub -j- *plex, yf plic, to bend], bending the knee, entreating, suppliant. supplicium, -I, [supplic- + io-], n., a kneeling down in supplica- tion, prayer or sacrifice, hut, more commonly, a kneeling down for punishment, punishment ; hence, pain, suffering. supra, [case form of superus], prep., with ace., above, over. supra eum locum, above that place; supra nos, above us. METAPH., supra duos dies, more than two days. Also as ad- verb. supremus, see superus. sus, st. su-, [same word as Eng. sow], c., a hog, sow, pig. suscipere, -io, -cepi, -ceptus, [sub + capere], to take from under, take up; hence, to under- take, enter upon ; to support ; to un- dergo, bear. suspicari, -or, -atus, [denom. from a *suspex (sub -f ^ spec of specere)], to look from under at, i. e., to look suspiciously upon, mistrust; also, to surmise, conjec- ture, suspect. suspicere, -io, -spexi, -spectus, [sub -f- specere], to look up at; hence, to esteem, honor, admire ; in p. p., also, mistrusted, suspected. suspicio, st. suspicion-, [oh- scure formation from stem of suspicere + ion-], f., mistrust, suspicion ; hence, a suspicion. sustinere, -eo, -uT, -tentus, [sub + tenere], to hold from below, hold up ; hence, to support, sustain; to endure, undergo; to keep back, restrain ; to delay. suus, -a, -um, [root in se, sibi + O-], his, her, its, their own. Syracusae, -arum, [Gr. proper name, "SvpdKovffai], f., Syracuse, the famous city on the southeast coast of Sicily. T. T., the abbreviation for the prae- nomen, Titus, tabella, -ae, [tabula- -f la-, dim. assimilated], f., a little table 366 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. or board, but chiefly confined to the meaning writing tablet; hence, written document ; voting tablet, bal- lot; a small painting. tabula, -ae, [tab% (^ ta + bo-) -j- la-], f., a board ; hence, espe- cially, a writing tablet; also, a vo- tive tablet, and a painting. tacere, -eo, -ui, -itum, [y' tac, silent], to keep silence; sometimes, also, active, to pass over in silence. Tacitus, -I, [p. p. of tacere, to be silent], in., a Boman surname. C. Cornelius Tacitus, the cel- ebrated historian and friend of Pliny, who lived about A. D. 60- 120. taedet, taeduit, ortaesum est, [?],impers.verb, be weary of, tired of, disgusted with. talea, ,-ae, [?], f., a stick, rod. talentum, -I, [Gr. word, raXavrov]^ n., a talent, i. e., a sum of money varying 1 in amount in different places, the most common being the Attic talent = $1,200 (near- ly). tails, -e, [demon, root in turn, tarn -j- li- as if through an a- stem], such, such as. tarn, [case form from demon, root ta, used as adv.], so. so much (in- dicating degree, while ita and sic indicate manner; and, therefore, especially used with adjectives and adverbs). tamen. [?], yet, still, nevertheless, however. tametsi, [for tamen + etsi], notwithstanding that, although. tamquam, [tarn -f quam], as much as; hence, just as, as if, as it were. Tanaquil, st. Tanaquil-, f., the name of the wife of Tarquinius Priscus, fifth king of Rome. tandem, [tarn -f demon, suffix dem], just so far ; hence, at last, at length ; also, in questions, pray, now? Tantalus, -I, [Gr. proper name, Tcu/ToAos], m., a mythical king of Phrygia, in Asia Minor, said to be a son of Jupiter. He disclosed secrets he had learned at the feasts of the gods, and was therefore punished in the lower regions by having to stand in water up to his chin and under a fruit tree, but without being able to reach either water to drink or fruit to eat. Other accounts represent Tantalus as suffering various other punishments. tantus, -a, -um, [obscure forma- tion from demon, root ta], so great, so large. tar dare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from tardus], to make slow, de- lay, hinder ; also, rarely, to tarry, linger. tarde, [adv. of tardus], slowly, tardily. tardus, -a, -um, [?], slow, tardy. Tarentinus, -a, -um, [Taren- tum and no-, as if through an I- stem], of Tarentum (the famous Gr. city on the southwest coast of Calabria, at the head of the Gulf of Tarentum, which sepa- rated the " heel " from the " toe " of Italy). Tarpeia, -ae, f., the name of the Roman maiden who let the Sa- bines into the citadel in the reign of Romulus. Tarpeius, -I, m., a Roman gentile name, as Spurius Tarpeius, LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULAKY. 367 the father of Tarpeia. See above. Tarpeius, -a, -um, Tarpeian, the name of a rock or hummock on the Capitoline hill, named, according to some accounts, for Tarpeia, while, according to others, her name came from the rock. Tarquiiiii, -orum, m., the name of a very old town in Etruria (the division of Italy next north of Latium, on the west coast, and separated from Latium by the Tiber). Tarquinii was near the coast of the southern part of Etruria, and some forty or fifty miles northwest of Rome. Tarquinius, -I, m., the name of the fifth king of Rome, Tar- quinius Friscus, and his de- scendants: as Tarquinius Su- perbus, the seventh king of Rome. Tatius, -i, m., a Sabine name, as Titus Tatius, the king who made war upon Romulus to avenge the rape of the Sabine women, and, after the war and union of the two states, reigned with Ro- mulus. tectum, -I, [p. p. of tegere, used as neut. noun], n., a thing covered or a covering; hence, a roof; a ceiling ; then, a house, dwelling. tegere, -d, texi, tectus, [same word as Eng. thatch], to cover; hence, to hide, conceal ; to defend, guard. tegimen, see tSgmen. tegmen, st. tegmin-, [^ teg -f min-], n., a covering. (Very rare in classic prose.) The forms te- gimen and tegumen also occur, but whether the short form is the original while the vowel in the others has developed for ease of pronunciation like e in ager, pa- ter, etc., or whether tegumen is oldest and the shorter form broken down from that, is perhaps impossible to tell. The further formations tegmentum, tegi- mentum, tegumentum, are much more common, with the same meaning in classic prose. tegumen, see tegmen. telum, -I, [?], n., a weapon for long range fighting, a missile weapon ; a spear or dart; hence, a weapon (of any kind) for attack, even a sword. temere, [from same root as time- re, to be afraid], adv., in the dark, at random; hence, accidentally; temeritas, st. temeritat-, [te- mere -f- tat-], f., chance, acci- dent, but, more commonly, rash- ness, foolhardiness, recklessness, te- merity. temperatus, -a, -um, [p. p. of temperare (denom. from tern- pus), used as adj.], divided into fixed portions, properly prepared ; hence, moderate, limited ; well reg- ulated, steady, temperate. tempestas, st. tempestat-, [tempus, with stem weakened (cf . honestas) -f tat-], f ., a space of time, but, in classic prose, more commonly weather (both good and bad) ; a storm ; a calamity. templum, -i, [^ tern, cut + lo- (the origin of the p is obscure)], n., a space marked off" for taking omens ; hence, a sacred enclosure ; a shrine, temple ; and, rarely, a broad, open space. 368 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. tempus, st. temper-, [?], n., a period of time ; time (in general). tenax, st. tenac-, [^ ten + the made-up ending -ax, i. e., after the pattern of pugnax], holding on, tenacious. (In classical prose mostly in the sense tenacious of money, stingy.) tendere, -6, tetendi, tentus (in poets and later writers also ten- sus), [y' ten, same root as in te- nere, the d being of obscure origin], to stretch (both trans, and intrans.) ; hence, to bend one's course, march, tend (anywhere). tenebrae, -arum, [?], f., dark- ness. tener, -era, -erum, [yf ten + ro-, with parasitic e developed], stretched; hence, soft, tender. tenere, -eo, -ui, tentus, [same root as tendere], to hold, keep; hence, to possess ; to occupy, guard ; to check ; to restrain ; to compre- hend ; to maintain, defend, insist upon. tentare, -6, -avi, -atus. [freq. of tenere], to keep taking hold of; hence, to touch, feel; to attack; and, most commonly, to try, at- tempt; also, to urge, tempt, tamper with. tenus, [same root as tenere and tendere], noun used as prep., with abl., so far as, up to, down to (rare in classic prose, and regu- larly placed after the noun that it governs). Terentius, -a, -um, the name of a Roman gens, as M. Terentius Varro, the great scholar and friend of Cicero. P. Terentius Afer, the famous writer of come- dies in the time of Scipio the elder. tergum, -I, [?]. n., the back ; hence, the rear. terga vertere, to fiee, run away. terra, -ae, [?], f., the dry land; hence, land, ground ; a land, coun- try ; the Earth (as a goddess) ; also, but chiefly in the plural, the earth, the world. terrenus, -a, -um, [terra- + no-, as if through an e-stem], of earth, earthy ; belonging to the earth or to the land ; terrestrial. terrere, -eo, -ui, -itus, to frighten, alarm. terrestris, -e, [obscure formation from terra], belonging to land or to the earth, terrestrial. terribilis, -e, [related to terrere as habilis to habere, (cf. no- bilis and agilis)], frightful, dreadful, terrible. territorium, -I, [terra and the made-up ending itorium, i. e., as if through a territor (cf. prae- torium, auditorium, 6rat5- rius, meritorius)], n., a district, territory. terror, st. terror-, [same root as terrere -j- or-], m., fright, alarm (fear that makes one tremble and causes the teeth to chatter; stronger word than timor and metus). tertius, -a, -um, [ordinal of tres], third. tertius (-a, -um) decimus, -a, -um, [ordinal of tredecim], thir- teenth. testari, -or, -atus, [denom. from testis], to bear witness, testify; hence, to demonstrate, prove ; to de- clare, assert; also, to call to wit- ness, invoke. testimonium, -I, [testis and the LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 369 made-up ending -monium], n., testimony, evidence; hence, proof. testis, st. testi-, [?], c., a witness. Thebae, -arum, [Gr. proper name, 07?)8ai], f., Thebes, the name of various ancient towns, the most important being- Thebes the chief city of Boeotia in Greece, and the Thebes on the Nile in the southern part of Egypt. Thebanus, -a, -urn, [Theba- + no-], of Thebes, Theban, and, as noun, a Theban. Thelesinus (more correctly Tele- sinus), -I, m., of Telesia (in Samnium). Hence, C. Pontius Thelesinus, the Samnite leader who entrapped and defeated the Roman army at the Caudine Forks in the year 321 B. c. Thessalia, -ae, [Gr. proper name, 0etro-a\ta], f., Thessaly, the divi- sion of northern Greece east of Epirus. Thraex, Thraecis, [Gr. proper name, p$|], m., a Thracian, in- habitant of Thrace, the large coun- try northeast of Macedonia. Plu- ral Thraeces, -ium. Ti., abbreviation for Tiberius. Tib., abbreviation for Tiberius. Tibermus, -a, -um, [Tiberi- -f no-], belonging to the Tiber. Tiberis, st. Tiberi-, m., the Tiber, the river which separated Latium from Etruria and flowed into the Mediterranean Sea. Rome was upon its left bank, some twenty miles from its mouth. Now called Tevere. Tiberius, -i, m., a Roman prae- iiomen (abbreviation Ti. or Tib.). Tibur, st. Tibur-, m., Tibur, a town on the Anio river in Latium not far from Rome. It is now called Tivoli. tibicen, st. tibicin-, [tibia- + *can (root of canere, to sing)], m., a pipe-player, flute-player. TiCiiius, -I, m., a river in the west- ern part of Cisalpine Gaul, flowing southeast into the Po from the north side. Hannibal there de- feated the Romans under P. Seipio (the father of the elder Af ricanus) in December, 218 B. c. Tigurinus, -I, m., the name of a district in Helvetia, which de- feated the Romans under Cassius in 107 B. c. ; also, an inhabitant of the district. timere, -eo, -ui, [y/ tim, used as stem], to fear, be afraid of. timor, st. timor- [^ tim + or-], m.,fear, dread. titulus, -i, [?], m., a label, ticket; hence, a placard; a designation of honor, title ; fame ; and, in the Latin of the empire, an alleged reason. Titus, -i, m., a Roman praeno- men, as Titus Atius Labie- nus, a lieutenant of Caesar's. The abbreviation is T. tollere, -6, sustuli, sublatus, [\j tla, with perfect and p. p. com- pounded with sub], to take from under, raise, lift up; hence, to re- move, put out of the way ; to slay, kill ; to abolish. tonare, -5, -ui, [?], to thunder. tondere, -eo, -totondi, ton- sus, [^ tern, same root as that of templum], to cut, shear, shave. tonitrus, -us, [obscure forma- tion from root of tonare], m., thunder. 370 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. tonsor, st. tonsor-, [root of toii- dere + sor-], m., one who shaves or shears; a barber. Torquatus, -I, [torquatus, -a, -um, (torquis, a twisted collar, and the made-up ending -atus, i. e., as if through torquare)], m., the surname (cognomen) given to T. Manlius because of the neck-chain he took from a Gallic warrior whom he slew in battle in 361 B. c. His descend- ants also bore the name. torques, another form for tor- quis. torquis, st. torqui-, [^ tare, meaning twist (with change of vowel) + i-], c., a twisted collar or chain for the neck. torrere, -eo, -ui, tostus, [same root as Eng. thirst], to dry, parch, burn, roast. tot, [demon, root to -f t(i)], hi- ded. , so many. totus, -a, -um, [^ to + to-], the whole, all (denoting a thing con- sidered altogether, while omiiis denotes a thing as consisting of parts. See also cunctus and universus). tractare, -6, -avi, -atus, [fre- quent, of trahere], to keep draw- ing or tugging at ; hence, to touch, handle^ manage, transact ; to treat ; to conduct one's self toward ; to dis- cuss. tradere, -5, -didi, -ditus, [trans -|- dare], to give over, hand over, surrender ; hence, to commit or en- trust to ; to betray ; to bequeath ; to hand down, narrate, tell. \ traducere, -6, -duxi, -ductus, [trans + ducere], to lead across ; hence, to carry over ; to transfer ; to pass (time). trahere, -6, traxi, tractus, [same word as Eng. drag], to drag or draw ; hence, to carry off, plun- der ; to allure, attract ; to protract, delay. traicere, -io, -ieci, -iectus, [trans -j- iacere], to throw across; hence, to hurl or shoot across; to transport, conduct across ; to pierce, go through ; also as intrans., to go across, cross over. tranare, see transnare. tranquillitas, st. tranquillitat-, [tranquill /! -f tat-], f., still- ness, calmness, tranquillity. tranquillus, -a, -um, [?], calm, still, quiet, tranquil (of the weather, the sea, the mind, and other things). trans, [?], prep, with ace., across, over, beyond ; trans mare, across the sea ; trans Rhenum, on the other side of the Rhine. trans ducere, another form of tra- ducere. transferre, -fero, -tuli, -latus, [trans + ferre], to bring or take across ; hence, to transfer ; to post- pone ; to translate. transfuga, -ae, [trans + *fuga (y' fug -f a-)], m., one who flees across (to the other side) ; a de- serter. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 371 transigere, -6, -egi, -actus, [trans -j- agere], to drive across or through; hence, to pierce, trans- fix, but much more commonly, to carry through, finish, perform, trans- act. transilire,-io, -ui (or -ivi), (no p. p.), [trans- -f salire], to leap or jump across, jump over ; hence, to pass by, omit, skip (both intrans. and trans.). transire, -e5, -ii, -itus, [trans -f- ire], to go across, cross over; hence, to go beyond, overstep. transmarmus, -a, -um, [trans -J- marmus (mari- + n o-)] across the sea, transmarine. transmissus, -us, [from trans- mittere, like missus from root of mittere], m., a sending across; hence, a passage. trans mitt ere, -o, -misi, -mis- sus, [trans -f- mittere], to send across; hence, to transfer; to hand over, transmit; to go over or across, to cross (both trans, and intrans.). transnare, -6, -avi, -atus, [trans -f- nare], to swim across. Transpadanus, -a, -um, [trans + Padanus (Padus and no-, as if through an a-stem)], across the Po, Transpadane. Trasumeiinus, -I, m., the name of a lake near the middle of the east- ern frontier of Etruria. Hannibal defeated the Romans there in 217 B. c. Trebia, -ae, m., a river in the southern part of Cisalpine Gaul, flowing 1 north-northeast into the Po on its south side near Placentia. Hannibal defeated the Romans there in December, 218 B. c. trecentesimus, -a, -um, [ordi- nal of trecenti], three hundredth. trecentl, -ae, -a, [tres -f- cen- tum], three hundred. tredecim, [tres -f decem], in- decl., thirteen. tremere, -6, -ui, to shake, quiver, tremble. trepidus, -a, -um, [from a root meaning to turn -j- do- as if through *trepus], restless, agi- tated, alarmed. tres, tria, [same word as Eng. three], three. triaiigulum, -T, [neuter of tri- angulus, -a, -um, (tres + angulus, *angus { ^ anc, bend -f- O-} + lo-), used as noun], n., a three-cornered figure, trian- gle. tribuere, -6, -ui, -utus, [denom. from tribus], to divide into tribes ; hence, to impart, allot, assign; to grant, give, yield; to ascribe, at- tribute. tribulis, -e, [tribu- + 11-], be- longing to the tribe, of the same tribe, and, as noun, a fellow-tribes- man. tribunal, st. tribunal!-, [tri- bun/i + ali-, after the pattern of natura-Jis], n., the seat of a tribune; hence, a judgment seat, tribunal (a square or semi-circular platform). tribunus, -I, [tribu- + no-], ra., the head of a tribe ; hence, a com- mander, tribune. tribunus mi- litum, a military officer, of which each legion had six. Each one held the chief command of the legion two months in turn. But Caesar found it necessary to guard against their possible inefficiency 372 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. by making them subordidate to bis legati. tribunus plebis, a ivil officer who championed the interests of the common people. During most of the Republic there were five of them, though at first (494 B. c.) perhaps only two. tribus, -us, [obscure formation from root of tres], f., the third part (of the people) ; hence, a tribe (i. e., one of the divisions of the Roman people for certain political purposes ; their number grew to 35, of which 31 were city, 4 coun- try tribes). tributum, -I, [p. p. of tribuere used as noun], n., tribute. tricesimus, -a, -um, [ordinal of triginta], thirtieth. trigeminus, -a, -um, [tres -f geminus], three at a birth. triginta, indecl., [obscure forma- tion from root of tres], thirty. triquetrus, -a, -um, [?], three- cornered, triangular. tristis, -e, [?], sad, sorrowful; melancholy, disagreeable. tristitia. -ae, [tristi- -f- the made- up ending -tia. i. e., after the pattern of mHit-ia], f., sad- ness, melancholy ; gloominess, sever- ity. Troia, -ae, [Tros (Gr.. Tpros. a king of Phrygia) -j- suffix ia-], f ., Troy, the famous city near the west coast of Mysia in Asia Mi- nor, besieged, according to the legend, for ten years by the Greeks. Troianus, -a, -um, [Troia- -f no-], of Troy, Trojan, or, as noun, a Trojan. trucldare, -6, -avi, -atus, [?], to slaughter, massacre. trux, st. true-, [?], harsh, wild, rough, savage. tii, tui, [same word as Eng. thou], thou. you. Plural vos, you, ye. tueri. -eor, tutus (-itus in im- perial Latin), [?], to gaze at, look at, see ; hence, to watch, guard, pro- tect. Tullia, -ae. f., the name of the daughter of Servius Tullius, who married Tarquinius Superbus. Also the name of Cicero's daugh- ter. Tullus Hostilius, Tulli HostHi, m., the name of the third king of Rome. turn, [case form from the demon, root to-, used as adv.], then, there- upon; hence, furthermore, besides. turn maxime. especially, chieJJy. turn demum, then and not till then, then at last. cum . . . turn, not only . . . but also, both . . . and. tumultuosus, -a, -um, [tumul- tu- + oso-].full of confused move- ment; hence, turbulent. tumultus, -us, [tumul(o)- + tu-]. m., a commotion, uproar, disturbance; hence, an insurrec- tion, sedition, mutiny. tumulus, -I, [*tum/i (root mean- ing to swell -\- O-) + lo-], m., a heap of earth, a mound, especially, a burial mound or tomb. turba, -ae, [^ tur, to hurry + ba-], f ., a hurrying ; hence, confusion, commotion, and. more commonly, a crowd, throng, number. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 373 turibulum, -i, [tus, incense, and suffix lo-, as if through a *turi- bum], n., a censer. turpis, -e, [?], unsightly, ugly; hence, unseemly, base, dishonorable. turpiter, [adv. of turpis], basely, dishonorably. turris, st. turri-, [?], f., a tower. tus, st. tur-, [Gr. word, 0vos], n., frankincense, incense. Tuscia, -ae, [Tusco- + ia-], f., a very rare name for Etruria (while the adj. Tuscus, -a, -um, is very common). Tusculanus, -a, -um, [Tuscul% -f- no-], belonging to Tusculum, Tusculan. Hence, Tuscula- nuni, -I, n., an estate at Tusculum (especially Cicero's estate there). Tusculum, -I, [Tusc%+ lo-], n., an old town in the Alban hills about ten miles southeast of Rome, tut 6, [abl. of tutus (root of tueri -f- to-), used as adv-], guardedly ; hence, safely, securely. tutus, -a, -um, [p. p. of tueri, used as adj.], guarded ; hence, safe, secure. tuus, -a, -um, [tu- + o-], thy, thine, your. tyrannus, -i, [Greek word, rfyav- vos], m., an unconstitutional mon- arch, an arbitrary or irresponsible ruler; hence, especially, a cruel ruler, a tyrant. u. uber, st. uber-, [same word as Eng. udder], n., an udder; hence, as adj., fruitful, rich, abundant. ubi, [for quobi, case form of st. quo-], adv., where, and, still more . commonly, when. (Both rel. and interrog.) ubicumque, [ubi + generalizing affix cumque], adv., wherever. ubique, [ubi + the generalizing que], adv., anywhere, everywhere. ulcisci, -or, ultus, [?], to take vengeance on, to punish (a per- son) ; to avenge, punish (a wrong or injury) ; also, to take vengeance for, avenge (a person). ullus, -a, -um, [unus and lo-, dim. assimilated], any. (Mostly used in clauses where a negative is expressed or implied.) ulterior, -ius, [comp. of *ulter (root in ultra) ] , farther. Superl. VLltimus, furthest, last ; also, ear- liest, first. ultimus, see ulterior. ultor, st. ultor-, [y/ ul (cf. ul- cisci) + *o r -L m -? an avenger. ultra, [case form of ulter { yf ul -f ter(o)}, used as adv. and prep., with ace.], beyond, on the farther side. ultra Rhenum, beyond the Ehine; ultra modum, be- yond the limit. umquam, [?], ever, at any time. (Used chiefly in negative sentences or conditions or in a question ex- pecting a negative answer. See also aliquandd.) 374 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. una. [case form of unus, used as adv.], along with, together with, at the same time. uncle, [for cunde (from rel. and interrog. root quo + de)], adv., whence, from which place or what place. (Both relat. and interrog.) undecim, indecl., [unus -j- de- cem], eleven. undecimus, -a, -um, [ordinal of undecim], eleventh. undequinquaginta, indeclinable, [unus + de + quinquagin- ta], forty-nine. undevlcesimus, -a, -um, [ordi- nal of undeviginti], nineteenth. undeviginti, indecl., [unus -f- de -f- viginti], nineteen. undique, [unde -f the generaliz- ing que], adv., from all quarters ; hence, on all sides, everywhere. unguis, st. ungui-, [?], m., a nail (of the finger or toe) ; a beast's claw. universus, -a, -um, [un/i + versus], turned together ; hence, all one, whole, entire, all together, universal. (The most comprehen- sive word for all.) unus, -a, -um, [same word as Eng. OTIC], one ; single, alone. unusquisque, unaquaeque, unumquodque, [unus + quisque], each individual one, one and all. urbs, st. urb(i)-, [?], f., a city. (Especially used of the city of Rome.) urgere, -eo, ursi, [same word as Eng. work], to push, press, force; hence, to urge, incite; to burden, oppress; to press hard. usquam, [case form of quo- + quam, indefinite], adv., any- where. (Used in the same kinds of clauses as those where umquam [see above] is employed.) usque, [case form of quo- (cf. usquam) -{- que indefinite], adv., as far as, all the way to, even to; hence, continuously, con- stantly. usque ad, even to (very common of both place and time). USUS, -US, [yf Ut (of Utl) -J- tU-], m., use, using; hence, practice, experience. Hence, usus est (used like opus est, with an abl., but less classical), there is use for, there is need of. ut, [for quot(i), case form from quo-], adv. and conj. Interrog. how ? in what way ? also, when f Relative, as, like ; in phrases like callidus vir ut Graecus, ut has the same ambiguity as Eng- lish as, the phrase meaning either a shrewd man, being a Greek, or a shrewd man for a Greek. (Cf. cum, meaning sometimes " since," "because," sometimes "al- though," "notwithstanding.") In clauses of purpose or result, that, in order that, so that. The form uti is also used. Utcumque, [ut -)- the generalizing cumque],adv., in whatever way, however. uter, -tra, -trum, [for cuter, from same root as quT, quis, etc.], which (of two). (Both rel. and interrog. ) uterque, -traque, -triimque, [uter -|- que, indefinite], each (of two), either, both. (Used of two things considered separately ; while ambo is used of two considered together.) LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 375 uti, -or, usus, [?], to use, employ, enjoy. The case used with uti is the ablative. utilis, -e, [*ut/i .(V ut + o-) + li-], useful, profitable, advanta- geous. utinam, [ut(i) + nam], adv., oh that! would that! utpote, [ut + pote (form of po- tis, possible)], adv., as namely, as, inasmuch as. utrum, [neut. of liter, used as in- terrog. particle], whether? uxor, st. uxor-, [?], f., a wife, spouse. uxorius,-a, -um, [uxor- +io-J, belonging to a wife ; hence, fond of one's wife, doting upon one's wife. vacare, -6, -avi, -atum, [?], to be empty ; hence, to be at leisure. vacuus, -a, -um, [yf vac + uo-], empty, free from, without, unoccu- pied, at leisure. vadere, -6, (no perf. or p. p.), [?], to go, especially, to go quickly. (Rather rare word.) vadum, -I, [yf vad, to go(cf. Eng. wade) + O-], n., a fordable place, shallow water, shoal. vagitus, -us, [vagi- (stem of vagire, to squall) +tu-], m., a squalling, crying. valde, [for valide, adv. of vali- dus, *valo (root of valere, to be strong + O-) + <^-]j strongly, greatly, much, very. vale, [imperative of valere], be strong ; hence, farewell, good-by (regular expression for closing a letter), and, also, be off", away with you. valere, -eo, -ui, -itum, [^ val, strong (cf. Eng. well, weal)], to be strong, healthy, well ; hence, to have power or ability (to do something). Valerius, -a, -um, the name of a Roman gens. P. Valerius Publicola, one of the consuls of the first year after the expul- sion of King Tarquin. For M. Valerius Corvmus, see Les- son xxxviii. valetudo, st. valetudin-, [vale + the made-up ending -tudo, cf . habitudo], f., state of health (whether good or bad). vallum, -I, [?], n., a rampart, in- trenchment (properly, one made of earth, and palisaded, but also used of others). varietas, st. varietat-, [vari% + tat-], f., variety. Varro, st. Varron-, m., a surname in the gens Terentia. M. Terentius Varro, the famous scholar of Cicero's time, known as the most learned of the Romans. See also Lesson xlvi. vastare, -6, -avi, -atus, [denom. from vastus, waste, desert, im- mense], to lay waste, ravage. vates, st. vat(i)-, [?], c., a sooth- sayer, prophet, or prophetess; a bard, poet. vaticinari, -or, -atus, [denom. from vaticinus (vates and no-, as if through *vaticus)], to prophesy, predict, foretell; also, to celebrate in song. vecors, st. vecord-, [ve-, neg. -f- cor, heart (as the supposed seat of reason)], senseless, foolish, mad. vectigal, st. vectigali-, [obscure formation from vectus (p. p. of OF TH UNIVERSITY 376 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. vehere, to carry)], n., a tax or tribute (in kind, while stipen- diuza is in money) ; hence, also, revenue, income. vehementer, [vehement- + ter], adv., violently, impetuously ; extremely. vehere, -6, vexi, vectus, [y'vag, veh, (cf. Eng. way, wagon)], to carry, convey. In the passive, in equo vehi, to ride, in nave vehi, to sail. vehiculum, -I, [from stem of ve- here and lo-, as if through a *vehicus], n., a means of carry- ing, a conveyance, vehicle. Vel, -orum, m., Veii, one of the twelve cities which made up the ancient Etrurian confederacy. It was about twelve miles north of Rome, and was conquered by the Romans under Camillus, 396 B. C., after long struggles. vel, [old imperative of velle, used as conj.], will, choose; hence, or, or if you will (implying a choice on the part of the person concerned, while aut implies a real differ- ence in the things or statements contrasted). vel . . . vel, either ... or. Sometimes used to emphasize a word, especially a superlative : vel Romae, even at Rome; vel maximum, even the greatest, the very greatest. velle, volo, volui, [same word as Eng. will], to will, wish, be willing. sis = si vis, if you please. velociter. [adv. of velox], swift- ly, quickly. velox, st. veloc-, [obscure forma- tion from root in volare, tojly], swift, quick, fleet. velut, [vel, intensive + ut], even as; just as; as it were. Also, for velut si, as if. venari, -or, -atus, [?], to hunt. venaticus, -a, -um, [venat /! + CO-], belonging to hunting. venatio, st. venation-, [venato- + ion] , f ., a having hunted ; hence, hunting. venatrlx, st. venatric-, [vena- + trie-], f., a huntress. venatus, -us, [vena- -j- tu], m., hunting. vendere, -o, -didl, -ditus, [ve- num, sale + dare], to expose for sale, to sell. venerandus, -a, -um, [gerundive of venerari (deuom. from same stem as Venus), used as adj.], worthy to be adored or revered, ven- erable. venire, -io, veni, ventum, [prob- ably from ^ gvam (cf. quo- niam for quomiam)], to come. venire, -eo, -ii, [venum, sale + Ire], to go to sale; hence, to be sold. (Used as passive of ven- dere.) ventus, -I, [same word as Eng. wind], m., wind. venumdare, -5, -dedl, -datus, [venum (cf. vendere) + dare], to offer for sale, to sell (Rarely used except as applied to slaves captured in war.) verax, st. verac-, [vero- -f the made-up ending -ax, i. e., after the analogy of pugnax], truth- telling, veracious. verberare, -6, -avl, -atus, [de- nom. from verber, a lash], to lash, scourge, beat. verbum, -I. [?], n., a word; in grammatical language, also, a verb. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 377 verecundia, -ae, [verecundo- (vere, stem of vereri, to fear -f- cundo-) + ia-], f., bashfulness, shyness, modesty ; and, in imperial Latin, reverence for. vereri, -eor, -itus, [y/ver, guard], to revere ; to fear, be afraid. (A milder word than metuere and timere.) vergere, -6, no perf. or p. p., to bend, [^ verg,s/ope, used as stem], hence, as geographical term, to look toward, face. veritas, st. veritat-, [ver/i + tat-], f., truth; truthfulness; real- ity. vero, [abl. of verus, used as adv. and conj.], as adv., in truth, in fact ; hence, assuredly ; as conj., but, how- ever, though (a strong word for but ; never stands first in its clause). versare, -o, -avi, -atus, [fre- quent, and intens. of vert ere], to turn about often or vigorously. Hence, as middle voice, ver- sari, to turn one's self about, to dwell, live (somewhere) ; to be sit- uated in or busied with. versatilis, -e, [versa- + the made-up ending -tills, i. e., after the pattern of utilis, fertilis, etc.], turning about, movable ; hence, versatile. vertere, -6, verti, versus, to turn, turn round ; hence, to change ; to translate. Hence, as middle voice, verti, to turn one's self round in, be engaged or involved in, depend upon. veru, -us, [?], n., a spit; hence, a dart, spear. verum, [neuter of verus, used as conj.], but in fact, but (indicating strong opposition) ; but still. verus, -a, -um, [?], real, true, genu- ine ; hence, right, reasonable, just. vesci, -or, no p.p. [?], to feed, eat; hence, to live on. Vesta, -ae, [from a root meaning burn + t3--]> f-> Vesta, the god- dess of flocks and herds and the household, daughter of Saturn. Vestalis, -e, [Vesta- + li-], be- longing to Vesta, vestal, and as fern, noun, a vestal virgin. vester, -tra, -trum, [vos -f- tro-], poss. pron., your. vestibulum, -I, [?], n., the space closed in between the house door and the street, an entrance-court. vestigium,-!, [?], n., afoot-print; hence, a trace, mark. vestire, -io, -Ivi, -itus, [denom. from vestis], to clothe, dress. vestis, st. vesti-, [^ ves, cover -f ti-], f., a covering for the body, clothing, clothes ; hence also, a cur- tain, drapery. (The plural is not used in classic prose.) vestltus, -us, [vesti- + tu-], m., clothing, dress. vetare, -6, -ui, -itus, [?], not to allow, to forbid. Veturius, -a, -um, the name of a Roman gens. See Lesson xl. vetus, st. veter-, [?], old, not re- cent. (Indicating what has existed some time, and opposed to recens, while antlquus is old as opposed to novos, new, in the sense of not having existed before at all.) via, -ae, f ., a way, road ; hence, a march or journey. viaticum, -I, [neuter of viaticus, -a, -um, (via and co-, as if through *viatus), used as noun], n., the means of travelling ; money for a journey. 378 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. vicesimus, -a, -um, [ordinal of vigintl], twentieth. vloesimus primus, twenty-first. vicies, [obscure formation from root in vigintl], adv., twenty times. vicinus, -a, -um, [vico- -f no-, as if through an i-steni], of the district; hence, neighboring, near, but more commonly as noun, a neighbor, or with the metaphori- cal meanings, like, resembling, kin- dred. vicis, st. vici-, (nom. not used), f., change, interchange, but in classi- cal Latin confined chiefly to the meanings, place, position, room, stead, duty belonging to another (i. e., assumed by one person for another; cf. Eng. vicarious). vie em, or more commonly in vicem, by turns, in turn, alter- nately. Also, vicem, with a gen., or with a possessive (meam vicem, etc.), for the sake of, after the manner of. vicissitude, st. vicissitudin-, [*vicissi- (vicis + si-) + din-, as if through *vicissitus], f., alternation, change. victor, st. victor-, [yf vie (cf. vin- cere) + tor-], m., one who con- quers, a conqueror, victor, it-inner. victoria, -ae, [victor- + ia-], f., victory. victrix, st, victric-, [y vie + trie-], f., a female conqueror, a conqueress. victus, -us, [root of vivere -f tu-], m., means of life, sustenance, provisions ; also, a way of living. vicus, -I, [y vie, dwell + o ; same word as -wich or -wick in names like Greenwich, Warwick], m., an inhabited district; a village; a re- gion, quarter, street (in a city). videre, -eo, vidl, visus, [same word as Eng. wit, to wit], to see ; hence, to perceive, understand, know. videri, -eor, visus, [passive of videri], to be seen ; hence, to seem (so and so), and especially as im- personal, to seem good, proper. vigilare, -6, -avi,-atum, [denom. from vigil (y 1 vig of vigere, to be flourishing, lively + l(i)-, as if through *vigus)], to be (wide) awake, not to be asleep ; hence, to watch. vigilia, -ae, [vigil (same root as vigere, to be lively) + ia-], f., a being awake; hence, icakefulness ; watching, guarding; a watch, senti- nels ; a watch (as the fourth part of the Roman night reckoned from sunset to sunrise). vigintl, indecl., [for duiginti, obscure derivative from duo], twenty. vigintl unus, twenty-one. vilis, -e, [?], cheap ; hence, poor, worthless. vilitas, st. vilitat-, [vili- + tat-], f ., cheapness ; hence, in the Latin of the empire, worthlessness. villa, -ae, [vico- + la-, dim. as- similated], f., a farm or country seat ; a villa. Villius, -1, m., a Roman name. For a P. Villius, see Lesson Ixv. vincere, -6, .vici, victus, to conquer, win (both trans, and in- trans.) ; hence, to prevail; to sur- pass, excel. vinclum (also vinculum), -I, [y 1 vine, bind (vincire) -f lo-]. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 379 n., a band, bond, rope, chain. In plural, fetters, chains, prison. vinculum, see vinclum. vindex, st. vindic-, [compound from root of dicere, dicare, and an uncertain root beginning 1 with.vi], c., one who puts in a legal claim to a thing, a claimant ; hence, a protector, champion; apunisher, avenger. vindicare, -5, -avi, -atus, [de- nom. from vindex], to lay legal claim to; hence, to claim; to set free; to defend; to punish; to avenge. vlnum, -I, [^ vi, twine, same word as Eng. wine], n., wine. violare, -6, -avi, -atus, [?], to abuse, injure, violate. vir, viri, [?], m., a male being, man ; hence, a husband. virgo, st. virgin-, [?],., a maiden. virilis, -e, [viro- + li-, as if through an I-stem, i. e., after the pattern of Civilis, hostilis, etc.], belonging to a man, manly; hence, vigorous, firm. pro vi- rili parte, with all one's might. virtus, st. virtu t-, [vir(o) + tut-], f., manliness; hence, brav- ery, courage; excellence, merit, vir- tue. vis, st. vi-, (in the sing, found in only the nom., ace., and abl. ; in the plural, thoughout), [?], f., force, power; strength, vigor ; vio- lence ; quantity, number. Plural, vires, -ium, energy, strength ; forces, troops. visere, -6, visT, visus, [inten- sive from videre], to look at closely ; hence, to go to see, to visit. vita, -ae, [root of vivere -f ta-], vitium, -I, [^ vi meaning twist (the same as that of vlnum) + io-, as if through *vitum], n., a defect, blemish; hence, a fault, offence ; a crime, vice. vitrum, -I, [^ vid + tro-], n., a means of seeing, but confined to the medium of seeing, glass. vivax, st. vivac-, [viv% + c(o)-], vigorously alive; hence, lively, vigorous; also, lasting. vivere, -6, vixi, victum, to live. vix, [?], adv., scarcely, hardly ; with difficulty. vocabulum, -I, [voca- -f- lo-, as if through a *vocabum], n., a designation, name; hence, a noun (when contrasted with iiomeii, it means a common noun, while nomen means a proper noun). vocare, -6, -avi, -atus, [^ voc, call -f- a-], to call ; hence, to in- voke; to name; to summon or in- vite. vociferari, -or, -atus, [denom. from *vocifer(us) (vox -f f er from ferre)], to cry aloud, bawl, scream, vociferate. vocula, -ae, [voc- + la-, with u inserted after the pattern of the O-stems], f., a small voice. volare, -6, -avi, -atum, [^ vol, volgare, -6, -avi, -atus, (later vulgare, etc.), [denom. from volgus], to noise about in the crowd; hence, to make known generally; to publish; to spread abroad. volgo (later vulgo), [abl. of vol- gus, crowd, used as adv.], among the crowd, publicly, generally, com- monly. volgus (later vulgus), -I, n., the 380 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. crowd, the people in general; a throng or mass. volnerare, -6, -avi, -atus, (later vulnerare), [denom. from vol- nus], to wound. volnus (later vulnus), st. vol- ner-, [?], n., a wound. voltur (later vultur), st. voltur-, m., a vulture. voltus, -us, (later vultus), [?], m., expression of face, face, counte- nance. voluntas, st. voluntat-, [(vo- lunt-, old for volent-, pres. p. of velle) -f tat-], f., willingness; hence, will, desire, inclination; good-will. voluptas, st. voluptat-, [volup- ( obscure formation from root of velle) -f tat-], f., pleasure, en- joyment. vos, gen. vestrum or vestri (older spelling vostrum and vostri), you, ye. The forms vestrum, vostrum, are chiefly confined to the partitive use. vox, st. VOC-, [root as stem], f., a voice ; hence, a word or a say- ing. X. Xanthippus,-!, [Gr. proper name, EovfliTnTos], m., a Spartan com- mander who helped the Cartha- ginians defeat and capture the Ro- man general Regulus, 255 B. c. Xenophon, -ontis, [Gr. proper name, aevcxftuv], m., the Athenian historian, who is also famous as a soldier, especially through his being with the ten thousand who went to help Cyrus the Younger in 401 B. c. Xerxes, -is, [Persian proper name, in Gr. Ee'p^Tjs], m., the name of the great Persian king who invaded Greece in 480 B. c. ENGLISH-LATIN. A. a, indef . art., generally not expressed in Latin, but sometimes equiva- lent to a particular (person or thing), and then expressed by quldam, quaedam, quiddam or quoddam. abandoned, desertus, -a, -urn (de- serted) ; perditus, -a, -urn (lost, worthless). able, (be), posse, possum, potul. abound, abunddre, -o, -dvl, -atum; also, redunddre and superdre, -o, -dvl, -atum (to be over abun- dant). abound in, abunddre, with an abl. 9 about, ADV., fere (generally placed just after the word it modifies) ; about a hundred, centum fere. PREP., circum (around, with ace.), as circum urbem altus erat murus, there was a high wall about the city; ad (in the neighborhood of, with ace.), as ad Trebiam pugndbant, they were fighting about the Tre- bia; de (in regard to, with abl.), as de multls rebus rogdvit, he asked about many things. about nightfall, sub noctem. Cf. also, near. accept, accipere, -id, -cepl, -ceptus ; also, recipere. acceptable, grdtus, -a, -urn; iu- cundus, -a, -um. accomplish, facere, -id, feel, fac- tus ; gerere, -o, gessi, gestus (achieve) ; agere, -o, egl, dctus ; efficere, -id, -feel, -fectus; perji- cere (complete) j consequl, -or, -secutus (attain an object). accordance : in accordance with. See according to. according to, pro (with abl.), as pro vlribus, according to one's strength ; ex (with abl.), de (with abl.), ad (with ace.), as ex senten- tid, de sententid, ad arbitrium, ac- cording to one's wish or will ; secundum (with ace.), as secundum ndturam, according to nature. accuse, accusdre, -5, -dvl, -dtus (the person accused is expressed by an accusative, the thing of which he is accused by a geni- tive) ; arguere, -o, argul, argutus (the thing accused of is expressed by a genitive or by de with abla- tive). across, trans (with ace.), as trans Ehenum, across the Rhine ; ultra (beyond, on the other side of). act, NOUN, factum, -I, n. ; f acinus, st. facinor-, n. (especially an evil act) ; res gesta, f. (achieve- ment) ; dctus, -us, m. (of a play). VERB, agere, -o, egl, dctus,' se gerere, -o, gessi, gestus (conduct one's self in a given way). 382 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. actually, vero (placed after the word it emphasizes) ; re verd. admiration, admlrdtio, st. admi- ration-, f. admire, adtnlrdrl, -or, -dtus. admit, faterj, -eor, fassus (con- fess) ; concedere, -o, -cessi, -ces- sus (grant, allow) ; admittere, -o, -mist, -missus (let in) ; also, recipere, -id, -cepl, -ceptus. adorn, orndre, -o, -dm, -dtus. advance, procedere, -o, -cessi, -ces- sum ; progredi, -tor, -gressus. adversary, hostis, st. hosti-, c. (es- pecially a public enemy) ; in- imlcus, -I, m. (personal ene- my) ; adversdrius, -I, m. (gen- eral word). advise, suddere, -eo, sudsi, sudsum (governing dative of the person) ; monere, -eo, -ui, -itus (governing accusative and leaning rather to the sense to -warn). Aeneas, Aeneas, -ae, m. affair, res, -el, f. (thing); nego- tium, -I, n. (occupation, busi- ness, difficulty). affect : adjicere, -io, -fed, -fectus ; conmovere, -eo, -movi, -motus (to move greatly). afraid, (be), see fear. after, ?REP.,post (with ace., also as ADV.) ; a few days after, post paucos dies or paucls post diebus; secundum (prep, with ace., next to or after the pattern of). CONJ., postquam ; also, ubi. ut. afterwards, posted ; also, posthdc. again, iterum (a second time) ; denud (afresh) ; rursus. against, adversus (prep, with ace.) ; contra (with ace., opposite to. contrary to) ; in (with ace., used of hostile attacks, measures, or feelings) ; praeter consuetiidi- nem, against one's habit. aged, aetdte confectus (worn out by age) ; senex, gen. senis (old). Agesilaus, Agesildus, -I, m. ago, abhinc (used with ace. or abl., as abhinc tres menses or abhinc tribus mensibus, three months ago) ; or expressed by ante with an ace., as ante tres menses. agreeable, grdtus, -a, -urn; iucun- dus, -a, -um ; acceptus, -a, -um. aid, NOUN, auxilium, -I, n. ; opis, f . (no nom.) ; bear aid, auxilium ferre. VERB, see help. alarmed, (be), see fear. Alban, Albdnus, -a, -um. Alexander, Alexander, -drl, m. all, omnis, -e (considered as made up of parts) ; totus, -a, -um (the whole) ; cunctus, -a, -um (con- sidered as united into one lot) ; universus, -a, -um (every indi- vidual one ; the most compre- hensive ^yord. opposed to sin gull). at all, omnlnd (generally asso- ciated with a negative, not at all). alliance, societds, st. societdt-, f. ; in the sense of marriage alli- ance, adflnitds, st. adflnitdt-, f. Allobroges, Allobroges, -um, m. allow, sinere, -o,sivi, situs ; permit- tere, -o, -mist, -missus ; patl, -tor, passus (suffer) ; concedere, -o, -cessi, -cessus (grant). ally, socius, -i, m. alone, ADJ., solus, -a, -um, gen. soll- us ; unus, -a. -um, gen. unius. unl Ubil, the TJbii alone. ADV., solum (only). along, (past, by, in front of), praeter (with ace.). already, iam. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 383 also, quoque (placed after the word it emphasizes) ; etiam (usually placed before what it emphasizes). although, quamquam (with indie.) j quamvls, licet, ut, cum (all four with sub June.) ; etsl, tametsl, etiam si or si alone (used with indie, or sub June, according to the rules for the use of si, if) ; also, sometimes implied in an ablative absolute or a participle agreeing with the sub- ject (or other word). ambassador, legdtus, -I, m. ; ora- tor, st. orator-, m. (a pleader ; hence, less formal word than legd- tus, and common for the limited foreign intercourse of early Ro- man life). America, America, -ae, f. amid, inter (with ace.) ; in (with abl.). among, inter (with ace.); apud (with ace.) ; in (with abl.). ancestors, mdiores, -um, m. ; pd- tres, -um, m. (fathers). Anchises, Anchlses, -ae, m. ancient, antlquus, -a, -um (be- longing to old times, not new) ; vetus, st. veter- (having been in existence a long time) ; prlscus, -a, -um (before our day, early, original) ; prlstinus, -a, -um (early, origi- nal, but not necessarily before our day) ; obsoletus, -a, -um (out of date, as applied to words or fash- ions). and, et (the general word) ; que (attached to the second of the things connected, implying a close connection and sometimes subor- dinating the second to the first) ; atque or before certain consonants dc (has a tendency to give impor- tance to the second of the con- nected things). and no, non ullus rather than et nullus (unless the negative idea is to be marked as belonging to the adjective only). and not, neque. both . . . and, et . . . et, cum. . . turn. anecdote, fdbella, -de, f.; also, ndrrdtiuncula, -ae, f. anger, Ira, -ae, f. angry, Irdtus, -a, -um, Irdcundus, -a, -um (the first applying rather to a temporary feeling, the second to a confirmed tendency). announce, make an announce- ment, nimtidre, -5, -dvi, -dtus ; re- nuntidre (report) ; edlcere, -o, -dlxl, -dictus (proclaim the order of an official) j indlcere (proclaim a meeting and the like ; cf. also, report) ; decldrdre, -o, -dvi, -dtus, or renuntidre (as elected to an office). answer, NOUN, responsum, -I, n. VEKB, respondere, -eo, -spondi, -sponsus. Antiochus, Antiochus, -I, m. anxious, sollicitus, -a, -um; anxius, -a, -um. any, ullus, -a, -um (used chiefly in neg., but also in conditional sen- tences) ; aliqul, -qua, -quod (used in positive sentences mostly). any one, quisquam, quaequam, quidquam (quicquam) ; quilibet, quaelibet, quidlibet, or qulvls, quae- vls, quidvls (these two are a trifle less indefinite than quisquam) ; quis, quae, quid (a little less in- definite and chiefly used after si, nisi, ne, num) ; aliquis, aliqua, ali- quid (a little less indef . still than the preceding) ; quispiam, quae- piam, quidpiam (still less indefi- 384 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. nite). ullus is occasionally used as noun = any one, and the words given for any one are sometimes used as adj. = any ; they then, except quisquam, have the neuter in -quod not -quid. Cf . also some. not any, nullus, -a, -urn. not any one, nemo. not anything, nihil. anything, aliquid ; quid (chiefly used with si, nisi or num) ; quid- vis, quidlibet (anything you please) ; quicquam (anything whatever) ; quidpiam. appoint, facere, -id, Jed, factus (make); credre, -o, -dvl, -dtus, as consulem credre, to appoint con- sul ; praeficere, -id, -fed, -fectus ; praeponere, -o, -posul, -positus (these two mean to set over, and govern a dative, = appoint as commander of); indlcere, -o, -dlxl, -dictus (appoint a day , meeting, etc.) ; statuere, -o, statul, statutus (fix, determine). approve, probdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus ; ad- probdre ; comprobdre (the strongest of the three words) ; also, lauddre. Aristotle, Aristoteles, -is, m. army, exercitus, -us, m.; cf. also, forces and troops. arrival, adventus, -us, m. arrive, advenlre,-io,-venl, -ventum; pervenire (somewhat stronger, as implying the coming through diffi- culties or a long course). arrogance, superbia, -ae, f. ; ad- rogantidf -ae, f . ; fastldium, -I, n. (disdain) ; Insolentia, -ae, f. art, ars, st. art(i)-, f. (used in the widest sense). as, ut,velut,slcut (of manner) ; quam (of degree) ; cum or quoniam (of reason = since) ; quod ''(be- cause) ; dum (while) ; cum (of time = -when) ; as ... as, tarn . . . quam ; as much as possi- ble, quam mdxime ; as quickly as possible, quam celerrime (pos- se is sometimes added to these su- perlative expressions) ; as soon as, simul atque or dc ; also ubi or ut ; cumprlmum; as long as, dum; as great as, tantus . . . quantus; such as, tdlis . . . qudlis. ask, rogdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus, and ordre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (beg) ; poscere, -o, poposcl (demand) ; quaerere, -o, -slvl, -situs (look for) ; petere, -6, -Ivl, -Itus (try to get) ; interro- gdre (inquire) ; percontdrl, -or, -dtus (ask particularly) ; sclsci- tdrl, -or, -dtus (seek informa- tion) ; precdrl, -or, -dtus (pray). assistance, see aid. at, with names of towns or small islands, expressed by the loc. case, as Edmae, at Rome, Dell, at Delos ; apud (with ace. in sense of near), aspugna apud A.ctium, the fight at Actium, but apud me, at my house ; in (with abl.). Athenodorus, Athenodorus, -I, m. Athens, Athenae, -drum, f. attend to,procurdre, -o, -dvl,-dtus; curare, -o, -dvl, -dtus; animadver- tere (animadvortere), -o, -vertl, -versus. Aulus, Aulus, -I, m. (abbrev. A.). avenge, ulclsci, -or, -ultus; vindi- cdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus. avoid, fugere, -id, fugl ; vltdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus, and a little stronger evltdre ; also, devltdre (avoid by dodging, as it were). away: away (from), ab (with an ablative or in composition). be away, abesse, -sum, -ful. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. OF TBB TTNIVERSITY .Of B. bad, mains, -a, -um, comp. peior, superl. pessimus ; prdvos (-MS), -a, -owi (-t/m) ("wicked) ; inprobus, -a, -urn (wrong, wicked) ; ne- quam, indecl., comp. nequior, su- perl. nequissimus ("worthless). banish, in exsilium, with the verb mittere, -5, mlsl, missus, or pellere, -o, pepull, pulsus, or eicere, -id, eiecl, eiectus. bank, rlpa, -ae, f. (of a river). banquet, convlvium, -I, n. ; epulum, -I, n. (pi. epulae, -drum, f.). bare-back, sine ephippio, or, if more than one are spoken of, sine ephippils. bathe, lavare (lavere), -o, Idvl, lau- tus (lotus). battle, pugna, -ae, f. (the generic word for any kind of a contest) ; proelium, -I, n. (of armies) ; certd- men, at. certdmin-, n. (struggle). battle-line, acies, -el, f. to join battle, manum (manus) conserere, slgna conferre, proelium conmittere. be, esse, sum,ful. beat, verbefdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (scourge) ; caedere, -o, cecldl, caesus (strike) ; vincere, -o, vlcl, victus (conquer) ; superdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (overcome or sur- pass) ; pellcre, o, pepull, pulsus (rout). beautiful, pulcher, -chra, -chrum; formosus, -a, -um (shapely). beauty, pulchritudo, st. pulchritu- din-, f. ; species, -el, f. (show, splendor) ; forma, -ae, f. (espe- cially, beauty of form). because, quod; also, quia, quo- niam. Often implied in an abla- tive absolute, a participle, or a rel- ative clause. become, fieri, flo,factus. before, PREP., ante (with ace. ; used with things at rest) ; prae (with abl. ; used of things in motion or with the meaning in compari- son with) ; pro (with abl. ; in front of) ; apud (with ace.), co- ram (with abl.) (these two mean in presence of). ADV., ante, anted, antehdc ; prius. CONJ., an- tequam, priusquam. beg, ordre, -o, -dvl, -dtus ; precdrl, -or, -dtus (pray) ; petere, -o, -Ivl, -Itus (try to get). beg for peace, pdcem petere. begin, incipere, -id (other stems not used in classic prose) ; coepl, with passive infiu. coeptus sum (other stems not used in classic Latin) (these two words are used chiefly with an infin. ) ; ordlrl, -ior, orsus ; incohdre, -o, -dvi, -dtus (these two are common with ace.) ; also, ini- tium facere (make a begin- ning). beginning, initium, -I, n. ; prlnci- pium, -I, n. ; exordium, -I, n. make a beginning, initium fa- cere. Belgians, Belgae, -drum, m. believe, credere, -o, -credidl, cre- ditum. See also think. belong to, esse, sum,ful (with a dative or genitive to denote posses- sion, a genitive to denote a quality, in with the ablative to denote be- longing to as a member) ; perti- nere, -eo, -ul (with ad and an ace.). besides, praetered; accedere, -o, -cessl, -cessum (with hue or with ad and an ace., and with the addi- tional fact expressed by an indica- 386 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. tive clause with quod or a subjunc- tive clause with ut, as accedit quod patrem amat, besides, he loves his father ; ad senectutem accede- bat ut caecus esset, besides his old age, he was blind. best, optimus, -a, -urn; as adverb, optime. bestow upon, conferre, -fero, -tu- ll, -Idtus (with dative of the per- son upon whom, with ad or in and ace. of the thing upon which any- thing is bestowed). better, ADJ., melior, -ius. ADV., melius. bid, iubere, -eo, iussl, iussus (order, regularly followed by an infin.). bid good by, valere, -eo, -ul, -itum. boat, ndvicula, -ae, f. ; also, ndvis> st. ndvi-, f . (ship) ; linter, st. lintr-, f. ; scapha, -ae, f. (skiff). body, corpus, st. corpor-, n. ; manus. -us, f . ; numerus, -I, m. (number). The last two words mean a body of soldiers, people, etc. bold, auddx, st. auddc- (especially in a bad sense, reckless, fool- hardy) ; fortis, -e (brave). book, liber, -brl, m. booty,/>rarfa, -ae, f. born, (be), nasa, -or, ndtus. both, ambo, -ae, -5 (used of two things considered together as a pair or group) ; uterque, -traque, -trumque (used of two things con- sidered separately = each). both . . . and, et . . . et ; cum . . . turn. "boy,puer, -eri, m. boyhood, pueritia, -ae, f. in my boyhood, ego puer (espe- cially common in the ablative ab- solute, me puero). brave, fortis, -e ; animosus, -a, -urn (courageous, spirited); au- ddx, st. auddc- (bold). bravely, farther; auddcter (bold- iy). bravery, virtus, st. virtut-, f . (man- liness) ; fortitude, st. fortitudin-, f . (endurance) ; animus, -i, m. (spirit). bribe, xoux,pretium, -i, n. (price); merces, st. merced-, L (reward). VERB, conrumpere, -d, -rupl, -ruptus ; largiri, -tor, -Uus. bridge, pons, st.pont(i)-, m. bright, cldrus, -a, -um ; nitidus, -a, -urn (shining) ; acutus, -a, -um (of the mind). bring, ferre, fero, tuli, Idtus (car- ry) ; portdre, -d, -dvi, -dtus (prop- erly, of things that can be taken in the hand) ; ducere, -d, duxl, ductus (lead) ; vehere, -d, vexi, vectus (by boat, wagon, etc.). bring about, efficere, -id, -feel, -feet us ; perficere (stronger than efficere) ; also, facere, -id, feel, foetus. Britain, Britannia, -ae, f. Briton, Britannus, -I, m. broad, Idtus, -a, -um. brother, frdter, st.frdtr-, m. Brutus, Brutus, -I, m. build, aedificdre, -d, -dm, -dtus; construere, -d, -struxl, -structus ; condere, -d, -didl, -ditus (found). bulwark, vallum, -I, n. ; saliis, st. saliit-, f. (safety; hence, bul- wark, in a figurative sense) ; praesidium, -i, n. (defence, whether in a literal or a figurative sense). burdensome, onerosus, -a, -um; molestus, -a, -um (annoying) ; gravis, -e (heavy). ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 387 burn, urere, -o, ussl, ustus (hurt or destroy by burning) ; drdere, -eo, drsl, drsum (be on fire) ; in- cendere, -o, incendt, incensus (kin- dle, set on fire) ; also, cremdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (consume by fire). busy, negotiosus, -a, -urn; occupd- tus, -a, -um. but, sed; verum (but really) ; at (especially used to introduce an objection) ; autem (mild word) ; vero (but in fact). These last two never stand first in their clause. buy, emere, -o, emi, emptus ; also, mercdrl, -or, -dtus. by, denoting a cause or means, or the way of doing anything, is ex- pressed by the ablative : metu duc- tus est, he was led by fear ; bello superdtl sunt, they were overcome by war ; dolo id fecit, he did it by trickery. PREP., d, before a vowel ab (used with abl. of persons to de- note the agent), as d Caesare victl sunt, they were conquered by Caesar ; per (used with ace. of persons or things to denote an involuntary agent or instrument), as per nuntios cdgnovit,he found out by messengers ; opud, ad, prope (used with the accus. to denote nearness to a place), as ad Trebiam, by the Trebia. c. Caesar, Caesar, st. Caesar-, m. call, vocdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (sum- mon) ; appelldre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (address; or give a distin- guished title); nomindre, -o, -dvl, -atus ; dlcere, -o, dlxl, dictus. The last two mean to call, in the sense of to give a name to. See also to name. call to- gether, convocdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus. calm, tranquillus, -a, -um (used of the weather and also of a state of mind) ; placidus, -a, -um. camp, castra, -drum, n. can (past tense could), posse, pos- sum, potul; also sometimes indi- cated mildly by a potential sub- junctive. can't help, non posse quin, with a subjunctive. cap, plleus, -I, m. captive, NOUN, captlvos (later -MS), -I, m. ; captiva, -ae, f . ADJ., cap- tus, -a, -um (p. p. of capere, used as adj.). capture, capere, -id, cepl, captus. care, cura,-ae,f. take care of, curare, -o, -dvi, -dtus ; procurdre ; cf., also, the same idea expressed with a change of idiom by erit m ihi cura, it shall be a care to me, I will attend to it. carefully, diligenter? mdgnd cum curd; accurate (exactly). carry, see bring. carry off, auferre, -fero, abstuli, abldtus; rapere, -id, -ui, raptus ; agere, -o, egi, dctus (used especially of booty in war, and then often contrasted with ferre, which is used of portable tilings ; e. g., res sociorum ferri aglque vldit, he saw the property of the al- lies carried or driven off). Carthage, Earthdgo, st. Karthd- gin-, f. Carthaginian, Earthdginiensis, -e (both adj. and noun) ; Poenus, -I, m. (noun) ; Punicus, -a, -um (adj.). 388 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. catch, capere, -to, cepl, captus ; pre- hendere, -d, prehendl, prehensus (seize) ; cdnsequl, -or, -secutus (overtake). cause, NOUN, causa, -ae, f. VERB, efficere, -id, -fed, -fectus; also the simple facere. See also bring about. cavalry, equitdtus, -us, m. ; equites, -um, m. (horsemen). certain, certus, -a, -um (fixed). a certain, quldam, quaedam, quiddam, or, as adj., quoddam. certainly, profectd; sane; certe ; verd. chance, cdsus, -us, m. (accident) ; opportunitds, st. opportunitdt-, f. (opportunity). by chance, forte. change, NOUN, mutdtid, st muta- tion-, f. ; vicissitudd, st. vicissitu- din-, f. VEBB, mutdre, -d, -dvl, -dtus; conmutdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus. character, indoles, st. indol(i)-, f. ; ingenium, -I, n. ; ndtura, -ae, f . ; animus, -F, m. ; persona, -ae, f. (in a play or book). charge : in charge of, sub (with abl.). charger, equus, -r, m. chariot, currus, -us, m. ; carpentum, -i, n. (used by women, especially on festal occasions). charioteer, auriga, -ae, m. chicken, pullus, -I, m. children, llberl, -drum, m. (of free parents) ; posteri, -drum, m. (pos- terity) ; also, pueri, -drum, m. choice, opfr'o, st. option-, f. choose, eligere, -o, -legl, -lectus ; deligere, -d, -legi, lectus; also the simple legere, -o, legl, lectus ; coop- tare, -d, -dvl, -dtus (elect) ; mdlle, mdld, mdlul (prefer). Christian era : before the Christian era, ante Christum ndtum. Cicero, Cicero, st. Cicerdn-, m. Cimbrians, Cimbrl, -drum, m. The singular Cimber, -brl, m., ia also sometimes found. citizen, clvis, st. civi-, c. city, urbs, st. urb(i)-, f. clerk, scrlba, -ae, m. Close, VERB, daudere, -d, clausl, clausus (shut)T; flnlre, -id, -Ivi, -Itus (bring to an end). ADJ., densus, -a, -um (thick). Clothes, vestis, st. vesti-, f. (used only in the singular in classic prose) ; vestimentum, -I, n. ; vestl- tus, -us, m. cloud, nubes, st. nub(i)-, f. cohort, cohors, st. cohort(i)-, f. cold, NOUN/ frlgus, st./ rigor-, n. ADJ., frigidus, -a, -um ; gelidus, -a, -um (icy cold). Columbus, Columbus, -f, m. come, venire, -id, vent, ventum ; ad- venlre (arrive). commander, imperdtor, st. impe- rdtdr-, m. (especially, command- er-in-chief ) ; dux, st. due-, c. (leader). common, communis, -e; com- mon people, plebs, st, pleb-, f. companion, comes, st. comit-, c. ; soddlis, st. soddli-, c. ; socius, -t, m. compel, cdgere, -d, coegl, codctus. complain of, querl, -or, questus ; conquerl (stronger). Both words may be used with an ace. of direct object, or with de and an abl. concern '(verb), interesse, -fuisse ; referre, -tulisse (both used imper- sonally with a genitive or with the abl. fern. sing, of a possessive pro- noun). it concerns the state, ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 389 rel publicae interest. it did not concern you, tud non referebat. condemn, damndre,-o,-dvl, -dtus; condemndre, -o, -dvl, -dtus. The thing for which one is condemned, and the penalty, are commonly ex- pressed by the genitive, but some- times by the abl., with or without de. conduct (verb), ducere, -o, duxl, duclus (lead) ; curare, -o, -dvl, -dtus, or procurdre (manage) ; conduct one's self (in some way), se gerere, -o, gessl, gestus. confess, faterl, -eor, -fassus ; con- Jiterl, -eor, -fessus. conquer, vincere, -o, vlcl, victus; superdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus; domdre, -o, -ul, -itus (to tame) ; pellere, -o, pepull, pulsus (to rout). See also beat, and subdue. conscious to one's self, conscius, -a, -urn (governing the dative of the person, and the genitive of the thing of which one is con- scious). consequence of, (in), per (with ace.), as per metum, in conse- quence of fear ; prae (with abl.), as prae iaculorum multitu- dine, in consequence of the number of darts ; ob or propter (w. ace.), especially of the object that excites an emotion, as quam ob rem, in consequence of this fa.ct,propterpuerds, in con- sequence of the children ; also often expressed by a simple abl. of cause. consul, consul, st. consul-, m. consulship, consuldtus, -us, m. in Cicero's consulship, Cice- rone consule. contain, tenere, -eo, -ul, tentus ; continere, -eo, -ul, -tentus; copere, -id, cepl, captus; habere, -eo, -ul, -itus. costume, see clothes. could, see can. country, rus, st. rur-, n. (as opposed to city) ; patria, -ae, f . (as the fatherland) ; terra, -ae, f. (a land) ; agrl, -drum, m. (fields) ; fines, -ium, m. (boundaries, and the land included "with- in boundary lines). countryman, cms, st. civi-, c. (inhabitant of the same country or city). courage, see bravery. cowardice, Igndvia, -ae, f. cowardly, Igndvos (later -MS), -a, -om (later -urn) ; timidus, -a, -urn. crime, scelus, st. sceler-, n. ; malefi- cium, -I, n. ; delictum, -I, n. cross, trdnslre, -eo, -il, -itus ; trdns- mittere, -o, -mlsl, -missus ; trdicere, -id, trdiecl, trdiectus; trdnsgredl, -ior, -gressus ; trdnscendere, -o, -scendl, -scensus. cruel, crudelis, -e ; also, saevos (-us), -a, -om (-t/m) ; atrox, st. atroc-. cruelly, crudeliter ; saeve. Curius Dentatus, Curius Dentd- tus, Curl Dentdtl, m. custom, mos, st. mor-, m. ; consue- tudo, st. consuetudin-, f . ; Institu- tum, -I, n. ; MSMS, -MS, m. D. darken, obscurdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus; opdcdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (both verbs transitive). darkness, tenebrae, -drum, f . ; call- go, st. cdllgin-, f. (misty dark- ness ; stronger than tenebrae). daughter, fllia, -ae, f. 390 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. day, dies, -ei, m. (sometimes f. in the singular, especially when it means a fixed day). daybreak, lux, st. /we-, f. (light) ; dies, -el, f. (day). at day- break, 2Jrimd luce. deal : a great deal, multus, -a, -urn. death, mors, st. mort(i)-, f . ; nex, st. nee-, f . (violent death) ; obi- tus, -us, m. decide, statuere, -d, -ui, -utus ; con- st it uere, -d, -ui, -utus ; decernere, -o, -crevi, -cretus; decidere, -o, -cldi, -cisus (especially used of judicial questions). decision, indicium, -t, n. ; arbi- trium, -I, n. declare, decldrdre, -o, -dvi, -dtus ; adfirmdre, -o, -dvi, -dtus; nun- tidre, -o, -dm, -dtus; renuntidre (declare officially); indlcere, -o, -dixi, -dictus (declare war, appoint a meeting, etc.). See also say, show, announce. decree, decretum, -i, n. ; cdnsultum, -i, n. (chiefly with the genitive sendtus). deed., factum, -I, n. ;f acinus, st.fa- cinor-, n. (especially, evil deed) ; res gesta, rel gestae, f . defend, defendere, -o, -fendi, -fen- sus ; tueri, -eor, tutus ; tutdri, -or, -dtus. delay. NOUN, mora, -ae, f. ; cunctd- tid, st. cunctdtidn-, f. (hesita- tion). VERB, mordri, -or, -dtus (trans.) ; remordrl ; cunctdri, -or, -dtus (intrans.) ; trahere, -o, trdxl, trdctus (draw out) ; tarddre, -o, -of 7, -dtus; retard are, -o, -dm, -dtus. deliver, trddere, -o, -didi, -ditus, or deferre, -ferd, -tuli, -Idtus (hand over, give up) ; dedere, -o, -didi, -ditus (surrender) ; red- dere, -o, -didi, -ditus (of what has been promised or is due) ; llbe- rdre, -o, -dvi, -dtus (set free). demand, VERB, pdscere, -6, popo- sci; postuldre, -o, -dvi, -dtus. NOUN, postuldtum, -i, n. deny, negdre, -o, -dvi, -dtus. depth, altitude, st. altitiidin-, f. descendant, expressed by ortus, -a, -urn, with ab or ex and the ab- lative. descendants, posteri, -drum, m. ; progenies, -el, f. describe, describere, -o, -scripsi, -scriptus. deserve, merere, -eo, -ui, -itum ; also, mereri, -eor, -itus ; dignus, -a, -um, esse. design, NOUN, consilium, -i, n. (plan); condtus, -us, m. (at- tempt). VERB, meditdri, -or, -dtus; in animo habere, -eo, -ui, -itus. desire, NOUN, studium, -i, n. ; volun- tds, st. voluntdt-, f . ; cupido, st. cupi- din-, f., desiderium, -i, n. (long- ing or regret) ; cupiditds, st. cupiditdt-, f. (in the sense of lust or avarice). VERB, cupere, -id, -ivi, -itus; velle, void, volul; op- tare, -o, -dvi, -dtus ; desiderdre, -o, -dvi, -dtus (long for) ; expetere, -o, -Ivi, -itus (strive for) ; adpe- tere, -o, -ivi, -itus ; concupiscere, -o, -cupivi, -cupitus ; gestire, -id, -ivi, -itus (desire eagerly). destroy, delere, -eo, -evi, -etus; di- ruere, -d, -rui, -rutus (tear apart) ; exstinguere, -d, -stinxi, -stinctus (put out) ; evertere, -d, -verti, -ver- sus (overturn) ; tollere, -d, sus- tuli, subldtus (put out of the way). die, mori,-ior, mortuus, (moriturus) ; ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 391 perlre, -eo, it, -itum ; interlre, -eo, -it, -itum; occidere, -o, -cidl, -cdsum; also, cadere, -o, cecidl, cdsum (fall) ; occumbere, -o, -cubul, -cubi- tum (used alone or with mortem, morte, or mortl). different, dissimilis, -e; alius, alia, aliud ; dispdr, st. dispar-; dlversus, -a, -um. differently, afo'fer; dissimiliter; diverse (the first being much the most common of the three). difficult, difficilis, -e. difficulty, difficultds, st. difficultdt-, f . ; angustiae, -druJn,^. (a narrow or tight place): dignity, dlgnitds, st. dlgnitdt-, f. ; gravitds, st. gravitdt-, f. (weight- iness). diligently, dlligenter. disaster, clddes, st. cldd(i)-, f. (es- pecially in war); calamitds, st. calamitdt-, f . discovery, inventio, st. invention-, f . (abstract) ; inventum, -I, n. (a discovery). disembark, egredl, -ior, -gressus (intrans.) ; exponere, -o, -posul, -po- situs (trans.). disgusted, (be), piget, -uit (imper- sonal, taking ace. of the person who feels the disgust and the gen- itive of the thing that causes it). display, ostendere, -o, -tendl, -ten- tus; monstrdre, -o, -dvl, -dtusi praeferre, -o, -tull, -Idtus. disregard, neglegere, -o, -lexl, -lec- tus. distinguish, discernere, -o, -crevi, -cretus. divide, dlvidere, -o, -visl, -visus ; Jindere, -5, Jidi, jissus (cleave) ; distribuere, -o, -tribui, -tributus (distribute) ; partlrl, -ior, -Itus (make into parts. The p. p. is used in passive sense). do,/acere, -io, feel, factus; agere, -o, egt, dctus (drive) ; gerere, -o, gessl, gestus (carry on). doings, see deed. doubt, NOUN, dubitdtio, st. dubitd- tion-, f . VERB, dubitdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus. without doubt, sine dubio. doubtful, dubius, -a, -urn ; incertus, -a, -urn; ambiguus, -a, -urn (used only of things, while the other two words are used of both persons and things). doubtless, haud dubie ; sine dubio. draw up, mstruere, -o, -strux'i, -structus (of soldiers) ; constituere, -o, -ul, -utus (of land and sea forces) ; disponere, -o, -posul, -po- situs (also a military term) ; subdu- cere, -o, -duxl, -ductus (a boat on the shore). dreadful, horribilis, -e; terribilis, -e. dress, NOUN, see clothes. VERB, vestlre, -id, -Ivl, -Itus (to clothe) ; induere, -o, -ul, -utus (to put on ; often used in the passive or, more properly, middle voice [see A. & S. 395 ; A. & G. 240 C. note], with an ace. of the thing put on) ; amiclre, -id, perfect hardly used, amictus (to throw round one [as a cloak] ; taking an ace. of the person and an abl. of the thing). drink, bibere, -o, bibl ; potdre, -o, -dvl,potus (also,pdtdtus). bibere is trans., potdre, generally in- trans., but potus is used both as pass, participle (of something drunk) and as deponent part, (having drunk). drive, agere, -o, egl, dctus. 392 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. dry ground, siccum, -I, n. during, per (with ace.) ; in (with abl.) ; inter (with ace.) ; per im- plies properly that a thing lasts during 1 (throughout) a given time, while in and inter denote points in a duration. During is also sometimes implied in a sim- ple ace. of time. duty, officium, -I, n. ; munus, st. winner-, n. (a particular duty, while officium may also mean duty in the abstract or a sense of duty). dwelling, domicilium, -I, n. ; sedes, st. sed(i)-, f. ; habitdtio, st. habita- tion-, f. ; domus, -us, f. ; tectum, eager, avidus, -a, -um; cupidus, -a, -urn ; alacer, -cm, -ere (comp. a/a- cr /or, superl. not used). eagerly, cupide ; avide. eagle, aquila, -ae, f. early, ADJ., mat urus, -a, -um, as hie- mes mdturae, early "winters ; prlscus, -a, -um, as priscl Latlnl, the early Latins. ADV., mane (in the morning) ; mature. earth, terra, -ae, f . (the world) ; solum, -I, n. (ground, soil) ; hu- mus, -?, f. (the ground). easily, facile. east, oriens, st. orient-, m. eaBy,facilis, -e. eat, edere, -o, edl, esus (many of the forms from the pres. stem are generally contracted, es, est, estis, esset, for edis, edit, editis, ederet) ; reset, -or (feed on; taking the ablative). eighteen hundred, mille octin- gentl, -ae, -a. eighteenth, duodevlcesimus, -a, -um. either, PRON., alteruter, -utra, -utrum, gen. alterutrius or alterlus utrlus (one or the other) ; utcr- que, -traque, -trumque. CONJ., aut, vel (for the difference between them see aut in the Latin-English vocabulary). elder, mdior, mdius ndtu; senior, -ius. elephant, elephantus, -i, m. employ, utl, -or, usus (governing the abl.) ; usurpdre, -o, -dvi, -dtus. encamp, consldere, -o, -sedl, -ses- sum ; castra ponere, -o, posui, posita. 1 end, NOUN, finis, st.flni-, m. ; exi- tus, -us, m. VERB, flnlre, -id, -im, -itus; termindre, -o, -dvl, -dtus; finem facere, -id, feel, factus (takes either gen. or dat. of that of which an end is made). endure, patl, -ior,passus (suffer) ; tolerdre, -o, -din, -dtus; subferre, -fero, sustult, subldtus; also the simple. ferre,fero, tull, Idtus ; du- rdre, -o, -dm, -dtum (hold out or last) ; permanere, -eo, -mdnsi, -mdnsum (remain). enemy, host is, st. hosti-, c. (enemy of the country or state) ; in- imtcus, -?, m. (enemy of an in- dividual). engage in war, bellum gerere, -6, gessi, gestum 2 ; bellum inferre, -fero, -tull, -Idtum 2 ; bellum facere, -id, fed,factum? enjoy, frul, -or,fructus; utl, -or, usus (have the use of). Both words govern the ablative. 1 In the passive the participle agrees, of course, with castra. 2 Agreeing with bellum. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULAKY. 393 enough, satis (used, as in English, either as adverb or as indeclinable noun). enter, intrdre, -o, -dvi, -dtus; in- gredl, -ior, -gressus; inlre, -eo, -il, -itus. All three words are used sometimes with a direct object, sometimes with in and an ace. envoy, legdtus, -I, m. Epaminondas, Epaminondas, -ae, m. ephor, ephorus, -I, m. era, see Christian era. especially, praesertim ; mdxime. estrangement, atiendtio^ratt^nd- tion-, f. eternal, sempiternus, -a, -urn ; aeter- nus, -a, -um. Etruscan, Etruscus, -a, -um; Tu- scus, -a, -um. even, etiam (generally placed before what it emphasizes) ; quoque (al- ways placed after what it empha- sizes) ; vel (used especially with superlatives). even if, even though, etsl ; etiam si; also, si alone. See also al- though. ever, umquam (at any time or some time) ; also aliquando and quando (the latter chiefly used with si, nisi, or num.) ; semper (at all times, always). everything, quidque (neut. of quis- que, each) ; often expressed by the plural omnia, st. omni-, n. (all things). example, exemplum, -e, n. ; for ex- ample, exempli gratia or causa. exclaim, excldmdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus. exist, esse,sum,ful; vlvere,-o, vlxl, vlctus (live) ; exsistere, -o, -stiti, -stitum ; consistere, -o, -stiti, (no p. p.). expression, voltus (later vultus), -us, m. (of the face) ; also, habitus voltus or oris ; vox, st. voc-, f., or dictum,-l, n. (as a word or phrase). extraordinary, extraordindrius, -a, -um ; inusitdtus, -a, -um. P. face, os, st. or-, n. ; voltus (later vul- tus), -us, m. (an expression of the face). faithfulness^ctes, -el,f . -,jidelitds, st. Jidelitdt-, f . fall, cadere, -o, cecidl, cdsum; occi- dere, -o, -cidl, -cdsum, and con- cidere, -5, -cidl, (no p. p.), (fall in death, especially in battle). fall sick, in morbum incidere, -o, -cidl, -cdsurus. family, familia, -ae, f. (in the nar- rower sense) ; gens, st. gent(i)- (in the wider sense of the different branches of a family). famous, inlustris, -e; cldrus, -a, -um; Inslgnis, -e ; praecldrus, -a, -um ; nobilis, -e. father, pater, st. patr-, m. fault, culpa, -ae, f. ; vitium, -I, n. (defect) ; erratum, -I, n. (mis- take) ; delictum, -I, n. (sin of omission). Faustulus, Faustulus, -I, m. Favorinus, Favorlnus, -I, m. fear, NOUN, metus, -us, m. (the fear caused by dread or appre- hension) ; timor, st. timor-, m. (the fear caused by some- thing external) ; formldo, st. formldin-, f. (the terror that paralyzes) ; horror, st. horror-, m. (the fright that makes one shudder) ; terror, st. terror-, m. (alarm, strong word) ; pavor. 394 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. st. pavdr, m. (the fear that makes one tremble or pant). VERB, metuere, -d, -ui, -utus (cf. metus) ; timere, -ed, -ui (cf. tirnor) ; horrere, -ed, -ui (shudder at) ; vereri, -eor, -itus (revere). feeble, debilis, -e. feel, sentire, -id, sensi, sensus ; per- cipere, -id, -cepi, -ceptus ; intelle- gere, -d, -lexi, -lectus (under- stand). fellow : young fellow, invents, st. iuveni-, m. ; adulescens, st. ad u- le scent-, m. fellow-country- man, civis, st. civi-j c. few, pauci, -ae, -a. field, ager, -gri, m. ; arvom (-urn), -i, n. (plowed field); campus, -i, m. (open, level field). fierce, saevos (-us), -a, -om (-um) ; ferdx, sLferoc-; atrdx, st. atrdc-. fifteen, quindecim. fight, NOUN, pugna, -ae, f . ; proelium, -i, n. ; certdmen, st. certdmin-, n. (contest) ; contentio, st. conten- tion-, f. (struggle) ; dimicdtio, st. dimicdtion-, f. (fierce com- bat). VERB, pugndre, -o, -dvi, -atum; proelidri, -or, -dtus ; cer- tdre, -o, -dvi, -dtum ; contendere, -o, -tendi, -tentum ; dimicdre, -o, -dvi, -dtum ; confligere, -o, -fiixi, -flictum. finally, postremo ; denique. find, invenire, -id, -veni, -ventus ; reperire, -id, repperi, repertus ; nancisci, -or, nactus or nanctus (stumble upon accidentally, obtain by chance) ; also, offen- dere, -o, -fendi, -fensus, and depre- hendere, -d, -prehendi, -prehensus (these two in the senses, come upon, surprise, catch). See also find out. find out. comperire, -id, -peri, -per- tus ; cdgndscere, -d, -ndvi, -nitus. See also learn. fine, ADJ., pulcher, -chra, -chrum (handsome) ; praecldrus, -a, -um (admirable) ; subtilis, -e (deli- cate, exact) ; tenuis, -e (thin) ; bonus, -a, -um (when fine is used as a mild term of praise). XOUN, multa, -ae, f. VERB, multdre, -d, -dvi, -dtus. fire, igtiis, st. igni-, m. ; incendium, -i, n. (conflagration). first, ADJ., primus, -a, -um. ADV., primum ; primo. be the first to, primus esse qui. five, quinque, indecl. flee,fugere, -id,fugi. flight, fuga, -ae, f. to put to flight,/u#are, -d, -dvi, -dtus ; also, dare, convertere, conicere, or inpel- lere infugam. flower, flos, st. flor-, m. foe, see enemy. follow, sequi, -or, secutus; succedere, -d, -cessi, -cessum (succeed, come next to). See also, pur- sue. as follows, expressed by the demonstrative Ate, haec, hoc, or, when strongly contrasted with something that has gone be- fore, by ille, ilia, illud. folly, stultitia, -ae, f. fond of, (be), amdre,-d, -dvi, -dtus. food, cibus, -i, m. ; pabulum, -i, n. (fodder). fool : what a fool, quam stultus ! foolish, stultus, -a, -um ; insipiens, st. insipient-; absurdus, -a, -um. foot, pes, st. ped-, m. to the foot of, sub (with ace.). at the foot of, sub (with abl.). foot-soldier, pedes, st.pedit-, m. for, CONJ., nam; enim (rather less forcible and never placed first in ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 395 its clause). PREP., pro (with abl., on behalf of), as pro patrid mori, to die for one''s coun- try ; ob orpropter (with ace., on account of), per (with ace., through), as ob hanc causam, for this reason, propter metum, per metum, for fear ; prae (with abl., in consequence of, used of hindrances or when a negative is implied), as prae dolor e non loqul possum, I cannot speak for pain ; ad or in (with ace., for the purpose of), as ad spe- ciem ignis relictus est, a fire was left for the appearance of it, ad arandumfacti sunt boves, oxen were made for ploughing; expressed by the dat. case (when it denotes the person or thing some- thing is done for), as non scholae sed vltae dlscimus, we learn not for school only, but for life ; also implied in an abl. of cause, as hdc victoria mdxime laetor, I am especially glad for this victory. force, NOUN, vis, st. vi- (plu. vires, st. vlri-, strength), f. ; manus, -us, f. (for hand to hand fighting, and also, a band of troops) ; impetus (found in the sing, in only the nom., ace., and abl., impetus, -urn, -u), m. VERB, cogere, -o, coegl, codctus ; conpellere, -5, -pull, -pulstts. forces, copiae, -drum, f. forget, obllviscl, -or, -lltus (govern- ing the genitive). forgetful, immemor, st. immemor-. fortification, munltio, st. muni- tion-, f. ; also, munlmentum, -I, n. ; opus, st. oper-, n. fortify, munlre, -id, -Ivl, -Itus. fortune, fortuna, -ae, f. found, condere^-o, -didl t -ditus. four, quattuor, indecl. fourth, qudrtus, -a, -urn. free, liber, -era, -erum. freedom, llbertds, st. llbertdt-, f. frequent, creber, -bra, -brum ; fre- quens, st. frequent-; multus, -a, -urn (many a). friend, amlcus, -I, m. ; familidris, st. familidri-, c. friendship, amlcitia, -ae, f. ; fa- milidritds, st. familidritdt-, f . ; necessitudo, st. necessitudin-, f. (close relation). fright, terror, st. terror-, m. See also fear. from, ab [before consonants gener- ally a], (away from, with abl.), as d flumine, from the river, ab oppidd,from (the neighbor- hood of) the town ; ex [before consonants generally e~\ (out of, with abl.), as ex oppido, from (within) the town ; de (with abl., especially in the sense down from), as de vita exlre, to de- part from life, de monte decur- rit, he is running down from the mountain ; with names of towns and small islands expressed by a simple ablative, as Bomd, from Rome. See also for. full, plenus, -a, -urn. fully, plene ; admodum (exactly). further, ADJ., ulterior, -ius. ADV., amplius. G. gain, NOUN, lucrum, -I, n. ; quaestus, -us, m. ; commodum, -I, n. (ad- vantage) ; fructus, -us, m. VERB, parere, -id, peperl, partus (fut. p. pariturus) (win, ac- OF THB H UNIVERSITY J 396 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. quire) ; adsequi, -or, -secutus (reach, obtain, implying ef- fort) ; consequl, -or, -secutus (reach, obtain without great effort) ; impetrdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (by request or effort) ; adi- pisci, -or, adeptus (by exertion). Gallic, Gallicus, -a, -urn. gate, porta, -ae, f . Gaul, Gallia, -ae, f . (the country) ; Gallus, -I, m. (an inhabitant of the country). Gellius, Gellius, -I, m. general, dux, st. due-, m. ; imperd- tor, st. imperdtor-, m. generally, plerumque; omnlno (in general). Geneva, Gendva, -ae, f. German, Germdnus, -a, -urn. ghost, Idolon (-urn), -I, n. ; imdgd, st. imdgin-, f. ; mdnes, st. mdni-, m. pi. ; umbra, -ae, f. ; lemures, st. lemur-, m. pi. ; larva, -ae, f . girl, pueUa, -ae, f . give, dare, -o, dedl, datus ; dondre, -d, -dvi, -dtus (give to or pre- sent -with, i. e., takes either dat. and ace., or ace. and abl.). give up, see deliver. glad, (be), gaudere, -eo, gdvlsus ; laetdrl, -or, -dtus. gladly, Itibenter (later libenter) ; laete. glory, gloria, -ae, f. ; laus, st. laud-, f. (praise) ; decus, st. decor-, n. (adornment). go, ire, eo, it, itum. See going on. god, deus, -I, m. (nom. pi. di or dil, dat. and abl. pi. dls or dils ; del and dels sometimes occur. Cicero uses gen. pi. deum in phrase pro deum hominumque fidem, and this form is common in the later writers and the poets). going on, (be), geri, -or, gestus (of war and other occupations). gold, aurum, -I, n. good, bonus, -a, -urn ; probus, -a, -urn (first class). goose, dnser, st. dnser-, m. grain, frumentum, -I, n. great, mdgnus, -a, -um (comp. mdior, -ius, superl. mdximus, -a, -um) ; ingens, st. ingent- (huge). greatly, valde ; multum; multo ; mdgno opere ; admodum ; vehemen- ter. Greece, Graecia, -ae, f. Greek, Graecus, -a, -um. ground, humus, -I, f. ; solum, i-, n. (soil) ; terra, -ae, f. (earth) ; causa, -ae, f (reason). groundless, vdnus, -a,-um;falsus, -a, -um (of fear). grow up, adolescere, -o, -evl, adul- tum. guard, NOUN, custos, st. custod-, c. (an individual) ; custodia, -ae, f . (a body, or the act of guarding) ; praesidium, -I, n. (garrison) ; statio, st. station-, f. (body of sentinels). VERB, custodlre, -id, -Ivl, -itus ; tuerl, -eor (watch over) ; servdre, -5, -dvl, -dtus (keep guard over). See also defend. H. Haeduan, Haeduus, -a, -um. half, ADJ., dimididtus (halved). NOUN, dlmidium, -I, n. ; dimidia pars. hand, manus, -us, f. hand down, trddere, -o, -didi, -ditus (memoriae) ; also, prodere memoriae. handsome, formosus, -a, -um ; pulcher, -chra, -chrum. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 397 Hannibal, Hannibal, st. Hannibal-, m. happen, evenlre, -id, -venl, -ventum (the general word) ; accidere, -5, -cidl (especially of anything un- pleasant) ; contingere, -d, -tigl, -tdctus (generally of something pleasant) ; also, fieri, fid, factus. harbor, ^aortas, -us, m. hard, durus, -a, -urn (not soft) ; dijficilis, -e (not easy) ; gravis, -e (heavy to bear) ; arduus, -a, -urn (laborious) ; severus, -a, -um (stern). to be too hard upon some one, nimis severus in aliquem esse. hardly, vix (scarcely) ; dure, crude liter (harshly, unfeel- ingly). hare, lepus, st. lepor-, m. hasten, properdre, -d, -dvi, -dtum (mostly intrans. or with infin.) ; mdturdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (mostly trans.); festlndre, -o, -dvl, -dtum (mostly intrans. or with infin.) ; also, adcelerdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus. have, habere, -eo, -ul, -itus. he, is ; hlc (more emphatic than is, and especially indicating nearness to the speaker) ; ille (emphatic, and indicating distance from the speaker) ; iste (denoting nearness to the person spoken to). head, caput, st. capit-, n. hear, audlre, -id, -Ivl, -Itus. See also learn. heaven : the heavens, caelum, -I, n. heavy, gravis, -e; ponderdsus, -a, -um. help, NOUN, auxilium, -I, n. ; opis (no nom.), f. VERB, iuvdre, -o, iuvl, iutus; adiuvdre (these two words govern the accusative) ; sub- venire, -id, -venl, -ventum (come to the relief of) ; subcurrere, -o, -currl, -cursum (run to help) ; opituldrl, -or, -dtus (takes dat.) ; auxilidrl, -or, -dtus (takes dat.) ; auxilium ferre, ferd, tull, Idtum. 1 her, see she. here, hlc. Herennius, Herennius, -I, m. high, altus, -a, -um; editus, -a, -um (of places) ; excelsus, -a, -um. hill, collis, st. colli-, m. himself, se [sul, sibi], (referring to the subject) ; ipse, -a, -um (in app. with some noun or pronoun ex- pressed or implied). hire, conducere, -o, -duxl, -ductus. his, suus, -a, -um (referring to the subject) ; eius, huius, istlus, illlus (cf. is, hlc, iste, ille, also he). historical, historicus, -a, -um. hold, tenere, -eo, -ul, -tus ; habere, -eo, -ul, -itus (have) ; capere, -id, cepl, captus (contain). hold dear, amdre, -d, -dvl, -dtus ; cdrum habere, -eo, -ul, -itus. home, domus, -us, f. at home, doml. honesty, probitds, st. probitdt-, f. ; fides, -el, f . honor, NOUN, honor, st. honor-, m. ; decus, st. decor-, n. (adornment) ; fides-, el, f . (as a quality). VERB, honor are, -o, -dvl, -dtus. honorable, honestus, -a, -um (hon- ored, worthy- of honor) ; honorificus, -a, -um, comp. hond- rificentior, -ius, superl. honorificen- tissimus (conferring honor) ; probus, -a, -um (used of charac- ter). hope, NOUN, spes, -el, f. VERB, sperdre, -d, -dvl, -dtus (either alone 1 Agreeing with auxilium. 398 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. or used with an ace., in the sense of hope for). Horatius, Hordtius, -I, m. horse, equus, -I, m. horseman, eques, st. equit-, m. horsemen, equites, -urn, or equi- tdtus, -Us, m. (cavalry), hospitality, hospitium, -I, n. hour, hora, -ae, f. house, domus, -us, f. ; aedes, -ium, f . ; tectum, -I, n. ; domicilium, -I, n. (dwelling), how, quam (of degree) ; ut (of manner) ; quo modo or quo pacto (in what way), however, utcumque (in what- ever way) ; tamen (yet) ; ni- hilo minus (none the less) ; autem (mild word) ; quamquam (and yet) ; quamvis (however much ; used with adjectives and adverbs). hundred, centum (indeclinable), hurry, (be in a), see hasten, husband, marltus, -I, m. ; vir, virl, m. ; coniunx, st. coniug-, m. I. I, ego, met. if, si. if only, dummodo; modo ; si modo. ignorance, Inscientia, -ae, f . (mere absence of knowledge) ; ln- scltia, -ae, f. (blameworthy lack of knowledge); igno- rdtio, st. ignoration-, f. ignorant, ignarus, -a, -urn; In- sczens, st. Inscient-; inscius, -a, -um ; nescius, -a, -um. The first of these words is most common with a genitive, the last with a clause denoting the thing of which one is ignorant. The other two words are most common without a modifier, but may also be used with a genitive, mscius also with a clause. ill, ADJ., aeger, -gra, -grum (sick) ; also, aegrotus, -a, -um ; malus, -a, -um (bad). ADV., male; prdve (wrongly). illustrate, inlustrdre, -o, -avi, -dtus; patefacere, -id, -fed, -foetus (make plain). illustrious, see famous. imitate, imitdri, -or, -dtus. immediately, statim; cdnfestim; continuo ; llico (on the spot). importance, (be of), mdgnl re- ferre, retulisse (used impersonally). in, PREP., in (with abl.), as in cas- tris, in the camp, hoc in oppidd, in this town, in Hid libro, in that book, in animo habere, to have in mind ; with names of towns and small islands, in is ex- pressed by the loc., as Romae, in Rome ; denoting manner or time, in is expressed by an abl., as silentid, in silence, pace, in peace, hoc bello multa mllia caesa sunt, in this "war many thou- sands were slain (the prep, is, however, often expressed with words of time, as in adulescentid med, in my youth, hoc in anno, in this year). incline, vergere, -5 (look to- wards, as geographical term) ; incllndre, -o, -dvl, -dtum (be favorably disposed). inclined, pronus, -a, -um; incll- ndtus, -a, -um. incorruptible, probus, -a, -um, incorruptus, -a, -um; invictus, -a, -um. increase, augere, -eo, auxl, auctus (trans.) ; crescere, -o, crevl, cretum ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY; 399 (in trans.) ; also, amplificare, -o, -dvl, -dtus (trans.). indeed, usually best expressed by strongly emphasizing the promi- nent word, by stress of voice in speaking, by position in writing. If even greater force is required, quidem, profecto, or sane may be placed after the emphatic word. inflict, inponere, -o, -posul, -posi- tus ; sumere, -o, sumpsl, sumptus (of punishment only, the person punished being indicated by de with an abl.). inhabit, habitdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus; also colere, -o, -ul, cultus (till, cultivate). inheritance, hereditds, st. heredi- tdt-, f . injury, iniuria, -ae, f. ; damnum, -I, n. (loss) ; calamitds, st. calami- tat-, f. (disaster). inland, mediterrdneus, -a, -urn. inquire, see ask. instead of, pro (with abl.). interest, (be for the of), e re esse (with genitive or with adj. agreeing with re), as, e re Caesaris erat, it was for Caesar's in- terest, e re tud, for your in- terest. interesting, iucundus, -a, -urn ; grdtus, -a, -um. to be inter- esting to, delectdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (please, delight); inter- esse, -est, -fuit ; referre, -tulisse (concern). These last two verbs take the genitive of the person or thing interested, but the ablative feminine singular when such per- son or thing is expressed by a possessive pronoun. into, in (with ace.). invade, invddere, -o, -vdsl, -vdsum. island, insula, -ae, f. it, id, or, more emphatically, hoc, illud, istud. As subject, expressed by the ending of the verb. Italy, Italia, -ae, f. itself,' se (referring to the subject) ; ipsum (in app. with some noun or pronoun expressed or implied, and, except in the nom. case, refer- ring to something not the subject). J. javelin, iaculum, -I, n. jaws, fauces, -ium, f. (in a figura- tive sense, like "jaws of death." Literally, it means throat). jolly, hilaris, -e, orhilarus, -a, -um ; festlvos (-us), -a, -om (-um) ; lepi- dus, -a, -um (pleasant). journey, iter, st. itiner-, n. just, iustus, -a, -um. K. keep, servdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus ; tenere, -eo, -ul, tentus. keep in mind, memorid tenere, -eo, -ul, tentus. See also remember. kill, interficere, -id, -fed, -fectus ; caedere, -o, cecldi, caesus ; occl- dere, -o, -cidl, -clsus (cut down) ; necdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (chiefly by poison or starvation) ; truclddre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (butcher) ; tollere, -o, sustull, subldtus (put out of the way). king, rex, st. reg-, m. kingdom, regnum, -I, n. kingly, regius, -a, -um ; regdlis, -e. know, sclre, -io, -Ivl, -Itus (know a fact or a branch of know- ledge) ; novisse, notus, and cogno- visse, cognitus (to have found out, to be acquainted with ; 400 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. know a person or a thing) ; sentlre, -id, sensl, sensus (per- ceive by the senses or the mind) ; videre, -ed, vldl, visus (see). L. labor, NOUN, labor, st. labor-, m. VERB, labdrdre, -d, -dvl, -dtum. land, NOUN, terra, -ae, f. ; solum, -I, n. ; see also ground. VERB, see disembark. language, sermo, st. sermon-, m. ; lingua, -ae, f . ; drdtid, st. oration-, f . Larcius, Larcius, -I, m. large, see great, a large part, mdgna pars. last, postremus, -a, -urn (furthest behind) ; ultimus, -a, -urn (fur- thest off) ; supremus, -a, -urn (topmost) ; novissimus, -a, -urn (newest, latest) ; extremus, -a, -urn (furthest out) ; proximus, -a, -urn (nearest). Lavinium, Ldvinium, -I, n. law, lex, st. leg-, f. (a law or statute enacted by the proper human authorities); ius, iur-, n. (law as that which is accepted and recognized as right and just) ; fds, indecl. (the law of heaven). lay siege to, obsidere, -eo, -sedl, -sessus (sit down before and starve out) ; oppugndre, -d, -dvl, -dtus (blockade and make occasional attacks upon). lay waste, vdstdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus. lead, ducere, -o, duxi, ductus ; ferre, ferd, full, Idtus. the road leads, iter fert. lead out, educere. leader, dux, si. due-, c. ; imperd- tor, st. imperdtor-, m. leadership, ductus, -us, m. un- der his leadership, Hid duce. learn, noscere, -o, novt, notus ; cognoscere, -o, -novl, cognitus ; cer- tior fieri, fw, factus (be in- formed) ; audlre, -id, -ivl, -itus (hear). least, ADJ., minimus, -a, -um. ADV., minime. at least, sal- tern ; certe. leave, relinquere, -o, -liqul, -lictus. left, ADJ., sinister, -tra, -trum; laevos (-us), -a, -om (-um) ; deser- tus,-a,-um (abandoned). be left, restdre, -o, -stitl (especially as impersonal, restat, it remains) ; superdre, -d, -dm, -dtus, or super- esse, -sum, -ful (to remain over or to survive). less, ADJ., minor, -us. ADV., minus. lest, ne (with the subjunctive). let, often expressed by a hortatory subjunctive, as abedmus, let us go away ; veniant, let them come. See also allow. letter, epistula, -ae, f. ; lltterae, -drum, f. iu the singular, llttera, -ae, a letter of the alphabet. liberty, llbertds, st. libertdt-, f. lie, iacere, -eo, -ul, -itum; mentiri, -tor, -itus (tell a falsehood). lie hid, latere, -ed, -ui. lieutenant, legdtus, -I, m. life, vita, -ae, f. ; anima, -ae, f. (breath of life) ; vlctus, -us, m. (mode of life or means of life). light, NOUN, lux, si. luc-, f. ; lumen, st. lumin-, n. (less abstract than lux, hence used for a light or a torch). ADJ., levis, -e (not heavy). See also bright. like, ADJ., similis, -e. ADV., ut~j slcut; veiut. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 401 line of battle, acies, -el, f. little, parvos (-us), -a, -om (-urn) ; comp. minor, -us ; superl. minimus, -a, -um. live, vlvere, -o, vlxl, vlctum. live upon, vescl, -or (governing the ablative). Livy, Llvius, -I, m. load, NOUN, onus, st. oner-, n. VERB, onerdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus. long, ADJ., longus, -a, -um (of either space or time) ; diuturnus, -a, -um (of time only). ADV., longe ; diu, comp. diutius, superl. diutis- sime. look, videre, -eo, vldl, vlsus (see) ; viderl, -eor, vlsus (look like, seem). look at or upon, cdn- spicere, -id, -spexl, -spectus; adspi- cere ; intuerl, -eor, -tuitus ; spec- tare, -o, -dvl, -dtus ; habere, -eo, -ul, -itus, or ducere, -o, duxl, duc- tus, orputdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (look upon or regard as so and so). look towards, vergere, -6 (as geographical term). look out for, consulere, -o, -sulul, -sultum ; prospicere, -o, -spexl, -spectum ; providere, -eo, -vldl, -vl- sum (all these words govern the dative in this meaning) ; curare, -5, -dvl, -dtus ; procurdre (these two words are transitive). lord, dominus, -I, m. lose, perdere, -o, -didl, -ditus (im- plying generally a fault of one's own) ; dmittere, -5, -mm, -missus (with or without fault of one's own). love, amdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (as the result of inclination) ; dlligere, -o, -lexl, -lectus (as the result of es- teem and respect). lovely, see beautiful. low (of price), parvl; parvo pre- tid. luggage, impedimenta, -drum, n. M. Macedonian, ADJ., Macedonicus, -a, -um. NOUN, Macedo, st. Macedon-, m. maiden, virgo, st. virgin-, f. ; pu- ella, -ae, f . make,/acere, -id, fed, factus ; ,fin- gere, -o, finxi, Jictus (fashion, mould) ; see also build. make use of, utl, -or, usus. make war, bellum gerere, -o, gessl, gestum l (see also engage in war). make mention^ mentionem facere. make a re- mark, see say. mail, vir, virl, m. (as distinguished from a woman or boy) ; homo, st. homin-, m. (as distinguished from a beast or an angel). mankind, homines (plu. of homo). many, multl, -ae, -a. march, NOUN, iter, st. itiner-, n. VERB, incedere, -5, -cessl, -cessum ; progredl, -ior, -gressus (go for- ward) ; Ire, eo, Ivl, itum. line of march, dgmen, st. dgmin-, n. mark : be a of, expressed by the genitive as a predicate with esse ; hoc est bonl mllitis, this is a mark of a good soldier. marry, ducere, -o, duxl, ducta, 2 in mdtrimonium (used in the active of the man, in the passive of the wo- man) ; nubere, -o, nupsl, nuptum (used of the woman, and govern- ing a dative). 1 Agreeing with bellum. . 2 Agreeing with the word for the wife. 402 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. master, dominus, -I, m. (owner) ; magister, -trl, m. (superior) ; praeceptor, st. praeceptor-, m. (in- structor). matter, res, rel, f. ; negotium, -I, n. may, licet, licuit, or licitum est (de- noting- permission, the English sub- ject becoming a dative) ; posse, possum, potui (denoting possibil- ity) ; also expressed mildly by a potential subjunctive ; see section m meat, card, st. earn-, f. message, nuntius, -I, m. messenger, nuntius, -I, m. (same word as the preceding). midnight, (at), media nocte. might, NOUN, t?i5, st. w-,f. (force), pi. vires, -ium (strength) ; opis (genitive, nominative lacking), f. (power, strength); potestds, st. potestdt-, {., potentia, -ae, f. (ability, power) ; imperium, -I, n. (sway, power). VERB, see may. Milan, Mediolanum, -F, n. mile, mille passus, mllle passuum, m. (a thousand paces or steps). milk, lac, st. lact-, n. mind, animus, -I, m. (as distin- guished from the body) ; wens, st. ment(i-), f. (more especially the intellect, but also used of the desires or feelings). mindful, memor, st. memor-. mine (my), meus, -a, -urn. miserable, miser, -era, -erum. mistake. NOUN, error, st. error-, m. ; erratum, -I, n. VERB, err are, -5, -aw, -atum ; falll, -or, falsus (both intrans.). month, mensis, st. mensi-, m. moon, luna, -ae, f. more, plures, -ium (used as either noun or adj.) ; plus (of quantity or number) ; magis (of degree or manner) ; amplius (of extent or number). Cf. plus valet gloria quam divitiae, glory is worth more than riches ; magis con- silio quam virtute vicit, he con- quered more by stratagem than by valor; amplius qulnque horls pugndt urn est, they fought more than five hours. Plus and amplius are often used as neu- ter nouns, having the second term of comparison frequently in the accusative rather than the abla- tive, as amplius centum elves occl- dit, he slew more than a hundred citizens ; ^Jws annum aeger ful, I was ill more than a year. See also the Latin -Eng- lish vocabulary. mortal (of a wound), mortiferus, -era, -erum. most, ADJ., plurimus, -a, -urn; ple- rlque, pleraeque, pleraque. ADV., plurimum ; mdxime. mother, water, st. rndtr-, f. mountain, mons, st. mont(i)-, m. move, movere, -eo, movl, motus ; and stronger, conmovere. much, ADJ., multus, -a, -urn, comp. plus (used in the singular as neuter only, pi. plures. -ium), superl. plu- rimus, -a, -urn. ADV., multo (of degree) ; multum (of amount). must, necesse est (of physical neces- sity) ; oportet, oportuit (of moral obligation = ought) ; often ex- pressed by the gerundive with esse. it must be true, won potest quln verum sit. See also Lesson xxxviii. my, meus, -a, -urn. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. CJNIVE2 CALIF 403 N. name, NOUN, women, st. nomin-, n. VERB, nomindre, -o, -dvl, -at us ; appelldre, -o, -dvl, -dtus ; vocdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus ; women indere, -o, -didl, -ditum. 1 Naples, Nedpolis, st. Nedpoli-, f . nation, naiio, st. nation-, L (es- pecially applied to distant na- tions) ; gens, st. gent(i)-, f . ; popu- lus, -I, m. native, NOUN, indigena, -ae, in. ADJ., ndtlvos (-us), -a, -om (-urn). native land, patria, -ae, f. near, ADJ., propinquus, -a, -urn ; vlclnus, -a, -urn (neighboring). ADV., prope ; iuxtd (both advs. sometimes used as preps, with ace.) nearly, paene ; fere,ferme ; prope. necessary, necessdrius, -a, -um; necesse, indeclinable (used only with esse or occasionally with habere). it is necessary, opusest, ne- cesse est. See also must. need, NOUN, egestds, st. egestdt-, f . ; opus (used only with esse, there is need, governing an ablative). VERB, egere, -eo, -ul, and indi- gere, -eof -ul (used with an abl. or a genitive of the thing needed). neither, PBON., neuter, -tra, -trum. CONJ., neque or nee; neither . . . nor, neque (nee) . . . neque (nee). never, numquam. new, novos (-MS), -a, -om (-um) (of something which has not existed before) ; recens, st. recent- (fresh, of something which has not ex- isted long). news, nuntius, -I, m. next, ADJ., proximus, -a, -um. 1 Agreeing with nomen. ADV.,proxime ; iuxtd (also used as prep, with ace.). night, nox, st. noct(i)-, f. ninety-two, nondgintd duo. no, ADJ., nullus, -a, -um; as answer to a question, non with the word containing the gist of the ques- tion, as videsne puerum ? non video, do you see the boy ? No. none, ADJ., nullus, -a, -um. PKON., nemo, st. nemin- (gen. and abl. not used in classic prose, but supplied from nullus). no one, nemo, st. nemin-. See none. nor, neque or nee; neve or neu (used with subjunctive clauses of pur- pose and occasionally with horta- tory subjunctives). north, septemtriones, -um, m. (the singular is also used, but less com- monly). not, non ; ne (with imperatives, hor- tatory subjunctives, subjunctives of purpose or of wishing) ; haud (with single words or phrases, es- pecially with adjs. or advs.). not only . . . but also, non so- lum or non modo . . . sed, sed etiam or verum etiam ; cum . . . turn. nothing, nihil (nil), indeclinable; nihilum, -I, n. (chiefly used in the gen. and abl.). now, nunc (at the present time) ; iam (already) ; autem (parenthetical, as in " now Barab- bas was a robber "). now that, cum. Numa, Numa, -ae, m. number, numerus, -I, m. ; multitudo, st. multitudin-, f., and copia, -ae, f. (a large number, especially applied to persons) ; vis, st. vl-, f. (especially applied to things). 404 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. o. O, 5 (used only in rather solemn style, with a vocative to address a person or thing, or with an accusa- tive as an exclamation showing strong feeling). oath, ius iurandum, iiiris iurandl, n. ; sacrdmentum, -I, n. (confined to the soldiers' oath of allegiance to their commander, while ius iurandum is used for that and other oaths). obey, pdrere, -eo, -MI, -itum; oboe- dire, -id, -Ivl, -Itum. Both used with a dative. obtain, see gain. of, expressed by a genitive, as tern- plum Sdturni, the temple of Saturn ; miles mdgnae virtues. a soldier of great bravery ; or by an adjective, as aureus dnu- lus, a ring of gold ; Rdmdnus avis, a citizen of Rome. offer, obferre, -fero, -tidl, -Idtus. often, saepe ; saepenumero. oh that, utinam ! old, antlquus, -a, -urn (of that which is not a novelty) ; vetus, st. veter- (of that which is not recent) ; senex, st. sen- (of age, as opposed to youth). Antlquus is compared regularly, vetus has the superl. veterrimus but no comparative, se- nex has comp. senior, superl. mdxi- mus ndtu. old man, senex, st. sen-, m. old woman, anus, -us, f . old age, senectus, st. se- nectut-, f. old-time, pristinus, -a, -urn; also antlquus, -a, -urn. old-fashioned, antlquus, -a, -urn; prlscus, -a, -um ; vetus, st. veter-. These words of tener have an hon- orable implication than the re- verse, because the Romans re- garded most old-fashioned things as good. on, super (with ace.) ; in (with abl.), seder e in equo, to be on horse- back. once, semel (once and only once) ; olim (at some time) ; quondam (at some former time). at once, see imme- diately. one, it mm. -a, -um, genitive iinlus. one . . . another, a/tMs . . . alius. the one . . . the other (of two), alter . . . alter. only, solum ; modo ; sometimes also expressed by solus or iinus used as adj.; see alone. if only, si modo, dummodo or modo by itself. or, aut (implying a real difference between the things spoken of), as hoc verum est aut falsum, this is either true or false ; vel (im- plying that the difference is a matter of choice or opinion ; some- times written ve, as an enclitic, plus minusve, more or less), as virtus velfortuna tua, your bra- very or (if you prefer) good fortune ; an (used to connect two alternative questions), as llberi an servl sumus, are we free- men or slaves?; sive or seu (or if, used only with supposi- tions), as slve veniat slve maneat, incolumes eritis, you will be safe whether he comes or stays. either . . . or, aut . . . aut, vel . . . vel, slve . . . slve, ac- cording to the above distinctions. order, NOUN, manddtum, -i, n. ; imperium, -i, n. ; iussum, -I, n. (these three in the sense of com- mand) ; ordo, st. ordin- (of rank, ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 405 as in the expression "equestrian order," or series, as "in this order "). VERB, inhere, -eo, iussl, iussum (commonly used with an in- finitive) ; imperdre, -o, -dvl, -dtum (governing the dative and clauses with ut or ne and the subjunc- tive). at or by the order of, iussu ; in order to, ut (with the subjunctive). original, prlstinus, -a, -urn (apply- ing to what is still existent) ; pri- scus, -a, -um (applying only to former times). original in- habitants, aborigines, -um, m. Other, alius, -a, -um, genitive alius but usually supplied by the adj. alienus or sometimes by alterlus (another, used of several) ; alter, -era, -erum, genitive alterlus (used of two only) ; dissimilis, -e (differ- ent). the others, reliqui, -ae, -a. all the others, ceterl, -ae, -a. other than, alius dc (at- que). Otherwise, aliter; con- tra. otherwise than, contra dc (atque), aliter dc (atque). ought, debere, -eo, -ui, -itum ; decet, decuit (milder, implying propriety simply) ; oportet, oportuit ; some- times expressed by the gerundive with esse. See also Lesson xxxviii. our, nosier, -tra, -trum. out of, ex (before most consonants e), prep, with abl. outcry, clamor, st. clamor-, m. ; tumultus, -us, m. (stronger word, meaning uproar). over, supra (with ace.). overflow, redunddre, -o, -dvl, -dtum ; se effundere, -o, -fudl, -fusus (pour itself out). own, PRON., suus, -a, -um (refer- ring to the subject) ; ipsius (in app. with a genitive expressed or im- plied). VERB, possidere, -eo, -sedl, -sessus ; habere, -eo, -ul, -itus, ox, bos, st. bov-, m. P. part, pars, st. part(i)-, f . path, via, -ae, f. ; semita, -ae, f. (a by-path, lane). peace, pdx, st. pdc-, f. people, populus, -I, m. (a nation, the people as a whole) ; plebs, st. pleb-, f . (the common people) ; homines, -um, m. (men, mankind, individual peo- ple). perform, perficere, -id, -feel, -fec- tus ; facere, -id, feel, factus ; prae- stdre, -o, -stitl, -stitus, (-stdturus) ; fungi, -or, functus, and perfungl (of a duty or function, and govern- ing the abl.). See also accom- plish. perhaps, fortdsse ; forsitan (in Ciceronian Latin used only with subjunctive clauses) ; forte (in classical Latin used only in clauses with si, nisi, or ne). Persian, Persicus, -a, -um. a Persian, Persa, -ae, m. persistency, constantia, -ae, f. ; perseverantia, -ae, f . ; (in a good sense), pertindcia, -ae, f.,pervicd- cia, -ae, f. ; contumdcia, -ae, f. (more commonly in the sense of obstinacy) ; obstindtio, st. obsti- ndtion-, f. persuade, persuddere, -eo, -sudsl, -sudsum ; adducere, -o, -duxl, -duc- tus (lead to do something, in a good sense) ; inducere (lead to do something wrong, mis- lead). 406 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. philosopher, sapiens, st sapient-, m. ; ^fo'/osopAus, -i, m. pity, NOUN, miser icordia, -ae, f. VERB, miser eri, -cor, -itus (with gen.) ; miserdri, -or, -dtus (with ace.); especially the impersonal, miseret, miseruit (with gen.) place, NOUN, locus, -I, m. (pi. /oca, -drum, except in the meanings passage in a book, topic). VERB, ponere, -o, posui', posi- tus ; locdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus ; conlo- cdre. plan, consilium, -I, n. See also design. plant, serere, -o, sevi, satus ; conse- rere, -o, -sew, -situs. play, NOUN, ludus, -I, m. (game) ; fdbula,-ae,f. (drama). VERB, ludere, -o, lust, lusus (with an ab- lative of means, play at, or an accusative as object) ; canere, -o, cecirii, cantus (with an ablative of the instrument played upon) ; agere, -o, egi, dctus (with fdbulam, partes, or the like, as object). play tennis, pilti ludere, -o, lust, lusum. pleasant, grdtus, -a, -urn; accep- tus, -a, -urn; iucundus, -a, -um; serenus, -a, -um (of the weather) ; amoenus, -a, -um (chiefly of land- scapes and other things pleasant to look upon). please, placere, -eo, -ul,-itum (with dat., and especially common as im- personal) ; delect are, -o, -dvi, -dtus (delight) ; oblectdre (especially common as a reflexive, me oblecto, se oblectat) . be pleased, gau- dere, -eo, gdvisus ; laetdri, -or, -dtus. if you please, si vis (sis) or si placet. pleasure, voluptds, st voluptdt-, f. plenty, copia, -ae, f. Pliny, Plinius, -I, m. plunder, NOUN, praeda, -ae, f . ; spolium, -i, n. (most common in the plural). VERB, praeddri, -or, -dtus ; spolidre, -o, -dvi, -dtus. Porsena, Porsena (Porsenna), -ae, m. possession: to get of , ^o^ri, -ior, -itus (governs the abl. or sometimes the gen.). possible : as , quam, with the su- perlative, quam celerrime, as quickly as possible. praise, NOUN, laus, st. laud-, f. ; glo- ria, -ae, f . VERB, lauddre, -o, -dvi, -dtus. preface, exordium, -i, n. ; prooe- mium, -i, n. ; principium, -i, n. prefer, mdlle, maid, mdlui (used with an in fin.) ; praeferre, -fero, -tuli, -I at us ; also, anteferre (both used with a direct object). prepare, pardre, -o, -dvi, -dtus; praepardre (bringing out the "pre-"notion more prominently). presence, praesentia, -ae, f. in my presence, mepraesente. present, (to be), adesse, -sum, -fui ; interesse, -sum, -fui (be pres- ent and take part in). preserve, servdre, -o, -dvi, -dtits; conservdre (stronger) ; condire, -id, -ivi, -itus (of fruit and vegetables). prevent, prohibere, -eo, -ui, -itus. price, pretium, -i, n. ; merces, st. merced-, f. (reAvard). prisoner, captives (-us), -i, m., captiva, -ae, f . ; also, captus, -i, m., capta, -ae, f . (p. p. of capere). probably (in the sense of credi- bly), probdbiliter, or veri si mil i- ter ; in the sense of likely, more likely than not, haud sdre an ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 407 or hand dubitdre an, with a sub- junctive clause, as this is prob- ably true, hand scio an hoc ve- rum sit. Credere, -o, -didl, -di- tum, often expresses the idea probably, as venientne hodie ? credo, will they come to- day ? Probably. promise, NOUN, promissum, -I, n. VERB, pollicerl, -eor, -itus; pro- mittere, -5, -misi, -missus. proper, (to be), decet, decuit. protect, see defend. protection, praesidium, -I, n. prove one's self, se ostendere, -o, -tendl, -tentus ; se praestdre, -o, -stitl, -stitus, (-stdturus) ; se prae- bere, -eo, -ul, -itus. province,/jrovtncta, -ae, f. pursue, persequl, -or, -secut us ; pro- sequl. put to flight, fugdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus ; pellere, -o, pepull, pulsus. Pyrrhus, Pyrrhus, -z, m. Q. quarter, regio, at. region-, f. (re- gion, district) ; vlcus, -I, m. (used especially of the part of a city in which a given set of people live, as the scythe-makers' quar- ter, the Latin quarter) ; qudrta pars (a fourth part). quench, exstinguere, -o, -stinxl, -stinctus. question, NOUN, quaestio, st. quae- stion-, f . ; controversia+=ae, f . (dis- cussion) ; also, disceptdtio, st. disceptdtion-, f. (discussion, subject of discussion). the question is, agitur de (with ablative). VERB, see ask. quickly, celeriter ; velociter. quiet, NOUN, quies, st. quiet-, f. ; otium, -I, n. (leisure) ; tranquilli- tds, st. tranquillitdt-, L (calm- ness) ; pdx, st.pdc-, f. (peace). ADJ., tranquillus, -a, -um; quie- tus, -a, -um. VERB, seddre, -o, -dvl, -dtus ;pldcdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus ; tranquilldre, -o, -dvl, -dtus. R. rarely, rdro. rashness, temeritds,st. temeritdt-,L reach, adsequl, -or, -secutus, and con- sequl (to follow after and reach, whether of living things or de- sires) ; advenlre, -id, -venl, -ventum (come to, arrive). See also gain. read, legere, -o, legl, lectus ; red- tare, -o, -dvl, -dtus (read aloud). really, re verd ; verd (in fact ; es- pecially used with sed to intro- duce the real state of the case after the discussion or statement of a possibility which is not the real case). reason, ratio, st. ration-, f. (the reason, reasoning power) ; causa, -ae, f. (a reason, cause). receive, accipere, -id, -cepl, -cep- tus ; recipere. recover, recuperdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus, recipere, -id, -cepl, -ceptus (get or take again) ; convalescere, -o, -valul (regain one's health). reduce, redigere, -o, -egl, -dctus (most commonly with in, but also with ad or sub, and that to which one reduces) ; minuere, -o, -ul, -utus (make smaller). regard, spectdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (have regard to); ducere, -o, duxl, ductus, or habere, -eo, -ul, 408 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. -itus, or putdre, -d, -aw, -dtus (re- gard a person or thing as so and so). regularly, plerumque (general- ly) ; recte (rightly, properly). reign, NOUN, regnum, -i, n. VERB, regndre, -o, -aw, -dtus (have royal power) ; regere, -d, rexl, rectus (rule) ; imperdre, -o, -aw, -dtum (have the com- mand). reinforcement, subsidium, -i, n. ; auxilium, -i, n. release, liberate, -d, -aw, -dtus. relying on, fretus, -a, -um (used with the abl.). remain, manere, -ed, mdnsl, man- sum ; permanere (stronger) ; re- manere (remain behind); re- store, -d, -stitl. See also last and stay. remark, NOUN, vox, st. -woe, f. ; dictum, -I, n. VERB, dicere, -o, dixi, d ictus. remember, reminisci, -or (with gen.) ; recordarl, -or, -dtus (with ace.) ; memorid tenere. Remus, Remus, -I, n. repair, reficere, -id, -fed, -fectus; also, repardre, -o, -aw, -dtus. repent, paenitet, paenituit (with ace. of the person who repents and gen. of the thing repented of). reply, NOUN, respdnsum, -I, n. VERB, respondere, -co, -spondl, -sponsus. report, NOUN, fdma, -ae, f . ; ru- mor, st. rumor-, m., or sermo, st. sermon-, m. (the talk of peo- ple). VERB, nuntidre, -o, -aw, -dtus (bring word) ; renuntidre (report officially) ; referre, -fero, -tuli, -Idtus ; deferre. republic, res publica, rel publicae, f. rest, NOUN, requies, st. requiet-, f. (rest after toil or suffering), quies, st. quiet-, f. (rest in it- self) ; see also quiet. the rest, reliqul, -ae, -a; ceteri, -ae, -d. VERB, requiescere, -eo, -quie- vi, -quietum ; also quiescere. retire, recedere, -o, -cessl, -cessum; also cedere and decedere. return, revertl, -or, (perf. revertl, reversus heing used only as a par- ticiple) ; revemre, -id, -vent, -ven- tum. revrard, praemium, -z, n. ; merces, st. merced-, f . Rhone, Bhodanus, -I, m. ride, vehl, -or, vectus (with equo or - in equo) ; equitdre, -d, -aw, -dtum. right, rectus, -a, -um; probus, -a, -um, or konestus, -a, -um (as op- posed to wrong); dexter, -tra, -trum (as opposed to left). river, flumen, st. flumin-, n. ; flu- vius, -I, m. (less common, but classical) ; amnis, st. amni-, m. (generally applied to large, deep rivers). road, via, -ae, f. ; iter, st. itiner-, n. rock, riipes, st. rwp(t)-, f. (a cliff or crag) ; saxum, -i, n. (a frag- ment of rock). Roman, Bdmdnus, -a, -um. Rome, Roma, -ae, f. Romulus, Romulus, -I, m. roof, tectum, -I, n. root, radix, st. rddic-, f. (mostly used in the plural). rough, asper, -era, -erum ; horridus, -a. -um (bristling) ; durus, -a, -um (hard, harsh, severe). rouse, excitdre, -d, -dvt, -dtus. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 409 rout, see put to flight. rule, NOUN, regula, -ae, f. (a car- penter's rule, also a rule to go by) ; ndrma, -ae, f. (a rule or pattern) ; formula, -ae, f. (a formulated principle) ; re- gnum, -I, n., imperium, -I, n., dido, st. dicidn-, L, domindtid, st. domi- nation-, f ., potestds, st. potestdt-, f . (sway, power). VERB, re- gere, -d, rexl, rectus (used with di- rect object) ; regndre, -o, -dm, -dtum, and domindrl, -or, -dtus (used alone or with a phrase showing place where) ; imperdre, -d, -dvl, -dtum (used with dative). to be under the rule of a king, sub rege or sub regis impe- nd, dicidne, etc., esse. So also with a proper name, as sub Cae- sare or sub Caesaris dicione. run, currere, -o, cucurrl, cursum ;fu- gere, -id,fugl (flee). s. saddle, ephippium, -I, n. safe, salvos (-us), -a, -om (-um); in- columis, -e. safety, sal us, st. salut-, f. sagacity, prudentia, -ae, f. ; sagd- citds, st. sagdcitdt-, f . sailor, nauta, -ae, m. salute, salutdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus. same, idem, eadem, idem. Samnite, Samnls, st. Samnlt(i)-, m. savage, see fierce. say, dlcere, -o, dixl, dictus ; inquam (defective verb, used chiefly in the forms inquam, inquit, inquiunt, with a direct quotation, as " this slave," said he, "is worth- less," hie servos, inquit, nequam est) ; did (also defective and most common in the expressions ut ait Ennius or Cicero, for instance, and ut diunt, as they say). they say, dlcunt orferunt. Scaevola, Scaevola, -ae, m. school, schola, -ae, f. ; ludus, -I, m. Scipio, Sc'ipio, st. Sclpion-, m. scribe, scrlba, -ae, m. sea, mare, st. mart-, n. second, secundus, '-a, -um ; alter, -era, -erum. see, videre, -eo, vldl, visus; perci- pere, -id, -cepl, -ceptus (per- ceive) ; sentire, -id, sensi, sensus (feel, perceive) ; intellegere, -d, -lexl, -lectus (understand). " seem, viderl, -eor, visus. self, ipse, -a, -um ; when in an ob- lique case referring to the sub- ject, it is expressed by met, mihi, me, tul, tibi, te, sul, sibi, se, accord- ing to the person, the enclitic met being sometimes appended for greater emphasis. sell, vendere, -d, -didi, -ditus. senate, sendtus, -us, m. send, mittere, -d, mlsl, missus. send out, emittere, -d, -mlsl, -missus. separate, VERB, dlvidere, -d, -vlsl, -visus ; separdre, -d, -dvl, -dtus ; disiungere, -d, -iunxl, -iunctus. ADJ., separdtus, -a, -um ; singull, -ae, -a. set, pdnere, -d, posul, positus (put) ; occidere, -d, -cidl, -cdsum (of the sun). set out, projiciscl, -or, -fectus. several, aliquot, indeclinable ; plu- res, -ium (rather a goodly number) ; ndnnulll, -ae, -a (more or less). sharply, dcriter. 410 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. she, ea; haec or ilia (more em- phatic). shepherd, pastor, st. pastor-, m. shield, dupeus, -I, m. (large round metal shield) ; scutum, -I, n. (curved oblong shield, made of leather-covered wood). ship, navis, st. ndvi-, f. short, brevis, -e. shout, NOUN, ddmor, st. clamor-, m. VERB, ddmdre, -5, -dvl, -dtus ; conddmdre (used of several people or of loud or violent shout- ing)- show, ostendere, -d, -tendi, -tentus; monstrdre, -d, -dvl, -dtus, and, much more common, de monstrdre ; deddrdre, -d, -dvl, -dtus (make clear) ; docere, -eo, -ul, doctus (teach). show one's self so and so, se gerere, ostendere, or praebere. shut, daudere, -d, dausl, dausus. Sibylline, Sibylllnus, -a, -urn. sick, aeger, -gra, -grum ; also aegro- tus, -a, -urn. side, latus, st. later-, n. ; pars, st. part(i)-, and especially in the plural, paries, -ium, f. (party, faction). on this side of, citrd. on that side or the other side of, ultra. on one side ... on the other, hinc . . . hinc. silence, silentium, -I, n. silver, argentum, -I, n. since, abhinc (of time, as abhinc trlgintd diebus, thirty days since) ; cum with subjunc. or quoniam with indie, (of cause) ; often also expressed by an abl. abs. sister, sorer, st. soror-, f. skill, sollertia, -ae, f. skilled, sollers, st. sollert(i)- ; perl- tus, -a, -urn (especially used with a gen. or an abl. of the thing one is skilled in). Bkiii,pdlis, st.pdli-, f . (of animals) ; cutis, st. cuti-, f. (of men). sky, cadum, -I, n. slave, servos (-us), -I, m. ; serva, -ae, f . slavery, servitus, st. servitut-, f . ; servitium, -I, n. slay, see kill. sleep, NOUN, somnus, -I, m. VKRB, dormlre, -id, -Ivl, -Itum. small, parvos (-us), -a, -om (-urn), comp. minor, -us, superl. jnini- mus, -a, -um. so, ita, and, more emphatic, sic (of manner and thus mostly used with verbs) ; tarn (of degree and thus chiefly used with adjs. or ad vs.). to do so, think so, id facere, putdre. so great, tantus, -a, -um. so many, tot, indeclina- ble. soldier, miles, st. mllit-, m. some, aliquis [aliqui], aliquae, aliquid [aliquod] (some or any) ; quldam, quaedam, quiddam [quoddam] (some particular one) ; quispiam, quatpiam, quip- piam (between the others in defi- niteness) ; nonnullus, -a, -um (of number). aliquot, indeclinable (several). something, aliquid (sonjething or other) ; quidquam (some -. particular thing) ; quippiam (between the other two in defi- niteness) ; aliquantum (some quantity) ; non nihil. somewhat, aliquantum ; aliquanto; non nihil. son,filius, -I, m. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 411 son-in-law, gener, -erl, m. soon, max. as soon as possi- ble, quam celerrime. south, merldies, -el, m. space, spatium, -I, n. spare, parcere, -o, peperci, parsum. speak, loqul, -or, locutus. spend (of time), agere, -o, egl, dctus ; degere, -o, degi. spirited, aninwsus, -a, -urn, ovfor- tis, -e (courageous) ; deer, -cm, -ere (eager) ; alacer, -cris, -ere (quick, brisk) ; impiger, -gra, -grum (not sluggish). spring up, exorlrl, -ior, -ortus (the pres. and imperf . are formed after the pattern of the third conjuga- tion, as exoritur, exoreretur) ; ex- sillre, -id, -ul. stand, stare, -5, stetl, stdtwrus. star, stella, -ae, f. start, prqficiscl, -or, -fectus. state, clvitds, st. clvitdt-, f. ; res publica, rel publicae, f. station, VERB, locdre, -o, -dm, -dtus ; conlocdre ; ponere, -o, posul, posi- tus ; disponere (assign to differ- ent stations). stay, manere, -o, mdnsi, mdnsum; mordrl, -or, -dtus (tarry). steadfastly, constanter ; firme, or firmiter. still, tamen (yet, nevertheless) ; etiam nunc (of time, even now ; if the verh is past etiam turn is used). stone, lapis, st. lapid-, m.; saxum, -I, n. (piece of rock). story, fdbula, -ae, f. ; ndrrdtio, st. narration-, f. ; tabuldtum, -I, n., or contlgndtio, st. contlgndtion-, f . (of a house). stream, see river. street, via, -ae, f. ; vlcus, -I, m. strike, caedere, -o, cecldl, caesus ; ferlre, -id ; icere, -o, ici, Ictus (es- pecially to strike a treaty). strong, robustus, -a, -um ; valens, st. valent-;fortis, -e (chiefly of moral strength). subdue, subigere, -5, -egi, -dctus. See also conquer. successful, secundus, -a, -um ; pro- sperus, -a, -um. the attempt was successful, condtus suc- cessit; or bene,fellciter, or prosper 'e evenit. such, tdlis, -e; such ... as, td- lis . . . qudlis ; is . . . qul (with the subjunctive). Suevi, Suevl, -drum, m. suffer, patl, -tor, passus. sufficient, see enough. summon, vocdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus ; also evocdre; convocdre (call to- gether) ; excitdre, -o, -dvt, -dtus (call up or out excitedly or in an emergency). sun, sol, st. sol-, m. ; sunrise, so- lis ortus, -us, m. ; sunset, sdlis occdsus, -us, m. superstitious, superstitiosus, -a, -um. sure, certus, -a, -um. to be sure, ADV.,profecto. surely, profecto; certe ; also, but less common, cert o ; vero. surrender, dedere, -o, -didl, -ditus (especially in war) ; trddere, -o, -didl, -ditus. surround, circumdare, -o, -dedl, -datus (with an ace. and a dative, put something round a per- son or thing, or with an ace. and an abl., surround a person or thing with something) ; cir- cumire, -eo, -il, -itus (especially in military parlance). 412 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. sway, NOUN, see rule. VERB, see persuade, move, rule, lead. swear, iurdre, -o, -dvi, -dtus. sword, gladius, -I, m. ; mucro, st. mucron-, m. (properly the point of the sword, but used also for the sword itself). T. Tacitus, Tacitus, -i, m. take, capere, -id, cepi, captus. take across, trdducere, -o, -duxi, -ductus ; trdicere, -id, -ieci, -iectus ; trdnsmittere, -o, -mist, -missus.* take away, tollere, -o, sustidi, subldtus ; auferre, -fero, abstuli, abldtus ; adimere, -6, -emi, -emptus ; eripere, -id, -ripul, -reptus (these three taking a dat. of the person, or a dat. or abl. of the thing, that anything is taken from) ; abri- pere (this and eripere are stronger words than the preceding ones) ; abstrahere, -o, -trdxi, -trdctus, and abducere, -o, -duxi, -ductus (milder words). take off, exuere, -o, -ui, -utus (of clothes, arms, etc.) ; also often equivalent to take away (wh. see). take vengeance, ulcisci, -or, ul- tus; vindicdre, -o, -dvi, -dtus. Both verbs are used with an ace. of the thing for which vengeance is taken, and ulcisci also with the ace. of the person upon whom ven- geance is taken, in fact more com- monly than in the other meaning. talk, NOUN, conloquium, -I, n. (con- ference) ; sermo, st. sermon-, m., fdma, -ae, f., or rumor, st. rumor-, m. (rumor, gossip). VERB, loqui, -or, locutus. talkative, loqudx, st. loqudc- ; gdr- rulus, -a, -U/H. Tarquin, Tarquinius, -i, m. L. Tarquinius Priscus, L. (Lu- cius) Tarquinius Priscus, -i, m. teacher, praeceptor, st. praeceptor-, m. ; magister, -trl, m. ; doctor, st. doctor-, m. tear, lacrima, -ae, f. tell, dlcere, -o, dlxi, dictus; nun- tidre, -o, -dvi, -dtus. temper, indoles, st. indol(i)-, f. ; ndtura, -ae, f . ; ingenium, -t, n. temple, templum, -i, n. ; aedis (aedes), st. aed(i)-, f. ten, decem, indeclinable. tender, tener, -era, -erum. tennis : play tennis, pild ludere, -o, lusi, lusum. terms, condicio, st. condicion-, f. ; lex,x5tT7eg-, f. Both nouns are used_ in either the singular or plu- ral where we use the one form terms. territory, fines, finium, m. (bounds) ; agri, agrorum, m. (fields) ; territorium, -i, n. than, quam ; often expressed by an abl. without quam, when the first term of comparison is a nom. or an ace. ; dc (atque), or et (after alius, aUter, contra, etc.). thank, grdtids agere, -o, egi, dctae. 1 thanks, grdtiae, -drum, f . that, DEMON. PRON., ille, ilia, illud (referring to what is furthest from the speaker) ; iste, ista, istud (re- ferring to what is less distant, es- pecially to what is near or con- cerns the person addressed) ; ts, ea, id (unemphatic). REL. PRON., qui, quae, quod. CON- JUNCTION, ut (with subjunctive, to 1 Agreeing with gratiae. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 413 denote purpose). Expressed by an infinitive when introducing a quotation. oh that ! would that ! utinam ! the, generally unexpressed in Latin ; if very emphatic, rendered by the demonstrative pronoun llle, ilia, illud, or is, ea, id. the one who, is qul. their, eorum, edrum, eorum, or, more emphatic, horum, hdrum, horum, illorum, -drum, -drum, istorum, -drum, -drum; when referring to the subject, suus, -a, -um. themselves, se (referring to the subject) ; ipsi, ipsae, ipsa (agree- ing with a noun or pronoun ex- pressed or implied, and, except in the nom. case, meaning some one or something other than the sub- ject). then, turn ; delude. Both words may be used either of time or of succession in a series (of facts or statements), but the time notion is more prominent in turn, the idea of succession in delude. there, ibi, or ed (of position at rest) ; eo or llluc (of direction towards, thither). there is, est ; there are, sunt. therefore, Itaque; Igltur (milder, and standing regularly second in its clause) ; qudre ; quam ob rem. these, see this. they, generally expressed by the personal ending of the verb of which it is the subject ; if neces- sary for clearness, by il, eae, ea ; for emphasis, by llll, lllae, Ilia, or hi, hae, haec. thing, res, rei, f. think, putdre, -o, -dvi, -dtus ; cen- sere, -eo, censui, census / existlmdre, -o, -dvi, -atus; reri, -eor, ratus. These words all mean " think " as the result of reckoning, valuing the circumstances and so on. Ben and the more common putdre, like our " suppose," imply less solid ground for the opinion held, cen- sere especially applies to an offi- cial opinion such as is expressed by a decree or the vote of an indi- vidual; sentlre, -id, sensi, sensus (as the result of observation or perception) ; arbitrdri, -or, -dtus (as the result of seeing or hear- ing and deciding) ; cogitdre, -o, -dvi, -dtus (as the result of reflec- tion) ; opindri, -or, -dtus (as the result of conjecture) ; credere, -o, -didl, -ditus (as the result of be- lief) ; meditdri, -or, -dtus (think upon, or, without expressed ob- ject, meditate). third, tertius, -a, -um. a third, tert la pars. thirst, sitis, st. siti-, f. this, hie, haec, hoc (referring to what is nearest the speaker) ; iste, ista, istud (referring to what is further away, and especially to wjiat is near or concerns the person ad- those, see that. thou, tu, tui. though, etsi, etlam si (mood regu- lated as with si, if) ; quamquam (with indicative) ; quamvis, licet, ut, cum (with the subjunctive) ; tamen or autem (parenthetical, as in the expression, "this is true, though"). thousand, mille (indeclinable, and used as an adj.), pi. milia, -ium (used as a noun). three, tres, tria. 414 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. three-cornered, triquetrus, -a, -um ; triangulus, -a, -um. through, per (with ace.), as per hiemem, through the winter, per silvds, through the woods, per Caesarem, through Caesar. See also by. thus, see so. till, CONJ., dum ; donee. PREP., usque ad (with ace.). time, tempus, st. tempar-, n. at some time, aliquando. See also once. to, ad (with ace.) ; expressed by the ace. without a preposition, when denoting the limit of motion with the name of a town or small island ; by the dative, when denoting 1 an indirect object; by ut (or qui), with the subjunctive, when indi- cating a purpose. to-day, hodie. to-morrow, eras. tongue, lingua, -ae, f. In the meaning language, sermo, st. sermon-, m. , is also used. too, quoque (also, emphasizing the word or phrase before it) ; etiam (a|O, emphasizing what comes after it) ; nimis (over much). towards, ad (with ace.) ; adver- sus (with ace.) ; ergd (with ace., but used only of feelings towards persons). town, oppidum, -I, n. ; arts, st. ur- b(i)-, f. tradition, fdma, -ae, f. ; trdditio, st. tradition-, f . according to tradition this is the house, constat or memoriae trdditum est hanc esse domum (the tradition is that). train, NOUN, comitdtus, -us, m. (a retinue) ; dgmen, st. dgmin-, n. (of a marching army). VERB, exercere, -eo, -ul, -itus (of physi- cal and other training) ; instituere, -o, -ui, -utus (of the mind and morals) ; educdre, -o, -dvi, -dtus (bring up) ; instruere, -6, -struxl, -structus (teach). trea.Bon,prdditid, st. prodition-, f. treat, agere, -o, egl, dctus (with de, treat about something) ; trdctdre, -o, -aw, -afws (as friend or foe; also, discuss a sub- ject) ; in numero habere (regard as). treaty, foedus, st.foeder-, n. tribe, gens, st. gent(i)-, f. (of a peo- ple or nation, as in the expression, "a Gallic tribe"); tribus, -us, f . (one of the political divisions of the Roman people). trick, dolus, -I, m, troops, copiae, -drum, f. (forces) ; mllites, -um, m. (soldiers). true, vents, -a, -um. truth, veritds, st. veritdt-, f. (as an abstract quality) ; verum, -I, n. (as a concrete thing, fact). try, cdndri, -or, -dtus. Tullia, Tullia, -ae, f. twenty, vigintl, indeclinable. twin, geminus, -a, -um. two, duo, -ae, -o. u. under, sub (with the abl. in an ex- pression of rest, with the ace. if motion is implied). understand, intellegere, -o, -lexi, -lectus ; conprehendere, -o, -pre- hendl, -prehensus (also written con- prendere). unflinchingly^ sine ulld dubitd- tidne ; fortissime. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 415 unlawful, nefds (indeclinable). is, was unlawful, non licet, li- cuit. unpleasant, ingrdtus, -a, -urn ; in- iucundus, -a, -um ; incommodus, -a, -um ; molestus, -a, -um (the strongest word). until, see till. un warlike, inbellis, -e. unwilling : be unwilling, nolle, nolo, nolul. unworthily, indigne. up (the river), adverso fiumine (against the current). upon, see on. urge, hortdrl, -or, -dtus (incite, exhort) ; urgere, -eo, ursl (im- portune ; also, press hard). us, see we. use, utl, -or, usus (with abl.) ; usur- pdre, -6, -dvl, -dtus (with ace.). useful, utilis, -e. useless, inutilis, -e. utterly, funditus; prorsus ; omnl- no ; rddlcitus. V. valor, virtus, st. virtut-, f. ; forti- tudo, st. fortitudin-, f. (especially power of endurance). vengeance, see take venge- ance. very, valde; mdgnoopere; of ten ex- pressed by the superlative degree of an adj. or adv. victory, victoria, -ae, f. virtue, virtus, st. virtut-, f. ; hones- Ids, st. honestdt-, f. visit, vlsere, -5, vlsl, vlsus. vote, NOUN, suffrdgium, -I, n. VERB, suffrdgium ferre, fero, tuli, Idtum (cast one's vote) ; cen- sere, -eo, censul, censum (by ex- pressing one's opinion, as in the Senate). vouch for, praestdre, -o, -stitl, -status (or -stitus). w. wage (war), gerere, -o, gessl, gestum. 1 wait, manere, -eo, mdnsl, mdnsum (stay) ; exspectdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (more common with an object, wait for). wall, murus, -i, m. ; moenia, -ium, n. (of a city) ; paries, st. pariet-, m. (partition wall, wall of a house). want, egere, -eo, -ul, or indigere, -eo, -ul (need, used with gen. or abl.) ; velle, void, volul, with a clause, cupere, -id, -Ivl, -Itus, with an ace. (wish, desire) ; deslde- rdre, -o, -dvl, -dtus (long for) ; ca- rere, -eo, -ul, -itum (be without, lack). be wanting to, deesse, desujn, deful (with dat.) ; deficere, -id, -fed, -fectus (with ace.). war, bellum, -I, n. water, aqua, -ae, f. way, via, -ae, f. ; iter, st. itiner-, n. ; modus, -I, m. (method, way of doing something). we, nos, nostrum or nostrl (nostrum being used chiefly as a partitive genitive). weapon, telum, -I, n. See arms. weep, flere, -eo, -evl, -etum ; plo- rdre, -o, -dvl, -dtum (wail aloud); deplordre ; lacrimdre, -o, -dvl, -dtum (shed tears) ; Idmentdrl, -or, -dtus (also common as transi- tive, weep for, bewail). weight, pondus, st. ponder-, n. ; gravitds, st. gravitdt-, f. 1 Agreeing with bellum. 416 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. well, bene, comp. melius, superl. opt i me. well disposed, propitius, -a, -urn,- benevolus, -a, -um, comp. benevolen- tior, -ius, superl. benevolentissimus, -a, -um. west, western, occidens, st. acci- dent- (commonly as masc. noun). what, REL. PRON., qui, quae, quod. LNTERROG. PRON., quis (qui), quae, quid (quod). when, cum ; quandd ; ubi or ut (after, as soon as); often expressed by a participle, especially in the abl. abs. ; sometimes by a noun in apposition, as, Cicero consul dlxit, Cicero when consul said. where, ubi or qua (denoting posi- tion, rest in a place) ; quo (denot- ing direction towards, whither). whether, utrum (in both direct and indirect questions) ; num or the enclitic -ne (in indirect questions) ; sive or seu (in suppositions, as when we say "whether he learned the language at home or abroad, he is a fine German scholar"). "which, REL. PRON., qul, quae, quod. INTERR. PRON., uter, -tra, -trum (of two only) ; quis (qui), quae, quid (quod) (of more than two). while, dum; also sometimes ex- pressed by cum (when), or by the ablative absolute. who, REL. PRON., qui, quae. IN- TERROG. PRON., quis, qUO (of several) ; uter, -tra (of two only). whole, tdtus, -a, -um (entire); cunctus, -a, -um (combined into a whole) ; integer, -gra, -grum (unbroken, undiminished, sound). wholly, penitus ;funditus ; omnind ; prdrsus. why, cur; qudre ; qudpropter ; quam ob rein; also quod (in such ex- pressions as nihil est quod, quid est quod, with a subjunctive, there is no reason why, what reason is there why). wicked, prdvos (-us), -a, -om (-um) ; improbus, -a, -um ; scelerdtus, -a, -um ; cdnscelerdtus, -a, -um ; nefd- rius, -a, -um (strong word); ma- lus, -a, -um; impius, -a, -um. "wide, Idtus, -a, -um. wife, uxor, st. uxdr-j f. ; cdniunx, st. cdniug-, f. will, NOUN, arbitrium, -i, n. ; volun- tds, si. voluntdt-, f . (wish) ; testd- mentum, -i, n. (a legal document). VERB, velle, void, volui ; often expressed in 2d and 3d persons by the simple future of a verb. according to one's will, ex sententid, or animd, alicuius. willingly, lubenter (later libenter). win, vincere, -6, vici, victus (con- quer) ; parere, -id, peperi, partus, or adipisci, -or, adeptus (ac- quire). See also gain. winter, NOUN, hiemps, st. hiem-, f. VERB, hiberndre, -o, -dvi, -dtum. wisdom, sapientia, -ae, f. ; pru- dentia, -ae, f. (good sense). wise, sapiens, st. sapient- ; prudens, st. prudent- (discreet, sen- sible). wisely, sapienter; prudenter (dis- creetly). wish, NOUN, voluntds, st. voluntdt-, f . VERB, velle, void, volui (used with an infin. or a subj. clause) ; cupere, -id, -ivi, -itus; desiderdre, -d, -dvi, -dtus (strong word). with, cum (with abl. denoting ac- companiment) ; expressed by an abl. alone when it denotes means ; ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULAKY. 417 thus cum patre veni, I came with father, lapide occlsus est, he was killed with a stone. within, intrd (with ace.). without, sine (with abl.). woman, femina, -ae, f. ; mulier, st. mulier-, f. wonder, NOUN, admirdtio, st. ad- miration-, f . (as an abstract quality or state of mind) ; mirdculum, -i, n. (a wonder). VERB, mirdri, -or, -dtus; admirdri. wood, lignum, -I, n. ; silva, -ae, f. (forest). word, verbum, -i, n. work, NOUN, opus, st. oper-, n. (ap- plied to the thing done) ; opera, -ae, f. (applied to the effort ex- pended in doing a thing). VERB, labordre, -o, -dvi, -dtum. world, orbis (st. orbi-, m.) terra- rum or terrae (the circle of the earth); mundus, -i, m. (the * whole world, universe). worry, vexdre, -o, -dvi, -dtus. worse, peior, -ius. See also bad. worth, NOUN, dignitds, st. dignitdt-, L (as a moral or social quality) ; pretium, -i, n. (as a commercial term). ADJ., dignus, -a, -urn. worth while, (to be), operaepre- tium esse (to be a [fair] price for labor expended). worthy, dignus, -a, -um. wound, volnus, st. volner-, n. (later vulnus). wounded, saucius, -a, -um; vol- ner dtus, -a, -um (later miner dtus). wretchedly, misere ; pessime (very badly). write, scribere, -o, scripsi, scriptus. writer, scriptor, st. scriptor-, m. (author) ; scriba, -ae, m. (clerk, scribe). writing, scriptio, st. scription-, f. (the act of writing, and also the thing written) ; scriptum, -i, n. (something written, es- pecially common in the plural). wrong, NOUN, iniuria, -ae, L (an injury) ; f acinus, st. facinor-, n. (bad deed) ; nefds, indeclinable. ADJ., malus, -a, -um ; improbus, -a, -um ; prdvos (-us), -a, -om (-um). Y. ye, see you. year, annus, -i, m. yes, regularly expressed by repeat- ing the word which contains the gist of a question; also by ita, etiam, sane ; or by mdxime (by all means). yesterday, heri. yet, tamen (nevertheless) ; etiam nunc, adhuc (as yet, still) ; iam (already). not yet, non- dum. yield, cedere, -o, cessi, cessum ; also concedere. See surrender. you, vos, vestrum or vestri (vestrum being confined chiefly to the par- titive use). young, iuvenis, -e; adulescens, st. adulescent- (both words are often used as nouns to mean young man, and are sometimes applied to the same person, although adu- lescens properly denotes a younger person than iuvenis). younger, tumor, -ius ; minor, -us, ndtu. youngest, minimus, -a, -um, ndtu. your, vester, -tra, -trum. z. zeal, studium, -i, n. / THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE STAMPED BELOW AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS WILL BE A.SSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH DAY AND TO $1.OO ON THE SEVENTH DAY OVERDUE. DEC 1 1936 SEP 95?" 9Jun'59AJ REC'D LD Y 2 6 i^S LD 21-K YB 00429 [25m-9,'llJ 7